(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog / University of Maryland at College Park"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1975tenn 



College 

Park 

Campus 




university 


College 


Undergraduate 


of 


Park 


Catalog 


Maryland 


Campus 


1975-76 



College Park Publications Office 



Contents 



Academic Information / v 
Board of Regents / iii 
Calendar, Academic ill 
Campus/University Officers / iii 
Special Announcement v 
Undergraduate Programs of Study / iv 
University Policy Statement ' v 

I — General Information / 1 

Administrative Offices 17 
Admission and Orientation / 2 
Fees and Expenses / 7 
Financial Aid / 8 
Regulations and Requirements, 

Academic / 13 
The University / 1 

II — Academic Divisions, Colleges, 
Schools, and Departments 

Division of Agricultural and Life 
Sciences / 31 

Agriculture, College of / 31 
Agricultural and Extension 

Education / 33 
Agricultural and Resource 

Economics / 33 
Agricultural Chemistry / 34 
Agricultural Engineering / 34 
Agronomy / 35 
Animal Sciences (Dairy, Poultry, 

Veterinary) / 35 
Biological Sciences Program / 37 
Botany / 37 
Chemistry / 38 
Entomology / 38 
Geology / 38 
Horticulture / 36 
Microbiology / 39 
Zoology / 39 

Division of Arts and Humanities / 40 

Architecture, School of / 41 

Architecture, Department of / 42 

American Studies Program / 43 

Art, Department of / 44 

Chinese Program / 44 

Classical Languages and Literature / 44 

Comparative Literature Program / 45 

Dance / 45 

English Language and Literature / 45 

French and Italian Languages and 

Literatures / 45 
Germanic and Slavic Languages and 

Literatures / 45 
Hebrew Program / 46 
History / 46 
Japanese / 47 
Journalism, College of / 43 
Music / 47 
Philosophy / 47 
Russian Area Program / 48 
Spanish and Portuguese Languages and 

Literatures / 48 
Speech and Dramatic Art / 48 

Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences / 49 
Afro-American Studies 53 
Anthropology / 53 

Business and Economic Research / 53 
Business and Management. College 

of / 49 
Criminal Justice and Criminology / 54 
Economics / 54 
Geography / 55 
Governmental Research / 56 



Government and Politics / 56 
Hearing and Speech Sciences / 56 
Information Systems Management / 57 
Linguistics / 57 
Sociology / 58 
Urban Studies / 58 

Division of Human and Community 
Resources / 59 

Education, College of / 59 
Administration, Supervision and 

Curriculum / 61 
Child Study / 61 
Counseling and Personnel 

Services / 61 
Early Childhood-Elementary 

Education / 61 
Family and Community 

Development / 73 
Foods, Nutrition and Institution 

Administration / 74 
Health Education / 81 
Home Economics Education / 76 
Housing and Applied Design / 77 
Human Ecology, College of / 72 
Industrial Education / 62 
Library and Information Services, 

College of / 79 
Measurement and Statistics / 64 
Physical Education / 82 
Physical Education. Recreation and 

Health, College of / 79 
Recreation / 83 
Secondary Education / 64 
Social Foundations of Education / 71 
Special Education / 71 
Textiles and Consumer Economics / 78 

Division of Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering / 84 
Aerospace Engineering / 88 
Air Force Aerospace Studies / 99 
Applied Mathematics / 94 
Astronomy / 94 
Chemical Engineering / 89 
Civil Engineering / 89 
Computer Science / 95 
Electrical Engineering / 90 
Engineering, College of / 85 
Engineering Materials / 91 
Engineering Sciences / 91 
Fire Protection Engineering / 91 
Fire Science — Urban Studies / 92 
Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

Mathematics / 96 
General Honors Program / 100 
General Studies, Bachelor's Degree 

Program / 100 
Materials Research / 95 
Mathematics / 96 
Measurement and Statistics / 97 
Mechanical Engineering / 92 
Mechanical Engineering 

Technology / 93 
Meteorology / 97 
Molecular Physics / 98 
Nuclear Engineering / 94 
Physical Sciences / 98 
Physics and Astronomy / 99 

Pre-Professional Programs / 100 
Pre-Dental Hygiene 100 
Pre-Dentistry ; 101 
Pre-Forestry I 102 
Pre-Law / 102 

Pre-Medical Technology / 102 
Pre-Medicme / 103 



Pre-Nursing / 103 
Pre-Optometry < 103 
Pre-Pharmacy 103 
Pre-Physical Therapy ' 104 
Pre-Radiologic Technology / 105 
Pre-Theology / 105 
Pre-Vetennary Medicine 105 

III — Course Offerings 

(Alphabetical Order by Course 
Code) / 107 

IV— Faculty Listing / 197 

Index / 219 



Campus and 
University Officers 

College Park Campus 
Vdministration 

Chancellor 

tohn W. Dorsey (Acting) 

'ice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
Seorge H. Callcott 

/ice Chancellor for Academic Planning 
ind Policy 
"nomas B Day 

/ice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
/Villiam L. Kendig (Acting) 

/ice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
rVilliam L Thomas. Jr. 

Central Administration of the 
Jniversity 

'resident 
Mlson H. Elkins 

Vice President for General Administration 
Donald W. O Connell 

vice President for Academic Affairs 
R. Lee Hornbake 

Vice President for Graduate Studies and 

Research 

Michael J. Pelczar. Jr. 

Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and 
Legislative Relations 
Frank L. Bentz. Jr. 

Board of Regents 

Chairman 

Dr. Louis L. Kaplan 

Vice Chairman 
Richard W. Case 

Secretary 

B. Herbert Brown 

Treasurer 

F. Grove Miller. Jr. 

Assistant Secretary 
Samuel H. Hoover, D.D.S. 

Assistant Treasurer 
L. Mercer Smith 

Mrs. Mary H. Broadwater 

William G. Connelly 

George C. Fry 

Young D. Hance, ex officio 

Edward V. Hurley 

James S. Jacobs 

Hugh A. McMullen 

Joseph D. Tydings 

Emerson C. Walden, M.D. 



Academic Calendar 

Spring Semester, 1975: Fall Semester, 1975: Spring Semester, 1976: 



January 13-14 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

January 15 
Wednesday 
Holiday 

January 16 
Thursday 
Classes begin 

January 16-17 
Thursday-Friday 
Registration continues 

January 20-29 
Monday-Wednesday 
Late registration 

March 24-28 
Monday-Friday 
Spring recess 

April 30 

Wednesday 

Last day of classes 

May 1 and 4 
Thursday and Sunday 
Exam study days 

May 2-9 

Friday-Friday 

Spring semester exam period 

May 11 
Sunday 
2:00 p.m. 
Commencement 



Summer Session, 1975: 

First Summer Session: 

May 19-20 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

May 21 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

May 26 
Monday 
Memorial Day holiday 

June 27 

Friday 

Last day of classes 



August 25-26 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

August 27 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

August 27-29 
Wednesday-Friday 
Registration continues 

September 1 

Monday 

Labor Day holiday 

September 2-10 
Tuesday-Wed nesday 
Late registration 

November 26-28 
Wednesday-Friday 
Thanksgiving recess 

December 10 

Wednesday 

Last day of classes 

December 11 and 14 
Thursday and Sunday 
Exam study days 

December 12-19 

Friday-Friday 

Fall semester exam period 

December 21 
Sunday 
2:00 p.m. 
Commencement 



Second Summer Session: 

June 30-July 1 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

July 2 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

July 4 
Friday 
Independence Day holiday 

August 8 

Friday 

Last day of classes 



January 12-13 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

January 14 
Wednesday 
Classes begin 

January 14-16 
Wednesday-Friday 
Registration continues 

January 19-23 
Wednesday-Tuesday 
Late registration 

March 8-12 
Monday-Friday 
Spring recess 

May 5 

Wednesday 

Last day of classes 

May 6 and 9 
Thursday and Sunday 
Exam study days 

May 7-14 

Friday-Friday 

Spring Semester exam period 

May 15 
Saturday 
10:00 a.m. 
Commencement 



University of Maryland 
College Park Campus 

Undergraduate 
Programs of Study 



Programs within the Division of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal Science 

Dairy Science 

Horticulture 

Institute of Applied Agriculture 

Poultry Science 

Veterinary Science 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Entomology 

Geology 

Microbiology 

Zoology 

Programs within the Division of 
Arts and Humanities 

Architecture 

Journalism 

American Studies 

Art 

Classical Languages 

Dance 

English 

French and Italian 

German and Slavic 

History 

Music 

Oriental and Hebrew 

Philosophy 

Spanish and Portuguese 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Russian Area Studies 



Programs within the Division of 
Behavioral and Social Sciences 

Afro-American Studies 

Anthropology 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research 

Bureau of Governmental Research 

Business and Management 

Economics 

Geography 

Government and Politics 

Hearing and Speech Sciences 

Information Systems Management 

Institute for Urban Studies 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Linguistics 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Programs within the Division of 
Human and Community Resources 

Administration Supervision and Curriculum 

Counseling and Personnel Services 

Early Childhood Elementary Education 

Industrial Education 

Institute for Child Study 

Measurement & Statistics 

Secondary Education 

Special Education 

Family and Community Development 

Foods. Nutrition and Institution 

Administration 
Housing and Applied Design 
Textiles and Consumer Economics 
Library and Information Services 
Health Education 
Physical Education 
Recreation 



Programs within the Division of 
Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering 

Center for Materials Research 

Computer Science 

Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics 

Meteorology 

Molecular Physics 

Mathematics 

Physics and Astronomy 

Physical Sciences 

Aero-Space Engineering 

Chemical Engineering 

Civil Engineering 

Electrical Engineering 

Fire Protection 

Mechanical Engineering 

Engineering Technology 



Other Programs 

Pre-Nursing 

Pre-Pharmacy 

Pre-Medical Technology 

Pre-Medicine 

Pre-Optometry 

Pre-Radiological Technology 

Pre-Physical Therapy 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 

Pre-Forestry 

Pre-Law 

Pre-Vetennary Medicine 

Pre-Theology 

General Studies 

Undecided 

General Honors 



University Policy 
Statement 

The provisions ol this publication are not to 
be regarded as an irrevocable contract 
between the student and the University of 
Maryland Changes are effected from time to 
time in the general regulations and in the 
academic requirements There are 
established procedures for making changes, 
procedures which protect the institution's 
integrity and the individual student's interest 
and welfare. A curriculum or graduation 
requirement, when altered, is not made 
retroactive unless the alteration is to the 
student's advantage and can be 
accommodated within the span of years 
normally required for graduation. When the 
actions of a student are judged by competent 
authority, using established procedure, to be 
detrimental to the interests of the University 
community, that person may be required to 
withdraw from the University. 

The University of Maryland, in all its 
branches and divisions, subscribes to a 
policy of equal educational and employment 
opportunity for people of every race, creed, 
ethnic origin, and sex. 

It is University policy that smoking in 
classrooms is prohibited unless all 
participants agree to the contrary. Any 
student has the right to remind the instructor 
of this policy throughout the duration of the 
class. 



Gender Reference 

The masculine gender whenever used in this 
document is intended to include the 
feminine gender as well. 



Special Announcement Academic Information 



The General University Requirements. The 
Board of Regents has approved a major 
revision of the undergraduate requirements 
What has been known as "General 
Education Requirements," referred to in 
academic programs in previous editions of 
this Catalog, is henceforth replaced by 
"General University Requirements.'' 

Any student who entered the University 
prior to August. 1973. has the option of 
completing either the General Education 
Requirements or the General University 
Requirements. Students first entering the 
University in August, 1973. or after must 
comply with the new General University 
Requirements. 



Prospectus: 

College Park publishes a free booklet, 
Maryland, for prospective undergraduate 
students. For a copy of this booklet, call 
301/454-3924 or write to: Catalog Mailing, 
4910 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 
20742. 

Departmental Brochures: 

Small brochures are available free from the 
Admissions Office on each of the 
departments at College Park Write to 
Admissions. University of Maryland. College 
Park, Maryland 20742. 

Undergraduate Catalog: 

The Undergraduate Catalog is available free 
to all undergraduates and to all faculty at 
College Park before each academic year. 
Copies are available in libraries and in high 
schools in Maryland, DC. and Virginia. 
Copies are for sale for $2.00 each. Send a 
check payable to the 'University of 
Maryland,' to the UMporium. College Park, 
Maryland 20742. Write Catalog' on the 
check. Allow four weeks for delivery. 

Graduate Catalog, Graduate 
Bulletin: 

For information about the Graduate Catalog 
or the Graduate Bulletin, call (301) 454-3141 
or write the Graduate Offices, South 
Administration Building, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Summer Sessions Catalog: 

For information call 454-3347 or write to: 
Summer Sessions Offices, Turner Lab, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 






The University 



Goals For College Park 

Our objectives are simply stated: to enrich 
our students; to encourage them to develop 
the harmonious ideals and tine relationships 
which characterize cultured individuals; to 
provide an atmosphere for self- 
enlightenment; and to promote beneficial 
research for the welfare of the State, of the 
nation, and of the community of knowledge 
everywhere 



Universities in General 

The contemporary university is a 
comprehensive educational institution 
offering many undergraduate programs. 

Universities as we know them in the United 
States have existed for less than a century, 
but their roots can be traced back to 
medieval history. The English college system 
served as the model for earliest American 
efforts at higher education. The ancient 
German university tradition was joined with 
this in the 1870s to form basic outlines of 
our present institutions. Practical studies 
were grafted onto these more classically and 
theoretically oriented traditions by the 
agricultural emphasis of the land grant 
movement. 

With the explosion of scientific and 
technological knowledge in the early 
twentieth century, the role of the university in 
American society attained increased 
importance, and today almost all aspects of 
national life — social, economic, scientific, 
and cultural — benefit from its educational, 
research and service functions. 



College Park and the University of 
Maryland 

The College Park Campus of the University of 
Maryland was opened in 1859 as the 
Maryland Agricultural College under a 
charter secured by a group of Maryland 
planters. After a disastrous fire in 1912, the 
State acquired control of the college and 
bore the cost of rebuilding. In 1920 the State 
took over the faculty-owned University of 
Baltimore founded in 1807, merging it with 
the State-owned institution at College Park 
to form the present-day University of 
Maryland. 

In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy 
was founded by the Methodist Church in 
Princess Anne, Maryland. Title to the 
institution was acquired by the State of 
Maryland in 1926, and it became a division of 
the University of Maryland in 1948. It was 
made an integral part of the University 
system with the name, University of Maryland 
Eastern Shore (UMES), in 1970. 

An undergraduate branch campus known 
as University of Maryland Baltimore County 
(UMBC), was opened at Catonsville in 1966. 

Another administrative unit of the 
University is University College (UMUC) 
which offers degree and non-degree 
educational programs held usually in the late 
afternoon, evening, or on weekends both at 
College Park, and elsewhere in the state, 
nation, and abroad. Administratively and 
academically UMUC is an integral part of the 
University, but its course offerings are not 
included in the programs of the College Park 
Campus. 



Libraries at College Park 

The Theodore R McKeldin Library is the 
general library of the University, containing 
reference works, periodicals, circulating 
books, and other materials in all fields of 
research and instruction. Branch libraries 
include the Undergraduate Library, the 
Engineering and Physical Sciences Library, 
the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry 
Library 

The libraries on the College Park Campus 
include approximately 1,400,000 volumes, 
over 800,000 microfilm units, and 
approximately 17,200 subscriptions to 
periodicals and newspapers, as well as many 
government documents, phonorecords, 
films, slides, prints, and music scores. 

The new Undergraduate Library, opened in 
1973, seats 4,000 students and has a book 
capacity of 200,000 volumes. It features a 
recreational reading collection of 5,000 
paperbacks, a quadrophonic concert room, 
color video tape players and playback units, 
enclosed rooms equipped with instructor's 
consoles for the use of nonprint media 
materials, and wireless stereo headsets for 
tapes and lectures, plays, speeches, and 
music. The McKeldin Library mainly supports 
the graduate and research programs of the 
University, but is also open to 
undergraduates. 

Special collections in the library system 
include those of Richard Van Mises in 
mathematics and applied mechanics; Max 
Born in the physical sciences; Thomas I. 
Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in 
the biological sciences; Katherine Anne 
Porter; Maryland; U.S. government 
publications (for which the University is a 
regional depository); documents of the 
United Nations, the League of Nations, and 
other international organizations; 
agricultural experiment station and 
extension service publications; maps from 
the U.S. Army Map Service; the files of the 
Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding 
Workers of America; the Wallenstein 
collection of musical scores; the Andre 
Kostelanetz Music Library; and research 
collections of the American Bandmasters 
Association, the National Association of 
Wind and Percussion Instructors and the 
Music Educators National Conference. In 
addition, the collections include microfilm 
productions of government documents, rare 
books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Other Area Resources. 

The College Park Campus area is in a region 
rich in research collections. In the 
Washington area are the Library of 
Congress, the National Archives, the Folger 
Library, the National Library of Medicine, the 
National Agricultural Library, and various 
academic and special libraries. In the 
Baltimore area, in addition to the University's 
own libraries at UMBC and on the 
professional campus, are the Enoch Pratt 
Free Library and the Maryland Historical 
Association Library. The Maryland Hall of 
Records is located in Annapolis. 

Campus Research Facilities 

The research programs at the University 
derive their existence and vigor from a 
faculty comprised of internationally 
recognized scholars and scientists. It is an 



advantage for undergraduate students to be 
aware of the University's research facilities 
as they plan their programs. 

Among the exceptional research facilities 
are: a 140 MeV cyclotron; a nuclear reactor; 
scanning electron microscopes; subsonic 
and hypersonic wind tunnels; an electron 
ring accelerator; a precision encoder and 
pattern recognition device; a gravitational 
radiation detection system including a 
gravimeter on the moon; a quiescent plasma 
device (Q machine); a psychopharmacology 
laboratory; three retro-reflector arrays on the 
moon; rotating tanks for laboratory studies 
of meteorological phenomena; Van de Graaff 
accelerators; a laboratory for basic 
behavioral research; an assortment of 
computers; and the Astronomy Observatory. 

The College Park Campus also owns and 
operates one of the largest and most 
sophisticated long-wavelength radio 
telescopes (located in Clark Lake. Calif.) and 
a cosmic ray laboratory (located in New 
Mexico). 

In addition to these research opportunities 
in the biological, mathematical and physical 
sciences, research programs in the 
behavioral sciences, social sciences and 
education exist in many bureaus and 
institutes including: the Bureau of Business 
and Economic Research, Bureau of 
Educational Research and Field Services, 
Bureau of Governmental Research, Institute 
for Child Study, Institute for Criminal Justice 
and Criminology, and the Institute for Urban 
Studies. 

Investigation in agriculture is an important 
aspect of University research. University 
farms total more than 2,000 acres. Breeding, 
selection in farm crops, and soil research are 
a part of the program. Work in these areas is 
augmented by X-ray equipment and an 
electron microscope. 

Summer Session 

The College Park Campus offers two summer 
sessions of six weeks each during 1975. The 
first session begins May 19 and ends June 
27. The second session runs from June 30 to 
August 8. New freshmen applicants who 
have met the regular University admission 
requirements for fall enrollment may begin 
their studies during the summer rather than 
await the next fall term. By taking advantage 
of this opportunity and continuing to attend 
summer sessions the time required for 
completion of a baccalau reate degree can be 
shortened by a year or more, depending 
upon the requirements of the chosen 
curriculum and the rate of progress. 

Many new students have found that 
attendance during the summer sessions 
facilitates the transition from secondary 
school to college. Courses offered during the 
summer are the same in content and 
instruction as those offered during the fall 
and spring semesters. 

The Summer Cultural and Recreational 
Program is an important part of "Summer at 
Maryland." A Fine Arts Festival offers a series 
of programs in art, dance, drama, film, and 
music, and outstanding performers in these 
media appear on the College Park Campus. 
Facilities for most sports and an intramural 
program in several team and individual 
sports are available to the students. 

For additional information write for a 



General Information / 1 



Summer Sessions Catalog which may be 
obtained from the Administrative Dean (or 
Summer Programs. College Park, Md. 20742. 

Accreditation 

The University of Maryland is accredited by 
the Middle States Association of Colleges 
and Secondary Schools and is a member of 
the Association of American Universities. In 
addition, individual schools and departments 
are accredited by such groups as the 
American Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Business, the American Chemical Society, 
the National Association of Schools of 
Music, the Section of Legal Education and 
Admissions to the Bar of the American Bar 
Association, the American Council of 
Education for Journalism, the American 
Council on Pharmaceutical Education, the 
Council on Dental Education of the American 
Dental Association, the Committee on 
Accreditation of the American Library 
Association, the American Psychological 
Association, the Commission on 
Accreditation of the Council on Social Work 
Education, the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical 
Association, the Engineers' Council for 
Professional Development, the National 
Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education, and the National League for 
Nursing. 

Admission and 
Orientation 

Undergraduate Admission 

The University of Maryland actively 
subscribes to a policy of equal employment 
opportunity and will not discriminate against 
any employee or applicant because of race, 
sex, color, religion, national origin, or 
political affiliation. 

Admissions Requirements 

The University of Maryland is a 
publicly-supported land grant institution 
dedicated primarily to the educational needs 
of Maryland residents. Within its 
responsibilities as a State facility, the 
University attracts a cosmopolitan student 
body, and each year offers admission to a 
number of promising men and women from 
other states and jurisdictions. All of the 50 
states and 93 foreign nations are currently 
represented in the undergraduate 
population. 

5600 new freshmen entered the College 
Park Campus of the University of Maryland in 
fall 1974. The typical freshman had a Verbal 
SAT score of 47 and Math SAT score of 51. 

Freshmen — Maryland Residents. In order to 
be admitted, freshmen applicants who are 
Maryland residents must meet ONE of the 
following THREE criteria for admission: A. 
Have a C average in academic subjects in the 
10th and 11th grades and rank in the top half 
of the high school graduation class, OR, B. 
Satisfy the requirements outlined in the chart 
below. The chart indicates the combination 
of academic grade point average and total 
SAT scores required to be eligible for 
admission. 



If the applicant has taken the SAT several 
times, the University will use the highest set 
of scores for a single test date. 

To determine your eligibility for admission 
based on the chart below: 

1. Calculate your academic grade point 
average in the 10th and 11th grades. A list of 
the courses which the College Park Campus 
uses in computing the high school academic 
grade point average is provided below. 

2. Locate the line on the chart which 
indicates your highest total SAT scores for a 
single test date. For example, if you took the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test twice and earned 
the following scores: 

1st test date Verbal 50 

Math 51 
2nd test date Verbal 53 

Math 50 
you would use the test scores for the second 
test date. 

3. If your academic grade point average is 
equal to or higher than the grade point 
average listed on the chart beside your 
highest total SAT score, you will be admitted 
to the College Park Campus. 

Minimum Requirements for Maryland 
Freshmen Applicants Using Total SAT 
Scores and Academic Grade Point Average 
as Criteria 



81 1.97 

82 1.96 

83 1.94 

84 1.93 

85 1.92 

86 1.91 

87 1.89 

88 1.88 

89 1.87 

90 1.86 

91 1.84 

92 1.83 

93 1.82 

94 1.81 

95 179 

96 1.78 

97 1.77 

98 1.76 

99 1.74 





Academic 




Academic 


Total 


Grade 


Total 


Grade 


SAT 


Point 


SAT 


Point 


Score 


Average 


Score 


Average 


40 


2.48 


100 ... . 


1.73 


41 


2.47 


101 


1.72 


42 


2.45 


102 .... 


1.71 


43 


2.44 


103 .... 


1.69 


44 


2.43 


104 .... 


1.68 


45 


2.42 


105 .... 


1.67 


46 


2.40 


106 .... 


1.66 


47 


2.39 


107 ... 


1.64 


48 


2.38 


1 08 ... 


1.63 


49 


2.37 


109 ... 


1.62 


50 ... . 


2.35 


110 ... 


1.61 


51 .... 


2.34 


111 ... 


1.59 


52 .... 


2.33 


112 ... 


1.58 


53 .... 


2.32 


113 ... 


1.57 


54 .... 


2.30 


114 ... 


1.56 


55 .... 


2.29 


115 ... 


1.54 


56 ... . 


2.28 


116 ... 


1.53 


57 .... 


2.27 


117 ... 


152 


58 .... 


2.25 


118 ... 


1.51 


59 ... 


2.24 


119 ... 


1.49 


60 ... . 


2.23 


1 20 . . . 


1.48 


61 .... 


2.22 


121 ... 


1.47 


62 .... 


2.20 


122 ... 


1.46 


63 .... 


2.19 


123 .. . 


1.44 


64 .... 


2.18 


124 ... 


1.43 


65 .... 


2.17 


125 ... 


1.42 


66 .... 


2.15 


126 ... 


1.41 


67 .... 


2.14 


127 ... 


1.39 


68 ... . 


2.13 


128 ... 


1.38 


69 ... . 


2.12 


129 ... 


1.37 


70 .... 


2.10 


130 ... 


1.36 


71 .... 


2.09 


131 ... 


1.34 


72 


2.08 


132... 


1.33 


73 


2.07 


133 ... 


1.32 


74 


2 05 


134 .. . 


1.31 


75 


2.04 


135 ... 


1.29 


76 


2.03 


136 ... 


1.28 


77 


2.02 


137 ... 


1.27 


78 


2 01 


138 ... 


1.26 


79 ... . 


1.99 


139 ... 


1.24 


80 


1.98 


140 ... 


1.23 



141 1.22 

142 1.21 

143 1.20 

144 1.18 

145 1.17 

146 1 16 

147 1.15 

148 1.13 

149 1.12 

150 1.11 

151 ... 1 10 

152 1.08 

153 1.07 

154 1.06 

155 105 

156 103 

157 102 

158 1.01 

159 1.00 



OR C. Satisfy the requirements outlined in 
the chart below. The chart indicates the 
combination of academic grade point 
average and high school class rank required 
to be eligible for admission. 

To determine your eligibility for admission 
based on the chart below: 

1. Calculate your academic grade point 
average in the 10th and 11th grades A list of 
the courses which the College Park Campus 
utilizes in computing the academic grade 
point average is provided below. 

2. Compute your class rank. Class rank is 
expressed as a percentile in the chart. To 
determine your percentile, divide the number 
of students in your graduating class into your 
class rank and subtract the result from 100. 
For example, a student who ranks 80 in a 
class of 110 would rank at the 28th percentile 
(110 divided into 80 equals 72. 100 less 72 
equals 28th percentile). 

3. Locate the line on the chart which 
indicates your class rank percentile. 

4. If your academic grade point average is 
equal to or higher than the grade point 
average listed on the chart beside your class 
rank percentile, you will be admitted to the 
College Park Campus. 

Minimum Requirements for Maryland 
Freshmen Applicants Using High School 
Class Rank and Academic Grade Point 
Average as Criteria 

Academic 
Class Grade 

Rank Point 

Percentile Average 

1 2.58 20 

2 2.57 21 

3 2.56 22 

4 2.55 23 

5 2.54 24 

6 2.53 25 

7 2.52 26 

8 2.51 27 

9 2.50 28 

10 2.49 29 



11 

12 2.47 31 

13 2.46 32 

14 2.45 33 

15 2.44 34 

16 2.43 35 

17 2.42 36 

.2.41 



Academic 
Q ass Grade 

Rank Point 

Percentile Average 

2.39 

2.38 

2.37 

236 

2.35 

234 
2 33 

2.32 

2 31 

2.30 

2 48 30 2.29 



18 



37 



19 2.40 38 



2 28 
.2.27 
2.26 
225 
224 
2 23 
222 
.2.21 



2 / General Information 



39 
40 

41 

■i: 
43 

44 
4S 
46 
4T 
48 
49 



2.20 50 2.09 

2.19 51 2.08 

.2.18 52 2.07 

2.17 53 2.06 

2.16 54 2.05 

2.15 55 2.04 

2.14 56 2 03 

.2.13 57 2.02 

2.12 58 2.01 

.2.11 59 2.00 

.2.10 60 1.99 



Use of Mid-Year Grades. The University will 
reserve a decision on the applications of 
Maryland residents who do not meet the 
criteria outlined above until mid-year grades 
are available for the senior year in high 
school. The College Park Campus is unable 
to utilize the final high school marks in 
rendering decisions for applicants who are 
applying for admission directly from high 
school. 

If your mid-year grades for the senior year 
in high school are available when your 
application is initially considered by the 
College Park admissions staff, they will be 
used in determining your eligibility for 
admission. 

Subjects Used for Computation of the High 
School Academic Grade Point Average. 

Because of variations in course titles in the 
secondary school systems, this listing is not 
inclusive. It does, however, provide you with 
examples of the types of cou rses the College 
Park Campus utilizes in computing the high 
school academic grade point average. 
English. Composition, Communications, 
Creative Writing, Conversational Language, 
Debate, Expressive Writing, Journalism, 
Language Arts, Literature, Public Speaking, 
Speech. World Literature. 

Foreign Languages. French, German, 
Greek. Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Russian, 
Spanish, Other. 

Mathematics. Advanced Topics, Algebra I, 
Algebra II, Analysis (or Elementary Analysis), 
Analytic Geometry, Calculus, Computer 
Math, Functions, Geometry, Mathematics II, 
Mathematics III, Mathematics IV, Matrices 
Probabilities, Modern Geometry, Probability 
and Statistics. E.A.M. (Rev. Acad. Math), 
S.M.S.G., Modern Math, Trigonometry. 

Science. Advanced Biology, Advanced 
Chemistry, Biology, Chemistry, Earth 
Science, General Science, Genetics, 
Geology, Laboratory Science, Physical 
Science, Physics, Space Science, Zoology. 

Social Studies. Afro-American Studies, 
American History, Ancient History, 
Anthropology, Child Development, 
Civics-Citizenship, Contemporary Issues 
(C.I.S.S.), Cultural Areas, Cultural Heritage, 
Economics, Economic Citizenship, Ethics (if 
considered to be Religion, not counted), 
European History, European History and 
Survey, Family Living, Far East, Pan 
American, Geography, Government, 
Humanities, International Affairs, Medieval 
History, Modern History, Modern Problems, 
National Government, Philosophy, Political 
Science, Problems of Democracy, Problems 
of 20th Century, Psychology, Sociology, 
State History, U.S. History, World Civilization, 
World Cultures. 



Other Requirements for Freshmen 
Applicants. The University requires 
freshmen to have earned a high school 
diploma prior to their first registration at the 
University 

The SAT examination is required of all 
freshmen applicants. Test results must be 
submitted directly to the College Park 
Campus by the Educational Testing Service. 
You are strongly urged to include your social 
security number when registering for the 
SAT. This will expedite processing of your 
application for admission by the College 
Park Campus. The reporting code for the 
College Park Campus is 5814. The university 
strongly recommends that the SAT be taken 
as early as possible. The January test is the 
latest acceptable examination for fall 
applicants. Further information on the SAT 
may be obtained from high school guidance 
offices or directly from the Educational 
Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 
08540. 

School of Architecture. Admission to the 
School of Architecture is competitive with 
selection based on previous academic 
achievement. 

All architecture applicants are encouraged 
to file an application by March 1 because of 
space limitations. Applications for the 
School of Architecture are accepted for the 
fall semester only. 

Special Situations. The above admissions 
criteria have been developed primarily for 
the applicant who has recently been 
graduated from high school. The University 
recognizes that the above criteria may not be 
entirely relevant for applicants from the State 
of Maryland who have had military 
experience and/or have worked for two or 
more years. If this situation applies to you, 
we call your attention to the following: 

High School Equivalence Examination. 
Maryland residents who are at least 19 years 
of age and have not received a high school 
diploma can be considered for admission by 
presenting the high school General 
Education Equivalency certificate. In order to 
be admitted to the College Park Campus, the 
applicant must present an average score of 
50 with no score below 40 on any of the five 
parts of the test or a minimum score of 45 on 
each of the five parts of the test. 

Maryland Residents Who Have 
Graduated from High School. Maryland 
residents who do not meet the admissions 
requirements outlined above for freshmen 
applicants should contact a counselor from 
the Office of Admissions. The counselor will 
assist you in evaluating the possibility of 
admission at College Park and will offer 
suggestions regarding your plans to attend 
college. 

Transfer Student Admission 

Undergraduate Students Transferring from 
Outside the University System 

A student who has attended any institution of 
higher learning following graduation from 
high school and attempted nine or more 
credits must be considered for admission as 
a transfer student. 

General Statement. The university will use 
the average stated on the transcript by the 
sending institution. In cases where there is 



more than one previous institution, the 
averages at all institutions attended will be 
cumulative. 

Those Admissible as High School Seniors. 

Students who were eligible for admission as 
high school seniors and who are in good 
academic and disciplinary standing at their 
previous institutions are eligible to be 
considered for transfer. Maryland residents 
must have a C average in all previous 
college-level work to be admitted. 
Non-resident transfers are considered on the 
basis of competitive criteria. 

Those not Admissible as High School 
Seniors. Maryland residents who are not 
admissible as high school seniors must 
complete at least 28 semester hours with a C 
or better cumulative average at another 
institution before applying for transfer 
admission. 

Transfer Students from Maryland Public 
Community Colleges. Maryland residents 
who attend Maryland public community 
colleges regardless of their eligibility for 
admission directly from high school, will be 
admitted after they have received the 
Associate of Arts degree or completed 56 
semester hours with a C or better cumulative 
average. Where the number of students 
desiring admission exceeds the number that 
can be accommodated in a particular 
professional or specialized program, 
admission will be based on criteria 
developed by the University to select the best 
qualified students. 

Exception to the 56 hour A.A. degree rule 
will be made for a student attempting to 
transfer into a program which is not available 
at the student's community college in a full 
two-year program. In order to be admitted to 
the College Park Campus as an exception to 
the two-year rule, the applicant must obtain a 
letter from the transfer advisor at his/her 
community college recommending that the 
University waive the two-year requirement in 
his/her case because of problems with 
obtaining sufficient major program courses. 

School of Architecture. Admission to the 
School of Architecture in the Division of Arts 
and Humanities is competitive with selection 
based on the transfer student's previous 
academic achievement. All Architecture 
applicants are encouraged to file an 
application by March 1 because of space 
limitations. Applications for the School of 
Architecture are accepted for the fall 
semester only. Transfer applications for the 
School of Architecture are not evaluated 
until the early summer. 

Undergraduate Students Transferring from 
Within the University System. A student 
seeking to move from one campus of the 
University to another must have been a 
regular degree-seeking student eligible to 
return to his original campus. 

Students who were special or non-degree 
students or students who have been 
academically dismissed by one campus must 
contact the admissions office of the 
receiving campus. 

Students must apply within the normal 
deadlines and, where space is limited, 
admission to the new campus will be based 
on criteria designed to select the best 
qualified students. 



General Information / 3 



The Out-of-State Applicant 

The University is very pleased to consider 
applications from students who are not 
residents of the State of Maryland. Because 
the primary obligation of the University is to 
Maryland residents, however, the number of 
out-of-state students who can be admitted is 
limited. The typical freshman applicant 
presents better than average SAT scores and 
high school grades. The typical transfer 
presents better than average credentials in 
his previous college-level work. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

The College Park Campus offers 
pre-professional programs in Dental 
Hygiene, Dentistry, Forestry, Law, Medical 
Technology. Medicine, Nursing, Osteopathy, 
Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, Radiologic 
Technology, Theology, and Veterinary 
Medicine. 

The College Park Campus does not offer 
degrees in these areas. The Campus does, 
however, offer specific course advisement 
that will prepare the student for a possible 
transfer to another branch of the University 
of Maryland or other institutions that do offer 
degrees in these fields. Admission to a 
ore-professional program on the College 
Park Campus does not guarantee admission 
to another branch of the University or 
another institution. 

Students who have already earned more 
than 30 semester hours at another 
college-level institution should contact an 
academic counselor for the pre-professional 
programs at College Park before filing an 
application for the College Park Campus. 
Please address correspondence to the 
pre-professional program to which you are 
applying, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742 

Non-Degree (Special) Student 
Admission 

Applicants who qualify for admission but do 
not desire to work toward a baccalaureate 
degree may be admitted as non-degree 
seeking (special) students. 

Special students who have received a 
baccalaureate degree are advised that no 
credit earned while enrolled as special 
students may be applied at a later date to a 
graduate program. These 
post-baccalaureate students may enroll in 
undergraduate courses for which they 
possess the necessary prerequisites, but may 
not enroll in courses restricted to graduate 
students only. 

Non-degree seeking (special) students 
who do not have a baccalaureate degree or 
an R.N. must submit transcripts and meet 
regular admission standards. Transcripts are 
not required from students with 
baccalaureate degrees or an R.N. 

Because of space limitation, several 
departments require permission in advance 
to enroll as a non-degree student. Please 
contact the Office of Admissions for further 
information. 

Transfer of Credits 

Maryland Council for Higher Education 
Articulation Agreement. The University of 
Maryland fully ascribes to the Maryland 
Council for Higher Education Articulation 



Ageement. The complete text of the 
agreement follows: 

Preamble. The initial over-reaching objective 
of this committee has been to relate in 
operational ways the undergraduate 
programs offered in the public sector of 
higher education in Maryland including the 
Community Colleges, the State Colleges, and 
the campuses of the University. 

The intended principal benefactor is the 
student who is best served by current 
information about programs and protected 
by firm arrangements among the public 
segments of higher education in Maryland 
which permit him to plan a total degree 
program from the outset. With successful 
academic performance, he or she can make 
uninterrupted progress even though transfer 
is involved. The measure of the plan is 
maximum transferability of college level 
credits. Essentially, the transfer and native 
students are to be governed by the same 
academic rules and regulations. It is 
recognized that the guidance'data essential 
to the implementation of transfer 
arrangements go well beyond the scope of 
the present report. 

In a complementary way the State's 
interests are served by having its higher 
education resources used optimally by 
reducing the time taken to complete a 
degree through the avoidance of repeated 
class experiences. 

The institutional interests are protected 
also by the systematic approach; they are 
relieved of the uncertainties of unplanned 
articulation without becoming production 
line enterprises. 

The dynamics of higher education 
preclude one-and-for-all time curricula and 
perpetual grading and retention systems as 
cases in point. However, within the general 
structure of this plan there is opportunity for 
continual updating of the details. 

In more specific ways the committee has 
proceeded (1) to recommend specific areas 
of agreement among the public community 
colleges, the State colleges, and the State 
University pertaining to facilitating the 
transfer of students within the segments of 
public higher education in the State; (2) to 
provide for a continuous evaluation and 
review of programs, politics, procedures, 
and relationships affecting transfer of 
students; and (3) to recommend such 
revisions as are needed to promote the 
academic success and general well-being of 
the transfer student. 

Policies. 1. Public four-year colleges and 
the campuses of the University shall require 
attainment of an overall C average by 
Maryland resident transfer students as 
defined by the sending institutions as one 
standard for admission. If the student has 
two or more institutions, the over C (2.0) will 
be computed on grades received in courses 
earned at all institutions attended, unless the 
student presents an Associate of Arts 
Degree 

a. Efforts shall be intensified among the 
sending institutions to counsel students on 
the basis of their likelihood of success in 
various programs and at various institutions 
based on shared information (See par 1 (b) 
and par. 9). 

b. Procedures for reporting the progress of 
students who transfer within the State shall 



be regularized as one means of improving 
the counseling of prospective transfer 
students. In addition, each public institution 
of higher education shall establish a position 
of student transfer to assist in accomplishing 
the policies and procedures outlined in this 
plan. 

2. Admissions requirements and 
curriculum prerequisites shall be stated 
explicitly. 

a. Course and semester hour requirements 
which students must meet in order to 
transfer with upper division standing shall be 
clearly stated. 

b. The establishment of articulated 
programs is required in professional and 
specialized curricula. 

c. Students shall be strongly encouraged to 
complete the requirements for the award of 
the Associate in Arts Degree or to complete 
successfully 56 semester hours of credit 
before transfer. 

3. Information about transfer students 
who are capable of honors work or 
independent study shall be transmitted to the 
receiving institution. 

4. Transfer students from newly 
established public colleges which are 
functioning with the approval of the State 
Department of Education shall be admitted 
on the same basis as applicants from 
regionally accredited colleges. 

5. a. Students from Maryland 
Community Colleges who have been 
awarded the Associate of Arts degree or who 
have successfully completed 56 semester 
hours of credit, in either case in college and 
university-parallel courses (see par. 6), and 
who attained an overall C (2.0) average, 
shall be eligible for transfer. Normally they 
will transfer without loss of credits and with 
junior standing provided they have met the 
requirements and prerequisites established 
by the receiving institution within the major. 
Parenthetically, junior standing does not 
assure graduation within a two-year period 
of full-time study by a native student or by a 
transfer student. 

b. The Associate in Arts degree shall serve 
as the equivalent of the lower division 
general education requirements at the 
receiving institution where the total number 
of credits required in the general education 
program in the sending institution is equal to 
or more than that required in the receiving 
institution and where the credits are 
distributed among the arts and sciences 
disciplines. 

c. The determination of the major program 
requirements for a baccalaureate degree, 
including courses in the maior taken in the 
lower division, shall be the responsibility of 
the institution awarding the degree. 

6 Credit earned at any public institution 
shall be transferable to any other public 
institution as long as that credit was 
designed specifically for a college or 
university-parallel program, and providing its 
acceptance is consistent with the policies of 
the receiving institution governing native 
students following the same program. 
Transfer of credits from terminal (career) 
programs shall be evaluated by the receiving 
institution on a course by course basis. 
Credits applied towards a specific maior and 
minor shall be determined by the receiving 
institution in these cases 



4 / General Information 



7. Credit earned in or transferred from a 
community college shall normally be limited 
to approximately half the baccalaureate 
degree program requirement and to the first 
two years of the undergraduate educational 
experience. 

8 Transfer students shall be given the 
option of satisfying graduation requirements 
which were in effect at the receiving 
institution at the time they enrolled as 
freshmen at the sending institution, subject 
to conditions or qualifications which apply to 
native students. 

9. Institutions shall notify each other as 
soon as possible of impending curriculum 
changes which may affect transferring 
students. When a change made by one 
institution necessitates some type of change 
at another institution, sufficient lead time 
shall be provided to effect the change with 
minimum disruption. The exchange of data 
concerning such academic matters as 
grading systems, student profiles, grading 
profiles, etc. is required. 

10. Community college students shall be 
encouraged to choose as early as possible 
the institution and program into which they 
expect to transfer. 

11. Innovative programs in all institutions 
are encouraged. Proposed programs which 
would affect student transfers to more than 
one institution must be reported to the 
Maryland Council for Higher Education. 

12. The Maryland Council for Higher 
Education Articulation Committee shall 
continue to review and evaluate current 
articulation policies and shall set additional 
policies as needed. In addition, the Maryland 
Council will publish a brochure annually 
listing the prerequisites within the major and 
professional programs of all public four-year 
colleges and universities in the State. 

13. In the event a transfer student 
believes he or she has not been accorded the 
consideration presented in this policy 
statement, he shall have the opportunity to 
have the situation explained or reconciled. 

Initially, differences of interpretation 
regarding the award of transfer credit shall 
be resolved between the student and the 
institution to which he is transferring. 
Representatives from the two institutions 
shall then have the opportunity to resolve the 
differences. 

The sending institution has the right to 
present an unresolved case to the Committee 
on Articulation by addressing the Maryland 
Council for Higher Education. The 
Committee on Articulation shall, through an 
appointed subcommittee, receive relevant 
documentation, opinions, and 
interpretations in written form from the 
sending and receiving institution and from 
the student. Subcommittee deliberations will 
be confined to this written documentation. 
The full committee shall act on the 
subcommittee recommendation. 

Copies of the committee recommendation 
shall be forwarded to the institutions 
involved through the Maryland Council for 
Higher Education. The council shall then be 
advised of the institutional action within a 
ten-day period. 

A complaint on transfer status must be 
initiated by the student within the first 
semester of his enrollment in the receiving 
institution. 



14. While it is recognized that certain 
circumstances may require a limitation on 
the size of junior classes, the State of 
Maryland should support four-year 
institutions so that all students in a transfer 
program who are awarded an Associate of 
Arts degree from a public community college 
shall have the opportunity to be admitted 
with full junior standing to a public four-year 
institution. Where the number of students 
desiring admission exceeds the number that 
can be accommodated in a particular 
professional or specialized program, 
admission will be based on criteria 
developed by the receiving institution to 
select the best qualified students. 

General Statement. In general, credit from 
academic courses taken at an accredited 
institution in areas that can be considered 
part of the students' University program and 
in which the student earned a grade of C or 
better will transfer. 

Credits Taken at Community Colleges. 

Credits earned in or transferred from a 
community college shall normally be limited 
to approximately half of the four-year 
baccalaureate degree requirement. Credits 
transferred from community colleges are 
accepted as lower division credits. 

Credits Taken at a Maryland Public 
Community College. 

Students from Maryland community colleges 
who have been awarded the Associate in Arts 
degree or who have successfully completed 
56 semester hours of credit, in either case in 
college and university-parallel courses, and 
who attained an overall C average shall 
normally transfer without loss of credits and 
with junior standing, provided they have 
met the requirements and prerequisites 
established by the receiving institution 
within the major. 

Credit earned at any public institution shall 
be transferable to any other public institution 
as long as that credit was designed 
specifically for a college or university- 
parallel program, and provided its 
acceptance is consistent with the policies of 
the University governing native students 
following the same program. 

Transfer of credits from terminal (career) 
programs shall be evaluated by the receiving 
institution on a course by course basis 
provided in the Maryland Council for Higher 
Education Articulation Agreement. 

Foreign Language Credit. Transfer foreign 
language credit is usually acceptable in 
meeting requirements. Prospective students 
should consult the appropriate sections of 
this catalog to determine the specific 
requirements of various colleges and 
curricula. 

Credit by Examination 

Advanced Placement Program. Students 
entering the University from secondary 
schools may obtain advanced placement and 
college credit on the basis of their 
performance on the College Entrance 
Examination Board Advanced Placement 
Program examinations. These examinations 
are normally given to eligible high school 



seniors during the May preceding 
matriculation in college. 

The University will award advanced 
placement in accordance with the score 
requirements noted below for the following 
examinations: biology, chemistry, English, 
French, German, history, Latin, mathematics, 
physics, and Spanish 

For achievement of a score of five or four 
on an approved examination, the student will 
be granted advanced placement and credit 
equivalent to two semester courses in that 
field; for achievement of a score of three, 
advanced placement and credit equivalent of 
either one or two semester courses, 
depending on the field of examination, will 
be granted. A student earning a score of 2 on 
the English advanced placement 
examination will not need to take English 
Composition, but no credit will be given. 

Questions about University policy 
concerning the Advanced Placement 
Program may be addressed to the 
Administrative Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies or to the Director of Admissions and 
Registrations. Detailed information about the 
examinations and registration procedures 
may be obtained from the Director of 
Advanced Placement Program. College 
Entrance Examination Board, 888 Seventh 
Avenue, New York, New York 10018. 

Other Credit by Examination Options. 

Students are encouraged to refer to other 
sections of this catalog for information on 
additional credit by examination options. 

Determination of in-State Status for 
Admission, Tuition and Charge-Differential 
Purposes. The Board of Regents of the 
University of Maryland approved new 
regulations for the determination of in-state 
status for admission, tuition and 
charge-differential purposes at its meeting 
on September 21, 1973. The new regulations 
became effective with the January 1 974 term. 

An initial determination of in-state status 
for admission, tuition and charge-differential 
purposes will be made by the University at 
the time a student's application for 
admission is under consideration. The 
determination made at that time, and any 
determination made thereafter shall prevail 
in each semester until the determination is 
successfully challenged. The deadline for 
meeting all requirements for an in-state 
status and for submitting all documents for 
reclassification is the last day of late 
registration for the semester the student 
wishes to be classified as an in-state student. 

The implementation of this policy to those 
eligible for redetermination will require an 
extended period of time. It is hoped that a 
decision in each case will be made within 
ninety (90) days of a request for 
redetermination. During this period of time, 
or any further period of time required by the 
University, fees and charges based on the 
previous determination must be paid. If the 
determination is changed, any excess fees 
and charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a 
copy of the regulations or who wish 
assistance with their classification should 
contact: Office of Admissions, North 
Administration Building, University of 



General Information / 5 



Maryland. College Park, Maryland 
20742--Phone (301) 454-4137. 

Equal Opportunity Recruitment 
Program 

The Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program 
is the minority recruitment unit within the 
Office of Minority Student Education. 
Through E.O.R.P. the University seeks to 
achieve a more representative minority 
student population among blacks, 
Spanish-speaking. American Indians, and 
Asian Americans. 

E.O.R.P. also coordinates housing and 
financial aid assistance for incoming 
minority students. The director and the 
Admissions Counselor staff can provide 
application information to interested parents 
and potential students. For more information 
contact: Equal Opportunity Recruitment 
Program, Director. Room 0107 North 
Administration Bldg., phone 454-4009. 

Foreign Student Admission 

The foreign student applying for admission 
to the undergraduate schools of the 
University of Maryland should make 
application at least six months in advance of 
the term for which he is applying. He will be 
required to submit (1) an application for 
admission on a form furnished by the 
Admissions Office of the University upon 
request, (2) official copies of his secondary 
school preparation, (3) certificates of 
completion of state secondary school 
examinations, and (4) records of college or 
university studies completed in schools in 
the United States or elsewhere (documents 
indicated in (2). (3). and (4) must be 
accompanied by certified English 
translations when original documents are in 
languages other than English). He will also 
be required to furnish proof of adequate 
finances (students on F visas are not 
permitted to work). Further, he will need to 
furnish proof of his ability to read, write, 
speak, and understand English sufficiently 
well to pursue satisfactorily an approved 
course of study in one of the 
colleges/divisions of the University. 
Information can be obtained from the Office 
of the Director of International Education 
Services regarding the administration of the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) both in the United States and 
abroad. TOEFL is the standard test used by 
the University to determine English 
proficiency. 

Because the University of Maryland is a 
state university, it is limited in the number of 
foreign students whom it can admit each 
year. Consequently, admission is extremely 
competitive and offered only to those 
applicants who are most highly qualified. 

The foreign student accepted for 
admission to the University will receive from 
the Director of International Education 
Services the appropriate immigration form 
needed to secure a student visa from the 
American consul. 

Every foreign student is expected to notify 
the office of the Director of International 
Education Services as to the approximate 
date of his arrival at the University and 
arrange to arrive in time for the special 
orientation program that precedes 



registration. The Office of the Director is 
located in the North Administration Building. 
Room 2130D. 

Application Procedures 

Application Forms. Application forms may 

be obtained by writing to: 

Office of Admissions 

North Administration Building 

University of Maryland 

College Park, Maryland 20742 

Application forms are available in high 
school guidance offices and college 
counseling centers. 

All applicants must comply fully with the 
directions printed on the application form. 
Incomplete forms cannot be processed. 

Application Fee. A non-refundable $15.00 
application fee is required with each 
application. 

Application deadlines. The University 
strongly urges an early application for all 
applicants' 

Summer and Fall 1975 Semesters 

October 1, 1974: 
Applications accepted for summer and fall 
1975. 

November 15, 1974: 
Deadline for receipt of applications, 
transcripts, and SAT results (freshmen only) 
for freshmen and transfer students who wish 
to be considered for an early decision for 
8/75. Students who meet this deadline and 
are eligible for admission will receive their 
application for on-Campus housing in the 
first mailing from the Office of Resident Life. 
This mailing was to have been made by 
February 15, 1975. Admission to the 
University does not guarantee housing for 
any student. 

February 28, 1975: 
Deadline for foreign student applications. 

August 1, 1975: 
Deadline for all undergraduate applications 
for August, 1975 

August 15, 1975: 
Deadline for receipt of transcripts and SAT 
results (freshmen only) for freshmen and 
transfer applicants for August. 1975. 

Spring 1976 Semester 

June 2, 1975. 
Applications accepted for spring 1976. 

August 1, 1975: 
Deadline for foreign student applications. 

November 14, 1975: 
Deadline for all undergraduate applications 
for 1/76. 

December 1, 1975: 
Deadline for receipt of all transcripts for 1/76. 

The University reserves the right to return 
the unprocessed applications of out-of-state 
freshmen and transfer students when our 
quotas for these students have been filled. 
Because of space limitations the University 
cannot offer admission to all qualified 
out-of-state applicants or provide housing 
for all those who are admitted. 

Exceptions. Applications for the School of 
Architecture including supporting 
documents must be received not later than 
March 1. 

Foreign students are required to submit their 
applications not later than February 28 for 
the fall semester and not later than August 1 
for the spring semester 



Readmission and Reinstatement 

Students who do not maintain continuous 
registration must apply for readmission or 
reinstatement when they desire to return to 
the University See sections below on 
Withdrawals from the University and 
Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation 

Readmission. A student who has interrupted 
his registration for one or more semesters 
and who was in good academic standing or 
on scholastic probation at the conclusion of 
his last semester must apply for readmission. 

Reinstatement. A student must apply for 
reinstatement if he has been academically 
dismissed, is ineligible for readmission, or 
has withdrawn from all courses in his last 
previous semester. 

Deadlines. To be considered for immediate 
reinstatement following dismissal at the end 
of the fall or spring terms, a currently 
enrolled student must apply no later than 
seven days before the first day of registration 
of the spring or second summer term. If 
dismissed at the end of the spring semester, 
a student may not apply for the first summer 
term. 

All other students must apply in 
accordance with the following deadlines: 

Fall term — July 1 

Spring term — November 1 

Summer term — May 1 

Applications. Application forms for 
readmission and reinstatement may be 
obtained from the Office of Admissions 

Additional Information 

For additional information contact the Office 
of Admissions. North Administration 
Building. University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742: (301) 454-5550. 

Graduate Student Admission 

Admission to graduate study at the University 
of Maryland is the responsibility of the 
Graduate School Correspondence 
concerning application for admission to The 
Graduate School should be addressed to The 
Graduate School. University of Maryland, 
College Park. Maryland 20742 

Orientation Programs 

Upon final admission to the University the 
new student will receive materials about the 
Orientation and Registration Program All 
entering students are encouraged to attend 
The primary goals of the program are to 
inform the student about the University, and 
to help the student register for the first 
semester. Through this program the entering 
student receives a personalized and 
individual introduction to the University 

Parents also have an opportunity to learn 
about University life through the Parent 
Orientation Program Office location: 
Student Union Building. Telephone: 
454-5752. 



See page 20 for more detailed information 



/ General Information 



FEES AND EXPENSES 



Registration is not completed or official until 
all financial obligations are satisfied 
Returning students will not be permitted to 
complete registration until all financial 
obligations to the University including library 
fines, parking violation assessments and 
other penalty fees and service charges are 
paid in full. 

Although the University regularly mails 
bills to students, starting with an estimated 
bill approximately one month prior to 
registration, it cannot assume responsibility 
for their receipt. If any student does not 
receive a bill before or shortly after the start 
of each semester, it is his/her responsibility 
to obtain a copy of the bill by coming to 
Room 1103. South Administration Building, 
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., 
Monday through Friday. 

All checks or money orders should be 
made payable to the University of Maryland 
for the exact amount due. In cases where the 
University has awarded a grant, scholarship, 
or workship, the appropriate amount will be 
deducted on the first actual bill, mailed 
approximately one month after the start of 
the semester. However the first estimated bill 
mailed at the start of each semester may not 
include these deductions. 

Students may be severed from University 
services for delinquent indebtedness to the 
University which occurs or is discovered 
during a semester. In the event that 
severance occurs, the individual may make 
payment during the semester in which 
services were severed and all these services 
except housing will be restored. Students 
removed from housing because of 
delinquent indebtedness will be placed at the 
bottom of the waiting list after the financial 
obligation is satisfied and after reapplying 
for housing. Students who are severed from 
University services and who fail to pay the 
indebtedness during the semester in which 
severance occurs will be ineligible to 
preregister or register for subsequent 
semesters until the debt is cleared. In the 
event of actual registration in a subsequent 
semester by a severed student who has not 
settled his student account prior to that 
semester, such registration will be cancelled 
and no credit will be earned for the semester. 

No degree will be conferred, no grade 
issued, nor any diploma, certificate, or 
transcript of record issued to a student who 
has not made satisfactory settlement of this 
account. 



Transcript of Records 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts 
of their scholastic records from the 
Registrations Office. There is a charge of 
$2.00 for each transcript. Checks should be 
made payable to the University of Maryland. 
Transcripts of records should normally be 
requested in writing at least two weeks in 
advance of the date when the records are 
actually needed. No transcript of a student's 
record will be furnished any student or 
alumnus whose financial obligations to the 
University have not been satisfied. Except 
where required by law. no transcripts are 
released without written authorization of the 
student. 



A. Undergraduate Fees: 



1. F.*i tor Full-Urn* Under gradual* R.iid.nl and 
Non H. •Id.nl Stud. nit 1875-78 Academic Y*ar: 



Maryland Rttfdanti 








Total Academic Year Cost 


General Fee' 




696 00 


Board Contract " 






1) 7 day a wk 


contract food 




plan: 




694 00 


2) 5 day plan 




634 00 


3) 10 meals a 


week plan 


594 00 


Lodging" 




54500 


Health Service Fee 




20 X 


Residents ot the District of Columbia, other 


states and other countries. 






Total Academic Year Cost 


General Fee* 


1.958 00 


Board Contract" 






1) 7 day a wk 


contract food 




plan 




694 00 


2) S day plan 




634.00 


3} 10 meals a 


week plan 


594,00 


Lodging" 




545.00 


Health Service Fee 




20 00 



'General Fee includes fixed fee of $560 00 for Maryland 
Residents or $1,820 for Residents of the District of 
Columbia, other states and other countries plus mandatory 
fees for the following: instructional materials, athletics, 
student activities, recreational facilities, auxiliary facilities 
and registration. 

"Increases in board and lodging charges for 1975-76 are 
under consideration by the Board of Regents at the time of 
this printing. 

2. Fees for Part-time Undergraduate 
Students 



Credit Hour Fee: 
Registration Fee 
Health Fee: 



31.00 per credit hour 
5 00 per semester 
5.00 per semester 



The term part-time undergraduate student is interpreted to 
mean an undergraduate student taking 8 semester credit 
hours or less. Students carrying 9 semester hours or more 
are considered to be full-time and must pay the regular 
full-time fees. 

B. Graduate Fees: 

1. Maryland Residents: $47 00 per credit hour 

2. Residents of the 
District of Columbia, 
other states and other 

countries: $77,00 per credit hour 

Graduate students are also charged $5.00 a semester for 
registration fee and $10.00 a semester for health services. 

An Important Fee Notice 

Although changes in fees and charges 
ordinarily will be announced in advance, the 
University reserves the right to make such 
changes without prior announcement. 

NOTE: New additional information on 
Financial Obligations of Student; Disclosure 
of Information: Delinquent Accounts; and 
Special Fees, can be found on page 29. 

Explanation of Fees 

The application fee for the undergraduate 
programs and the summer sessions partially 
defrays the cost of processing applications 
for admission to the University. If a student 
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the 
fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation 
fee. Applicants who have enrolled with the 
University of Maryland in its Evening Division 
at College Park or Baltimore, or at one of its 
off-campus centers are not required to pay 
the fee since they have already paid a 
matriculation fee. 

The Fixed Charges Fee is charged to help 
defray the cost of operating the University's 
program at College Park. 

The Instructional Materials Fee represents a 
charge for instructional materials and/or 
laboratory supplies furnished to students. 



The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of 
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. 
All students are encouraged to participate in 
all of the activities of this department or to 
attend the contests if they do not participate. 
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee 
included at the request of the Student 
Government Association. It is used in 
sponsoring various student activities, 
student publications and cultural programs. 
The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a 
fund which will be used to expand the 
recreational facilities on the College Park 
Campus. 

The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund 
which is used for expansion and operation of 
various facilities such as roads, walks, 
campus lighting and other campus facilities. 
These facilities are not funded or are funded 
only in part from other sources. 

Other Fees 

Application Fee: $15.00 
Pre-College Orientation Program 
Registration Fee: $26 00 (two day program), 
$14.00 (one day program) 

Registration Fee: $5.00 (Charged as a 
separate fee for all registrants except 
full-time undergraduates) 

Late Application Fee: $25.00 

Matriculation Fee: $15.00 

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree: 
$15.00 

Room Deposit Fee payable upon application 
for dormitory room: $50.00 (To be deducted 
from the first semester room charges at or 
after registration.) 

Student Health Fee (each semester):$10.00 

(Charged to all full-time students each 
semester. Full-time employees and staff may 
not use Health Service Facilities and are not 
charged the Student Health Fee. Graduate 
Assistants are not full-time employees.) Five 
dollars a semester for all part-time students. 

Vehicle Registration Fee: $12.00 ($12.00 for 
first vehicle and $3.00 for each additional 
vehicle in accordance with published 
regulations. Payable each academic year by 
all students registered for classes on the 
College Park Campus and who drive on the 
Campus. For cars registered for the spring 
semester only the fee is $6.00 on the first car 
and $1.50 for each additional vehicle.) 
Special Fee for students requiring 
additional preparation in Mathematics 
(MATH 001) per semester: $75.00 (Required 
of students whose curriculum calls for MATH 
110 or 115 and who fail in qualifying 
examination for these courses.) This Special 
Math Fee is in addition to course charge. 
Students enrolled in this course and 
concurrently enrolled for 6 or more credit 
hours will be considered as full-time 
students for purposes of assessing fees. 
Students taking only Math 001 pays for 3 
credits plus $75. A 3 credit course plus Math 
001 results in a charge for 6 credits plus $75. 
A full-time student pays full-time fees plus 
$75. 

Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit 
are the same as those charged for 
courses taken for credit at both the 
undergraduate and graduate levels. Audited 
credit hours will be added to hours taken for 
credit to determine whether or not an 



General Information / 7 



Financial Aid 



undergraduate student is full-time or 
part-time tor tee assessment purposes. 

Special students are assessed fees in 
accordance with the schedule for the 
comparable undergraduate or graduate 
classification. 

Late Registration Fee: $20.00 (All students 
are expected to complete their registration, 
including the filing of Schedule Adjustment 
Forms on the regular registration days. 
Those who do not complete their registration 
during the prescribed days must pay this 
fee.) Registration is not completed until all 
fees, including outstanding SAR (Student 
Account Receivable) balances have been 
paid in full. Any payment which is insufficient 
to discharge the existing balance plus new 
fees leaves tuition unpaid and registration 
incomplete. The $20 late fee will therefore be 
applied to all students who register and who 
have an outstanding indebtedness to the 
University. 

Change of Registration Fee: $2.00 (for each 
course dropped or added after the Schedule 
Adjustment Period) 

Special Examination Fee: $30.00 per course 
for full-time students; the part-time credit 
hour charge for part-time students: see 
part-time credit hour charges on prior 
schedule (above) 

Cooperative Education Program in Liberal 
Arts and Business (CO-OP 208-209): $30.00 

Transcript of Record Fee:$2.00 (each copy) 

Property Damage Charge: Students will be 
charged for damage to property or 
equipment. Where responsibility for the 
damage can be fixed, the individual student 
will be billed for it; where responsibility 
cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the 
damage or replacing equipment will be 
prorated, among the individuals involved. 

Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: 

Payable for each check which is returned 

unpaid by the drawee bank on initial 

presentation because of insufficient funds, 

payment stopped, post-dating drawn against 

uncollected items, etc. 

For checks up to $50.00: $5.00 

For checks from $50.01 to $100.00: $10.00 

For checks over $100.00: $20.00 

Library Charges: $ 25-Fine for failure to 
return book from General Library before 
expiration of loan period per day. Fine for 
failure to return book from Reserve Shelf 
before expiration of loan period: First hour 
overdue on first day: $1.00; After first hour on 
first day: $2.00; Each additional day: $2.00 In 
case of loss or mutilation of a book, 
satisfactory restitution must be made. 

Motor Vehicle Penalties-These are 
described in Traffic Rules and Regulations. 
Textbooks and Supplies 
Textbooks and classroom supplies-These 
costs vary with the course pursued, but will 
average $85.00 per semester. 

Payment of Fees: All checks, money orders, 
or postal notes should be made payable to 
the University of Maryland. 
Withdrawal or Refund of Fees: Any student 
compelled to leave the University at any time 
during the academic year should file an 
application for withdrawal, bearing the 



proper signature, in the Office of 
Registrations. If this is not done, the student 
will forfeit his right to any refund to which he 
would otherwise be entitled. The date used in 
computing refunds is the date the 
application for withdrawal is filed in the 
Office of Registrations. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be 
permitted only with the written consent of 
the student's parent or guardian 
Full time students withdrawing from the 
University will be credited for all academic 
fees charged to them in accordance with the 
following schedule: 

Period from Date 

Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 00% 

No part of the charges for room and board is 
refundable except when the student officially 
withdraws from the University or when he is 
given permission by the appropriate officials 
of the University to move from the residence 
halls and/or to discontinue dining hall 
privileges. In these cases, the room refund 
will be computed by multiplying the number 
of periods remaining times the pro rata 
weekly rate. Refunds to students having full 
board contracts will be calculated in a similar 
manner, after adjusting for a service charge. 
No part of the charges for room and board is 
refundable except when the student officially 
withdraws from the University or when he is 
given permission by the appropriate officials 
of the University to move from the residence 
halls and/or to discontinue dining hall 
privileges In these cases, the room refund 
will be computed by multiplying the number 
of periods remaining times the pro rata 
weekly rate. Refunds to students having full 
board contracts will be calculated in a similar 
manner. No room and/or board refunds will 
be made after the fourteenth week of the 
semester. 

The Food Service identification cards (FSID) 
must be surrendered to the Office of 
Registrations before any refund will be 
processed. 

In computing refunds to students who have 
received the benefit of scholarships and 
loans from University Funds, the 
computation will be made in such a way as to 
return the maximum amount to the 
scholarship and loan accounts without loss 
to the University 

A student who registers as a full-time 
undergraduate will receive no refund of the 
General Fee when courses are dropped 
(irrespective of the number of credit hours 
dropped) unless the student withdraws from 
the University. Hence, a student changing 
from full-time to part-time after the first day 
of classes receives no refund 
A student who registers as a part-time 
undergraduate student will be given a refund 
of the credit hour fee for courses dropped 
during the first week of classes. No refund 
will be made for courses dropped thereafter. 
A special refund schedule applies to full-time 
students who are drafted into the Armed 
Services or called up as Reservists. 



The Office of Student Aid provides advice 
and assistance in the formulation of student 
financial plans and, in cooperation with 
other University offices, participates in the 
awarding of scholarships, loans, and 
part-time employment to deserving students. 
Scholarships, grants and loans are awarded 
on the basis of evident academic ability and 
financial need. In making awards, 
consideration is also given to character, 
achievement, participation in student 
activities, and to other attributes which may 
indicate success in college It is the intent of 
the committee to make awards to those 
qualified who might not otherwise be able to 
pursue college studies. Part-time 
employment opportunities on campus are 
open to all students, but are dependent upon 
the availability of jobs and the student's 
particular skills and abilities. 

Additional information is available from 
the Director, Office of Student Aid, Room 
2130, North Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park 
Maryland 20742. 

Scholarships and Grants 

Most scholarships are awarded to students 
before they enter the University. However, 
students who have completed one or more 
terms, and have not received such an award, 
are eligible to apply. Most of these 
scholarships are awarded to students who 
have earned a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.0 (B) or better Entering 
freshmen must submit applications before 
March 1; students already enrolled in the 
University may submit applications between 
January 15 and May 1 in order to receive 
consideration for scholarship assistance for 
the ensuing year Scholarship award letters 
are normally mailed between March 15 and 
July 15. Any applicant who does not receive 
an award letter during this period should 
assume that he has not been selected for a 
scholarship. 

Regulations and procedures for the 
awarding of scholarships are formulated by 
the Committee on Financial Aids The Board 
of Regents of the University authorizes the 
award of a limited number of scholarships 
each year to deserving students Applicants 
are subject to the approval of the Director of 
Admissions, insofar as qualifications for 
admission to the University are concerned. 
All recipients are subject to the academic 
and non-academic regulations and 
requirements of the University 

The recipient of the scholarship or grant is 
expected to make at least normal progress 
toward a degree, as defined by the Academic 
Regulations. 

The committee reserves the nght to review 
the scholarship program annually and to 
make adjustments in the amount and 
recipients of awards in accordance with the 
funds available and scholastic attainment. 

Full Scholarships. The University awards 
56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, 
fixed charges, and fees Not more than 
twenty of these scholarships may be held by 
out-of-state students 

University Grants. The University awards to 
deserving and qualified secondary school 
graduates a limited number of grants 
covering fixed charges only 



8 / General Information 



Special Academic Scholarships. A limited 
number of scholarships are awarded each 
year to students of exceptional ability out of 
funds derived from Campus enterprises. The 
amount of these scholarships varies, 
depending upon the extent of need. 

Endowed Scholarships and Grants. The 
University has a number of endowed 
scholarships and special grants. These range 
in value from $100 to $1,000. Recipients are 
chosen by the University in accordance with 
terms established by the donor. It is usually 
inadvisable for a student to apply for a 
specific scholarship. Each applicant will 
receive consideration for all scholarships for 
which he is eligible. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant Under the provisions of the Education 
Amendments of 1972, grants are available to 
encourage youth of exceptional financial 
needs to continue their post secondary 
school education A recipient must be a 
United States citizen enrolled as a full-time 
undergraduate. The amount of the grant 
must be matched by an equal amount of 
some other type of aid provided through the 
University. 

Basic Educational Opportunity Grants. 
The federal government provides grants to 
approved students who need it to attend post 
high school educational institutions. The 
maximum award is $1400 minus the 
expected family contribution. In those years 
when Congressional appropriations are less 
than needed, eligible students will receive a 
percentage of their entitlement. Applications 
are available in senior high schools and post 
high school institutions. 

Maryland State Scholarships. The General 
Assembly of Maryland has created several 
programs of scholarships for Maryland 
residents who need financial help to obtain a 
college education. The undergraduate 
programs are (1) General State scholarships, 
(2) Senatorial scholarships, and (3) House of 
Delegates scholarships. Students wishing to 
apply for these scholarships should contact 
their guidance counselor if a high school 
senior or the Office of Student Aid if 
presently attending the University of 
Maryland. Students who are entering college 
for the first time must take the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test in November or December of 
their senior year. The test is not required of 
college students who have completed at 
least 24 semester hours. A general 
application and a Parent's Confidential 
Statement should be filed with College 
Scholarship Service in Princeton, N.J. and a 
senatorial application with the student's 
state senator by December 15 for the 
following academic year. For additional 
information, contact the Maryland State 
Scholarship Board, 2100 Guilford Avenue. 
Baltimore, Maryland 21218. 

Local and National Scholarships. In 
addition to the scholarships provided by the 
University of Maryland, a student should give 
careful consideration to scholarship aid 
provided by local and national scholarship 
programs. Ordinarily, the high school 
principal or counselor will be well informed 
as to these opportunities. 



Endowed and Annual Scholarships and 
Grants 

AFROTC College Scholarship Program. 
Four-year AFROTC scholarships are 
available to incoming freshmen who qualify. 
One thousand scholarships are awarded 
annually to qualified freshmen on a 
nationwide basis. Application for the 
Four- Year scholarship is normally 
accomplished during the senior year of high 
school. The AFROTC program also provides 
Two-Year, and Three- Year scholarships for 
selected cadets in the AFROTC program. 
Those selected receive money for full tuition, 
laboratory expenses, incidental fees, and an 
allowance for books during the period of the 
scholarship. In addition, they receive 
nontaxable pay of $100 per month. Any 
student accepted by the University of 
Maryland may apply for these scholarships. 
AFROTC membership is required if one 
receives an AFROTC scholarship. 

Air Force Warrant Officers Association 
Student Aid Program — Scholarship aid has 
been made available by the Air Force 
Warrant Officers Association for worthy male 
or female undergraduate or graduate 
students in good standing, with preference 
given to children of Air Force Warrant 
Officers or other military personnel. 

Albright Scholarship — The Victor E. 
Albright Scholarship is open to graduates of 
Garrett County high schools who were born 
and reared in that county. 

Agricultural Development Foundation — A 
number of awards are made to agricultural 
students from a fund contributed by donors 
for general agricultural development. 

ALCOA Foundation Scholarship Awards of 
$750 are given to outstanding students 
majoring in transportation, mechanical 
engineering, civil engineering, electrical 
engineering and fire protection engineering. 

Alcoa Foundation Traffic Scholarship. An 
award of $700 to an outstanding junior 
student majoring in Transportation in the 
College of Business and Management. 

Alumni Scholarships — A limited number of 
scholarships are made possible through the 
gifts of alumni and friends to the Alumni 
Annual Giving Program of the Office of 
Endowment and Gifts. 

Alumni Association of The School of 
Pharmacy Scholarships — The Alumni 
Association of the School of Pharmacy of the 
University of Maryland makes available 
annually scholarships to qualified 
prepharmacy students on the basis of 
character, achievement and need. These 
scholarships are open only to residents of 
the State of Maryland. Each scholarship not 
exceeding $500 per academic year is applied 
to expenses at College Park. 

Alumni Band Scholarship— A limited 
number of awards to freshmen are 
sponsored by the University of Maryland 
Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are 
recommended by the Music Department 
after a competitive audition held in the 
spring. 

Ethel R. Arthur Memorial Scholarship — 
This memorial scholarship fund has been 
established by Irving J. Cohen, M.D. At least 
one $250 award is made each year by the 
Scholarship Committee. A preference is 
given to students from Baltimore. 



Alvm L. Aubinoe Student Aid Program — 
Scholarship grants up to $500 per school 
year to students in engineering, preferably 
those studying for careers in civil 
engineering, architecture or light 
construction 

Baltimore Panhellenic Association 
Scholarship — A scholarship is awarded 
annually by the Baltimore Panhellenic 
Association to a student entering the junior 
or senior class, who is an active member of a 
sorority, who is outstanding in leadership 
and scholarship and who needs financial 
assistance. 

Baltimore Sun Scholarship — presented to 
outstanding journalism students; donated by 
Baltimore Sun Newspaper. 

Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in 
Journalism — The Board of Trustees of the A. 
S. Abell Foundation, Inc.. contributes funds 
to provide one or more $500 scholarships to 
students majoring in editorial journalism. 

Bayshore Foods, Inc. Scholarship — A 
grant of $500 is made available annually to 
sons and daughters of employees of 
Bayshore Foods. Inc., of Easton, Md. 

Black and Decker Manufacturing 
Company Scholarship — A scholarship of 
$500 per year is provided for a Maryland 
resident who promises to teach Industrial 
Arts or Vocational-Industrial Education in 
Maryland for two years after graduation. A 
preference is given to children of Black and 
Decker Employees. 

Campus and Newcomers Scholarship — 
Awards are made from a fund created by the 
Campus and Newcomers Club of the 
University. 

Capital Milk Producers Cooperative, Inc. 
Scholarship — A scholarship of $500 is 
awarded annually in the College of 
Agriculture, preferably to a student 
preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 

George C. Cook Scholarship — A full 
scholarship is made available by the 
Maryland Educational Foundation in 
memory of the late George C. Cook. 
Preference shall be given to students 
interested in a career in business 
administration or marketing. 

Dr. Ernest N. Cory Scholarship — This 
award is made annually to an outstanding 
junior or senior recommended by the 
College of Agriculture, preferably one 
majoring in Entomology. 

Dairy Technology Scholarship and 
Grants — The Dairy Technology Society of 
Maryland and the District of Columbia 
provides a limited number of scholarships 
and grants-in-aid for students majoring in 
dairy products technology. 

The Danforth Summer Leadership Training 
Scholarship — The Ralston Purina Company 
offers one summer award to an outstanding 
male student in the College of Agriculture, 
who has successfully completed his 
freshman year. The purpose of this award is 
to bring together outstanding young men for 
leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston 
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two 
summer awards to outstanding Home 
Economics women students, one to a junior 
and one to a freshman. The purpose of these 
is to bring together outstanding young 
women for leadership training. 



General Information / 9 



Delaware-Maryland Plant Food 
Association Scholarship — A $200 annual 
award is made to an undergraduate who has 
an interest in agronomy and soil fertility 
work. 

Delmarva Traffic Club Scholarship— An 
award of $250 to an outstanding junior or 
senior student, preferably from the Eastern 
Shore of Maryland, majoring in 
Transportation in the College of Business 
and Management. 

Delta Nu Alpha Fraternity Chesapeake 
Chapter— No. 23, Traffic and Transportation 
Award. An award of $450 to an outstanding 
senior member of the University of Maryland 
chapter majoring in Transportation in the 
College of Business and Management. 

Delta Sigma Pi (national professional 
fraternity in business and commerce) 
Scholarship Key. Awarded to the senior male 
with the highest overall scholastic average in 
the College of Business and Management. 

Exel Scholarship— A substantial grant for 
endowed scholarships was made by Deborah 
B. Exel. 

James R. Ferguson Memorial Fund — A 
scholarship award is made annually to a 
student enrolled in Animal Science on the 
basis of academic achievement and financial 
need. 

FMC Corporation Scholarship— An annual 
award of $500 is made available for a senior 
in chemical engineering. 

Anne Arundel County Volunteer Firemen's 
Association Grant— This tuition and fees 
grant is awarded to a high school graduate 
who will enroll in the fire protection 
curriculum in the College of Engineering. 
The award is normally for four years. 

Baltimore County Volunteer Fireman's 
Association Grant— This tuition and fees 
grant is awarded to a student who will enroll 
in the fire protection curriculum in the 
College of Engineering. The award is 
normally for four years. 

Ladies Auxiliary to The Maryland State 
Firemen's Association Grant— This $750 
grant is awarded to an outstanding high 
school graduate who will enroll in the fire 
protection curriculum in the College of 
Engineering. The award is normally available 
for four years. 

Maryland State Firemen's Association 
Grant — A tuition and fees scholarship is 
awarded annually to an outstanding high 
school student who enrolls in the fire 
protection curriculum of the College of 
Engineering. This scholarship is for four 
years. 

Prince Georges County Volunteer 
Firemen's Association Grant — An annual 
tuition and fees scholarship is awarded to an 
outstanding high school student who enrolls 
in the fire protection curriculum of the 
College of Engineering. 

Food Fair Stores Foundation 
Scholarships — Several scholarships are 
available for $250 per academic year. 

Frederick County Holstein Association 
Scholarship — A scholarship of $200 is 
awarded annually to a resident of Frederick 
County enrolled in the College of 
Agriculture. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship— A scholarship 
of $250 is granted annualty by Mr. Victor 
Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from 



Baltimore City in the freshman class of the 
University. 

General Motors Scholarship. This 
scholarship is granted to an outstanding 
individual entering the freshman year. 

John D. Gilmore Scholarship has been 
established for the purpose of assisting 
deserving student athletes to obtain an 
education and participate in varsity athletics 
at the University of Maryland. The recipients 
should possess, as does John D. Gilmore, 
outstanding dedication, determination and 
an undeniable will to win in athletic 
competition and to succeed in life. 

Goddard Memorial Scholarship— Several 
scholarships are available annually under the 
terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard 
Memorial Fund established through the wills 
of Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. 

John William Guckeyson Memorial 
Scholarship — A scholarship of $100 is 
granted annually by Mrs. Hudson Dunlap as a 
memorial to John William Guckeyson, an 
honored Maryland alumnus. 

Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial 
Scholarship Fund — Annual awards of $500 
are made by Mr. and Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in 
memory of their sons to aid outstanding 
agricultural students from Frederick County. 
Robert Half Personnel Accounting and Tax 
Scholarship — Two awards of at least $100 
each are available to outstanding students 
majoring in accounting. Financial need is not 
a factor in selection of recipients. 

James Hartin Engineering Scholarship and 
Donald Peter Shaw Memorial 
Scholarship— These two scholarships of 
$300 each are made available annually by Mr. 
and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first is awarded 
to a male student in the College of 
Engineering and the second to a male 
student in any college other than Education, 
or to a female student in nursing. These 
awards will be made to worthy students who 
are helping to earn their own college 
expenses. 

William Randolph Hearst Foundation 
Scholarship— Presented to an outstanding 
journalism student. 

William Randolph Hearst Foundation 
Scholarships— These scholarships are made 
available through a gift of the Baltimore 
News American, one of the Hearst 
newspapers, in honor of William Randolph 
Hearst. Scholarships up to $1,000 are 
awarded annually to undergraduates 
pursuing a program of study in journalism. 
Scholarships up to $1,000 are awarded 
annually for graduate study in history. 

Robert Michael Higginbotham Memorial 
Award Fund— This Fund has been endowed 
by Mr. and Mrs. Charles A. Higginbotham n 
memory of their son who was killed in 
Vietnam. Annual awards are made to 
promising junior students majoring in 
mathematics. 

A. M. Hoffman Memorial Grant-Tr\\s gift of 
$250 per year is normally awarded as a 
supplement to some other type of student aid 
to a student with exceptional need. A 
preference is given to students from 
Montgomery County. The gift is made 
available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz. 

Hyattsville Horticultural Society 
Scholarship-A scholarship of $200 is 



awarded to a student enrolled in 
Horticulture. 

George Hyman Construction Company 
Scholarship— A tuition scholarship is 
awarded to a freshman student in civil 
engineering. The scholarship may be 
renewed for three more years 

Inter-State Milk Producers' Cooperative, 
Inc. Scholarship— A memorial scholarship of 
$300 is made available to a student in 
agriculture in honor of F Bennett Carter. 

Paul H. Kea Memorial Scholarship 
Fund— This fund was established by the 
Potomac Valley Chapter of the American 
Institute of Architects in memory of Paul H. 
Kea, a highly respected member of the 
chapter. 

Venia M. Keller Grant— The Maryland State 
Council of Homemakers' Club makes 
availade this grant of $100 which is open to a 
Maryland young man or woman of promise 
who is recommended by the College of 
Human Ecology. 

Mary Anne and Frank A. Kennedy 
Scholarships — Presented to outstanding 
journalism students, from the estate of Mary 
Anne and Frank A. Kennedy. 

Kinghorne Fund Scholarship- 
A scholarship in honor of Mr Joseph 
W. Kinghorne of the Class of 1911 of the 
College of Agriculture shall be awarded to 
the student specializing in poultry science 
having the highest general average at the 
end of his or her sophomore year. The 
amount of the scholarship shall equal the 
tuition on the College Park Campus. 

Kiwanis Scholarship— The J. S. Ray 
Memorial Scholarship covering tuition is 
awarded by the Prince George's Kiwanis 
Club to a male resident of Prince George's 
County, Maryland, who. in addition to 
possessing the necessary qualifications for 
maintaining a satisfactory scholarship 
record must have a reputation of high 
character and attainment in general 
all-around citizenship. 

Laurel Race Course, Inc. 
Scholarship — This fund has been 
established to provide scholarships for 
students who are participating in the 
University Band 

Leidy Foundation Scholarship Award to an 
outstanding student majoring in chemistry. 

Leidy Chemical Foundation 
Scholarship— A scholarship of $500 is 
granted annually to a graduate or 
undergraduate student preparing for a 
career in the general field of chemistry. 

Christian R and Mary F Lmdback 
Foundation Scholarship-The Trustees of the 
Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback 
Foundation provide an annual gift to the 
University, one-half of which is given for 
scholarships in agriculture and one-half for 
awards to the faculty for distinguished 
teaching. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum 
Scholarship — These scholarships, several in 
number, were established through the 
benefaction of the late Mrs Aletta Linthicum. 
widow of the late Congressman Charles J. 
Linthicum. who served in Congress from the 
Fourth District of Maryland for many years 

Lions International Scholarship — An 
award of $500 is available to a freshman who 
competes in the Lions Club (District 22-C) 
Annual Band Festival A recipient is 



10 / General Information 



recommended by the Music Department 
after a competitive audition in the spring 

Lum's Restaurant Scholarship — An annual 
gift of $100 is made to the University by 
Lum's Restaurant, 8136 Baltimore Avenue, 
College Park, to provide a scholarship to a 
student in the College of Business and 
Management 

M Club Grants— The M Club of the 
University of Maryland provides each year a 
limited number of awards. 

Maryland Bankers Association 
Scholarship to the Virginia-Maryland 
Bankers Schools, University of Virginia. 
Awarded annually to a student majoring in 
finance in the College of Business and 
Management. 

Maryland Cooperative Milk Producers. Inc. 
Scholarship — A scholarship of $500 is 
awarded annually in the College of 
Agriculture, preferably to a student 
preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 

Maryland-District of Columbia Association 
ot Physical Plant Administrators 
Scholarship — A scholarship for fixed 
charges and fees is made available to a 
junior or senior who is interested in making 
the administration of a physical plant his 
career. The recipient must be a resident of 
Maryland or the District of Columbia. 

Maryland Educational Foundation 
Grants — This fund has been established to 
provide assistance to worthy students. 

Maryland Electrification Council 
Scholarship — This scholarship of $300 is 
awarded annually to an entering freshman or 
junior college transfer student enrolled in the 
agricultural engineering curriculum in either 
the College of Agriculture or the College of 
Engineering. 

Maryland Holstein Association 
Scholarship — The scholarship will be 
awarded to a deserving student in the 
College of Agriculture who has had a holstein 
project in 4-H or FFA. The award will be 
based on financial need, scholastic ability 
and leadership. 

Maryland and Virginia Milk Producers 
Association Scholarship — A scholarship of 
$500 is awarded annually in the College of 
Agriculture, preferably to a student 
preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 

Maryland Pharmaceutical Association 
Scholarship — The Maryland Pharmaceutical 
Association makes available annually 
scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on 
the basis of character, achievement and 
need. Each scholarship not exceeding $500 
per academic year is used in partial 
defrayment of fees and expenses at College 
Park. These scholarships are open only to 
residents of the State of Maryland. 

Maryland State Golf Association 
Scholarships — A limited number of $500 
scholarships are available to 
undergraduates in the Agronomy 
Department who have an interest in golf turf 
work. 

Maryland Turfgrass Association 
Scholarship — A $250 annual award is made 
to an undergraduate who has an interest in 
agronomy and commercial sod production. 

George Ft. Merrill, Jr. Memorial 
Scholarship — Friends of former professor 
George R. Merrill, Jr. have established this 



endowed scholarship fund to benefit 
students in Industrial Education. 

Montgomery County Press Association 
Scholarship — Presented to an outstanding 
journalism senior residing in Montgomery 
County 

Loren L. Murray and Associates 
Scholarships — This fund has been created to 
provide scholarships for Maryland residents 
who are admitted to the College of 
Education. 

Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship — This 
award, sponsored by Maryland Chapter No. 
32 of the National Institute of Farm and Land 
Brokers, is to be made to a worthy 
sophomore in the Department of Agricultural 
and Resource Economics, College of 
Agriculture. 

National Capital Housewares Club 
Scholarship— -Two scholarships of $250 each 
are awarded to outstanding students 
majoring in Marketing in the College of 
Business and Management. 

Noxell Foundation Scholarships — Two 
scholarships are awarded to senior 
chemistry majors nominated by the 
Department of Chemistry. 

Noxzema Chemical Company Scholarship 
Award to an undergraduate student in 
chemistry. 

Phi Eta Sigma Scholarship — A limited 
number of $1 00 scholarships are available to 
young men entering the sophomore class 
who have achieved an academic average of 
3.5 or higher during the freshman year. 

Douglas Howard Phillips Memorial 
Scholarship — This scholarship fund has 
been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Albanus 
Phillips. Jr. in honor of their son who met his 
untimely death in the spring before he was 
scheduled to attend the University, in order 
that worthy young male graduates of 
Cambridge, Maryland High School may have 
the opportunity he missed. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Scholarship. An 
award of $500 to an outstanding student 
majoring in Transportation in the College of 
Business and Management. 

William H. Price Scholarship — This award 
is made annually to a worthy student who is 
already working to defray part of his college 
expenses. 

Presser Foundation Scholarship — Awards 
are made to undergraduate students who are 
pursuing their studies with the intention of 
becoming music teachers. 

Ralston Purina Scholarship — A 
scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to 
an incoming senior or junior of the College 
of Agriculture. 

Ensign Richard Turner Rea Memorial 
Scholarship — This scholarship fund has 
been established by Captain and Mrs. 
Richard F. Rea in honor of their late son who 
gave his life while on active duty in the U.S. 
Coast Guard. Two scholarships up to $500 
each are awarded annually to students in 
engineering. 

Read's Drug Stores Foundation 
Scholarships — The Read's Drug Stores 
Foundation contributes annually several 
scholarships to prepharmacy students on the 
basis of achievement, character and need. 
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per 
academic year is applied to the fees and 
expenses at College Park. Recipients must 
be residents of the State of Maryland. 



Mary Elizabeth Roby Memorial 
Scholarship — An endowed scholarship has 
been established by the University Park 
Republican Women's Club. Limited awards 
are made to women entering the junior or 
senior years who are studying in the field of 
political science. A preference is given to 
residents of Prince George's County 

Vivian F. Roby Scholarships — This 
endowed fund was established through a 
bequest to the University of Maryland by 
Evalyn S. Roby in memory of her husband, 
class of 1912, to provide undergraduate 
scholarships to needy boys from Baltimore 
City and Charles County 

Jack B. Sacks Foundation Scholarship 
Fund. An award of $500 on behalf of the 
Women's Advertising Club of Washington, 
D.C., to an outstanding Marketing student in 
the College of Business and Management 
planning a career in advertising. 

Schtuderberg Foundation Scholarship 
Grant — This grant of $500 is awarded in the 
College of Agriculture to a student enrolled 
in the animal science or food science 
curriculum. 

Dr. Fern Duey Schneider Grant— A $100 
grant is available to a foreign woman student 
enrolled in the College of Education, who 
has completed at least one semester in 
residence at the University. Funds for the 
grant are contributed by the Montgomery 
and Prince George's County Chapters of the 
Delta Kappa Gamma Society. 

F. Douglass Sears Insurance 
Scholarship — Scholarships for Maryland 
students preparing for careers in the 
insurance industry are made available 
annually from a fund established by friends 
and associates of former State Insurance 
Commissioner F. Douglass Sears. 

Arthur H. Seidenspinner Scholarship — An 
endowed memorial scholarship fund has 
been established by Mrs. Seidenspinner to 
assist deserving student athletes to obtain an 
education at the University. Both Mr. and 
Mrs. Seidenspinner have been long-time 
contributors to numerous student aid 
programs at the University. 

Southern States Cooperative 
Scholarships — Two scholarships are 
awarded each year to sons of Southern 
States members — one for outstanding work 
in 4-H Club and the other for outstanding 
work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship 
is $300 per year and will continue for four 
years. 

Dr. Mabel S. Spencer Scholarship — This 
scholarship is awarded in honor of Dr. 
Spencer, distinguished former Professor in 
the College of Education. A preference shall 
be given to students in Home Economics 
Education. 

T.B. Symons Memorial Fund — A 
scholarship award is made annually to a 
student enrolled in agriculture on the basis 
of academic achievement and financial need. 

Thomas H. Taliaferro Scholarship — Under 
the terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. 
Taliaferro a bequest has been made to the 
University of Maryland to provide 
scholarship aid to worthy students. 

Tau Beta Pi Scholarship Fund — A limited 
number of scholarships are made available 
each year to worthy engineering students by 
members and alumni of Maryland Beta 



General Information / 11 



Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, Inc., 
national engineering honor society. 

Veterinary Science Scholarship — A 
scholarship of $300, provided by the 
veterinarians of Maryland, will be awarded to 
a student enrolled in Veterinary Science, 
selected on the basis of leadership, 
academic competence and financial need. 

Joseph M. Vial Memorial Scholarship in 
Agriculture — Scholarships totaling $600 per 
year are made available by Mr. and Mrs. A. H. 
Seidenspinner to be awarded upon the 
recommendation of College of Agriculture. 

Western Electric Scholarship — Two 
scholarships are awarded to students in the 
College of Engineering. The amount of the 
scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and 
fees not to exceed $800 nor to be less than 
$400. 

Westinghouse Aerospace Division 
Scholarship — The Westinghouse Electric 
Corporation has established a scholarship to 
encourage outstanding students of 
engineering and the physical sciences. The 
scholarship is awarded to a sophomore 
student and is over a period of three years in 
six installments of $250. Students in 
electrical or mechanical engineering, 
engineering physics or applied mathematics 
are eligible for the award. 

Women's Advertising Club of Baltimore 
Work/Experience Scholarship — This award is 
available to an outstanding sophomore or 
junior interested in an advertising career. 

Women's Architectural League 
Scholarship — This fund has been 
established to aid worthy students in the 
School of Architecture. 

Women's Club of Bethesda 
Scholarship — Several scholarships are 
available to young women residents of 
Montgomery County. Recipients must be 
accepted in the College of Education or the 
School of Nursing. 

Nicholas Brice Worthington 
Scholarship — A $500 memorial scholarship 
is made available to a student in the College 
of Agriculture by the descendants of 
Nicholas Brice Worthington, one of the 
founders of the Agricultural College. 



Loans 

Loan funds to meet educational expenses 
are available for students enrolled in the 
University. The extent of financial need must 
be clearly established by providing a 
complete statement of the applicant's 
financial resources and estimated expenses 
for the academic year. 

Loan awards are normally granted on a 
yearly basis, although short-term and 
emergency loans are granted for shorter 
periods. 

To apply for a long-term loan, an 
application should normally be filed before 
May 1 for the ensuing year. If funds are 
available, applications may be considered at 
other times, but the student should bear in 
mind that it generally takes about six weeks 
to process a loan. 

Students applying for a loan must have a 
2.0 (C) average for courses taken the 
preceding semester. New freshmen students 
need a 2.5 average in academic subjects for 
the previous two years of school. 



Loans are not available for 
non-educational expenses nor are they 
available for repayment of previously 
incurred indebtedness. 

National Direct Student Loan Program. 
This loan fund was established by the federal 
government in agreement with the University 
of Maryland to make low-interest loans 
available to students with clearly established 
financial need Applicants must be United 
States nationals (citizens and permanent 
resident status) and must be enrolled for 
eight or more credit hours at day school on 
the College Park Campus. 

Approved loans are usually less than $1000 
per year. The borrower must sign a note. 
Repayment begins nine months after the 
borrower leaves school and must be 
completed within ten years thereafter No 
interest is charged until the beginning of the 
repayment schedule. Interest after that date 
is charged at the rate of three percent per 
annum. 

Cancellation provisions are available for 
qualified service as a teacher of the 
handicapped and in low income schools, or 
for military service in areas of hostility. 

Institutional Student Loans. Institutional 
loan funds have been established through 
the generosity of University organizations, 
alumni, faculty, staff, and friends. These 
loans are normally available at low interest 
rates to-upperclassmen only. For specific 
information, the student should inquire at 
the Office of Student Aid. 

Nursing Student Loans and Scholarships. 
Under provisions of the federal Health 
Manpower Act of 1968, financial aid in the 
form of loans or scholarships is available to 
qualified students. The recipient must be a 
full-time student in pursuit of a 
baccalaureate or graduate degree in nursing, 
and able to establish financial need. 
Students submitting applications for 
financial aid will automatically be considered 
for both scholarship and loan. 

On loans, repayment begins one year after 
the borrower ceases to be a full-time student 
and must be completed within ten years. No 
interest is charged until the beginning of the 
repayment schedule. Interest after that date 
accrues at the rate of three percent per 
annum. Cancellation provisions are available 
if the borrower is employed as a nurse in a 
public or non-profit institution or agency; or 
in the event of permanent disability or death 
of the borrower. 

Law Enforcement Education Program 
Loan and Grant. Loans: Qualified full-time 
pre-service students in approved fields may 
apply for loan assistance up to $2,200 per 
academic year. The loan is cancelled at the 
rate of 25 percent per year of full-time 
employment in criminal justice or repaid at 
the rate of 7 percent simple interest, 
commencing six months after termination of 
full-time study. Grants: In-service employees 
of police, courts and corrections agencies 
enrolled in courses related to law 
enforcement can receive up to $400 per 
semester (not to exceed cost of tuition and 
fees). Grant recipients must agree to remain 
in the service of their employing law 
enforcement agency for at least two years 
following completion of their courses. Any 
student who meets the eligibility 
requirements for both a loan and a grant may 



receive both concurrently. Interested 
students should contact either the dean, 
University College, or director. Institute of 
Criminal Justice and Criminology, Division of 
Behavioral and Social Sciences. 

Bank Loans Loan programs have been 
established through the Maryland Higher 
Education Loan Corporation and the United 
Student Aid Fund which permit students to 
borrow money from their hometown banks. 
The programs enable undergraduates in 
good standing to borrow up to $1,500 per 
year, and notes may not bear more than 
seven percent simple interest. Monthly 
repayments begin ten months after 
graduation or withdrawal from school. The 
federal government will pay the interest for 
eligible students, while the student is in 
school. Further details and a listing of 
participating banks may be secured from the 
Office of Student Aid. 

Part-time Employment 

More than one-half of the students at the 
University of Maryland earn a portion of their 
expenses. The Office of Student Aid serves 
without charge as a clearinghouse for 
students seeking part-time work and 
employers seeking help. Many jobs are 
available in the residence halls, dining halls. 
libraries, laboratories and elsewhere on and 
off campus. 

Working during college years may offer 
advantages in addition to the obvious one of 
financing a college education. The employed 
student has a special opportunity to learn 
new skills, to develop good work habits, and 
to learn how to get along with people. 
Sometimes part-time employment 
experience helps a student choose his 
vocation or is helpful to him later in following 
his vocation. 

Freshman students who do not need 
financial aid probably should not attempt to 
work during the first year at the University. 
However, students who need to work in order 
to attend the University are advised to 
consider employment in one of our dining 
halls through the Dining Hall Workship 
program. Under this program a student may 
earn approximately one-half of his board and 
room by working ten hours per week. After 
one successful semester the work load may 
be increased to full room and board at the 
request of the student. 

For positions other than dining service, a 
student normally cannot make arrangements 
for employment until he is on campus at the 
beginning of a school session Application 
must be made in person and the applicant 
should have a schedule of his classes and 
study hours so that he can seek employment 
best suited to his free time 

The Office of Student Aid welcomes the 
opportunity to counsel a student about the 
best type of employment for him However, 
securing a position through intelligent 
application and retaining that position 
through good work is the responsibility of 
the individual. 

College Work-Study Program 

Under provisions of the Educational 
Amendments of 1972, employment may be 
awarded as a means of financial aid to 
students who, (1) are in need of the earnings 



12 / General Information 



from such employment in order to pursue a 
course of study at a college or university, and 
(2) are capable of maintaining good standing 
in the course of study while employed Under 
the work-study program, students may work 
up to fifteen hours per week during the 
school year and a maximum of 40 hours 
during the summer. 

A preference is given to those students 
with the greatest financial need after the 
application of all public and private grants. 



Academic Regulations 
and Requirements 

General University Requirements 

In order to provide educational breadth for 
all students, there have been established the 
General University Requirements. These 
requirements consist of 30 semester hours of 
credit distributed among the three areas 
listed below. (For an exception to this 
regulation, see the Bachelor of General 
Studies Program. See page 100.) At least 6 
hours must be taken in each area At least 9 
of the 30 hou rs must be taken at the 300 level 
or above. None of the 30 hours may be 
counted toward published departmental, 
college or divisional requirements for a 
degree. Area A. 6-12 hours elected in the 
Divisions of Agricultural and Life Sciences; 
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and 
Engineering 

Area B. 6-12 hours in the Divisions of 
Behavioral and Social Sciences; Human and 
Community Resources. 
Area C. 6-12 hours in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. 

In meeting these area requirements, 
students may choose from among any 
undergraduate courses for which they are 
qualified. The student may select either the 
pass-fail or letter grading option for these 
courses as outlined or page 15. Students 
are urged to consult with academic 
advisors for guidance in determining which 
courses in each area best fit individual needs 
and interests. 

Demonstration of competency in English 
composition: unless the student has been 
exempted from English composition, at least 
one course in the subject will be required. 
Exemption is granted if the student earns an 
acceptable score on the Illinois Rhetoric Test 
administered by the Department of English 
(score announced annually), or a score of 2 
on the English Advanced Placement Test, or 
by satisfactory completion of a similar 
course at another institution. Students 
taking a course to satisfy this requirement 
may apply the credits toward the 30-hour 
General University Requirement but may not 
count these credits toward the satisfaction of 
the minimum 6-hour requirement in any of 
the three designated areas. Credit for such a 
course may be in addition to the 12-hour 
maximum in any area. 

Students who entered the University prior 
to June, 1973 have the option of completing 
requirements under the former General 
Education Program rather than the new 
General University Requirements. Each 
student is responsible for making certain 
that the various categories of either set of 



requirements have been satisfied prior to 
certification for the degree Assistance and 
advice may be obtained from the academic 
advisor or the Office of the Administrative 
Dean for Undergraduate Students. 

Special note for foreign students 

The foreign student is required to take a 
special classification test in English before 
registering for the required English courses. 
He may be required to take Foreign 
Language 001 and 002 — English for Foreign 
Students — before registering for English 
101 



Registration 

1. To attend classes at the University of 
Maryland it is necessary to process an 
official registration. Registration is final and 
official when all fees are paid. Instructions 
concerning registration are given in the 
Schedule of Classes issued at the beginning 
of each new semester. 

2. The schedule adjustment period shall be 
the first 10 days of classes. During that 
period, the student may drop or add courses 
or change sections with no charge. Courses 
dropped during this period will be made 
available to other students desiring to add. 
Courses so dropped during this registration 
period will not appear on the student's 
permanent record. Courses may be added, 
where space is available, during this period 
and will appear on the student's permanent 
record along with other courses previously 
listed. After this schedule adjustment period, 
courses may not be added without special 
permission of the instructor and the dean or 
provost of the academic unit in which the 
student is enrolled. 

3. After this schedule adjustment period, all 
courses for which the student is enrolled (or 
subsequently adds) shall remain as a part of 
the student's permanent record. The 
student's status shall be considered as 
full-time if the number of credit hours 
enrolled at this time is 9 or more. Courses 
may be dropped with no academic penalty 
for a total period of 10 weeks in which there 
are classes, starting from the first day of 
classes. The permanent record will be 
marked W to indicate this. (See Marking 
System below.) After this initial schedule 
adjustment period a charge shall be made for 
each course dropped or added. (See 
Schedule of Fees above.) 

4. An official class list for each course 
being offered is issued each semester to the 
appropriate department by the Office of 
Registrations. No student is permitted to 
attend a class if his name does not appear on 
the class list. Instructors must report 
discrepancies to the Office of Registrations. 
At the end of the semester, the Office of 
Registrations issues to each department 
official grade cards. The instructors mark the 
final grades on the grade cards, sign the 
cards and return them to the Office of 
Registrations. 

5. Courses taken at another campus of the 
University or at another institution 
concurrent with regular registration on the 
College Park Campus may not be credited 
without approval in advance by the provost of 
the division from which the student expects a 
degree. The same rule applies to off-Campus 



registration or registration in the summer 
school of another institution 

6. A student who is eligible to remain at the 
College Park Campus may transfer among 
curricula, colleges, divisions, or other 
academic units except where limitations on 
enrollments have been approved by the 
Board of Regents. 

7. In all cases of transfer from one division 
to another on the College Park Campus, the 
provost of the receiving division, with the 
approval of the student, shall indicate which 
courses, if any, in the student s previous 
academic program are not applicable to his 
new program, and shall notify the Office of 
Registrations of the adjustments which are 
to be made in determining the student s 
progress toward a degree. Deletions may 
occur both in credits attempted and 
correspondingly in credits earned. This 
evaluation shall be made upon the student's 
initial entry into a new program, not 
thereafter. If a student transfers within one 
division from one program to another, his 
record evaluation shall be made by the 
provost in the same way as if he were 
transferring divisions. If the student 
subsequently transfers to a third division, the 
provost of the third division shall make a 
similar initial adjustment; courses marked 
"nonapplicable' by the second provost may 
become applicable in the third program. 

8. In the cases of non-divisional students, 
the Dean for Undergraduate Studies shall 
assume the responsibilities normally 
delegated to provosts. 



Degrees and Certificates 

The College Park Campus awards the 
following degrees: Bachelor of Architecture, 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of General 
Studies. Bachelor of Music. Bachelor of 
Science, Master of Arts, Master of Business 
Administration. Master of Fine Arts. Master 
of Education, Master of Library Science, 
Master of Music, Master of Science, Doctor 
of Business Administration, Doctor of 
Education, Doctor of Musical Arts, and 
Doctor of Philosophy. 

Students in specified two-year curricula 
may be awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded 
to a student who has had less than one year 
(30 credits) of resident work at the College 
Park Campus of the University. The last 30 
semester credits in any curricula leading to a 
baccalaureate degree must be taken in 
residence at the College Park Campus. 
Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in 
curricula which combine work at College 
Park and Baltimore must complete a 
minimum of 30 semester credits at College 
Park. 

The requirements for graduation vary 
according to the character of work in the 
different colleges, divisions and schools. Full 
information regarding specific college and 
division requirements for graduation will be 
found in Section II of this catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree or certificate 
must file a formal application for it with the 
Office of Registrations. This must be done by 
the end of the third week of the semester or 
the second week of the summer session at 
the end of which he expects to graduate. 



General Information / 13 



Credit Unit and Load 

The semester hour, which is the unit of 
credit, is the equivalent of a subject pursued 
one period a week for one semester. Two or 
three periods of laboratory or field work are 
equivalent to one lecture or recitation period. 
The student is expected to devote three 
hours a week in classroom or laboratory or in 
outside preparation for each credit hour in 
any course. 

In order for an undergraduate student to 
complete most curricula in four academic 
years his semester credit load must range 
from 12 to 19 hours, so that he would 
complete from 30 to 36 hours each year 
toward his degree. A student registering for 
more than 19 hours per semester must have 
the special approval of his or her dean or 
provost. 

Classification of Students 

No baccalaureate curriculum requires less 
than 120 semester hours. Actual 
classifications run as follows: freshman, 1 -27 
semester hours; sophomore, 28-55; junior, 
56-85; and senior, 86 to at least 120. 

A student is permitted to register for upper 
division courses when granted Junior 
Standing by his college. This permission 
shall be based upon earning a minimum of 
56 academic hours toward his degree, 
completing such course requirements as the 
college may direct, and possessing the 
minimum required grade point average to 
remain in the University. 

Exceptional students having completed 
forty-eight (48) semester hours of academic 
credit and having the approval of the 
department involved will be permitted to 
enroll for sufficient upper division courses to 
complete a normal program. That is, such 
students must carry lower division courses to 
total fifty-six (56) semester hours of 
academic credits and the remainder may be 
in courses numbered in the 300-499 range. 

Examinations 

1. A final examination shall be given in 
every undergraduate course. Exceptions 
may be made with the written approval of the 
chairman of the department and the dean or 
provost. In order to avoid basing too much of 
the semester grade upon the final 
examination, additional tests, quizzes, term 
papers, reports and the like should be used 
to determine a student's comprehension of a 
course. The order of procedure in these 
matters is left to the discretion of 
departments or professors and should be 
announced to a class at the beginning of a 
course. All final examinations must be held 
on the examination days of the Official Final 
Examination Schedule. No final examination 
shall be given at a time other than that 
scheduled in the Official Examination 
Schedule without written permission of the 
department chairman. 

2. To expedite arrangements for 
commencement, final grades of 
undergraduate candidates for degrees are 
based on evaluations available at the time 
grades are required to be submitted. 

3. A file of all final examination questions 
must be kept by the chairman of each 
department. 



4. The chairman of each department is 
responsible for the adequate administration 
of examinations in courses under his or her 
jurisdiction. The deans and provosts should 
present the matter of examinations for 
consideration in staff conferences from time 
to time and investigate examination 
procedures in their respective colleges and 
divisions. 

5. Every examination shall be designed to 
require for its completion not more than the 
regularly scheduled period. 

6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed 
set of questions shall be placed in the hands 
of every examinee in every test or 
examination requiring at least one period, 
unless the dean or provost has authorized 
some other procedure. 

7. Each instructor must safeguard 
examination questions and all trial sheets, 
drafts and stencils. 

8. Each instructor should avoid the use of 
examination questions which have been 
included in recently given examinations and 
should prepare examinations that will make 
dishonesty difficult. 

9. Only clerical help approved by the 
department chairman shall be employed in 
the preparation or reproduction of tests or 
examination questions. 

10. Proctors must be in the examination 
room at least ten minutes before the hour of 
a final examination. Provisions should be 
made for proper ventilation, lighting and a 
seating plan. At least one of the proctors 
present must be sufficiently cognizant of the 
subject matter of the examination to deal 
authoritatively with inquiries arising from the 
examination. 

11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the 
student, must be left in a place designated by 
the instructor before the student takes his or 
her seat, except in such cases where books 
or work sheets are permitted. 

12. Students should be seated at least every 
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e.. about 
three feet. Where this arrangement is not 
possible some means must be provided to 
protect the integrity of the examination. 

13. "Blue books" only must be used in 
periodic or final examinations, unless special 
forms are furnished by the department 
concerned. 

14. If mathematical tables are required in 
an examination, they shall be furnished by 
the instructor. If textbooks are used, this rule 
does not apply. 

15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to 
prevent dishonesty and to enforce proper 
examination decorum, including abstention 
from smoking. 

16. Where an instructor must proctor more 
than 40 students, he or she should consult 
the chairman of the department concerning 
proctorial assistance. An instructor should 
consult the department chairman if in his or 
her opinion a smaller number of students for 
an examination requires the help of another 
instructor. 

17. No student who leaves an examination 
room will be permitted to return, except in 
unusual circumstances, in which case 
permission to do so must be granted by the 
proctor prior to the student's departure. 

18. All conversation will cease prior to the 
passing out of examination papers, and 



silence will be maintained in the room dunng 
the entire examination period. 

19. Examination papers will be placed face 
down on the writing surface until the 
examination is officially begun by the 
proctor 

20. Examination papers will be kept flat on 
the writing surface at all times. 

Irregularities in Examinations 

1. In cases involving charges of academic 
irregularities or dishonesty in an 
examination, class work or course 
requirements by an undergraduate student, 
the instructor in the course shall report to the 
instructional department chairman any 
information received and the facts within his 
or her knowledge If the chairman of the 
instructional department determines that 
there is any sound reason for believing that 
academic dishonesty may be involved, he or 
she shall refer the matter to the dean or 
provost. The dean or provost will then confer 
with the student's dean or provost and will 
check the Judiciary Office records to 
determine if the student has any record of 
prior offenses involving academic 
dishonesty. The dean or provost will then 
consult with the student involved, and if the 
alleged academic dishonesty is admitted by 
the student and is his first offense of this 
nature, the dean or provost may authorize 
the department chairman to dispose of the 
charges, limiting the maximum penalty to 
disciplinary probation and a grade of F in the 
course, provided the penalty is accepted by 
the student in writing. In such case the 
department chairman will make a written 
report of the matter, including the action 
taken, to the student's dean or provost and to 
the Judiciary Office. 

If the case is not disposed of in the above 
manner, the dean or provost of the 
instructional department will appoint an ad 
hoc Committee of Academic Dishonesty 
consisting of one member from the faculty of 
the college or division administered by the 
dean or provost as chairman, one 
undergraduate student, and one member 
from the faculty of the student's college or 
division appointed by the dean of that 
college or division. If the student's dean or 
provost and the dean or provost 
administering the instructional department 
are the same, a second member of the faculty 
of the college or division concerned is 
appointed. 

The dean or provost of the instructional 
department will refer the specific report of 
alleged academic dishonesty to this ad hoc 
committee and the committee will hear the 
case. The hearing procedures before this 
committee will in general conform to those 
required for student judicial boards The 
committee may impose the normal 
disciplinary actions and or impose a grade of 
F in the course 

The chairman of the committee will report 
its actions to the dean or provost of the 
student's college or division and to the 
Judiciary Office The dean or provost of the 
instructional department will advise the 
student in writing of the disciplinary action of 
the committee, and also advise the student of 
the right to file an appeal to the Adjunct 
Committee on Student Conduct 



14 / General Information 



The student may file the appeal in 
accordance with the normal procedures to 
the Adjunct Committee with the dean or 
provost of the instructional department and 
the latter will forward it to the chairman of 
the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of the 
Adjunct Committee will notify the student in 
writing of the time. date, and place of the 
hearing. 

2. In cases involving charges of academic 
irregularities or dishonesty in an 
examination, class work or course 
requirements by a graduate student, the 
above procedure will be followed except 
that: 

a. The chairman of the instructional 
department will refer the matter to the Dean 
for Graduate Studies. 

b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic 
Dishonesty will be appointed by the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and will consist of two 
members of the Graduate School faculty, 
one serving as chairman, and one graduate 
student. 

Marking System 

1 The following symbols are used on the 
student's permanent record for all courses in 
which he or she is enrolled after the initial 
registration and schedule adjustment period: 
A, B, C. D, F. I, P. S, and W. These marks 
remain as part of the student's permanent 
record and may only be changed by the 
original instructor on certification, approved 
by the department chairman and the dean or 
provost, that an actual mistake was made in 
determining or recording the grade. 

2. The mark of A denotes excellent mastery 
of the subject. It denotes outstanding 
scholarship. In computations of cumulative 
or semester averages, a mark of A will be 
assigned a value of 4 quality points per credit 
hour. (See Minimum Requirements For 
Retention and Graduation below.) 

3. The mark of B denotes good mastery of 
the subject. It denotes good scholarship. In 
computation of cumulative or semester 
averages a mark of B will be assigned 3 
quality points per credit hour. 

4. The mark of C denotes acceptable 
mastery. It denotes the usual achievement 
expected. In computation of cumulative or 
semester averages a mark of C will be 
assigned a value of 2 quality points per credit 
hour. 

5. The mark of D denotes borderline 
understanding of the subject. It denotes 
marginal performance, and it does not 
represent satisfactory progress toward a 
degree. In computations of cumulative or 
semester averages a mark of D will be 
assigned a value of 1 quality point per credit 
hour. 

6. The mark of F denotes failure to 
understand the subject. It denotes 
unsatisfactory performance. In computations 
of cumulative or semester averages a mark of 
F will be assigned a value of quality points 
per credit hour. 

7. The mark of P is a student option mark, 
equivalent to A, B, C. or D. (See Pass-Fail 
option below.) The student must inform the 
Office of Registrations of his selection of this 
option by the end of the schedule adjustment 
period. In computation of cumulative 
averages a mark of P will not be included. In 
computation of quality points achieved for a 



semester, a mark of P will be assigned a 
value of 2 quality points per credit hour. (See 
Minimum Requirements For Retention and 
Graduation below ) 

8 The mark of S is a department option 
mark which may be used to denote 
satisfactory participation by a student in 
progressing thesis projects, orientation 
courses, practice teaching and the like In 
computation of cumulative averages a mark 
of S will not be included In computation of 
quality points achieved for a semester, a 
mark of S will be assigned a value of 2 quality 
points per credit hour. 
9. The mark I is an exceptional mark which 
is an instructor option. It is given only to a 
student whose work in a course has been 
qualitatively satisfactory, when, because of 
illness or other circumstances beyond his 
control, he or she has been unable to 
complete some small portion of the work of 
the course. In no case will the mark I be 
recorded for a student who has not 
completed the major portion of the work of 
the course. The student will remove the I by 
completing work assigned by the instructor; 
it is the student's responsibility to request 
arrangements for completion of the work. 
The work must be completed by the end of 
the next semester in which the course is 
again offered and in which the student is in 
attendance at the College Park Campus; 
otherwise the I becomes terminal (equivalent 
to W). Exceptions to the time period cited 
above may be granted by the student's dean 
or provost upon the written request of the 
student if circumstances warrant further 
delay. If the instructor is unavailable, the 
department chairman will, upon request of 
the student make appropriate arrangements 
for the student to complete the course 
requirements. It is the responsibility of the 
instructor or department chairman 
concerned to return the appropriate 
supplementary grade report to the Office of 
Registrations promptly upon completion of 
the work. The I cannot be removed through 
re-registration for the course or through the 
technique of "credit by examination." In any 
event this mark shall not be used in any 
computations. 

10. The mark W is used to denote that the 
student withdrew from a course in which he 
or she was enrolled at the end of the 
schedule adjustment period. This mark shall 
not be used in any computation, but for 
information and completeness is placed on 
the permanent record by the Office of 
Registrations. The Office of Registrations 
will promptly notify the instructor that the 
student has withdrawn from the course. 

1 1 . Audit. A student may register to audit a 
course or courses in which space is 
available. The notation AUD will be place on 
the transcript for each course audited. A 
notation to the effect that this symbol does 
not imply attendance or any other effort in 
the course will be included on the transcript 
in the explanation of the grading system. 

Pass-Fail Option 

1. An undergraduate who has completed 15 
or more credit hours at the College Park 
Campus and has a cumulative average of at 
least 2.00 may register for courses on the 
Pass-Fail option during any semester or 
summer session. 



2 Certain divisional requirements, major 
requirements or field of concentration 
requirements do not allow the use of the 
Pass-Fail option. Certain courses within a 
department may be designated by that 
department as not available under the 
Pass-Fail option. It is the responsibility of 
each student electing this option to ascertain 
in conjunction with his or her dean, provost, 
department or major advisor, whether the 
particular courses will be applicable to his 
degree requirements under the Pass-Fail 
option. 

3. No more than 20 percent of the College 
Park Campus credits offered toward the 
degree may be taken on the Pass-Fail option 
basis. 

4. Students registering for a course under 
the Pass-Fail option are required to complete 
all regular course requirements. Their work 
will be evaluated by the instructor by the 
normal procedure for letter grades. The 
instructor will submit the normal grade. The 
grades A, B, C, or D will be automatically 
converted by the Office of Registrations to 
the grade P on the student's permanent 
record. The grade F will remain as given. The 
choice of grading option may be changed 
only during the schedule adjustment period 
for courses in which the student is currently 
registered. 



Credit by Examination for 
Undergraduate Studies 

1. Credit may earned by examination for 
any undergraduate course, for which a 
suitable examination has been adopted or 
prepared by the department granting the 
credit. When standardized CLEP (College 
Level Examination Program) examinations 
are available they may be used. Students 
who desire to determine which courses may 
be taken by examination should consult the 
Office of the Administrative Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies. 

2. Any student may take a course by 
examination by obtaining an application 
form from the Administrative Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies, paying the requisite 
fees, and taking the examination at a time 
mutually agreeable to the student and the 
department offering the course. 

3. The applicant must be formally admitted 
to the University of Maryland, and be in good 
academic standing. Posting of credit, 
however, will be delayed until the student is 
registered. 

4. Application for credit by examination is 
equivalent to registration for a course; 
however, the following conditions apply: 

A. A student may cancel the application at 
any time prior to completion of the 
examination with no entry on the 
permanent record. (Equivalent to the 
registration adjustment period.) 

B. The instructor makes the results of the 
examination available to the student 
prior to formal submission of the grade. 
Before formal submission of the grade, a 
student may elect not to have this grade 
recorded. In this case a symbol of W is 
recorded. (Equivalent to the drop 
procedure.) 

C. No course may be attempted more than 
twice. 



General information / 15 



D. The instructor must certify on the report 
of the examination submitted to the 
Registrations Office that copies of the 
examination questions or identifying 
information in the case of standarized 
examinations, and the student's answers 
have been filed with the chairman of the 
department offering the course. 

5. Letter grades earned on examinations to 
establish credit (if accepted by the student) 
are entered on the student's transcript and 
used in computing the cumulative grade 
point average. A student may elect to take an 
examination for credit on a "Pass-Fail" basis 
under the normal "Pass-Fail'' regulations. 

6. Undergraduate students may earn by 
examination no more than half the credits 
required for the degree. 

7. Fees for Credit by Examination as 
follows: 

A. Fees for CLEP and other standardized 
examinations are determined externally 
and are not altered by the University. 
These credits are treated as transfer 
credits. 

B. Full-time students are charged $30.00 
for each course examination regardless 
of the number of credits. This fee is paid 
upon application for the examination 
and is not refundable regardless of 
whether or not the student completes the 
examination. 

C. Part-time students are charged in the 
same cost-per-credit-hour basis as 
though they were taking the course in 
the regular manner. 

Degree Requirements 

1. It is the responsibility of departments, 
colleges, divisions, or appropriate academic 
units to establish and publish clearly defined 
degree requirements. Responsibility for 
knowing and meeting all degree 
requirements for graduation in any 
curriculum rests with the student. Not later 
than the close of the junior year, the student 
should check with the proper authorities to 
ascertain his or her standing in this respect. 
For this purpose the student should be sure 
to preserve the copy of the semester grade 
report issued by the Office of Registrations at 
the close of each semester. 

2. In order to earn a baccalaureate degree 
the last 30 semester credits of any 
curriculum must be taken in residence at the 
College Park Campus. Candidates for 
degrees in pre-professional combined 
programs must complete at least 30 
semester hours; nothing stated below 
modifies in any way this basic requirement. 
Included in these 30 semester hours will be a 
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses 
numbered 300 or above, including at least 12 
semester hours required in the major field (in 
curricula requiring such concentration). All 
candidates for degrees should plan to take 
their senior year in residence since the 
advanced work of the major study normally 
occurs in the last year of the undergraduate 
course. At least 24 of the last 30 credits must 
be done in residence at the College Park 
Campus; i.e., a student who at the time of 
graduation will have completed 30 semester 
hours in residence may be permitted to do 
not more than 6 semester hours of the final 
30 credits of record in another institution, 



provided written permission is secured in 
advance from the dean or provost. The 
student must be enrolled in the program 
from which he or she plans to graduate when 
registering for the last 15 credits of the 
program. These requirements apply also to 
the third year of pre-professional combined 
degree programs. 

3. While many University curricula require 
more semester hours than 120. no 
baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 
120 credit hours. It is the student's 
responsibility to familiarize himself or herself 
with the requirements of the curriculum. The 
student is urged to take advantage of the 
advice on these matters in the departments, 
colleges, divisions, or Office of Academic 
Affairs. A student who wishes to earn a 
second baccalaureate degree in the 
University is required to complete the 
additional studies regularly prescribed for 
that degree, involving at least one year's 
additional residence and the earning of at 
least 30 additional credits. 

4. A general C (2.00) average is required for 
graduation in all curricula. (See Minimum 
Requirements For Retention and 
Graduation.) 

5. Applications for diplomas must be filed 
with the Office of Registrations during the 
registration period or not later than the end 
of the second week of classes of the regular 
semester or at the end of the second week of 
the summer session, at the end of which the 
candidate expects to receive his degree. 
Applications filed after the third week of 
classes of a regular semester or Friday of the 
second week of a summer session will be 
retained until the next semester (session) 
when degrees will be awarded. 



Attendance 

1. The University expects each student to 
take full responsibility for his or her 
academic work and academic progress. The 
student, to progress satisfactorily, must meet 
the quantitative and qualitative requirements 
of each course for which he or she is 
registered. Students are expected to attend 
classes regularly, for consistent attendance 
offers the most effective opportunity open to 
all students to gain a developing command 
of the concepts and materials of their cou rse 
of study. However, attendance in class, in 
and of itself, is not a criterion for the 
evaluation of the student's degree of success 
or failure. Futhermore, absences (whether 
excused or unexcused) do not alter what is 
expected of the student qualitatively and 
quantitatively. Except as provided below, 
absences will not be used in the computation 
of grades, and the recording of student 
absences will not be required of the faculty. 

2. In certain courses in-class participation 
is an integral part of the work of the course A 
few examples would be courses in public 
speaking and group discussion, courses 
emphasizing conversation in foreign 
languages, certain courses in physical 
education, and certain laboratory sessions. 
Each department shall determine which of its 
courses fall in this category. It shall be the 
responsibility of the instructor in such 
courses to inform each class at the 
beginning of the semester that in-class 
participation is an integral part of the work of 



the course and that absences will be taken 
into account in the evaluation of the 
student's work in the course. 

3. Laboratory meetings require special 
preparation of equipment and materials by 
the staff. A student who is not present for a 
laboratory exercise has missed that part of 
the course and cannot expect that he or she 
will be given an opportunity to make up this 
work later in the term. 

4. Special provision for freshmen: the 
freshman year is a transitional year. 
Absences of freshmen in the basic freshman 
courses will be reported to the student's 
dean or division officer when the student has 
accumulated more than three unexcused 
absences. 

5 Excuses for absences (in basic freshman 
courses and in courses where in-class 
participation is a significant part of the work 
of the course) will be handled by the 
instructor in the course in accordance with 
the general policy of his department and 
college. 

6. Examinations and tests: it is the 
responsibility of the student to keep himself 
or herself informed concerning the dates of 
announced quizzes, tests and examinations. 
An instructor is not under obligation to give a 
student a make-up examination unless the 
student can present evidence that the 
absence was caused by illness or by 
participating in University activities at the 
request of University authorities. A make-up 
examination, when permitted, is given at the 
convenience of the instructor, but must not 
interfere with the student's regularly 
scheduled classes. 

Deficiency Reports 

1 Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than 
C) will be made only for freshmen in the 
basic freshman courses. It will be the 
obligation of all students to assume full 
responsibility for their academic progress 
without depending upon receiving official 
warning of unsatisfactory work. 
2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for 
freshmen in the basic freshman courses will 
be submitted to the student s dean or 
provost at the end of the seventh week of the 
semester 

Dismissal of Delinquent Students 

The University reserves the right to request at 
any time the withdrawal of a student who 
cannot or does not maintain the required 
standard of scholarship, or whose 
continuance in the University would be 
detrimental to his or her health, or to the 
health of others, or whose conduct is not 
satisfactory to the authorities of the 
University. Specific scholastic requirements 
are set forth in the Minimum Requirements 
for Retention and Graduation 

Withdrawals From The University 

1. Should a student desire or be compelled 
to withdraw from the University at any time, 
he or she must secure a notice of withdrawal 
from his or her provost, obtain the proper 
signatures, and submit the notice along with 
University identification cards to the Office of 
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. This 
office will file the withdrawal with the Office 
of Registrations which will record a mark of 



16 / General Information 



W for all courses and notify the instructors of 
the withdrawal. 

2. The effective date of withdrawal as far as 
refunds are concerned is the date that the 
notice is received by the Office of the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs. The Office of 
Registrations will record the effective date of 
withdrawal on the student's permanent 
record 

Readmission and Reinstatement 

Readmission 

1. A student whose continuous attendance 
at the University has been interrupted, but 
who was in good academic standing, or on 
academic probation, at the end of the last 
regular semester for which he or she was 
registered, must apply to the Office of 
Admissions for readmission. The student will 
be readmitted to the program in which he 
was last registered. 

Reinstatement 

1. A student who withdraws from the 
University must apply for reinstatement to 
the Secretary of the Petition Board, Office of 
Admissions. 

2. A student who has been dropped for 
scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to 
the Secretary of the Admissions Petition 
Board, Office of Admissions, for 
reinstatement. The committee is empowered 
to grant relief in unusual cases, if the 
circumstances warrant such action. 

3. A student who has been dropped from 
the University for scholastic reasons, and 
whose petition for reinstatement is denied, 
may again petition after a lapse of at least 
one semester. 

Minimum Requirements for 
Retention and Graduation 

1. A minimum of 120 credits of successfully 
completed (not I, F, or W) course credits are 
required for graduation in any degree 
curriculum. (See Degree Requirements and 
Credit By Examination above.) Credits 
transferred, or earned during prior 
admissions terminating in academic 
dismissal or withdrawal and followed by 
readmission, will be applicable toward 
meeting credit requirements for a degree. 
(See Readmission and Reinstatement 
above.) 

2. A full-time studemt will be placed on 
academic probation at the end of any 
semester in which he or she does not achieve 
a total of 24 quality points for that semester, 
except that he will not be placed on 
academic probation for this reason if he or 
she earns at least a 2.0 average on a 
registration (at the end of the schedule 
adjustment period) of 9-11 credits. 
Exceptions are also allowed for all full-time 
students in their first semester of registration 
on the College Park Campus, who must earn 
at least 18 quality points for that semester. 
This exception does not apply to students 
who have earned more than 8 credits 
through previous registration in the 
University. 

3. Any student, full- or part-time, who fails 
to maintain a minimum cumulative average 
of 1.95 at the end of any semester following 



that in which the total of credits completed at 
the College Park Campus (with grades A, B, 
C. D, P. S, or F), plus any credits transferred, 
is 45 credits, will be placed on academic 
probation. Credits completed with grades of 
A, B. C, D, and F, but not S, P. or I will be used 
in the computation of the cumulative 
average. The 1.95 requirement applies to first 
semester transfer students who transfer 45 
or more credits. 

4. A student who does not meet the 
academic standards for any given semester 
will be placed on probation and must display 
acceptable performance in quality points 
and cumulative average (if applicable) during 
the next semester in order to regain good 
academic standing. A student will be 
dismissed at the end of the second 
consecutive, or fourth total, semester of 
unacceptable performance. Courses for 
which the mark W is recorded are excluded 
from all such computations or credit 
requirements. 

5. A student who has been academically 
dismissed and who is reinstated, will be 
academically dismissed again if he or she 
does not meet the academic standards for 
any two additional semesters after return. In 
the computation of the cumulative average 
after return, all credits earned at the 
University of Maryland will be used. 

6. When a student is placed on academic 
probation or is academically dismissed, the 
action shall be entered on the student's 
official and permanent record. 

7. Any course may be repeated, but if a 
student repeats a course in which he or she 
has already earned a mark of A, B, C, D, P or 
S, the subsequent attempt shall not increase 
the total hours earned toward the degree. 
Only the higher mark will be used in 
computation of the student's cumulative 
average. However, the student's quality 
points in a given semester shall be 
determined by that semester's grades. 

8. Any appeal from the regulations 
governing academic probation or academic 
dismissal shall be directed to the Petition 
Board, which shall be empowered to grant 
relief in unusual cases, if the circumstances 
warrant such action. 



Administrative Offices 



Office of the 
Chancellor 

Health Center 

The Health Center is open to all graduate and 
undergraduate students. It provides routine 
medical treatment, emergency care, 
laboratory and X-ray services. For routine 
health care, the student will either be treated 
by a physician or nurse practitioner at the 
Health Center. The Women's Health Care 
Unit provides gynecological services and 
family planning. In addition, Mental Health 
services are available at the Health Center 
both by appointment and on an 
emergency basis. Specialty clinics are 
available in Dermatology and Orthopedics by 
referral from Health Center physicians. 
Health Education materials and resources 
are available through the Health Educator. 



It is possible to make an appointment at 
the Health Center and. where possible, 
students are encouraged to do so Walk-in 
service is also available. 

The Health Center is open throughout the 
year, Monday through Friday 8:30 a.m. to 5 
p.m. for routine services. Saturday and 
Sunday hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. The center 
is staffed 24 hours a day for emergencies 
with nurses on duty, and a physician is 
on-call at all times. During extended school 
vacation periods and semester breaks when 
the center is closed, a physician is available 
through the Campus operator 454-3311. 
There is no charge for routine medical care 
or professional services but charges are 
made for certain laboratory tests, all X-rays 
and allergy injections. The telephone 
number is 454-3444. 

Athletics 

The University of Maryland Athletic 
Department fields varsity teams in football, 
soccer, and cross country in the fall; 
basketball, fencing, swimming, wrestling, 
and indoor track during the winter; and 
baseball, golf, tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor 
track in the spring. Maryland is a member of 
the Atlantic Coast Conference, which also 
includes Clemson. Duke, North Carolina, 
North Carolina State, Virginia, and Wake 
Forest. The University has won the 
Carmichael Cup, symbolic of top overall 
athletic performance in the ACC, in eight of 
the 13 years the trophy has been in 
existence. The latest win was in 1973-74. 

Women's teams in the following eight 
sports represent the University of Maryland 
in intercollegiate competition: field hockey, 
volley ball, basketball, gymnastics, 
swimming, lacrosse, tennis, and track. The 
schedules include teams from Washington, 
D.C., Maryland, Virginia, and Pennsylvania; 
the teams also compete in appropriate local, 
state and regional tournaments. 

Office of 
Administrative Affairs 

Dining Services 

The goal of the University Dining Services is 
to provide nutritionally balanced and 
tastefully prepared meals, served in a 
pleasant and relaxing atmosphere. 

Dining Services offer varied meal plans 
both to Resident Hall students and 
apartment dwellers. In addition, there are 
several cash facilities conveniently located 
on the Campus. To apply for meal cards 
come to the Business Office, Hill Area Dining 
Hall. Telephone 454-2901. 

Department of Public Safety 

General Responsibilities: The general 
responsibilities of this unit relates to 
providing law enforcement and fire and life 
safety to the College Park Campus. The 
director of this department advises the 
public safety or police units on other 
campuses in the development of consistent 
operating policies and procedures. 

The prime functions of the Police Division, 
within its jurisdiction, are the preservation of 
peace and order; the protection of all 



General Information / 17 



persons and property; and the prevention 
and detection of crime. Law enforcement is 
administered to the University totally through 
the Department of Public Safety eliminating 
the necessity of outside police agencies 
patrolling the Campus. Vitally concerned 
with human life and property, the members 
of the Police Division enforce both the laws 
of the State of Maryland and the regulations 
of the University. 

The Safety Division concerns itself 
primarily with fire prevention and life safety 
to insure the well being of members of the 
College Park Campus and the preservation 
of property. Inspection of University 
buildings and facilities for compliance with 
state and federal fire codes, maintenance of 
fire alarms and detection devices, and 
supervision of fire drills and evacuation 
practices are integral functions of the Safety 
Division. 

Motor Vehicles 

Parking facilities at the University are 
extremely limited and are primarily intended 
for use by commuting students. Most 
parking areas are located on the periphery of 
the Campus and are usually five or six blocks 
away from residence halls and classroom 
buildings. 

Freshman and sophomore resident 
students are not permitted to register motor 
vehicles on Campus; however, they may 
obtain on-campus weekend parking 
privileges. Any freshman or sophomore (i.e., 
a student who has earned fewer than 56 
academic credits) who needs a motor vehicle 
for work, or for any other purpose, should 
consider making off-Campus living 
arrangements. 

Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, 
or bicycles are not permitted inside any 
residence hall. They must be parked in those 
outside areas specially marked for them. 

Campus Traffic Rules and Regulations 
(Academic Year 1974-1975) 

These regulations apply to all who drive 
motor vehicles on any part of the Campus at 
College Park. 

1. Purpose of Traffic Regulations 

a. To facilitate the work of the University 
by providing parking space for those who 
need it most. 

b. To provide parking space for 
University visitors and guests. 

c. To protect pedestrian traffic. 

d. To assure access at all times for 
ambulance and fire-fighting apparatus. 

e. To control vehicular traffic on the 
Campus. 

2. Registration of Vehicles: 

a. All motor vehicles, including 
motorcycles and scooters, operated on 
campus by a person associated with the 
University, must be registered with the 
Vehicle Registration Office regardless of 
ownership, except as noted in Regulation 2c. 
All student vehicles must be registered in the 
name of the student who is the legal operator 
of the vehicle. 

b. Student vehicles must be registered for 
the current academic year during the 
applicable registration period. A 



registration charge will be made for each 
vehicle This Fee Cannot Be Refunded. 

1. FALL SEMESTER beginning in August 

for first vehicle $12.00 

Each additional vehicle 3.00 

2. SPRING SEMESTER beginning in 

January for first vehicle 6.00 

Each additional vehicle 3.00 

3. SUMMER SEMESTER 3.00 

Each additional vehicle 3.00 

All Registrations will expire on the next 
following August 21. Proof of ownership or 
legal control will be required for multiple 
registrations. Students applying for 
registration of additional vehicles must 
present the State vehicle license number and 
the University of Maryland registration 
number of their initially registered vehicle for 
the current academic year. No charge will be 
made for replacement of registration sticker 
required due to damaged bumper of a 
registered vehicle or because of a 
replacement for a registered vehicle. 
Remnants of stickers to be replaced MUST 
be turned in at the Motor Vehicle 
Registration Desk. 

c. Resident students who have earned less 
than 56 semester credits shall be prohibited 
from operating a motor vehicle on the 
College Park Campus, and from registering a 
vehicle under provisions of these 
regulations, except with special permission. 
Details are available at the Motor Vehicle 
Administration Office. 

d. Vehicle registration in no way 
guarantees a convenient parking space. The 
fact that all parking spaces convenient to any 
specific location are filled is not an 
acceptable excuse for parking violations. 
Parking Area 4 is overflow space for all 
student parking areas. Any registered 
student vehicle operators who are unable to 
find spaces in their assigned area may park 
in Area 4 at any time without penalty. 
Supervisory personnel in the MVA Office are 
available to discuss parking problems with 
any student or faculty/staff member. 

e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are 
issued initially at the time of employment. 
Subsequent renewals will be scheduled at 
times designated. 

f. Only one set of parking permits for each 
vehicle is authorized. 

g. Vehicles are not considered officially 
registered until permits are affixed on front 
and rear bumpers or on metal plates affixed 
to license plates, plainly visible. 

h. Temporary parking permits for visiting 

groups and for special reasons and 

conditions are available. Requests should be 

made to the Motor Vehicle Administration 

Section — Telephone 454-4242. 

i. Parking permits must not be transferred 

to any vehicle other than the one for which 

they were originally issued. 

j. Parking permits must not be defaced or 

altered in any manner. 

k. Temporary and permanent special 

permits for medical reasons are available. 

Details are available from the Motor Vehicle 

Administration Office — Telephone 

454-4242. 



3. Traffic Regulations: a. All motor 
vehicles are subject to the University traffic 
regulations while on the University Campus. 



The University assumes no responsibility for 

loss or damage to private property. 

b All traffic and parking signs must be 

obeyed. Between the hours of 11 P.M. and 6 

AM., signs at unmanned security gates and 

officials posted at security entrances must be 

obeyed. 

c. It is impossible to mark with signs all 
areas of University property where parking is 
prohibited. Parking or driving is definitely 
prohibited on grass plots, tree plots, 
construction areas, or any place which will 
mar the landscaping of the Campus, create a 
safety hazard or interfere with the use of 
University facilities. 

d. All regulations must be observed during 
registration and examination periods, except 
as may be otherwise indicated by official 
signs During final examination periods and 
the Summer Sessions, registered vehicles 
may park in any numbered parking area 
except Areas 5, 6, and 9. 

e. Operation of any motor vehicle in such a 
manner as to create excessive noise or 
smoke, or operation of any vehicle which is 
in an unsafe condition, will result in 
revocation of parking permit and issuance of 
a Maryland State Summons for violation of 
Article 66V2 Annotated Code of Maryland. 

f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at 
all times. 

g. The maximum speed on Campus roads is 
20 miles per hours. During changes of 
classes and in areas of pedestrian traffic cars 
must be driven more slowly 

h. Vehicles operated by faculty/staff and 
students, including motorcycles and 
scooters, must be parked in assigned areas 
only. Certain parking areas are restricted to 
faculty and academic staff at all times. This 
restriction is indicated on the official sign at 
the entrance to the area. In all other parking 
areas, unrestricted parking is permitted from 
5:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M. Monday through 
Thursday, and from 5:00 P.M. Friday to 7:00 
A.M. Monday. 

i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of 
University traffic regulations or abandoned 
on Campus is subject to removal and 
impounding at the expense of the owner or 
operator. (See Regulation 4c.) 
j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not 
be reserved or marked for any department or 
individual. 

k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an 
emergency substitute for a registered 
vehicle, it must be parked in the regularly 
assigned area and an immediate report made 
to the Motor Vehicle Administration 
Section— Ext. 4242. 

I. In parking areas which have marked 
spaces and lanes, a vehicle must be parked 
in one space only, leaving clear access to 
adjacent spaces, and without blocking 
driving lanes or creating a hazard for other 
drivers 

m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks, 
n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all 
campus roads and fire lanes at all times, 
o. In cases where individuals are permitted 
to register more than one vehicle for parking 
on the campus, only one of these vehicles 
may be parked in the assigned area at any 
time. 

p. Metered parking spaces must be used in 
accordance with requirements as stated on 
official signs. Non-registered student 



18 / General Information 



vehicles parked in metered spaces will be In 
violation ot Section 2A. 
q. The fact that a vehicle is parked in 
violation of any regulation and does not 
receive a violation notice does not mean that 
the regulation is no longer in effect. 

4. Traffic Information: 

a. The Office of the Campus Police is 
located in the Service Building and may be 
reached on University Campus telephone 
Ext 3555. 

b. The Cashier's Office and the Motor 
Vehicle Administration Section are in the 
Service Building, Campus telephone Ext. 
4242. 

c. The term abandonment, as it relates to 
automobiles parked on property owned or 
leased by the University of Maryland, shall 
mean any one or more of the following 
conditions: 

(1) Any vehicle which has not been 
moved for thirty (30) days and whose owner 
or other claimant the University is unable to 
locate. 

(2) Any vehicle which has not been 
moved for thirty (30) days and whose 
identified owner or other claimant refuses to 
move it. 

(3) Any vehicle on which current license 
plates are not displayed and which has not 
been moved for ten (10) days. 

(4) Any vehicle which has not been 
moved in seven (7) days due to an 
inoperative condition caused by the removal 
of necessary parts or a wrecked condition. 

(5) A special board composed of 
designed members of the traffic committee 
will consider and act upon requests for 
exceptions to any traffic regulation. All 
actions of this board will be final. 



5. Penalties: 

a. Any person connected with the 
University who operates an unregistered 
vehicle on the Campus, or who registers 
such a vehicle in any way contrary to the 
provisions of these regulations, will be 
subject to payment of a fifteen ($15.00) dollar 
penalty in addition to the penalty for any 
other regulation violation connected 
therewith. 

b. Violations of any Campus traffic 
regulation other than improper registration 
or overtime meter parking will result in 
penalty as listed below: 

(a) Penalty for parking a registered 
vehicle in a parking area other than 
properly assigned area $5.00 

(b) Parking a registered vehicle on a 
roadway, in a posted fire lane or 
postered no parking area $5.00 

(c) Parking any vehicle, including cycles, 
on walks, grass area, plazas, and any 
other places not designated as areas 
for parking or driving without special 
permit signed by head of Grounds 

Division $5.00 

Violator will be additionally liable for 
amount of any specific damage 
caused by such action. 

c. Overtime parking in any metered space 
will result in a penalty of two dollars ($2.00) 
for each maximum time period on the meter. 

d. Violations are payable within ten (10) 
calendar days from date of issue at the office 



of the Cashier in the General Services 
Building and an additional penalty of $2.00 
will be imposed for failure to settle violations 
on time 

e. Visitors and guests notices issued to 
University visitors must be signed and 
returned either in person or by mail to the 
Vehicle Registration Cashier, University of 
Maryland. College Park, Md. 20742, or to the 
University Official visited. Violation notices 
must be returned 10 days after date of issue. 
The violation may be voided at the discretion 
of the Vehicle Registration Office, and if not 
voidable will be returned for payment. 

f. Violations involving an unregistered 
vehicle owned by a member of the immediate 
family of a student may be charged to the 
student's account unless settled by the 
individual receiving the ticket, in accordance 
with stated privileges granted to visitors and 
guests. 

g. Persistent violators of traffic regulations 
will be referred to the Judiciary Office for 
appropriate action. 

h. Vehicles parked in roadways, fire lanes 
and other areas as described in Section 3c 
are subject to being towed at owner's 
expense. 

6. Appeals: 

An Appeals Board composed of a minimum 
of three students who are members of the 
Student Traffic Board meets regularly to 
consider appeals from students charged with 
violations. Students wishing to appeal a 
violation must register at the appeals table 
outside the Judiciary Office, 2nd floor. North 
Administration Building, where the date and 
time for the appeal will be furnished the 
appellant. Traffic tickets must be appealed 
within ten (10) calendar days from the date of 
issuance. Overtime parking meter violations 
are not subject to appeal. 

7. Parking Areas For Students: 

Area 1 — West of Cole Activities Building, 

between Stadium Drive and Campus 

Drive 
Area 2 — North of Denton Hall Dorm Complex 
Area 3 — Southwest Corner of Campus 
Area 4 — North of Heavy Research Laboratory 
Area 5 — Student Housing area East Side 

Campus, Leonardtown Modular Units 
Area *6 — North of Dining Hall #5 and East of 

Elkton Dorm 
Area 7— East of U.S. #1, at North Gate 
Area *9 — Vicinity of Cambridge Hall Dorm 

Complex 
Area 10— East of U.S. #1, North of Fraternity 

Row 
Area 11 — Northeast of Asphalt Institute 

Building 
Area 12 — South of Allegany Hall 
Area 14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear of 

Houses on Fraternity Row 
Area 15 — Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue 

8. Parking Areas For Faculty And Staff: 

Area *A— West End of BPA Building 

Area AA — West of Fine Arts and Education 

Classroom Building 
Area "B — Adjacent to Computer Science 

Center 
Area BB — West of Chemistry Building 
Area C — Adjacent to Turner Laboratory 

(Dairy) 



Area CC — Barn area 
Area 'D — Rear of Journalism Building 
Area DD — East of Space Sciences Building 
Area "E — Adjacent to Engineering Buildings 
Area EE — North of Engineering Laboratory 

Building 
Area *F — Adjacent to Fire Service Extension 

Building 
Area FF — East of Animal Science Building 
Area 'G — Between Silvester Hall and Skinner 

Building 
Area GG — South Center of Adult Education 
Area "H — Adjacent to Symons Hall and 

Holzapfel Hall 
Area HH — Adjacent to H. J. Patterson 

Hall— Botany 
Area I — Rear of Molecular Physics Building 
Area J — West of Annapolis Hall 
Area K — Adjacent to General Service 

Building 
Area KK — Rear Chemical Engineering 

Building 
Area L — Administration-Armory Loop 
Area 'M — Adjacent to Infirmary 
Area O— East and West of School of 

Architecture 
Area OO — Adjacent to Zoology-Psychology 

Building and Undergraduate Library 

('OO— West Portion Only) 
Area P — East of Wind Tunnel 
Area *PP — Between Math Building and 

Cyclotron 
Area Q— Rear of Jull Hall 
Area 'R — Circle in front of Byrd Stadium 

Field House. Stadium Garage and 

adjacent to Preinkert Field House 
Area RR — East of Asphalt Institute 
Area *S — Special, Food Service 
Area T — North of Engineering Laboratory 

Building 
Area TT — Service Area West of Physics 

Building 
Area U — Rear of McKeldin Library 
Area UU— North end 3 Lot 
Area V — South of Main Food Service Facility 

and West of Bldg. CC 
Area *W — Between Skinner Building and 

Taliaferro Hall 
Area X — Rear of Chemistry Building 
Area *XX— West — New Chemistry Wing 
Area Y — West of Chapel 
Area *YY— West of Cumberland Hall 
Area Z — Adjacent to Cole Field House, West 

Side 
Area 'Z — Rear Cole Field House 
Area Z Annex — West of new Physical 

Education Building 
Area LC — Lord Calvert Apartments 
Area UH — University Hills Apartments 
Area 17 — Special Parking for use of Center 

for Adult Education 

'Restricted at all times 



Cultural Study Center 

The purpose of the Cultural Study Center is 
to study minority and other student-cultural 
subgroups at the University of Maryland. The 
center is headed by a minority faculty 
member, and its research areas include the 
socioeconomic and psychological 
development and background of minority 
students, their Campus experiences, 
academic and social adjustments, and 
problems of student life. This information 
assists the Office of Minority Student 
Education in planning curriculum and 



General Information / 19 



program development for the minority 
student population. 

The Cultural Study Center seeks to 
produce positive change by distribution of its 
research findings to the administration, 
faculty, students, and other groups. The 
Cultural Study Center hopes to produce 
"data that make a difference" in how 
students from various cultural groups are 
viewed, and will take the responsibility of 
following up its research findings by pointing 
out and encouraging appropriate action to 
initiate positive changes whenever the 
findings clearly indicate that such changes 
could and should be made. 

The Cultural Study Center is located in the 
Main Administration Building, Room 2101, 
University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. Office number: 454-4698. 

Office of Student Affairs 

The Division of Student Affairs is responsible 
for programs and services which enhance 
the life and welfare of students. 

Commuter Affairs, Resident Life, 
Orientation, Greek Affairs, Counseling 
Center, Judiciary Office, Student Activities, 
and the Student Union are organized to 
facilitate individual student development by 
meeting specific student needs. In addition, 
the offices within Student Affairs are striving 
to develop a Campus environment which 
fosters positive learning experiences and 
individual growth. 

Orientation Programs 

Freshmen Orientation. Upon final admission 
to the University, the student will receive 
materials about the Freshman Orientation 
and Registration Program offered by the 
University of Maryland. All entering freshmen 
are urged to attend this program which is 
administered by the Orientation Office. The 
primary goals of the program are to inform 
the student about the University and help 
him or her register for the first semester. The 
program is conducted on the College Park 
Campus during the summer months and at 
other times during the year. Each freshman 
will attend with a group of his future 
classmates. The new student will engage in: 

1. Formal and informal discussions about 
University life and the standards of 
performance the University will expect of 
him. 

2. A conference with an academic advisor 
who will assist him or her in selecting 
and registering for courses. 

Through this program, the entering 
student receives a personalized and 
individual introduction to the University. 

Transfer Student Orientation. A special 
program is offered for transfer students. This 
program includes a conference with advisors 
to explain academic requirements, 
registration for classes, and a general 
orientation to the Campus itself. The 
program is particularly geared to the needs 
of upper class students and their special 
concerns. 

Parent Orientation. Running concurrently 
with the su mmer programs for freshmen and 
transfer students is an orientation program 
for the parents of new students. Here, 
parents have an opportunity to learn about 



the academic, cultural, and social aspects of 
University life, from administrators and staff 
as well as from the student advisors who lead 
the student groups. 

Judiciary Office 

The Campus Judiciary Office effects 
discipline of the undergraduate students. 
Under the framework of a judiciary program, 
which emphasizes personal growth and 
development, the aims of judicial actions are 
largely educative and preventive. Judiciary 
Office staff members review all reports of 
alleged misconduct, contact those 
individuals involved and in most instances 
schedule the case for hearing. 

Office location: 2nd floor, North 
Administration Building. Telephone: 
454-2927. 

General Policy 

By reason of its responsibility to promote its 
educational purposes, the University of 
Maryland has the inherent right to preserve 
order and maintain stability through the 
setting of standards of conduct and the 
prescribing of procedures for the 
enforcement of such standards. The 
University of Maryland embraces the tenet 
that the exercise of individual rights must be 
accompanied by an equal amount of 
individual responsibility. By accepting 
membership in the University community, a 
student acquires rights in, as well as 
responsibilities to, the whole University 
community. 

University students are recognized as 
being both citizens in the larger community 
and members of an academic community. In 
his or her role as citizen, the student is free to 
exercise his fundamental constitutional 
rights. Rights and responsibilities under 
local, state and national laws are neither 
abridged nor extended by status as a student 
at the University of Maryland. However, as a 
member of an academic community, he or 
she is expected particularly to fulfill those 
behavioral responsibilities which attend his 
or her membership and which are 
necessitated by the University's pursuit of its 
stated objectives. Within this context, the 
appropriateness and acceptability of student 
behavior will be evaluated by its relation to 
the recognized educational purposes of the 
institution. 

Broadly stated, the missions of the 
University of Maryland are to extend the 
boundaries of knowledge, to provide 
educational opportunities to those who seek 
and need them, and to instruct the 
community, state, and nation in the uses to 
which knowledge and education may be put. 
The pursuit of these objectives can be 
carried on only in an atmosphere of 
personal and academic freedom, one in 
which the rights and responsibilities of all 
members of the academic community are 
fully protected. The maintenance and/or 
restoration of such an atmosphere is the 
basis for a disciplinary structure within the 
University. 

Official University sanctions will be 
imposed or other appropriate action taken 
only when a student s observable behavior 
distinctly and significantly interferes with the 
University's (1) primary educational 



objectives and/or (2) subsidiary 
responsibilities of protecting the safety, 
welfare, rights, and property of all members 
of the University community, persons 
coming onto University property and of the 
University itself. 

Students charged with a violation of 
University regulations or policies are 
guaranteed fundamental fairness in the 
handling of the charges, the conduct of 
hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and 
the right of appeal. 

The University Judiciary Program 

It is assumed that discipline is properly the 
concern of the entire University 
community — the student body, the faculty, 
the staff, and the administration. Particular 
provision is made in the Judiciary program 
for students to adjudicate cases of student 
misconduct. 

Administration of discipline of the 
University of Maryland is the primary 
responsibility of the Judiciary Office. Its staff 
attempts to provide leadership for the overall 
program by advising and directing the efforts 
of students, faculty and administration in 
disciplinary concerns. Specifically, their 
main functions are (1) processing reports 
and correspondence which deal with 
disciplinary matters, (2) interviewing and 
counseling and coordinating the activities of 
the various student judicial boards, (4) 
reviewing and/or approving the 
recommendations of these boards, and (4) 
maintaining a central file of student 
disciplinary records. In addition, the 
Judiciary Office lends assistance to and 
promotes intercommunication among other 
individuals and University offices concerned 
with student misconduct. 

The functionally substantive segment of 
the program contains the various student 
judicial boards. At each level they serve to 
encourage adherence to University policies 
and regulations, to adjudicate cases of 
student misconduct, and to provide for the 
offender opportunity to benefit from peer 
group judgment. Members of the boards are 
chosen from among the most academically 
capable and personally responsible students 
at the University. There are approximately 75 
students participating on the following 
student boards: Area Judicial Boards, one in 
each of the six major residential areas: 
Student Traffic Board and Traffic Appeals 
Board: Campus Judicial Board; and Central 
Student Judicial Board. Matters that have 
come before these boards range from 
parking tickets to major University 
disruptions. 

General Statement 
Student Responsibility 

Students are expected to conduct 
themselves at all times in a manner 
consistent with the University s responsibility 
of ensuring to all members of the University 
community the opportunity to pursue their 
educational objectives, and of protecting the 
safety, welfare, rights, and property of all 
members of the University itself. 

Suspension of a Student from Class 

Discipline in the classroom is the 
responsibility of the faculty member in 



20 / General Information 



charge of the class Misbehavior of a type 
that interferes with the educational efficiency 
of a class will be considered sufficient cause 
for suspending a student from the class. If a 
student is suspended from class for 
disciplinary reasons, he or she should report 
immediately to the department chairman. 
The department chairman will investigate the 
incident and will report it to the academic 
dean or division chairman and to the 
Judiciary Office, in order to determine 
whether or not past disciplinary action has 
been taken against the student The 
department head will then write a letter to the 
student indicating the disposition of the 
case. The student will be required to present 
this letter to his or her instructor before he 
can be readmitted to class. A copy of this 
letter will be sent to the Judiciary Office. 
Disruption of a class by a student not 
enrolled in that class can be referred to the 
Judiciary Office. Disruption by a non-student 
can be referred to the Campus police. 

Suspension of a Student from Activities or 
University Facilities 

The individual or group of individuals in 
charge of any department, division, 
organization, building, facility or any other 
unit of the University, (e.g., Dining Hall, 
Student Union, etc.) shall be responsible for 
student discipline with such units. The 
person responsible for each unit may 
suspend the student or student organization 
from the unit. The suspended student or 
representative of the student organization 
will be referred immediately to the Judiciary 
Office. The Judiciary Office will investigate 
the incident and notify the student of further 
disposition of the case. The individual 
responsible for the suspension will be 
notified before the student or his 
organization can be readmitted. A file of 
such actions shall be kept in the Judiciary 
Office. 

Identification Cards 

Official University of Maryland student 
identification cards and transaction plates 
are issued to all registered undergraduate 
and graduate students. The identification 
card and the transaction plate are for use 
only by the student to whom issued and may 
not be transferred or loaned to another 
individual for any reason. Violators will be 
referred to the Judiciary Office. Loss of either 
the I.D. card or the transaction plate, or both, 
should be reported at once to the I.D. card 
section, Office of Admissions and Records. A 
replacement fee of $3.00 for each item is 
required prior to the creation of authorized 
duplicates. 

General University Regulations Which 
Apply to all Students 

The general University regulations, 
procedures before judicial boards and other 
policies and regulations are printed in the 
Student Handbook which is distributed to 
students at the beginning of each fall 
semester. A copy of the Student Handbook 
or additional information on the University 
regulations, policies and procedures may be 
obtained from the Judiciary Office, second 
floor. North Administration Building, 
Telephone: 454-2927. 



Resident Life 

This office administers, supervises, and 
coordinates all aspects of the University 
residence facilities, including both 
management operation and 
educational-social-recreational 
programming. The residence 
accommodations are divided into 
semi-autonomous residential communities, 
each headed by a full-time professional 
director with a staff of full and part-time 
professional and para-professional 
personnel. 

Each community enjoys considerable 
freedom to develop in a way which reflects 
the personalities, interests and needs of the 
residents. 

Central Office Location: 3rd floor, North 
Administration Building. Telephone: 
454-2711. 



Greek Affairs Office 

This office serves as the liaison between 
Maryland's 21 national sororities and 24 
national fraternities, and the University 
administration. The Director of Greek Life 
assists in the development of programs and 
operations for the Panhellenic and 
Interfraternity Councils. Through the 
utilization of total University resources, the 
staff assists the students with leadership and 
management training, the coordination of 
philanthropic projects, membership 
recruitment, public relations, and the 
participation of the Greek system within the 
total education of the University community. 
Office location: Student Union Telephone: 
454-2736. 

The Commuter Affairs Office 

The Commuter Affairs Office has been 
established to assist, advocate, and assess 
commuter students' desires, needs and 
problems while attending the University of 
Maryland. 

The office has established services which 
provide assistance in helping the commuter 
become more a part of the University 
community. 

Off-Campus Housing — aids the student, 
faculty or staff member who is seeking 
off-Campus housing, with listings, 
information, free phone service and counsel 
on landlord-tenant problems. 
Car Pools — a car pool program has been 
established as a low cost alternative to each 
student driving his own car. The students 
can sign up for the program at the beginning 
of each semester. If the car pool has three or 
more participants the students are eligible 
for preferred parking spaces. The car pool 
can help to provide financial gains for the 
commuter and also provides the opportunity 
for social contact with other commuters. 

University Commuters Association — The 

Commuter Affairs Office serves as the 
advisor to the University Commuters 
Association which occupies a unique 
position in the structure of the University as 
the official undergraduate student 
organization which represents the 
commuters' interests. UCA has the 
responsibility of providing social, athletic, 
and experimental programs for the 
commuters. 



Peer Commuter Counselors — This is a 
program to help new commuter students 
work through the problems and alienation 
often inherent in commuting. Upper class 
student volunteers have been trained as 
trouble shooters and helpers for the 
commuting student. Peer counselors are 
always present to assist other students with 
any concern. 

Shuttle Bus — The evening Campus Shuttle 
Bus system is operated by the Office of 
Commuter Affairs for the security and 
convenience of all students. Schedules are 
available at the Student Union Information 
Desk. The Office of Commuter Affairs is 
located in Room 121 1-H, in the Student 
Union. Telephone: 454-5274. 

Campus Programs 

The Office of Campus Programs develops 
programs and activities which reflect the 
varied co-curncular, developmental, social, 
recreational, and entertainment needs of the 
Campus community. The staff is available to 
provide general advising and organizational 
development assistance to Campus 
organizations. Office Location: Student 
Union Building, Telephone: 454-2827. 



Counseling Center 

Psychologists provide professional 
counseling services for students with 
educational-vocational and emotional-social 
adjustment concerns. Educational 
specialists provide individual and group 
work for improving reading and study skills. 
No appointment is needed for initial 
conferences. 

Available in the reception lobby are 
occupational and educational information, 
plus tape recorded conversations with 
academic department chairmen about their 
disciplines. 

The center provides consultation to a 
variety of groups and individuals concerning 
organizational development and group 
productivity. Other programs include a series 
of self understanding and development 
groups for interested students and staff. 

The center provides a wide variety of 
research reports on characteristics of 
students and Campus environment. 

National testing programs (CLEP, GRE, 
Miller Analogies, etc.) are administered by 
the Counseling Center as well as testing for 
counseling purposes. Office location: 
Shoemaker Building. Telephone: 454-2931. 

Religious Programs 

A broad range of religious traditions is 
represented by the several chaplains and 
religious advisors at the University. 
Individually and cooperatively, they offer 
many services including counseling, 
worship, study opportunities here and 
abroad, personal growth groups, and 
opportunities for service and involvement. 
Office location: University Memorial Chapel. 
Telephone: 454-5783. 

The Maryland Student Union 

The Maryland Student Union is the 
community center of the College Park 
Campus for all members of the University - 
students, faculty, staff, alumni, and their 



General Information / 21 



guests. The union is not just a building; it is 
also an organization and a program. The 
union provides for the services, 
conveniences, and amenities of the 
University. 

The union was built and furnished without 
the help of state or federal funds The 
building and furnishings with each stage of 
construction came from student fees. Funds 
for operating expenses and additional 
furnishings came from student fees and 
various Union revenue producing avenues. 
The Union pays for its own utilities and 
maintenance expenses. It is. therefore, 
basically a self-supporting enterprise. 



Building Hours: 

Monday - Thursday 

7 am 
Friday 7 am 

Saturday 8 am 

Sunday 12 Noon 



12 Midnight 
1 a.m. 
1 a.m. 

12 Midnight 



Student Union Services and Facilities 

The Union is open daily: 
Monday-Thursday —7 am. -Midnight 
Friday —7 a.m.-1 a.m. 

Saturday —8 a.m. -1a.m. 

Sunday —12 noon-Midnight 

Services include: 
Bookstore 
Bulletin Boards 
Check Cashing 
Display Showcases 
Food Service 

Snack Bar 

Cafeteria 

Tortuga Room 

Vending Room 

Banquets and Catering 
Information Center 
Lounges 
Meeting Rooms 

Size from 8-1000 people 
Movies (Movie Theater) 
Notary Public(s) 
Recreation Center 

Bowling Lanes 

Billiards Room 

Table Games Rooms 

Pin Ball Machines 
Sign Shop 

Signs — plastic, letterpress, 
embossograf 

Duplicating — ditto, mimeograph, 
offset 

Copy Machine 
Student Offices 
TV Room 
Ticket Office 

Campus Concerts 

Selected off-Campus events 
Tobacco Shop 
U.S. Postal Service Automated Facility 



Directory 

Information and Reservations 454-2801 

Administrative Offices 454-2807 

Food Service 454-2805 

Ticket Office 454-2803 

Bowling and Billiards 454-2804 

Program Office 454-5255 

UMporium (bookstore) 454-3222 



Office of Academic 
Affairs 

Student Aid 

The Office of Student Aid administers a 
variety of financial assistance and student 
employment opportunities, primarily based 
on the need of the applicant. The staff of the 
office is available for individual counseling 
on matters pertinent to the financial planning 
of the student body. 

See page 8 for more detailed information 
on opportunities for financial assistance. 

International Education 
Services 

The Office of International Education 
Services provides a wide variety of services 
designed to assist foreign students to make 
the necessary adjustment to American 
university and community life and to help 
them derive the maximum benefit from their 
experience in the United States. Services 
include advising on admission to the 
University, issuance of immigration 
documents, special orientation programs, 
emergency loans, assistance with securing 
housing, information about educational, 
cultural, and social opportunities, and 
personal advising. Some of these services 
are available also for visiting foreign faculty. 
For American students, the office provides 
information about opportunities for travel 
and study abroad. 

Information, forms and assistance in 
making necessary arrangements for 
complying with immigration regulations are 
available at the Office of International 
Education Services. Information regarding 
the filing of income tax returns may also be 
secured from the same office. 

Foreign students are subject to the same 
regulations that govern the academic life and 
personal conduct of American students 
enrolled in the University Office location: 
2nd floor, North Administration Building. 
Telephone: 454-3043/4. 



Office of the Administrative 
Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies 

General 

The Office of the Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies has overall responsibility for 
undergraduate advisement on the 
departmental, college and divisional levels 
The office maintains the General 
Undergraduate Advisement Office with a 
staff of advisors for students who have not 
yet decided upon a major. Advisors are 
likewise available for students interested in 
pre-professional preparation for medicine, 
dentistry and law. Transfer or handicapped 
students with special academic problems 
can also be advised through this office. 

This office supervises a number of special 
academic programs, including the Bachelor 
of General Studies Degree Program, the 
University Honors Program and 
interdivisional programs such as Women's 
Studies The office interprets and enforces 



academic requirements and regulations for 
undergraduates and administers the 
program of Credit by Examination 

Academic service components of this 
office include the Office of Minority Student 
Education, the Career Development Center, 
the Cooperative Education Program and the 
Office of Community Service Programs. 

The Office of the Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies is located in Room 1 1 1 5 of the 
Undergraduate Library 



Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center encourages 
and assists all students in contacting 
prospective employers and in determining 
economic and occupational trends for career 
determination. 

Career advisors, programs, services and 
facilities are geared toward broadening 
students' knowledge of graduate school, 
government, education, business, and 
industrial opportunities. An excellent 
resource is the Career Library (Room 26 of 
the Career Development Center) 

Seniors within two semesters of 
graduation are encouraged to participate in 
the on-Campus interview program with 
employers from late October to early April 
Further details on this program are available 
in the Career Development Center. 

All seniors graduating in the College of 
Education (except Education for Industry 
majors) are required to file credentials with 
the Career Development Center. Office 
location: Terrapin Hall. Telephone: 454-2813. 



Minority Student Education 

The Office of Minority Student Education 
was officially created on July 1. 1972 as a 
result of proposals and recommendations 
submitted to the chancellor from the 
Campus Black Community and the Study 
Commission on Student Life It is 
responsible for addressing the needs of 
minority students during their experience at 
the University of Maryland. This 
responsibility takes the Office of Minority 
Student Education through a broad range of 
concerns, from the introduction of minority 
students to the University to special 
supportive programs, with special emphasis 
on the areas of recruitment, retention and 
graduation 

OMSE seeks to develop a comprehensive 
academic articulation program that will 
facilitate better utilization of. and linkages 
with existing University resources This 
includes providing minority students with 
meaningful career advisement in areas that 
offer both good job opportunities and good 
salaries. For general program information, 
contact: Director. Office of Minority Student 
Education, Room 3151 Undergraduate 
Library, Phone: 454-4901 

The office is directly responsible for the 
administration of the Intensive Educational 
Development Program and Upward Bound, 
the Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program, 
and the Nyumburu Community Center. 

The following is a brief description of the 
programs administered by the Office of 
Minority Student Education 



22 / General Information 



Intensive Educational Development 

The I ED program developed from a 1968 
pilot protect for twenty students and has 
expanded into a broad-based support 
program enrolling approximately 400 
students each year 

The program is designed to serve the 
student who is handicapped by poverty, 
environment problems, racism, and 
previously unrewarding educational 
experience. LED. focuses on providing 
programs and services — including tutoring, 
reading, study skills development, and 
specially designed curricula and courses 
that enhance the retention potential for 
minority students on the College Park 
Campus 

During the summer program, I ED 
students who will enter school in the fall take 
courses in mathematics and English as part 
of their preparation for the fall semester. 

Counseling and tutorial assistance is also 
available throughout the academic year to 
minority students who are not enrolled in the 
program Intensive Educational 
Development. Room 215. North 
Administration Building. Phone 
454-4646 4647. 

Upward Bound Program 

The University of Maryland Upward Bound 
Program is designed to provide academic 
and counseling assistance to capable but 
underachieving high school students with 
the purpose of preparing them to pursue 
some form of post-secondary education. 
Upward Bound seeks to provide the 
opportunity for each student to learn skills 
that will widen his or her educational and 
cultural perspectives and to discover his or 
her potential to achieve. 

Upward Bound students are selected from 
high schools in Prince George's and 
Montgomery Countries, and are 
recommended to the program through high 
school principals, teachers, counselors, 
talent search, social service agencies, and 
individuals knowledgeable about the 
program. The academic skills development 
and counseling services are available to 
students throughout the school year and 
during the six-week summer program. 

Persons interested in further information 
regarding Upward Bound Program should 
contact Director. Room 200, West Education 
Annex, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742, Phone: 454-2116. 

Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program 

The Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program 
(EORP) is the minority recruitment unit 
within the Office of Minority Student 
Education. Primarily through EORP, the 
University seeks to achieve a more 
representative minority student population 
among blacks, Spanish-speaking, native 
Americans, and Asian Americans. 

After making the admissions decision on 
student applications. EORP staff aids in 
processing on-Campus housing and 
providing students with information on 
financial aid and supportive services. EORP 
staff will provide any information to students 
interested in making application. Contact: 
Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program 
Office of Minority Student Education 



Room 0107, North Administration Building 
Phone 454-4009. 

Nyumburu Community Center 

Nyumburu (Swahih word meaning "freedom 
house") Center functions throughout the 
year to present a wide range of cultural 
events through a variety of art forms and the 
humanities Programs and activities 
presented by Nyumburu focus on the black 
experience as it exists in the United States, 
the Caribbean and Africa 

Cultural offerings at Nyumburu include 
symposia and workshops conducted by 
visiting artists and scholars in the areas of 
creative writing and literature, art, music, 
drama and dance. A Festival of Black Arts, 
and a Writer's Conference, held annually, 
highlight specific areas of cultural 
achievement and contribution by minority 
peoples. 

In cooperation with the Department of 
Afro-American Studies. Nyumburu is 
engaged in research projects, such as 
examining the sources of black creativity and 
historical contributions, and the artist's 
conception of his or her role in the life of the 
community. 

In addition to these activities. Nyumburu 
Center serves as the host/sponsor of several 
student clubs and activities. 

For information concerning scheduled 
activities and events contact Nyumburu 
Community Center, Building CC. University 
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, 
Phone: 454-5774 

General Undergraduate 
Advisement 

The Office of General Undergraduate 
Advisement is responsible for advising 
students who are completely undecided as to 
their choice of major. 

This office also services as a clearing 
house for information about all curricula and 
provides students with the opportunity of 
receiving advisement for curriculum choice. 

The Office of General Undergraduate 
Advisement is located in Room 3149 of the 
Undergraduate Library. The telephone 
number is 454-2733. 

Academic Advisors 

Each student is assigned a faculty advisor 
whose function is to aid the student in 
designing his or her program of study. 

Special advisors are assigned to students 
in the preprofessional curricula. 

Undergraduate Degree Programs 

One major advantage of attending a 
university campus is the broad range of 
programs available. This diversity allows the 
student to change from one major to another 
without leaving the institution, to choose 
from a wide spectrum of elective courses, 
and to benefit from daily contact with 
students of diverse academic interests and 
backgrounds. 

The undergraduate majors available at 
College Park are as follows: 

Accounting 

Aerospace Engineering 

Afro-American Studies 

Agricultural Chemistry 



Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agricultural. General 

Agronomy 

American Studies 

Animal Sciences 

Anthropology 

Architecture 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biochemistry 

Biological Sciences 

Botany 

Business. General 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Comparative Literature 

Computer Science 

Conservation and Resource Development 

Cooperative Engineering Program 

Dance 

Early Childhood and 

Elementary Education 
Economics 
Education 

Electrical Engineering 
Engineering. Undesignated 
English 
Entomology 

Family and Community Development 
Finance 
Fire Protection 
Food, Nutrition and Institutional 

Administration 
Food Science 
French 

General Studies 
Geography 
Geology 
German 

Government and Politics 
Health Education 
Hearing and Speech Sciences 
History 

Home Economics Education 
Horticulture 

Housing and Applied Design 
Industrial Education 
Industrial Technology 
Information Systems Management 
Journalism 

Kinesiological Sciences 
Latin 

Library Science Education 
Law Enforcement and Criminology 
Management Science-Statistics 
Marketing 
Mathematics 
Mechanical Engineering 
Microbiology 
Music 

Personnel and Labor Relations 
Philosophy 

Production Management 
Psychology 
Physical Education 
Physical Sciences 
Physics 
Recreation 
Russian 

Russian Area Studies 
Secondary Education 
Sociology 
Spanish 



General Information / 23 



Special Education 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Transportation 

Urban Studies 

Zoology 

Women's Studies 

The Office of the Coordinator for Women's 
Studies was created in January 1974 to 
encourage and assist departments in 
developing course offerings in women's 
studies and in publicizing such courses. The 
coordinator also advises students wishing to 
plan individual programs incorporating 
Women's Studies courses. In cooperation 
with staff members of McKeldin and the 
Undergraduate libraries, the Office for 
Women's Studies encourages acquisition of 
holdings in this new field of research and 
helps in publicizing library services to 
students and faculty working in this field. 

The office also maintains liaison with 
various women's organizations both on- and 
off-Campus and assists with programs and 
conferences of particular interest to women. 
All of these activities are supported by the 
Advisory Committee on Women's Studies, a 
policy-making body whose membership 
includes students, faculty, and library staff. 

The office is located at 1115 
Undergraduate Library. Phone: 
454-2530/2531. 



Special Opportunities 

Advanced Placement 

Students entering the University from 
secondary school may obtain advanced 
placement and college credit on the basis of 
their performance on the College Board 
Advanced Placement examinations. These 
examinations are normally given to eligible 
high school seniors during the May 
preceding matriculation in college. 

For achievement of a score of five or four 
on a given examination, the student will be 
granted Advanced Placement and the credit 
equivalent of two semester courses in that 
field; for achievement of a score of three. 
Advanced Placement and the credit 
equivalent of either one or two semester 
courses, depending upon the field of the 
examination, will be granted. A student 
earning a score of 2 on the English Advanced 
Placement Examination will not need to take 
English Composition, but no credit will be 
given 

Credit earned by Advanced Placement may 
be used to meet major, minor, elective or 
General University Requirements. The 
University's program includes the Advanced 
Placement Examinations in the following 
areas: biology, chemistry, English, French. 
German, history, Latin, mathematics, physics 
and Spanish. 

Questions about the program may be 
addressed to the Director of Admissions and 
Registrations, or the Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies. For detailed information about 
examinations and procedures in taking 
them, write to Director of Advanced 
Placement Program, College Entrance 
Examination Board. 475 Riverside Drive. New 
York. New York 10027. 



Concurrent Undergraduate-Graduate 

A senior at the University of Maryland who is 
within seven hours of completing the 
requirements for the undergraduate degree 
may, with the approval of his provost or 
dean, the chairman of the department 
concerned, and the Graduate School, 
register in the undergraduate division for 
graduate courses, which may later be 
counted for graduate credit toward an 
advanced degree at this University. The total 
of undergraduate and graduate courses 
must not exceed fifteen credits for the 
semester. Excess credits in the senior year 
cannot be used for graduate credit unless 
proper pre-arrangement is made. Seniors 
who wish to take advantage of this 
opportunity must formally apply for 
admission to the Graduate School. 

Honors Programs 

A number of unusual opportunities are 
available to the superior student through the 
establishment of Honors Programs. Under 
the Office of the Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies, a General Honors Program is 
available to qualified students throughout 
the Campus. In addition, departmental 
honors programs are offered for qualified 
majors by 25 academic departments. 

General Honors, as its name suggests, 
enlarges the breadth of the student's 
generalized knowledge; the Departmental 
Honors increases the depth of the students 
knowledge in his or her major discipline. 
Both offer the student challenging academic 
experiences characterized by small sections, 
active student participation, and an Honors 
faculty that encourages dialogue. 
Individually guided research and 
independent study are important features of 
Honors work. 

Each year a selected group of entering 
freshmen is invited into the General Honors 
Program on the basis of their high school 
records and standardized test scores. 
Students majoring within any department, 
college, or division are eligible to apply to 
General Honors. 

Twenty-five Departmental Honors 
Programs ordinarily begin in the junior year, 
although a few programs begin as early as 
the freshman year. 

The student who completes his Honors 
curriculum successfully is graduated with a 
citation in General or Departmental Honors, 
or with both. 

Interested high school students should 
write to Dr. John Portz, Director. Honors 
Office. 1102 Francis Scott Key Hall. 
University of Maryland. College Park. 
Maryland 20742. 

Honor Societies 

Students who excel in scholarship and 
leadership may be invited to join the 
appropriate honor society. These include: 

"Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology) 
"Alpha Lambda Delta 

(Scholarship — Freshmen Women) 
Alpha Sigma Lambda 

(Adult Education) 
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) 
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting) 
Beta Gamma Sigma 
(Business and Management) 



"Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering) 
Eta Beta Rho (Hebrew) 
•Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical Engineering) 
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography) 
lota Lambda Sigma (Industrial Education) 
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
"Mortar Board (Women's 

Scholarship and Leadership) 
Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics) 
"Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's 

Scholarship and Leadership) 
Omicron Nu (Home Economics) 
Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education) 
'Phi Alpha Theta (History) 
Phi Beta Kappa (Liberal Arts) 
Phi Delta Kappa (Educational) 
"Phi Eta Sigma 

(Scholarship — Freshmen Men) 
"Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and 

Graduate Scholarship) 
"Phi Sigma (Biology) 
•Phi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 
Phi Sigma Phi (Business and 

Management) 
Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture) 
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 
•Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Engineering) 
"Psi Chi (Psychology) 
Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music) 
Sigma Alpha Omicron (Microbiology) 
"Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) 
•Tau Beta Pi (Engineering) 
"Members of Association of College Honor 
Societies. 

Commencement Honors 

Beginning with the 1975-1976 academic 
year, honors for excellence in scholarship 
are awarded to not more than ten percent 
(10%) of the graduating class in each degree 
granting unit. Summa Cum Laude is offered 
to the highest two percent (2%). Magna Cum 
Laude to the next three percent (3°o). and 
Cum Laude to the next five percent (5%). To 
be eligible for this recognition, a total of at 
least two years of residence (60 semester 
hours) is required. (The computation does 
not include grades for courses taken during 
the last semester of registration before 
graduation.) No student with an average less 
than 3.00 will be considered 

Awards and Prizes 

1. Academic Awards 

Milton Abramowitz Memorial Prize in 
Mathematics— A prize is awarded annually to 
a junior or senior student majoring in 
mathematics who has demonstrated 
superior competence and promise for future 
development in the field of mathematics and 
its applications. 

Agricultural Alumni Award — Presented to a 
senior who during his or her college career 
contributed most toward the advancement of 
the College of Agriculture. 

Agricultural Engineering Departments 
Outstanding Senior Award — is presented to a 
student in Agriculture Engineering on the 
basis of scholastic performance, 
participation in ASAE National Student 
Branch, and other extra-curricular activities 

AIA Medal— awarded annually by the 
American Institute of Architects to a 
graduating student of Architecture for 
outstanding overall academic achievement. 

AIA Certificate— awarded annually by the 
American Institute of Architects to a 



24 / General Information 



graduating student of Architecture for 
academic achievement. 

Allied Chemical Scholarship Award — is 
presented to a student in Chemical 
Engineering on the basis of intellectual 
capacity, scientific ability, breadth of interest 
and leadership qualities 

Alpha Chi Sigma Award — The Alpha Rho 
Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary 
Fraternity offers annually a year's 
membership in the American Chemical 
Society to a senior majoring in Chemistry or 
Chemical Engineering whose average has 
been above 3.0 for three and one-half years. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award — Presented to 
the senior member of the group who has 
maintained the highest average for three and 
a half years. She must have been in 
attendance in the institution for the entire 
time. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Senior Certificate 
Award — Senior members of Alpha Lambda 
Delta, honorary scholastic society for 
women, who have maintained an average of 
3.5. receive this certificate. 

Alpha Rho Chi Medal — awarded annually 
by the Alpha Rho Chi fraternity for 
architecture and the allied professions to a 
graduating student of architecture who has 
made a distinctive contribution to school life, 
embodying the ideals of professional service 
and leadership. 

Alpha Zeta Medal — The Professional 
Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards 
annually a medal to the agricultural student 
in the freshman class who maintains the 
highest average in academic work. 

Alumni Hamilton Award. This award is 
offered by the Engineering Alumni Chapter 
to the graduating senior in the College of 
Engineering who has most successfully 
combined proficiency in his or her major 
field of study with achievements — either 
academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the 
social sciences or humanities. 

American Institute of Aeronautics and 
Astronautics Award -Free memberships in 
the Institute for one year and cash prizes for 
the best paper presented at a Student 
Branch meeting and for the graduating 
aeronautical senior with the highest 
academic standing. 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers 
Award — A certificate, pin and magazine 
subscription are awarded to the junior 
member of the Student Chapter who attained 
the highest overall scholastic average during 
his or her freshman and sophomore years. 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers 
Award — is presented by the National Capital 
Section to an outstanding sophomore 
chemical engineering student. 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers 
Professional Achievement Award — is 
presented by the National Capital Section to 
an outstanding senior chemical engineering 
student. 

American Institute of Chemists 
Award — Presented for outstanding 
scholarship in chemistry and for high 
character. 

American Society of Civil Engineers 
Award — The Maryland Section of the 
American Society of Civil Engineers awards 
annually the first year's dues of an associate 
membership in the Society to a senior 
member of the Student Chapter on 



recommendation of the faculty of the 
Department of Civil Engineering. 

American Society of Mechanical Engineers 
Senior Award — presented to the senior 
member who has contributed most to the 
local chapter 

American Society lor Testing 
Materials — Two student awards are given 
annually to engineering seniors in 
recognition of superior scholastic ability and 
demonstrated interest in engineering 
materials and their evaluation. 

Appleman-Norton Award in Botany — To a 
senior major in Botany who is considered 
worthy on the basis of demonstrated ability 
and excellence in scholarship. 

Awards for Excellence in Teaching 
Spanish — Presented by the Department of 
Spanish and Portuguese to the three 
graduate assistants who have most 
distinguished themselves by the excellence 
of their teaching. 

Awards for Excellence in the Study of 
Spanish — Presented by the Department of 
Spanish and Portuguese to the three 
members of the graduating class who have 
most distinguished themselves as students 
of Spanish language and literature. 

David Arthur Berman Memorial Award — is 
presented to two students majoring in 
Chemical Engineering with the highest 
cumulative scholastic averages at the end of 
the first semester of their junior year and who 
have been elected to Tau Beta Pi. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal — The 
Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded 
annually to the sophomore who has attained 
the highest scholastic average of his or her 
class in the College of Engineering. This 
medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman. 

B'nai B'rith Award — The B'nai B'rith 
Women of Prince George's County present a 
Book Award for Exellence in Hebrew 
Studies. 

The Donald T. Bonney Honors Award — is 
presented to the Chemical Engineering 
student who has made the most outstanding 
contribution to the profession as a member 
of the Honors Society, Omega Chi Epsilon. 

Business Education Award of Merit — To a 
student in Business Education in recognition 
of outstanding achievement as a student. 

Citizenship Prize For Men — an award 
presented annually as a memorial to the late 
President Emeritus H. C. Byrd to that male 
member of the senior class who during his 
collegiate career most nearly typified the 
model citizen and has contributed 
significantly to the general advancement of 
the interests of the University. 

Citizenship Prize For Women— an award 
presented annually as a memorial to Sally 
Sterling Byrd to that female member of the 
senior class who during her collegiate career 
has most nearly typified the model citizen and 
has contributed significantly to the general 
advancement of the interests of the 
University. 

CRC Engineering Science Achievement 
Award — is presented to a junior in the 
College of Engineering for outstanding 
scholarship, leadership, and service. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award — The Maryland 
Association of Engineers awards a cash prize 
of twenty-five dollars to the senior in the 
College of Engineering who, in the opinion 
of the faculty, has made the greatest 



improvement in scholarship during his stay 
at the University. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal— This sorority 
awards a medal annually to the woman who 
attains the highest average in academic work 
during the sophomore year. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award — This 
award is offered to the woman member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the 
highest average during three and one-half 
years at the University 

Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key — This 
award is offered to a member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the 
highest scholastic average for the entire 
four-year course in the College of Business 
and Management. 

Distinguished Accounting Student 
Awards — Awarded by the University of 
Maryland chapter of Beta Alpha Psi and the 
accounting faculty to the ten senior 
accounting students with the highest 
scholastic average in Accounting in the 
College of Business and Management. 

Nathan L. Drake Award— Presented by the 
Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the 
most promising student who is majoring in 
chemistry and has completed the sophomore 
year. 

Education Alumni Award — Presented to 
the outstanding senior man and senior 
woman in the College of Education. 

Electrical Engineering Undergraduate 
Association Award — is presented to an 
undergraduate in Electrical Engineering in 
recognition of outstanding service and 
leadership. 

Engineering Alumni Chapter Award — is 
presented to a senior in the College of 
Engineering for outstanding scholarship and 
service to the College of Engineering. 

Eta Kappa Nu Outstanding Senior 
Award — is presented to a senior in Electrical 
Engineering for outstanding scholastic 
achievement and service to the society and 
department. 

Wesley Gewehr Award — Phi Alpha Theta, 
History honorary, offers a cash award each 
year for the best undergraduate paper and 
the best graduate paper written on an 
historical topic. The entrance paper must be 
recommended by the history faculty of the 
University of Maryland. 

Forbes Chocolate Leadership Award — of 
Cleveland Ohio, presents a $100 leadership 
award to a major in Food Science. 

Goddard Medal — The James Douglass 
Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded 
annually to the male resident of Prince 
George's County born therein, who makes 
the highest average in his studies and who at 
the same time embodies the most manly 
attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne 
G. Goddard James of Washington, DC. 

Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards — The 
University Theatre recognizes annually the 
man and woman members of the senior class 
who have done most for the advancement of 
dramatics at the University. 

Robert Half Personnel Accounting and Tax 
Award. Two awards of $100 each to 
outstanding students majoring in 
Accounting in the College of Business and 
Management. 

P. Arne Hansen Memorial 
Award — Presented to the Outstanding 



General Information / 25 



Departmental Honors Student in 
Microbiology. 

The Haskins and Sells Foundations, Inc. 
Award to the senior student in the College of 
Business and Management concentrating in 
accounting who has demonstrated excellent 
ability in this field of study. 

William Randolph Hearst Foundation 
Awards. Categories: general news, features, 
editorials, investigative reporting, spot news 

Robert M. Higginbotham Memorial 
Award — Award to an outstanding junior 
student majoring in Mathematics. 

Home Economics Alumni 
Award — Presented to the female student 
outstanding in application of home 
economics in her present living and who 
shows promise of carrying these into her 
future home and community. 

Institute ol Electrical and Electronics 
Engineering Award — The Washington 
Section of the Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics Engineers defrays the expenses 
of a year's membership as an associate in the 
institute for the senior doing the most to 
promote student branch activities. 

Joe Elbert James Memorial Award — Gold 
watch annually awarded to the graduating 
senior in horticulture on basis of scholarship 
and promise of future achievement. 

Charles Manning Prize in Creative 
Arts — Awarded annually to a University of 
Maryland student for achievement in the 
creative or performing arts. 

Maryland-Delaware Press Association 
Annual Citation — Presented to the 
outstanding senior in journalism. 

Maryland Recreation and Parks Society 
Award to outstanding senior majoring in 
recreation. 

The Men's League Award to the male 
senior who gave the most to sports. 

Men's League Certificates — Offered for 
outstanding achievement, character and 
service to the University. 

Men's League Cup — This award is offered 
by the Men's League to the graduating male 
senior who has done the most for the male 
student body. 

Motor Fleet Supervisors Award to a 
student majoring in transportation in the 
College of Business and Management. 

National Society of Fire Protection 
Engineers Awards — Presented to the most 
outstanding senior and sophomore in the fire 
protection curriculum. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal — This 
honorary sorority awards a medal annually to 
the freshman woman in the College of Home 
Economics who attains the highest 
scholastic average during the first semester. 

L. W. Parker Memorial Award — Presented 
annually to a graduating student of 
Architecture for outstanding architectural 
craftsmanship. 

Phi Beta Kappa Junior Award — An award 
to be presented to the junior initiate into Phi 
Beta Kappa who has attained the highest 
academic average. 

Phi Beta Kappa— Leon P. Smith 
Award— -The award of the Gamma of 
Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is 
presented to the initiate senior with the 
highest cumulative scholastic average 
whose basic course program has been in the 
liberal studies. 



Phi Chi Theta Key— The Phi Chi Theta Key 
is awarded to the outstanding graduating 
senior woman in the College of Business and 
Management on the basis of scholarship, 
activities and leadership. 

Phi Sigma Awards for outstanding 
achievement in biological sciences to an 
undergraduate student and a graduate 
student. 

Pi Tau Sigma Outstanding Sophomore 
Award — Presented to the most outstanding 
sophomore in Mechanical Engineering on 
the basis of scholastic average and 
instructors' ratings. 

Pi Tau Sigma Memorial Award — Presented 
to the senior in Mechanical Engineering who 
has made the most outstanding contribution 
to the University. 

P//of Freight Carriers, Inc. Award to the 
senior student in the College of Business and 
Management who has majored in 
transportation and who has demonstrated 
competence in this field of study. 

Public Relations Society of America — The 
Baltimore Chapter of PRSRA presents an 
annual citation to the outstanding senior 
majoring in public relations 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award — This award 
is presented to a senior student majoring in 
microbiology for high scholarship, character 
and leadership. 

Sigma Delta Chi Citation — For 
Achievement at the University of Maryland. 

Sigma Delta Pi Award: Presented by the 
Department of Spanish and Portuguese to 
the graduating member of Sigma Delta Pi 
(National Spanish Honor Society) who has 
rendered the greatest service to the Delta 
(University of Maryland) Chapter. 

Dr. Leo and Rita Sklar General Honors 
Awards — Dr. Leo Sklar, A&S '37, and his wife, 
Rita Sklar, annually fund awards for 
excellence in the General Honors Program. 
These awards are given to outstanding 
students in the General Honors Program. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award — The 
New York Southern Society, in memory of its 
first president, awards annually medallions 
and certificates to one man and one woman 
in the graduating class and one non-student 
who evince in their daily life a spirit of love 
for and helpfulness to other men and 
women. 

Tau Beta Pi Sophomore Improvement 
Award is presented to the junior in the 
College of Engineering who during the 
sophomore year has made the greatest 
percentage of possible improvement in 
scholarship over that of his or her freshman 
year. 

Tau Beta Pi Award — The Maryland Beta 
Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national 
engineering honor society, awards an 
engineer's handbook to the junior in the 
College of Engineering who during his or her 
sophomore year has made the greatest 
improvement in scholarship over that of his 
or her freshman year 

The Homer Ulrich Award— The Homer 
Ulrich Honors Awards in Performance are 
presented each spring in honor of Homer 
Ulrich, Professor Emeritus and former 
Chairman of the Music Department. Three 
undergraduate and three graduate 
performers are selected in a departmental 
competition to appear in a specially 



designated honors recital and to receive an 
honorarium 

Wall Street Journal Achievement Award 
An award to the outstanding student in 
investments and security analysis. 

Wall Street Journal Student Achievement 
Award — Awarded annually to the graduating 
senior who has maintained the highest 
scholastic achievement in the field of 
financial administration. The award consists 
of a silver medal embedded in clear plastic 
and one year's subscription to the Wall Street 
Journal. 

James P. Wharton Art Award Fund — This 
fund was endowed by the former head of the 
Art Department. Colonel James P. Wharton. 
An annual award of $200.00 is given to a 
senior for special achievement in Studio Art. 

Air Force ROTC Awards 

Aerospace Education Foundation W. 
Randolph Lovelace Memorial Award 
recognizes the most outstanding Air Force 
Association Award winner from each of the 
nine geographical areas. 

Air Force Association Award to the 
outstanding senior cadet who has excelled in 
Field Training, possesses individual 
leadership characteristics, ranks in the upper 
10% of his or her class in the University and 
the upper 5% of his or her ROTC class, and 
has outstanding promotion potential. 

Alumni Cup presented to the second 
semester Air Science senior cadet who has 
achieved the highest cumulative grade point 
average within the Corps of Cadets. 

American Defense Preparedness 
Association Award. Presented to the 
outstanding Senior Cadet who has an 
academic average which places him or her in 
the upper half of his or her entire class at the 
university, has received no grade in the 
advanced ROTC courses less than B, is in 
upper 20% of total ROTC enrollment at the 
University of Maryland, has participated 
actively in athletics and/or campus activities, 
and has demonstrated outstanding 
leadership qualities. 

American Fighter Aces Award recognizes 
the outstanding graduating cadet pilot in 
each geographical area based on his or her 
performance and achievements as an 
AFROTC cadet and his or her performance in 
the Flight Instruction Program. 

American Legion ROTC General Military 
Excellence Awards to a senior (Gold Award) 
and a junior (Silver Award) in the upper 25% 
of his or her AFROTC class demonstrating 
outstanding qualities in military leadership, 
discipline, and character. 

American Legion ROTC Scholastic Award 
to an outstanding senior (Gold Award) and 
junior (Silver Award) who are in the upper 
10% of their class in the University and upper 
25% of their AFROTC class, and who have 
demonstrated high qualities in military 
leadership. 

Angel Flight Freshman Award to the 
distinctive freshman cadet in the General 
Military Course. 

Armed Forces Communications and 
Electronics Association Award to the 
outstanding senior cadet who is preparing 
for a career in this technical area and has 
demonstrated outstanding qualities of 
military leadership, high moral character, 
and definite aptitude for military service 



26 / General Information 



Armed Forces Communications and 
Electronics Association Scholarship Award 
of one $500 scholarship annually to a 
sophomore AFROTC cadet tor 
undergraduate or University study in 
electrical engineering, communications 
engineering and'or technical photography. 
Arnold Air Society GMC Cadet Award to 
the freshman or sophomore cadet who has 
demonstrated outstanding quality in areas of 
attitude, personal appearance, and military 
knowledge. 

Coblentz Memorial Cup to the commander 
of the best drilled Flight within the Corps of 
Cadets 

Commandant of Cadets Award to the 
senior cadet whose increased officership 
potential has been significantly reflected in a 
Cadet Corps activity under his management. 

Daughters ot Founders and Patriots ot 
America Award to a qualified sophomore 
cadet who has demonstrated qualities of 
dependability, good character, adherence to 
military discipline, leadership potential, 
patriotism, and an understanding of the 
importance of the American Heritage. 

Daughters of The American Revolution 
Award to the senior cadet who has 
demonstrated high qualities of 
dependability, good character, adherence to 
military discipline, and leadership ability. 
Disabled American Veterans Cup to the 
senior cadet who has displayed outstanding 
leadership, scholarship, and citizenship. 

General Dynamics AFROTC Cadet Award 
to the sophomore cadet who has 
demonstrated outstanding leadership 
qualities and who possesses a positive 
attitude, good personal appearance, high 
personal attributes, military courtesy, and 
high officer potential. 

George M. Reiley Award to the member of 
the Flight Instruction Program showing the 
highest aptitude for flying as demonstrated 
by his or her performance in the program. 
Governor's Cup to the one cadet chosen 
as Cadet of the year in competition with all 
other cadets in the Corps within the Corps of 
Cadets. 

Legion of Valor Bronze Cross of 
Achievement Award recognizes one cadet 
from each geographical area for his 
performance and achievements as an 
AFROTC cadet. 

Military Order of World Wars Award to the 
Aerospace Studies cadet(s) recognized as 
the most improved within his year category 
(freshman, sophomore, junior or senior). 

National Defense Transportation 
Association Award to the outstanding senior 
cadet majoring in transportation. 

National Sojourners Award to an 
outstanding sophomore or junior cadet who 
has contributed the most to encourage and 
demonstrate Americanism within the Corps 
of Cadets and on the Campus. 

Professor of Aerospace Studies Award to 
the senior cadet who has distinguished 
himself through excellence of leadership in 
the Corps of Cadets. 

Reserve Officers Association Awards to the 
senior cadet (Gold Award) and junior cadet 
(Silver Award), demonstrating outstanding 
academic achievement in AFROTC subject 
matter and highest officer potential. Ribbons 
of merit are presented to members of the 
freshman and sophomore classes. 



Society ot American Military Engineers 
Award to recognize 20 junior or senior 
cadets nationally displaying outstanding 
scholastic achievement and leadership and 
majoring in the field of engineering 

Sons ot The American Revolution Award to 
a junior cadet in the Two-Year Program or a 
freshman cadet in the Four-Year Program 
who has shown a high degree of merit in his 
leadership qualities, soldierly bearing and all 
around excellence in the AFROTC program 
studies and activities. 

Sun Newspaper Award to the best drilled 
sophomore cadet in the Corps of Cadets 

Athletic Awards 

Atlantic Coast Conference Award— A plaque 
is awarded each year to a senior in each 
conference school for excellence in 
scholarship and athletics. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Basketball 
Trophy— This trophy is given in memory of 
Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has 
contributed most to the squad. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Football 
Trophy — This trophy is given in memory of 
Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung hero of the 
current season. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Track Trophy — This 
trophy is given in memory of Alvin L. Aubinoe 
for the senior who has contributed most to 
the squad during the time the student was on 
the squad. 

Bob Beall-Tommy Marcos Trophy — This 
trophy is awarded to the best football 
lineman of the year. 

John T. Bell Swimming Award — To the 
year's outstanding swimmer or diver. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy — Presented to the 
outstanding senior baseball player. 

Andrew M. Cohen Tennis Trophy — This 
trophy is awarded to the member of the 
tennis team who. judged by members of the 
team, contributed the most to tennis. 

William P. Cole, III, Memorial Lacrosse 
Award — This award, offered by the 
teammates of William P. Cole. III. and the 
coaches of the 1940 National Champion 
team, is presented to the outstanding 
midfielder. 

The George C. Cook Memorial Scholarship 
Trophy — Awarded annually to a member of 
the football team with the highest scholastic 
average. 

Joe Deckman-Sam Silver Trophy — This 
trophy is offered by Joseph H. Deckman and 
Samuel L. Silver to the most improved 
defense lacrosse player. 

Geary F. Eppley Award — Offered by Benny 
and Hotsy Alperstein to the graduating male 
senior athlete who. during his three years of 
varsity competition, lettered at least once 
and attained the highest over-all scholastic 
average. 

Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track 
Award — This award, given in memory of 
"Hermie" Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his 
friends, is presented to a graduating member 
of the track team. 

Jack Faber-AI Heagy Unsung Hero 
Award — Presented to the player who best 
exemplifies determination, will to win, and 
pride in accomplishment. 

Herbert H. Goodman Memorial 
Trophy — This trophy is awarded to the most 
outstanding wrestler of the year. 



Jim Kehoe Ring Award — A Maryland Ring 
is awarded to the member of the track team 
whose dedication to excellence most closely 
exemplifies that of Jim Kehoe. one of 
Maryland s greatest trackmen 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy — This 
trophy is offered by William K Krouse to the 
Maryland student who has contributed most 
to wrestling while at the University. 

Maryland Ring — The Maryland Ring is 
offered as a memorial to Charles L Linhardt. 
of the Class of 1912. to the Maryland man 
who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

Charles P. McCormick Trophy— This 
trophy is given in memory of Charles P. 
McCormick to the senior member of the 
swimming team who has contributed most to 
swimming during the swimmer's collegiate 
career. 

Edwin Powell Trophy — This trophy is 
offered by the Class of 1913 to the player who 
has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse 
during the year. 

Silvester Watch For Excellence in 
Athletics — -A gold watch, given in honor of 
former President of the University, R. W. 
Silvester, is offered annually to "the man 
who typifies the best in college athletics. " 

TEKE Trophy — This trophy is offered by the 
Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon 
Fraternity to the student who during four 
years at the University has rendered the 
greatest service to football. 

Robert E. Theofeld Memorial — This trophy 
is presented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. 
Hoffman and is awarded to the golfer who 
most nearly exemplifies the competitive 
spirit and strong character of Robert E. 
Theofeld, a former member of the boxing 
team. 

The Dr. Reginald Van Trump Truitt 
Award — This award is given to a senior 
attackman in lacrosse (midfield or attack) for 
scholastic attainments and team 
performance. 

University of Maryland Swimming 
Association Scholar Athlete Award — This 
award is given to the swimmer who has 
compiled the best combination academic 
and aquatic record. 

Music Awards 

Director's Award to the outstanding 
member of the Marching Band. 

Band Alumni Award to one who has 
demonstrated outstanding leadership in the 
Marching Band. 

Kappa Kappa Psi Award to the most 
outstanding band member of the year. 

Sigma Alpha lota Alumnae Award for 
outstanding musical performance. 

Sigma Alpha lota Deans Honor Award for 
service and dedication. 

Sigma Alpha lota Honor Certificate to the 
senior with the highest scholastic average. 

Sigma Alpha lota Leadership Award based 
on personality, student activities, fraternity 
service, and scholarship. 

Tau Beta Sigma Award to the outstanding 
band sorority member of the year. 



Student Government Awards 

Keys are awarded to the members of the 
SGA Legislature and Certificates of 
Appreciation to the members of the Cabinet. 



General Information / 27 



Student Data Information 

Policy of the University of Maryland on 
Access to and Release of Student 
Data/Information 



General Statement. The University of 
Maryland has the responsibility for 
effectively supervising any access to and/or 
release of official data/information about its 
students. Certain items of information about 
individual students are fundamental to the 
educational process and must be recorded. 
This recorded information concerning 
students must be used only for 
clearly-defined purposes, must be 
safe-guarded and controlled to avoid 
violations of personal privacy, and must be 
appropriately disposed of when the 
justification for its collection and retention 
no longer exists. 

In this regard, the University is committed 
to protecting to the maximum extent 
possible the right of privacy of all individuals 
about whom it holds information, records 
and files. Access to and release of such 
records is restricted to the student 
concerned, to others with the student's 
written consent, to officials within the 
University, to a court of competent 
jurisdiction and otherwise pursuant to law. 

Access. All official information collected and 
maintained in the University identifiable with 
an individual student will be made available 
for inspection and review at the written 
request of that student subject to certain 
exceptions. 

For purposes of access to records at the 
University of Maryland, a student enrolled (or 
formerly enrolled) for academic credit or 
audit at any campus of the University shall 
have access to official records concerning 
him on any campus on which he is or has 
been enrolled. 

The personal files of members of the 
faculty and staff which concern students, 
including private correspondence, and notes 
which refer to students, are not regarded as 
official records of the University. This 
includes notes intended for the personal use 
of the faculty and never intended to be 
official records of the University. 

A request for general access to all official 
records, files and data maintained by a 
campus, must be made in writing to the 
coordinator of records or to other person(s) 
as designated by the chancellor at that 
particular campus. A request for access to 
official data maintained in a particular office 
may be made to the administrative head of 
that office. 

When a student (or former student) 
appears at a given office and requests access 
to the University records about himself. 

1. The student must provide proper 
identification verifying that he is the 
person whose record is being accessed 

2. The designated staff person(s) must 
supervise the review of the contents of the 
record with the student. 

3. Inspection and review shall be permitted 
within a period not to exceed 45 days from 
the date of the student's request. 

4. The student will be free to make notes 
concerning the contents but no material will 
be removed from the record at the time. 



Under normal circumstances, the student 
is entitled to receive a copy only of his 
permanent academic record. A reasonable 
administrative fee may be charged for 
providing copies of this or other items 

Record keeping personnel and members 
of the faculty and staff with administrative 
assignments may have access to records and 
files for internal educational purposes as 
well as for routinely necessary clerical, 
administrative and statistical purposes as 
required by the duties of their jobs. The name 
and position of the official responsible for 
the maintenance of each type of educational 
record may be obtained from the coordinator 
of records or other person appointed by the 
chancellor on each campus. 

Any other access allowed by law must be 
recorded showing the legitimate educational 
or other purpose and the signature of the 
person gaining access. The student 
concerned shall be entitled to review this 
information. 

Release of Information. Except with the 
prior written consent of the student (or 
former student) concerned, or as required by 
federal and state law, no information in any 
student file may be released to any individual 
(including parents, spouse, or other 
students) or organization with the exception 
of information defined as "Public 
Information ." 

When disclosure of any personally 
identifiable data/information from University 
records about a student is demanded 
pursuant to court order or lawfully issued 
subpoena, the staff member receiving such 
order shall immediately notify the student 
concerned in writing prior to compliance 
with such order or subpoena. 

Data/information from University records 
about students will be released for approved 
research purposes only if the identity of the 
student involved is fully protected. 

A record will be kept of all such releases. 

Information from University records may 
be released to appropriate persons in 
connection with an emergency if the 
knowledge of such information is necessary 
to protect the health or safety of a student or 
other persons. 

Public Information. The following items are 
considered public data/information and may 
be disclosed by the University in response to 
inquiries concerning individual students, 
whether the inquiries are in person, in 
writing or over the telephone. 

1. Name 

2. Affirmation of whether currently enrolled 

3. Campus location 

Unless the student has officially filed a 
request with the campus registrar that 
disclosure not be made without his written 
permission, the following items in addition to 
those above are considered public 
information and may be included in 
appropriate University/campus directories 
and publications and may be disclosed by 
designated staff members on each campus 
in response to inquiries concerning 
individual students, whether the inquiries are 
in person, in writing, or over the telephone. 
1 School, college, department, major or 

division 
2. Dates of enrollment 
3 Degrees received 



4 Honors received 

5. Local address and phone number 

6. Home address (permanent) 

7 Participation in officially recognized 
activities and sports 

8 Weight and height of members of athletic 
teams 

The release of public information as 
described above may be limited by an 
individual campus policy. 

Letters of Appraisal. Candid appraisals and 
evaluations of performance and potential are 
an essential part of the educational process. 
Clearly, the provision of such information to 
prospective employers, to other educational 
institutions, or to other legitimately 
concerned outside individuals and agencies 
is necessary and in the interest of the 
particular student. 

Data/information which was part of 
University records prior to January 1, 1975 
and which was collected and maintained as 
confidential information, will not be 
disclosed to students. Should a student 
desire access to a confidential letter of 
appraisal received prior to January 1. 1975. 
the student shall be advised to have the 
writer of that appraisal notify, in writing, the 
concerned records custodian of the decision 
as to whether or not the writer is willing to 
have the appraisal made available for the 
student's review. Unless a written response 
is received approving a change of status in 
the letter, the treatment of the letter as a 
confidential document shall continue 

Documents of appraisal relating to 
students collected by the University or any 
department or office of the University on or 
after January 1. 1975 will be maintained 
confidentially only if a waiver of the right of 
access has been executed by the student In 
the absence of such a waiver, all such 
documents will be available for student 
inspection and review. 

All references, recommendations, 
evaluations and other written notations or 
comments, originated prior to January 1, 
1975. where the author by reason of custom, 
common practice, or specific assurance 
thought or had good reason to believe that 
such documents and materials would be 
confidential, will be maintained as 
confidential, unless the author consents in 
writing to waive such confidentiality. 

If a student files a written waiver with the 
department or office concerned, letters of 
appraisal received pursuant to that waiver 
will be maintained confidentially. Forms will 
be available for this purpose 

Challenges to the Record. Every student 
shall have the opportunity to challenge any 
item in his file which he considers to be 
inaccurate, misleading or otherwise 
inappropriate data. A student shall initiate a 
challenge by submitting a request in writing 
for the deletion or correction of the 
particular item The request shall be made to 
the custodian of the particular record in 
question 

If the custodian and the student involved 
are unable to resolve the matter to the 
satisfaction of both parties, the written 
request for deletion or correction shall be 
submitted by the student to the coordinator 
of records, or other such person as 
designated by the chancellor, who shall 



28 / General Information 



serve as the hearing officer. The student 
shall be given the opportunity for a hearing, 
at which the student may present oral or 
written justification for the request for 
deletion or correction The hearing officer 
may obtain such other information as he 
deems appropriate for use in the hearing and 
shall give the student a written decision on 
the matter within thirty (30) days from the 
conclusion of the hearing. If the decision of 
the hearing officer is to deny the deletion or 
correction of an item in the student's file, the 
student shall be entitled to submit a written 
statement to the hearing officer presenting 
his position with regard to the item. Both the 
written decision of the hearing officer and 
the statement admitted by the student shall 
be inserted in the student's file. The decision 
of the hearing officer shall be final. 

Grades mav be challenged under this 
procedure only on the basis of the accuracy 
of their transcription 

Exceptions to the Policy. It is the position of 
the University that certain data/information 
maintained in various offices of the 
University is not subject to the provisions of 
this policy with regard to inspection, review, 
challenge, correction or deletion. 

(a) Statements submitted by 
parentguardian or spouse in support of 
financial aid or residency determinations 
are considered to be confidential 
between those persons and the 
University, and are not subject to the 
provisions of this policy except with the 
written consent of the persons involved. 
Such documents are not regarded as 
part of the student's official record. 

(b) University employment records of 
students are not included in this policy, 
except as provided under Article 76A of 
the Annotated Code of Maryland. 

(c) With regard to general health data, only 
that data'information which is used by 
the University in making a decision 
regarding the student s status is subject 
to review by the student under this 
policy. Written psychiatric or 
psychological case notes which form the 
basis for diagnoses, recommendations, 
or treatment plans remain privileged 
information not accessible to the 
student. Such case notes are not 
considered to be part of official 
University records. To ensure the 
availability of correct and helpful 
interpretations of any psychological test 
scores, notes or other evaluative or 
medical materials, the contents of these 
files for an individual student may be 
reviewed by that student only in 
consultation with a professional staff 
member of the specific department 
involved 

(d) Records relating to a continuing or 
active investigation by the campus 
security office, or records of said office 
not relating to the student's status with 
the University are not subject to this 
policy. 

(e) No student is entitled to see information 
or records that pertain to another 
student, to parents, or to other third 
parties. A student is entitled to review 
only that portion of an official record or 
file that pertains to him or her. 



Notice: Notice of these policies and 
procedures will be published by the 
University 

The foregoing statement of University 
policy becomes effective immediately, but 
should be regarded as tentative pending the 
issuance of federal regulations and 
guidelines or amendments in the applicable 
laws. 

The masculine gender of personal 
pronouns in this document includes the 
feminine gender. 

Approved by the President s Administrative 
Council, 2/3/75. 

Important Late Information 

on 

Fees and Expenses 

All Students Who Pre-Register Incur a 
Financial Obligation to the University. 

Those students who pre-register and 
subsequently decide not to attend must 
notify the Registrations Office, Room 1 130A, 
North Administration Building, in writing, 
prior to the first day of classes. If this office 
has not received a request for cancellation 
by 4:30 p.m. of the last day before classes 
begin, the University will assume the student 
plans to attend and accepts his financial 
obligation. 

After classes begin, students who wish to 
terminate their registration must follow the 
withdrawal procedures and are liable for 
charges applicable at the time of withdrawal. 

Disclosure of Information: In accordance 
with "The Family Educational Rights and 
Privacy Act of 1974" (P.L. 93-380), popularly 
referred to as the "Buckley Amendment", 
disclosure of student information, including 
financial and academic, is restricted. Release 
to anyone other than the student requires a 
written waiver from the student. (For 
complete University Policy on access to and 
Release of Student Date/Information, 
see page 28). 

State of Maryland legislation has 
established a State Central Collections Unit 
and in accordance with State law the 
University is required to turn over all 
delinquent accounts to them for collection 
and legal follow-up. These are automatically 
done on a monthly basis by computer 
read-out. 



General Information / 29 



Divisions, 
Colleges, Schools 
and Departments 

Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences 



The Division of Agricultural and Life 
Sciences offers educational opportunities 
for students in subject matter relating to 
living organisms and their interaction with 
one another and with the environment. 
Education in all aspects of agriculture is 
included. Programs of study include those 
involving the most fundamental concepts of 
biological science and chemistry and the use 
of knowledge in daily life as well as the 
application of economic and engineering 
principles in planning the improvement of 
life. In addition to pursuing the 
baccalaureate degree, a number of students 
in this Division engage in pre-professional 
education in such fields as Pre-Medicine. 
Pre-Dentistry, and Pre-Veterinary Medicine. 

The student may obtain a Bachelor of 
Science Degree with a major in any of the 
departments and curricula listed. Students in 
pre-professional programs may. in certain 
circumstances, obtain a B.S. degree 
following three years on Campus and one 
successful year in a professional school. 

Structure of the Division. The Division of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences includes the 
following departments and programs: 

1. Within the College of Agriculture. 

a. Departments: Agricultural Engineering, 
Agricultural and Extension Education, 
Agricultural and Resource Economics, 
Agronomy. Animal Science, Dairy 
Science, Horticulture, Poultry Science, 
and Veterinary Science. 

b. Programs or Curricula: Agricultural 
Chemistry, Conservation and Resource 
Development, Food Science, 
Pre-Forestry. and Pre-Veterinary 
Medicine. 

c. Institute of Applied Agriculture. 

2. Divisional Units — Non-College. 

a. Departments: Botany, Chemistry, 

Entomology, Geology, Microbiology. 

Zoology. 

b Programs or Curricula: Biological 

Sciences, Pre-Dentistry, and 

Pre-Medicine. 

Admission. Requirements for admission to 
the Division are the same as those for 
admission to the other units of the University. 
Application must be made to the Director of 
Admissions. University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland. 

The student who intends to pursue a 
program of study in the Division of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences should 
include the following subjects in his high 
school program: English, four units: college 
preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane 
geometry), three or four units: biology, 
chemistry, or physics, two units: history and 
social sciences, one or more units. 

Students who wish to major in chemistry, 
botany, microbiology, or zoology, or who 



wish to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental 
program, should include four units of college 
preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane 
geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced 
mathematics, if available) They should also 
include chemistry and physics. 

Each entering student in this Division will 
be assigned a faculty advisor who will help 
select a course program designed to meet 
his/her goals and objectives As soon as a 
student selects a major field to study an 
advisor representing that department or 
program will be assigned. 

Students following pre-professional 
programs will be advised by knowledgeable 
individuals. 

In addition to the educational resources on 
the Campus, students with specific interests 
have an opportunity to utilize libraries and 
other resources of the several government 
agencies located close to the Campus 
Research laboratories related to agriculture 
or marine biology are available to students 
with special interests. 

Degree Requirements: Students graduating 
from the Division must complete at least 120 
credits with an average of 2.0 in all courses 
applicable towards the degree. Included in 
the 120 credits must be: 

1. General University Requirements (30 
credits) 

2. Division Requirements: 

a. Chemistry: Any one course of three or 
more credits in chemistry numbered 102 or 
higher; b. Mathematics: Any one course of 
three or more credits in mathematics 
numbered 100 or higher; c. Biological 
Sciences: Any one course carrying three or 
more credits selected from offerings of the 
Departments of Botany. Entomology, 
Microbiology or Zoology, or any 
interdepartmental course approved for this 
purpose by the Division (e.g., ALSC 101). 

3. Requirements of the major and 
supporting areas, which are listed under 
individual program headings. 

College of Agriculture 

The College of Agriculture offers educational 
programs with a broad cultural and scientific 
base. Students are prepared for careers in 
agriculturally related sciences, technology 
and business. 

The application of knowledge to the 
solution of some of man's most critical 
problems concerning adequate amounts and 
quality of food, and the quality of the 
environment in which he lives, are important 
missions of the College. 

This original College of the University of 
Maryland at College Park was chartered in 
1856. The College of Agriculture has a 
continuous record of leadership in education 
since that date. It became the beneficiary of 
the Land-Grant Act of 1862. 

The College of Agriculture continues to 
grow and develop as part of the greater 
University, providing education and research 
activities enabling man to use his 
environment and natural resources to best 
advantage while conserving basic resources 
for future generations. 

Advantages of Location and Facilities. 

Educational opportunities in the College of 
Agriculture are enhanced by the nearby 



location of several research units of the 
federal government Of particular interest is 
the Agricultural Research Center at Beltsville 
and the US Department of Agriculture 
Headquarters in Washington. D.C. The 
National Agricultural Library is an important 
resource for information at the Beltsville 
location. 

Related research laboratories of the 
National Institutes of Health, military 
hospitals, National Aeronautics and Space 
Agency, and the National Bureau of 
Standards are in the vicinity. Interaction of 
faculty and students with personnel from 
these agencies is encouraged. Teaching and 
research activities are conducted with the 
cooperation of scientists and professional 
people in government positions. 

Instruction in the basic biological and 
physical sciences, social sciences and 
engineering principles is conducted in 
well-designed classrooms and laboratories. 
The application of basic principles to 
practical situations is demonstrated for the 
student in numerous ways. 

Modern greenhouses are available for 
breeding and propagation of a wide variety 
of plants, work on the control of weeds and 
improved cultural practices. 

Herds of dairy and beef cattle and flocks of 
poultry are kept on the Campus for teaching 
and research purposes. 

Several operating farms, located in central 
Maryland, southern Maryland and on the 
Eastern Shore, support the educational 
programs in Agriculture by providing 
locations where important crops, animals 
and poultry can be grown and maintained 
under practical and research conditions. 
These farms add an important dimension to 
the courses offered in Agriculture. Data from 
these operations and from cooperating 
producers and processors of agricultural 
products are utilized by students interested 
in economics, teaching, engineering, and 
conservation, as they relate to Agriculture, as 
well as by those concerned with biology or 
management of agricultural crops and 
animals. 

General Information. The College of 
Agriculture offers a variety of four year 
programs leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree. 

Today's agriculture is a highly complex 
and extremely efficient industry which 
includes supplies and services used in 
agricultural production, the production 
process, and the marketing, processing and 
distribution of products to meet the 
consumers' needs and wants. 

Instruction in the College of Agriculture 
includes the fundamental sciences and 
emphasizes the precise course information 
that its graduates must employ in the 
industrialized agriculture of today, and helps 
develop the foundation for their role in the 
future. Course programs in specialized areas 
may be tailored to fit the particular needs of 
the individual student. 

Previous training in agriculture is not a 
prerequisite for study in the College of 
Agriculture. Careers for men and women 
with rural, suburban or urban backgrounds 
are available in agriculture and its allied 
industries. 

Graduates of the College of Agriculture 
have an adequate educational background 



Divisions, Departments / 31 



for careers and continued learning after 
college in business, production, teaching, 
research, extension, and many other 
professional fields. 

Requirements for Admission. Admission 
requirements to the College of Agriculture 
are the same as those of the University 
For students entering the College of 
Agriculture it is recommended that their high 
school preparatory courses include English, 
4 units; mathematics, 3 units; biological and 
physical sciences, 3 units; and history or 
social sciences, 2 units. Four units of 
mathematics should be elected by students 
who plan to major in agricultural engineering 
or agricultural chemistry. 

Requirements for Graduation. Each student 
must complete at least 120 credit hours in 
academic subjects with a minimum grade 
point average of 2.0 (C). 

Honors Program. An Honors Program is 
approved for majors in Agricultural and 
Resource Economics. The objective of the 
Honors Program is to recognize superior 
scholarship and to provide opportunity for 
the excellent student to broaden his or her 
perspective and to increase the depth of his 
or her studies. 

The programs in Honors are administered 
by Departmental Honors Committees and 
supervised by the College Committee on 
Honors. Students in the College of 
Agriculture, who are in the top 20 percent of 
their class at the end of their first year may be 
considered for admission into the Honors 
Program. Of this group up to 50 percent may 
be admitted. 

Sophomores or first semester Juniors will 
be considered upon application from those 
students in the upper 20 percent of their class 
While application may be made until the 
student enters the sixth semester, early 
entrance into the program is recommended. 
Students admitted to the program enjoy 
certain academic privileges. 

On the basis of the student's performance 
during participation in the Honors Program, 
the department may recommend the 
candidate for the appropriate degree with 
(departmental) honors, or for the appropriate 
degree with (departmental) high honors. 
Successful completion of the Honors 
Program will be recognized by a citation in 
the Commencement Program and by an 
appropriate entry on the student's record 
and diploma. 

Faculty Advisement. Each student in the 
College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty 
advisor. Advisors normally work with a 
limited number of students and are able to 
give individual guidance. 

Students entering the freshman year with a 
definite choice of curriculum are assigned to 
departmental advisors for counsel and 
planning of all academic programs. Students 
who have not selected a definite curriculum, 
are assigned to a general advisor who assists 
with the choice of electives and acquaints 
students with opportunities in the 
curriculums in the College of Agriculture and 
in other divisions of the University. 

Scholarships. A number of scholarships are 
available for students enrolled in the College 
of Agriculture. These include awards by the 
Agricultural Development Fund, Bayshore 



Foods, Inc., Capitol Milk Producers 
Cooperative. Inc.. Dairy Technology Society 
of Maryland and the District of Columbia. 
Delaware-Maryland Plant Food Association, 
Inc.. Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, Danforth 
Foundation. Frederick County Holstein 
Association, The Staley and Eugene Hahn 
Memorial Scholarship Fund, Hyattsville 
Horticultural Society, Inter-State Milk 
Producers, The Kinghorne Fund, Lindback 
Foundation, Maryland Cooperative Milk 
Producers Inc.. Maryland Electrification 
Council, Maryland Holstein Association, 
Maryland Turfgrass Association, Maryland 
State Golf Association, Maryland and 
Virginia Milk Producers, Inc., Maryland 
Veterinarians, Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship 
Fund, Ralston Purina Company, The 
Schluderberg Foundation. Southern States 
Cooperative, Inc.. The Leander F. Stuart 
Memorial Fund, the Joseph M. Vial Memorial 
Scholarship Program in Agriculture and the 
Nicholas Brice Worthington Scholarship 
Fund. 

Student Organizations. Students find 
opportunity for varied expression and 
growth in the several voluntary organizations 
sponsored by the College of Agriculture. 
These organizations are: Agricultural 
Economics Club, Block and Bridle, Dairy 
Science Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Future 
Farmers of America, Agronomy Club, 
Horticultural Club, and the Veterinary 
Science Club. 

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor 
fraternity. Members are chosen from 
students in the College of Agriculture who 
have attained the scholastic requirements 
and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made 
up of representatives from the various 
student organizations in the College of 
Agriculture. Its purpose is to coordinate 
activities of these organizations and to 
promote work which is beneficial to the 
college. 

Required Courses. Courses required for 
students in the College of Agriculture are 
listed in each curriculum. The program of the 
freshman year is similar for all curriculums. 
Variations in programs will be suggested 
based on students' interests and test scores. 
Typical Freshman Program— College of 
Agriculture 

i II 

ENGL 101 3 

BOTN 101 4 

MATH 3 3 

ANSC 101 3 

ZOOL 101 4 

AGRO 100 2 

AGRO 101 3 

AGRI 101 1 

SPCH 107 3 

General University Requirement — 3 

Total Credits 16 16 

The Agricultural Experiment Station. The 

Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station is 
currently conducting more than 200 research 
projects. These are conducted by faculty 
who supervise and direct research 
assistants, graduate and undergraduate 
students and technicians. The research may 
be conducted in laboratories or at one of the 
nine field locations throughout Maryland 
operated by the Experiment Station or even 



in fields, herds or flocks of cooperating 
farmers 

The overall objective of the Experiment 
Station is to enhance all aspects of Maryland 
agriculture for the benefit of farmers, 
agribusiness and consumers through 
optimal utilization, conservation and 
protection of soil and water resources. 
Genetic principles are studied and applied in 
the improvement of turf and ornamentals, 
vegetable crops, field crops, poultry, dairy 
and other animals Similarly, pathological 
principles are of concern in improvement of 
methods of identification, prevention and/or 
control of plant and animal diseases 
Biochemistry plays an important role in 
evaluating the nutritional quality of crops 
produced, the efficiency of feed conversion 
by poultry and animals or the quality of plant 
and animal products for human 
consumption Research in progress is 
concerned with improvement of processing 
systems to enhance food quality on one hand 
and the impact of nutritional deficiencies 
and means of remedying these on the other 
Also directly in the consumer area is the 
study of clothing quality. 

Improved production techniques including 
waste utilization or disposal require studies 
involving soil-moisture-plant relationships 
and plant, bird or animal-environment 
relationships and also studies of the 
applications of engineering for producing or 
maintaining the optimal environment for 
biological systems. 

Studies of biological and mechanical 
methods as well as improved chemical 
control of insects in the field, forests, food 
processing chain and the home are 
continuous. 

The socio-economics of changing 
agricultural systems are a major research 
area and increasing attention is being 
oriented towards rural development, 
including resource utilization for non-farm 
residents and recreation. 

The Maryland Agricultural Experiment 
Station was established in 1888 to comply 
with the Hatch Act of 1887 authorizing the 
establishment of an agricultural experiment 
station at the Land Grant Colleges. Actually, 
the charter of the Maryland Agricultural 
College in 1856 specifically authorized 
establishment of a demonstration farm. The 
Station is supported by federal funds under 
the Hatch Act as amended. State 
appropriations, grants and contracts with 
State and federal agencies and by gifts or 
other support from individuals and 
agribusinesses 

Cooperative Extension Service. 
Cooperative Extension work, established by 
State and federal laws in 1914. extends 
practical information beyond the classrooms 
of the University of Maryland to young 
people and adults — both rural and 
urban — throughout the State of Maryland 
Ma|or program areas include agriculture and 
environment, family living, youth 
development, and community development. 

The educational endeavors of the 
Cooperative Extension Service are financed 
jointly by federal. State and county 
governments. In each county and in 
Baltimore City there is a competent staff of 
extension agents assigned to conduct 
educational work in program areas 



32 / Divisions, Departments 



consistent with the needs of the people of 
the county and as funds permit The county 
staff is supported by a staff of specialists 
located at the University, and, through their 
mutual efforts, they assist local people in 
seeking solutions to their problems. 

The Cooperative Extension Service works 
in close harmony and association with many 
groups and organizations In addition to 
work on farms and with agri-businesses, 
extension programs are aimed at many rural 
non-farm and urban family consumers. 
Thousands of boys and girls gain leadership 
knowledge and experience and are provided 
practical educational instruction in 4-H clubs 
and other youth groups. 

To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative 
Extension Service works closely with other 
agricultural divisions of the University and 
units of the University outside of agriculture, 
as well as State and federal agencies and 
private groups. It arranges and conducts 
thousands of short courses, workshops and 
conferences in various fields of interest held 
both on the College Park Campus and at 
other locations throughout the State. A wide 
variety of publications and radio and 
television are used extensively to reach the 
people of Maryland. 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Agriculture — General Curriculum 

The General Agriculture curriculum provides 
for the development of a broad 
understanding in agriculture. 

The flexibility of this curriculum permits 
selection of electives that will meet individual 
vocational plans in agriculture and 
agriculturally related business and industry. 

General Agriculture Requirements Semester 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

BOTN 101 — General Botany - 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry T 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH — * 3 

AGEN 100— Intro, to Ag. Eng 3 

AGEN 200— Intro, to Farm. Mech 2 

AGRO 100— Crop Prod. Lab 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

ANSC 101— Princ. of Animal Sci 3 

ANSC 203— Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANSC — " 3 

AREC 250— Elements of Ag. & 

Res. Econ 3 

AREC — " 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 252— Insect Pest of Ag. 

Crops 3 

HORT — " 3 

RLED 464— Rural Life in Mod. Soc. ... 3 
Community Development related. Life 

Science related, or Accounting 6 

Electives (15 credit hours 300 or above) 26 

'Satisfy Divisional Requirements 

"Student may select any course(s) having required hours in 

the department indicated. 

Agricultural and Extension 
Education 

Professor and Acting Chairman: 

Poffenberger. 

Professors: Nelson, Longest, Ryden. 

Assistant Professors: Seibel. Sorter. Wheatly, 

Wright. 



Instructors: Glee. Klavon, Tennant. 
Faculty Research Assistant: Owen 

Programs are offered in education and other 
applied behavioral sciences needed by 
persons preparing to teach agriculture or to 
enter extension work, community 
development, and other continuing 
education careers. 

Three undergraduate curriculum options 
are available. The agricultural education 
curriculum is designed primarily for persons 
who wish to prepare for teaching agriculture 
in the secondary schools. The extension 
education options are designed for those 
preparing to enter the Cooperative Extension 
Service or other agencies engaged in 
educational and development programs. Any 
option may lead to a variety of other career 
opportunities in public service, business and 
industry, communications, research, and 
college teaching. 

Students preparing to become teachers of 
agriculture — including horticulture, 
agribusiness or other agriculturally related 
subjects — should have had appropriate 
experience with the kind of agriculture they 
plan to teach or should arrange to secure 
that experience during summers while in 
college. 

In order to be able to serve as advisors of 
high school chapters of the FFA upon 
graduation, students in the agricultural 
education curriculum are expected to 
participate in the Collegiate Chapter of the 
Future Farmers of America. 

Departmental Requirements: All Options 

BOTN 101— General Botany for 4 

CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry 

I, II 4.4 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of 

Mathematics 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

EDUC 300 — Human Development 

and Learning" 6 

RLED 464 — Rural Life in Modern 

Society 3 

RLED 303— Teaching Materials 

and Demonstrations 2 

Agricultural Education Option 

EDUC 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

RLED 302— Introduction to 

Agricultural Education ... 2 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and 

Adult Farmer Groups 1 

RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary 

Vocational Agriculture .... 3 

RLED 313 — Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 3 

RLED 398— Seminar in 

Agricultural Education ... 1 

AGEN 101— Introduction to 

Agricultural Engineering . . 3 

AGEN 200— Introduction to Farm 

Mechanics 2 

AGEN 305— Farm Mechanics 2 

AGRO 100— Crop Production 

Laboratory 2 

AGRO 102— Crop Production 

or 
AGRO 406— Forage Crop Production ... 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

ANSC 101— Principles of Animal 

Science 3 

ANSC 203— Feeds and Feeding 3 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 

or 
AREC 407 — Financial Analysis of 

Farm Business 3 



BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 252— Agricultural Insects 

and Pests 3 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 

or 
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 

or 
HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

Extension Education: Agricultural Science and 
Youth Development Options 
PSY 221— Social Psychology 3 

RLED 323— Developing Youth 

Programs v 3 

RLED 325 — Directed Experience in 

Extension Education 1-5 

RLED 327— Program Planning in 

Extension Education 3 

RLED 422— Extension Education 3 

RLED 423 — Extension Communications 3 

•PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology (3 credits) and 
EDHD 460— Educational Psychology (3 credits) may be 
substituted by Extension Education students 

Extension Education: Agricultural Science Option 

AGEN 100— Introduction to 

Agricultural Engineering . 3 

AGRO 100— Crop Production 

Laboratory 2 

AGRO 102— Crop Production 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal 

Science 3 

ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 

or 
AREC 407 — Financial Analysis of 

the Farm Business 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource 

Development 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 252— Agricultural Insects 

and Pests 3 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 

or 
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 

or 
HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

Extension Education: Youth Development Option 

RLED 426— Development and 

Management of 

Extension Youth 

Programs 3 

EDHD 411— Child Growth and 

Development 3 

EDHD 413 — Adolescent Development . . 3 

FMCD 105— Introduction to 

Family Living 3 

HLTH 450— Health Problems of 

Children and Youth 3 

PSYC 333— Child Psychology 3 

CRIM 450— Juvenile Delinquency 3 

RECR 460 — Leadership Techniques 

and Practices 3 

RECR 490 — Organization and 

Administration of 

Recreation 3 

RECR 420— Program Planning 3 

Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

Professor and Chairman: Curtis. 
Professors: Beal, Bender, Foster. Ishee, 
Lessley, Moore, Murray, Poffenberger, 
Smith, Stevens, Tuthill, and Wysong. 
Associate Professors: Beiter, Cain, Crothers, 
Hardie, Hoecker, Lawrence, Marasco. Via. 
Assistant Professor: Bellows. 
Visiting Professor: Abrahamsen. 
Lecturer: Matteucci. 

This curriculum combines training in the 
business, economics and international 



Divisions, Departments / 33 



aspects of agricultural production and 
marketing with the biological and physical 
sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are 
available for students in agricultural 
economics, agricultural business, 
international agriculture, and resource 
economics. Students desiring to enter 
agricultural marketing or business affiliated 
with agriculture may elect the agricultural 
business option; and those interested in 
foreign service may elect the international 
agriculture option. Students primarily 
interested in the broad aspects of production 
and management as it is related to the 
operation of a farm business may elect the 
agricultural economics option. Those 
interested in training in the broad area of 
resource management and evaluation may 
elect the resource economics option. 

In these programs, students are trained for 
employment in agricultural business firms; 
for positions in sales or management; for 
local, state, or federal agencies; for 
extension work; for high school and college 
teaching; for research, and for farm 
operation or management. 

Courses for the freshman and sophomore 
years are essentially the same for all 
students. In the junior year the student 
selects the option of his choice. Courses in 
this department are designed to provide 
training in the application of economic 
principles to the production, processing, 
distribution, and merchandising of 
agricultural products and the effective 
management of our natural and human 
resources, as well as the inter-relationship of 
business and industry associated with 
agricultural products. The curriculum 
includes courses in general agricultural 
economics, marketing, farm management, 
prices, resource economics, agricultural 
policy, and international agricultural 
economics. 

Required of All Students' 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Biological Sciences" 3 

Chemistry" 3 

AREC 404 — Prices of Agricultural 

Products 3 

BSAD 220— Principles of 

Accounting 3 

BSAD 230— Business Statistics I 

or 
AGRI 301— Introduction to 

Agricultural Biometrics . 3 

ECON 201— Principles ot 

Economics I 3 

ECON 203 — Principles of 

Economics II 3 

ECON 401 — National Income 

Analysis 3 

ECON 403— Intermediate Price 

Theory 3 

MATH 110— Introduction to 

Mathematics" 3 

MATH 111— Introduction to 

Mathematics 3 

MATH 220— Elementary Calculus 3 

Technical Agriculture'" 9 

45 

'The student's total program must contain a minimum of 1 5 

credit hours ol courses in Agricultural and Resource 

Economics. 

"Satisfies a Division I requirement 

"*A minimum ot nine hounj ot technical agriculture must 

be selected in consultation with the student's advisor 



Agribusiness Option 

Each student must take the following 

AREC 40(3 — Farm Management 3 

AREC 427— The Economics of 

Marketing Systems for 

Agricultural 

Commodities 3 

AREC 432— Introduction to 

National 

Resource Policy 3 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 3 

Electives 33 

Agricultural Economics Option 

Each student must take the following; 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

ECON 425 — Mathematical Economics 
or 

ENGL 291— Expository Writing 3 

MATH 221— Elementary Calculus 3 

Statistics 3 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 9 

Electives 24 

International Agriculture Option 

Each student must take the following: 
AREC 445— World Agricultural 

Development and the 

Quality of Life 3 

ECON 415 — Introduction to Economic 

Development of 

Underdeveloped Areas . . 3 

ECON 440 — International Economics . 3 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 9 

Electives 27 

Resource Economics Option 

Each student must take the following: 
AREC 240 — Environment and Human 

Ecology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource 

Development 3 

ECON 450— Introduction to Public 

Finance 3 

Other Courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 6 

Electives 30 

Course Code Prefix— AREC 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction 
in the fundamentals of both the physical and 
biological sciences. It may be adjusted 
through the selection of electives to fit the 
student for work in agricultural experiment 
stations, soil bureaus, geological surveys, 
food laboratories, fertilizer industries, and 
those handling food products. 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Required of All Students: 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I or 

CHEM 105' 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II or 

CHEM 106 4 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 

or CHEM 211 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry III 

Laboratory or CHEM 212 2 
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 

or CHEM 213 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV 

Laboratory or CHEM 214 2 

CHEM 321— Quantitative Analysis 4 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II' 4 

PHYS 141— Principles of Physics ,.., 4 

PHYS 142— Principles of Physics 4 



Electives in Biology' 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 10 

Electives 33 

'Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

Agricultural Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Harris 

Professors: Green, Winn, Jr. 

Associate Professors: Cowan. Felton, 

Hummel, Merkel, Wheaton. 

Assistant Professors: Grant. Ross. Stewart. 

Lecturer: Holton. 

Instructor: Carr. 

Visiting Research Associate: Willson. 

Agricultural engineering utilizes both the 
physical and biological sciences to help 
meet the needs of our increasing world 
population for food, natural fiber and 
improvement or maintenance of the 
environment Scientific and engineering 
principles are applied to the conservation 
and utilization of soil and water resources for 
food production and recreation; to the 
utilization of energy to improve labor 
efficiency and to reduce laborious and 
menial tasks; to the design of structures and 
equipment for housing or handling of plants 
and animals to optimize growth potential; to 
the design of residence to improve the 
standard of living for the rural population; to 
the development of methods and equipment 
to maintain or increase the quality of food 
and natural fiber; to the flow of supplies and 
equipment to the agricultural and 
aquacultural production units, and to the 
flow of products from the production units 
and the processing plants to the consumer. 
The agricultural engineer places emphasis 
on maintaining a high quality environment as 
they work toward developing efficient and 
economical engineering solutions. 

The undergraduate curriculum provides 
opportunity to prepare for many interesting 
and challenging careers in design, 
management, research, education, sales, 
consulting, or international service. The 
program of study includes a broad base of 
mathematical, physical and engineering 
sciences combined with basic biological 
sciences. Twenty hours of electives give 
flexibility so that a student may plan a 
program according to his maior interest. 

Course Code Prefix— AGEN 
Departmental Requirement* 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGEN 324 — Engineering Dynamics 

of Biological Materials 3 

AGEN 424 — Functional and 

Environmental Design of 

Agricultural Structures 3 

AGEN 343— Functional Design of 

Machinery and 

Equipment 3 

AGEN 421— Power Systems 3 

AGEN 422— Soil and Water 

Engineering 3 

ENCE 350— Structural Analysis 3 

ENES 101 — Intro Engineering 

Science 3 

ENES 110— Mechanics 3 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENME 300 — Materials Science and 

Engineering 
or 
ENCE 300 — Fund of Engineering 

Materials 3 

ENME 21(3 — Thermodynamics 3 



34 / Divisions, Departments 



ENME 342 or ENCE 330— Fluid 

Mechanics 3 

ENEE 300— Prin ot Electrical 

Engineering 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4.4, 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Ditterential Equations 

or 
ENCE 381— Applied Math in 

Engineering 
or 
ENME 380— Applied Math in 

Engineering 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

or 
BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College 

Chemistry I. II 4.4 

PHYS 161, 262. 263— General 

Physics 3.4,4 

Technical Electees' 14 

General University Requirements" 30 

Electives 6 

"Technical electives, related to field ot concentration, must 
be selected from a departmentally approved list Eight 
credits must be 300 level and above 
"Students must consult with department advisors to ensure 
the selection ot appropriate courses for their particular 
program of study 

Agronomy 

Chairman and Professor: Miller. 
Professors: Axley. Clark, Decker, Foss, 
Hoyert. McKee, F. Miller. Strickling. 
Associate Professors: Aycock. Bandel, Burt, 
Fanning, Parochetti. 

Assistant Professors: Hall, Hawes, Johnson, 
Mulchi, Newcomer, Wolf. 
Visiting Associate Professor: Caldwell. 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Weber. 
Faculty Research Assistants: Armbruster, 
Mulford, Smith. Varano. 
Instructor: Rivard. 

Instruction is offered in crop science and soil 
science. A turf and urban agronomy option is 
offered under crop science and a 
conservation of soil, water and environment 
option is offered under soil science. These 
options appeal to students who are 
interested in urban problems or 
environmental science. The agronomy 
curricula are flexible and allow the student 
either to concentrate on basic science 
courses that are needed for graduate work or 
to select courses that prepare for 
employment at the bachelor's degree level as 
a specialist with park and planning 
commissions, road commissions, extension 
service, soil conservation service, and other 
governmental agencies. Many graduates 
with the bachelor's degree are also 
employed by private corporations such as 
golf courses and seed, fertilizer, chemical, 
and farm equipment companies. 

Agronomy students who follow the 
Journalism-Science Communication option 
are prepared to enter the field of science 
communication. Opportunities in this area 
are challenging and diverse. Students who 
are interested in public relations may find 
employment with industry or governmental 
agencies. Others may become writers and, in 
some cases, science editors for newspapers, 
publishing houses, radio, and television. 
Technical and professional journals hire 
students trained in this field as editors and 
writers. Also, this training is valuable to 
students who find employment in university 
extension programs, as a large part of their 
work involves written communication with 
the public. 



Students completing graduate programs 
are prepared for college teaching and 
research, or research and management 
positions with industry and governmental 
agencies. 

Additional information on opportunities in 
agronomy may be obtained by writing to the 
Department of Agronomy. 

Department Requirements. (22-23 semester 
hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I ' 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH — ' 3-4 

BOTN 101— General Botany" 4 

AGFtO 100— Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO 398— Senior Seminar 1 

"Satisfies Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences 
requirements. 

Crop Science Curriculum. (68 semester 
hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGRO —Advanced Crops 

Courses 6 

AGRO — Advanced Soils 

Courses 6 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

Electives 45 

Crop Science options are listed under Crop and 
Soil Science Options. 

Soil Science Curriculum. (68 semester 
hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGRO — Advanced Crops 

Courses 4 

AGRO 414 — Soil Classification and 

Geography 4 

AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3 

AGRO 421— Soil Chemistry 3 

Electives 54 

Soil Science options are listed under Crop and Soil 
Science Options. 

Crop and Soil Science Options Turf and 
Urban Agronomy Option 

A student following this option in the Crop 

Science curriculum must include the 

following courses among his electives: 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

AGRO 405— Turf Management 3 

AGRO 415— Soil Survey and Land 

Use 3 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art 

of Landscaping 3 

HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials ... 3 

RECR 495 — Planning, Design, and 
Maintenance of Park 
and Recreational Areas 
and Facilities 3 

Conservation of Soil, Water, and 
Environment Option 

A student following this option in the Soil 
Science curriculum must include the 
following courses among his electives: 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGRO 413— Soil and Water 

Conservation 3 



AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 
AGRO 415— Soil Survey and 

Land Use 3 

AGEN 432— General Hydrology 3 

AGRI 489— Air Pollution Biology 3 
BOTN 211— Principles of 

Conservation 3 

GEOG 445— Climatology 3 

Journalism-Science Communication Option 

A student following this option in the Crop 
Science or Soil Science curriculum must 
elect journalism and basic science and math 
courses in addition to the required 
curriculum courses Many combinations will 
be acceptable. The advisor can aid in helping 
the student plan an appropriate program. 

Course Code Prefix— AGRO 

Animal Sciences 

Department of Animal Science 

Professor and Chairman: Young. 

Professors: Green, Leffel. 

Associate Professors: Buric. DeBarthe, 

Goodwin (Extension). 

Assistant Professors: Kunkle (Extension), 

McCall. 

Instructor: Curry. 

Department of Dairy Science 

Professor and Chairman: Davis. 
Professors: Cairns, Kenney, King, Mattick, 
Vandersall. Williams. 
Associate Professors: Bull, Douglass. 
Assistant Professor: Holdaway, Westhoff . 
Instructor: Seely. 

Department of Poultry Science 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Thomas. 

Professor: Shaffner. 

-4ssoc/afe Professors: Bigbee, Heath. 

Faculty Research Associate: Rubin. 

Assistant Professors: Carter, Coon, Kuenzel, 

Soares, Wabeck. 

Extension Assistant Professor: Nicholson. 

Faculty Research Assistant: Bossard, 

Wagner. 

Department of Veterinary Science 

Professor and Chairman: Hammond. 

Professor: Mohanty. 

Associate Professors: Dutta, Albert, 

Marquardt, Johnson. 

Assistant Professors: Campbell. Gorgacz, 

Ingling. 

The curriculum in animal science offers a 
broad background in general education, 
basic sciences, and agricultural sciences, 
and the opportunity for a student to 
emphasize that phase of animal agriculture 
in which he is specifically interested. Each 
student will be assigned to an advisor 
according to the program he plans to pursue. 

Curriculum requirements in Animal Sciences 
can be completed through the Departments 
of Animal Science. Dairy Science or Poultry 
Science. Programs of elective courses can 
be developed which provide major emphasis 
on beef, cattle, sheep, swine or horses, dairy 
or poultry. Each student is expected to 
develop a program of electives in 
consultation with an adviser by the 
beginning of the junior year. 

Course Code Prefix— ANSC 

Objectives. The following specific objectives 
have been established for the program in 
animal sciences. 



Divisions, Departments / 35 



1. To acquaint students with the role ol 
animal agriculture in our cultural heritage. 

2. To prepare students for careers in the 
field of animal agriculture. These include 
positions of management and technology 
associated with animal, dairy, or poultry 
production enterprises; positions with 
marketing and processing organizations; 
and positions in other allied fields, such as 
feed, agricultural chemicals and equipment 
firms. 

3. To prepare students for entrance to 
veterinary schools. 

4. To prepare students for graduate study 
and subsequent careers in teaching, 
research and extension, both public and 
private. 

5. To provide essential courses for the 
support of other academic programs of the 
University. 

Required of All Students: 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Required of All Students: 

ANSC 101— Principles of Animal 

Science 3 

FDSC 111— Introduction to Food 

Science 3 

ANSC 201— Basic Principles of 

Animal Genetics 3 

ANSC 211— Anatomy of Domestic 

Animals 4 

ANSC 212— Applied Animal 

Physiology 4 

ANSC 401— Fundamentals of 

Nutrition 3 

ANSC 412— Introduction to 

Diseases of Animals .... 3 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry r 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

MICB 200— General Microbiology ... 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology" 4 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

MATH — * 3 

44 

Electives 46 

"Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

Conservation and Resource 
Development Programs. The 

development and use of natural resources 
(including water, soil, minerals, fresh water 
and marine organisms, wildlife, air and 
human resources), are essential to the full 
growth of an economy. 

The curriculum in Conservation and 
Resource Development is designed to instill 
concepts of the efficient development and 
judicious management of natural resources. 
The study of the problems associated with 
use of natural resources will acquaint 
students with their role in economic 
development while maintaining concern for 
the quality of the environment. 

Students will prepare for professional and 
administrative positions in land and water 
conservation projects, for careers in 
operational, administrative, educational, and 
research work in land use, fish and wildlife 
management, natural resource management, 
recreational area development, and 
management, or for graduate study in any of 
the several areas within the biological 
sciences. 

Students will pursue a broad education 
program and then elect subjects 
concentrated in a specific area of interest. A 
student will be assigned an advisor 
according to his area of interest. 



Students will be encouraged to obtain 
summer positions which will give them 
technical laboratory or field experience in 
their chosen interest area. 

Basic Curriculum Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

BOTN 101— General Botany" 4 

CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I" 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

AGRI 301— Introduction to 

Agricultural Biometrics 3 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

GEOL 100— Introductory Physical 

Geology 3 

ENTM — 3 

ECON — 3 

MATH "— 9 41 

Option Requirements" 

Fish and Wildlife Management 9 

Zoology 9 

Related Field 3 

Electives 28 49 

Plant Resource Management 

Plant Management 9 

Botany 9 

Related Field 3 

Electives 28 49 

Pest Management 

Pest Management 9 

Entomology 9 

Related Field 3 

Electives 28 49 

Water Resource Management 

Water Resource Management 9 

Agronomy and Agricultural 

Engineering 6 

Related Field 6 

Electives 28 49 

Resource Management 

Resource Management 9 

Economics or Agricultural 

and Resource Economics 9 

Related Field 3 

Electives 28 49 

'Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

"9 hours of the 21 hours of option requirements must be in 

upper level courses. 

Horticulture 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Twigg. 
Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynonds, Rogers, 
Shanks, Stark. Thompson, Wiley 
Associate Professors: Baker. Bouwkamp. 
Gouin. Schales, Soergel. 
Assistant Professors: Beste. Funt, Kundt. 
McClurg, Pitt. Sedovic, Stiles. 
Research Associate: Prasad. 
Instructors: Mityga, Todd. 
Visiting Lecturer: Koch. 

The horticulturist combines a knowledge of 
the basic sciences with an intimate 
knowledge of plants and their requirements 
in an effort to help meet the food needs of 
the world population and to help beautify 
man's surroundings. The horticulturist, 
specifically, is involved with fruit production 
(pomology), vegetable production 
(olericulture), greenhouse plant production 
(floriculture), production of ornamental trees 
and shrubs, post-harvest horticulture, and 
the tasteful planning of gardens and 
ornamental plantings (landscape design). 
Horticultural principles are essential to 
designing the landscape for improvement of 
the human environment. Post-harvest 
horticulture is involved with the storage and 
transportation of horticultural products until 
they reach the consumer. 



The curriculum in Horticulture prepares 
students for a future in commercial 
production of the horticultural crops, and for 
employment in the horticultural industries 
such as fruit and vegetable processing, seed 
production and sales, agricultural chemical 
sales and service, florist shops and garden 
centers, and as horticulturists for parks, 
highway systems, botanic gardens and 
arboretums. 

Majors may prepare for work with 
handicapped persons as horticultural 
therapists by electing appropriate courses in 
the social sciences and in recreation. The 
Horticultural Education option is designed 
for those who wish to teach horticulture in 
the secondary schools. It prepares the 
graduate with a basic knowledge of 
horticulture and includes the courses 
required for certification to teach in 
Maryland. 

Advanced studies in the Department, 
leading to the MS. and Ph.D.. degrees, are 
available to outstanding students having a 
strong horticultural motivation for research, 
university teaching and/or extension 
education 

Curriculum in Horticulture 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Departmental Requirements — All 
Options: 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

BOTN 101— General Botany" 4 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I" 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

HORT 398— Seminar 1 

MATH" 3 

31 
"Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

Complete the requirements in one of the 
following options: 

Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture 
Option: 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

HORT 132 — Garden Management .... 2 

HORT 160— Introduction to the 

Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 231— Greenhouse 

Management 3 

HORT 260— Basic Landscape 

Composition 2 

HORT 274 — Genetics of 

Cultivated Plants 3 

HORT 451— Technology of 

Ornamentals 3 

HORT 453. 454— Woody Plant 

Materials 3.3 

HORT 432— Fundamentals of 

Greenhouse Crop 

Production 
or 
HORT 456— Production and 

Maintenance of Woody 

Plants 3 

Electives 31 

59 

Horticultural Education Option: 

AGRO 405 — Turf Management 3 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

HORT 111— Tree Fruit Production 3 

HORT 132 — Garden Management 2 
HORT 160— Introduction to Art of 

Landscaping 3 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 3 
HORT 231 — Greenhouse 

Management 3 



36 / Divisions, Departments 



HORT 260— Basic Landscape 

Composition 2 

HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDUC 301— Foundations ot 

Education 3 

RLED 302— Introduction to 

Agricultural Education . 2 

RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and 

Demonstrations 2 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and 

Adult Farmer Groups ... 1 

RLED 311— Teaching Secondary 

Vocational Agriculture . . 3 

RLED 313 — Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4 

Electives 8 " 11 

59 



Pomology and Olericulture Option: 

ENTM 252— Insect Pests of 

Agricultural Crops 4 

HORT 111. 112— Tree Fruit 

Production 3.2 

HORT 212— Berry Production 3 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 3 

HORT 274 — Genetics of Cultivated 

Plants 3 

HORT 411— Technology of Fruits 3 

HORT 422— Technology of 

Vegetables 3 

HORT 474 — Physiology of 

Maturation and Storage 

of Horticultural Crops 3 

Electives 32 

Course Code Prefix— HORT 

Institute of Applied Agriculture 
Two-Year Program. 

The programs of study offered by the 
Institute of Applied Agriculture will assist 
men and women interested in preparing for 
specific jobs in the broad fields of applied 
science and business in agriculture. 
Three major programs are currently offered: 

1. Business Farming — technical training 
for farm operation, or a career in business 
providing supplies and services to those in 
production agriculture. 

2. Turfgrass and Golf Course 
Management — concentrates on the 
technical and management skills required 
for commercial turf production and for 
occupations in the rapidly expanding field of 
turf management associated with parks, 
highways, utility companies, golf courses 
and other recreational facilities. 

3. Ornamental Horticulture and Nursery 
Management — a program leading toward 
several occupational choices including 
greenhouse management, nursery 
management, landscape management, and 
floral shop management. 

Courses taken in these programs are not 
transferable for degree credits at the 
University of Maryland. Students 
satisfactorily completing two years of study 
are awarded an appropriate certificate. For 
additional information write: Director, 
Institute of Applied Agriculture. University of 
Maryland, College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Biological Sciences Program 

This program is designed for the student 
who is interested in a broader education in 
the biological sciences than is available in 
the programs for majors in the various 
departments of the Division of Agricultural 



and Life Sciences It is appropriate to the 
entering student who wishes to explore the 
various areas of biology before specializing 
in the program offered by a single 
department, or students desiring to 
specialize in a discipline constituted by 
courses from the various departments in the 
biological sciences With the proper 
selection of courses beyond the basic 
requirements, this program is suitable for the 
pre-dental, pre-medical or pre-vetennary 
student who plans to earn a B.S. degree 
before entering professional school. 

Preparation for graduate study in a 
specialized area of biology is readily 
accomplished under this program by the 
judicious selection of junior-senior level 
courses supporting the proposed area of 
graduate concentration. Where the proposed 
area of graduate specialization lies within a 
single departmental di 
desirable for the student to transfer to the 
program for majors in that department. 

The student in this program may 
emphasize work in botany, entomology, 
microbiology or zoology and will be advised 
by the department or curriculum in which 
most of the work is taken. Alternatively, the 
student may concentrate in a specialized 
area of biology (i.e.. ecology, genetics, and 
physiology) which crosses departmental 
boundaries. In this case, an advisor 
competent in the area of emphasis will be 
selected. Students in the pre-professional 
programs should also seek advice from 
advisors for the respective programs. 
Students in the program who wish to prepare 
for secondary school science teaching 
should contact the staff of the Science 
Teaching Center of the College of Education 
for information concerning requirements for 
certification. 

Curriculum. All students in the Biological 
Sciences Program must satisfy the 
requirements of the University of Maryland at 
College Park and the requirements of the 
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences. 

Required introductory courses in the 
biological sciences: BOTN 101, ENTM 200. 
MICB 200. ZOOL 101 . These courses must be 
passed with an average grade of at least C. 
The pre-professional student should take 
ZOOL 293 as well. 

Required supporting courses in 
mathematics and physical sciences: MATH 
1 10. 1 1 1 : CHEM 103. 104; PHYS 121. 122. The 
student working in most areas of biology will 
also need the second year of Chemistry 
(CHEM 201-204; or 21 1-214). Additional work 
in chemistry may also be required by the 
student's advisor, in accordance with the 
needs of the students field of emphasis. The 
pre-professional student must include CHEM 
201-204 or 211-214 in his program. 

Advanced courses in the biological 
sciences: The student must complete at least 
30 semester hours of advanced work 
selected from the fields of botany, 
entomology, microbiology, and zoology. Of 
these credits at least 18 must be at the 300 
and 400-level and be taken in at least two of 
the four departments. The following courses 
in psychology may be counted as part of the 
required 30 semester hours, but may not be 
used to satisfy the requirement of 18 
semester hours at the advanced level: PSYC 
402, 403. 410, 462, and 479. 



Botany 

Professor and Chairman: Sisler. 

Professors: Corbett. Galloway. Kantzes. 

Klarman, Krusberg, D. T. Morgan, O D. 

Morgan. Patterson, Stern, Weaver 

Research Professor: Sorokin. 

Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis, 

Karlander, Lockard. Motta. Reveal. Rappleye. 

Assistant Professors: Barnett, Blevins, 

Bottmo. Broome, Harrison. Stevenson. Van 

Valkenburg. 

Faculty Research Associate: Ragsdale. 

Research Associate: Queen " 

Faculty Research Assistant: Cockrell. 

Instructors: Grigg. Higgins 

The Department offers work in the major 

fields of physiology, pathology, ecology, 

taxonomy, anatomy-morphology, and 

genetics. 

The required courses for the freshman and 
sophomore years are the same for all 
students. In the junior and senior years, the 
student elects botany courses to suit his/her 
particular interest. Courses are required in 
other subjects to satisfy General University 
Requirements which contribute toward a 
broad cultural education, and to support the 
courses selected in the chosen field of 
botany. 

The curriculum provides a complete 
survey of the field of botany, and lays a good 
foundation for graduate work in botany in 
preparation for teaching and for research in 
experiment stations or private research 
laboratories. 

Students who wish to meet the 
requirements for certificates in secondary 
education may elect basic courses in 
education. An additional semester will 
usually be necessary to take certain courses 
in education, including the required practice 
teaching. As long as the demand continues, 
a series of advanced courses will be offered 
in rotation in the summer session, especially 
for teachers working toward the degree of 
Master of Education in science teaching. 

The Department of Botany has instituted 
an Honors Program which a student may 
enter if he/she desires and if he/she meets 
the requirements of the program. 

Department of Botany Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

BOTN 202— The Plant Kingdom 4 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 414 — Plant Genetics 3 

BOTN 41 6— Plant Anatomy 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2 

CHEM 103 — College Chemistry r j^4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH 110. 111— Introduction to 
Mathematics or 

MATH 140. 141 • 6 

MICB 200— General Microbiology — 4 
PHYS 121 — Fundamentals of 

Physics I 4 

PHYS 122 — Fundamentals of 

Physics II 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology* 4 

Botany electives or related courses — 10 

Electives ^4 

General University Requirements 30 
•Satisfy Division requirements 
Course Code Prefix— BOTN 



Divisions, Departments / 37 



Chemistry 

Chairman: Vanderslice. 
Associate Chairman: Castellan. 
Professors: Adler, Castellan, Freeman, 
Gardner, Goldsby. Gordon, Grim, 
Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Jaquith, Keeney. 
Lippincott, Munn, Pickard, Ponnamperuma. 
Pratt, Purdy, Reeve. Rolllnson, Staley. 
Stewart, Stuntz, Vanderslice, Veitch. Viola. 
Associate Professors: Ammon. Bellama, 
Boyd, Davis. DeVoe. Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler, 
Khanna. Lakshmanan, Martin, Mazzocchi, 
Miller, Moore, O'Haver, Sampugna, Walters, 
Zoller. 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Bergeron, 
Campagnoni, Hansen. Heikkenen. Helz. 
Murphy. Tossell. 
Research Professor: Bailey. 
Visiting Professors: Breger. Rose. 
Emeritus Professor: Svirbely. 
Lecturers: Kilbourne. 
Instructors: Doherty, Gamble, Ingangi, 
Schiesler, Stuntz. 

The curriculum in chemistry is centered 
around a basic core of 30 credits (18 
lower-division and 12 upper-division) in 
chemistry. An additional two credits must be 
chosen from among other upper-division 
courses in chemistry. The program is 
designed to provide the maximum amount of 
flexibility to students seeking preparation for 
either the traditional branches of chemistry 
or to interdisciplinary fields. Students 
wishing a degree program specifically 
certified by the American Chemical Society 
must elect more than the minimum number 
of elective credits in chemistry and must 
choose judiciously among the upper-division 
courses offered. In addition, the 
ACS-certified degree program presently 
recommends German or Russian. 

A sample program, listing only the 
required or recommended courses, is given 
below. It is expected that each semester's 
electives will include courses intended to 
satisfy the general requirements of the 
University or of the Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences, plus others of the 
student's choice. 

FIRST YEAR 
Chem 103 or 105 ... 4 Chem 104 or 106 ... 4 

Math 140* 4 Math 141 * 4 

Electives 7 Electives 7 

15 15 



SECOND YEAR 
Chem 201 or 211 3 Chem 203 or 213 ... 3 

Chem 202 or 212 2 Chem 204 or 214 ... 2 

Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4 

Electives 6 Electives 6 

15 15 

THIRD YEAR 

Chem 430 3 Chem 431 3 

Chem 481 3 Chem 482 3 

Electives 9 Electives 9 

15 15 

FOURTH YEAR 
Electives 15 Electives 15 

For American Chemical Society 
certification the student should consult his 
or her advisor for course recommendations 
that will meet certification requirements 



Biochemistry. The Chemistry Department 
also offers a major in biochemistry. The 
program requires one of the lower-division 
chemistry sequences; Chemistry 461 and 
462; Chemistry 481 and 482; Chemistry 430 
and 464; and nine credits of approved 
biological science that must include at least 
one upper-division course. A sample 
program, listing only the required courses, is 
given below. It is expected that each 
semester's electives will include courses 
intended to satisfy the general requirements 
of the University or of the Division of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences, plus others of 
the student's choice. 

FIRST YEAR 
Chem 103 or 105 .4 Chem 104 or 106 ... 4 

Math 140* 4 Math 141 4 

Electives" 7 Electives 7 

15 15 

'Students initially placed In MATH 1 1 5 will delay MATH HO 
and 141 one semester. 

"It is suggested that the first year electives include at least 
one course In biological science 

SECOND YEAR 
Chem 201 or 21 1 3 Chem 203 or 213 ... 3 

Chem 202 or 212 .2 Chem 204 or 214 ... 2 

Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4 

Electives 6 Electives 6 

15 15 

THIRD YEAR 

Chem 481 3 Chem 482 3 

Chem 430 3 Chem 464 2 

Chem 461 3 Chem 462 3 

Electives 6 Electives 7 

15 15 

FOURTH YEAR 
Electives 15 Electives 15 

The Chemistry Department's Honors 
Program begins in the junior year. Interested 
students should see the Departmental 
Honors Committee for further information. 

Agricultural Chemistry. This curriculum 
insures adequate instruction in the 
fundamentals of both the physical and 
biological sciences. It may be adjusted 
through the selection of electives to fit the 
student for work in agricultural experiment 
stations, soil bureaus, geological surveys, 
food laboratories, fertilizer industries, and 
those handling food products. 

Credit 
Hours 
General University Requirements 30 

Required of All Students: 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 

or CHEM 105" 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 

or CHEM 106 4 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 

or CHEM 211 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry III 

Laboratory or CHEM 212 2 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 

or CHEM 213 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV 

Laboratory or CHEM 214 2 

CHEM 321— Quantitative Analysis 4 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II - 4 

PHYS 141— Principles of Physics 4 

PHYS 142— Principles of Physics 4 

Electives in Biology - 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 10 

Electives 33 

'Satisfies Divisional Requirements 
Course Code Prefix— CHEM 



Entomology 

Chairman and Professor: Bay. 
Professors: Bickley. Harrison. Jones, 
Menzer. Messersmith, Steinhauer 
Associate Professors: Caron. Davidson, 
Harding, Krestensen, Reichelderfer. 
Assistant Professors: Dively, Wood 
Lecturers: Heimpel, Spangler. 
Visiting Faculty: Wirth. Miller. 

This curriculum prepares students for 
various types of entomological positions or 
for graduate work in any of the specialized 
areas of entomology Professional 
entomologists are engaged in fundamental 
and applied research in university, 
government, and private laboratories; 
regulatory and control activities with federal 
and state agencies; commercial pest control 
and pest management services; sales and 
development programs with chemical 
companies and other commercial 
organizations; consulting, extension work; 
and teaching. 

Most of the first two years of the 
curriculum is devoted to obtaining the 
essential background. In the junior and 
senior years there is an opportunity for some 
specialization or for electing courses in 
preparation for graduate work. Students 
contemplating graduate work are strongly 
advised to elect courses in physics, modern 
foreign languages, mathematics, and 
biometrics. 

Department of Entomology Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

ZOOL 293— Animal Diversity 4 

BOTN 101 — General Botany* 4 

CHEM 103. 104— College 

Chemistry I, II 4.4 

CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry 

III and College Chemistry 

Laboratory III 3.2 

MATH* 6 

GENETICS 3 

2 of the following 3 courses 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

CHEM 461— Biochemistry I 3 

MICB 200— General Microbiology .... 4 

ENTM 200— Introductory Entomology 3 
ENTM 421 — Insect Taxonomy and 

Biology 4 

ENTM 432— Insect Morphology 4 

ENTM 442 — Insect Physiology 4 
2 of the following 3 courses 

ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 4 

ENTM 462— Insect Pathology 3 

ENTM 472— Medical and Veterinary 

Entomology 4 

ENTM 498— Seminar 1 

ENTM 399— Special Problems 2 

Electives 18 — 23 

'Satisfies Divisional requirements 
Course Code Prefn— ENTM 

Geology 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: 

Siegrist. 

Associate Professors: Segovia. Sommer, 

Stifel, Weidner. 

Assistant Professors: Ridky, Wylie. 

Geology is the basic science of the earth In 
its broadest sense, geology concerns itself 
with planetary formation and modification 
with emphasis on the study of the planet 



38 / Divisions, Departments 



Earth This study directs its attention at the 
earth's internal structure, materials, 
chemical and physical processes and its 
physical and biological history Geology 
concerns itself with the application of 
geological principles and with application of 
physics, chemistry, biology and mathematics 
to the understanding of our planet. 

Geological studies thus encompass 
understanding the development of life from 
the fossil record, the mechanics of crustal 
movement and earthquake production, the 
evolution of the oceans and their interaction 
with land, the origin and emplacement of 
mineral and fuel resources and the 
determination of man's impact on the 
geological base level 

Geological scientists find employment in 
government, industrial and academic 
establishments. In general, graduate training 
is expected for advancement to the most 
rewarding positions. Most industrial 
positions require a M.S. degree. Geology is 
enjoying a strong employment outlook at the 
present because of our mineral, fuel and 
environmental concerns. At this time, 
students with the B.S., particularly those with 
training in geophysics, can find satisfactory 
employment. However, graduate school is 
strongly recommended for those students 
desiring a professional career in the 
geosciences. 

The Geology Program includes a broad 
range of undergraduate courses to 
accomodate both geology majors and 
students interested in selected aspects of the 
science of the Earth. Opportunities exist for 
undergraduate research projects, on a 
personal level, between students and faculty 
members. 

The Geology curricula is designed to meet 
the requirements of industry, graduate 
school and government. However, students 
may select, at their option, geology electives 
that are designed for a particular interest, 
rather than for the broad needs of a 
professional career. Courses required for the 
B.S. in Geology are listed below: 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Divisional Requirements 

Biological Science 3 or 4 

MATH, CHEM (See Below) 
Departmental Requirements 24 

GEOL 101 (3) 

GEOL 102 (3) 

GEOL 110(1) 

GEOL 112 (1) 

GEOL 399 (1) 

GEOL 422 (3) 

GEOL 431 (4) 

GEOL 441 (3) 

Geology Summer Camp (5) 
Supporting Requirements 24 

CHEM 103. 104 (4.4) 

MATH 140, 141 (4, 4) 

PHYS 121. 122 (4,4) 

Electives 38 

or39 

Microbiology 

Chairman: Young. 

Professors: Colwell, Doetsch. Faber 

(Emeritus), Hetrick, Laffer, Pelczar. 

Associate Professors: Cook, MacQuillan, 

Roberson. 

Assistant Professors: Vaituzis, Voll, Weiner. 

Lecturers: Krichevsky, Morris, Stadtman. 

Instructor: Howell. 



The Department of Microbiology has as its 
primary aim providing the student with 
thorough and rigorous training in 
microbiology This entails knowledge of the 
basic concepts of bacterial cytology, 
physiology, taxonomy, metabolism, and 
genetics, as well as an understanding of the 
biology of infectious disease, immunology, 
general virology, and various applications of 
microbiological principles to public health 
and industrial processes. In addition, the 
department pursues a broad and vigorous 
program of basic research, and encourages 
original thought and investigation in the 
above-mentioned areas. 

The department also provides desirable 
courses for students majoring in allied 
departments who wish to obtain vital, 
supplementary information. Every effort has 
been made to present the subject matter of 
microbiology as a basic core of material that 
is pertinent to all biological sciences. 

The curriculum outlined below, which 
leads to a bachelor's degree, includes the 
basic courses in microbiology and allied 
fields. 

A student planning a major in 
microbiology should consult a departmental 
advisor as soon as possible after deciding 
upon this action. The supporting courses 
should be chosen only from the biological 
and physical sciences. 

No course with a grade less than C maybe 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

Information concerning the Honors 
Program may be obtained in the 
departmental office. 

The major in the department consists of a 
minimum of twenty-four semester hours, 
including MICB 200~General Microbiology 
(4), and MICB 440-Pathogenic Microbiology 
(4). In addition, at least sixteen additional 
hours must be selected from MICB 
290«Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 
300-Microbiological Literature (1), MICB 
330-Microbial Ecology (2). MICB 
380-Microbial Genetics (4), MICB 
388--Special Topics (1-4), MICB 
399--Microbiological Problems* (3), MICB 
400~Systematic Microbiology (2), MICB 
410--History of Microbiology (1), MICB 
420--Epidemiology and Public Health (2); 
MICB 430~Marine Microbiology (2), MICB 
431-Marine Microbiology Laboratory (2), 
MICB 450-lmmunology (4), MICB 
460-General Virology (4), MICB 
470-Microbial Physiology (4), MICB 
490-Microbial Fermentations (2), MICB 
491 -Microbial Fermentations Laboratory (2). 

MICB 322-Microbiology and the Public (3) 
is a general survey course and may not be 
used towards the major. 

*MICB 399 may be used only once towards 
meeting the major requirements. 

Required as courses supporting the major 
are CHEM 103, 104 (4,4), 201 (3), 202 (2), 203 
(3), 204 (2) College Chemistry (with 
laboratories) I, II, III, and IV; CHEM 462, 463 
(3,3) Biochemistry; MATH 110, 
111-lntroduction to Mathematics (3,3) or 
equivalent; PHYS 121, 122--Fundamentals of 
Physics (4,4); ZOOL 101 --General Zoology (4) 
and four additional semester hours in a 
biological science. (MATH 220, 
221-lntroductory Calculus (3,3) or 
equivalent is strongly recommended but not 
required.) 

Course Code Prefix-MICB 



Zoology 

Professor and Chairman: Corliss. 

Assistant Chairman: Haley 

Professors: Anastos. Brinkley. Brown. Clark, 

Grollman, Haley. Highton, Jachowski, Ramm, 

Schleidt 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Contrera, 

Goode. Imberski, Levitan, Linder, Morse, 

Pierce. Potter, Small, Vermeij. 

Assistant Professors: Allan. Bonar, Gill, 

Higgins, Rees. Woodin. 

Research Professors: Eisenberg." Otto." 

Research Assistant Professor: Morton. 

Instructors: Knox. Killeen, Moore, Neidhardt, 

Piper, Spalding. 

Faculty Research Associates: Doss, Farr. 

'Adjunct members of the faculty 

I. Description of Program 

The Department of Zoology offers a program 
leading to a B.S. with a major in Zoology. The 
program is planned to give each student an 
appreciation of the diversity of the problems 
studied by zoologists and an opportunity to 
explore, in detail, the kinds of problems 
delineating the specialized fields of Zoology 
and the nature of observation and 
experimentation appropriate to 
investigations within these fields. The 
requirements of 26 hours in Zoology, 
including one course in each of four broad 
areas, together with supporting courses in 
Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, permit 
students to develop their interests in the 
general field of Zoology or to concentrate in 
a special area. Courses in Zoology satisfying 
the broad area requirements are offered at 
the sophomore and junior-senior levels and 
may be taken upon completion of the 
prerequisites for a chosen course. Majors are 
urged to complete the required supporting 
course in Chemistry, Mathematics, and 
Physics as early as possible since these 
courses are prerequisites for many courses 
in Zoology. 

II. Curriculum For Zoology Majors 

There are no specified courses in zoology 
required of ail majors. ZOOL 101, General 
Zoology, is available for students who need 
an introductory course before proceeding to 
more advanced zoology courses. 
Competence equivalent to the successful 
completion of ZOOL 101 is prerequisite to all 
zoology courses that are accepted for credit 
toward the major. Credits earned in ZOOL 
101 are not accepted for credit toward the 
major. 

All majors are required to complete a 
minimum of 26 credit hours in Zoology with 
an average grade of C. Fourteen of the 
twenty-six hours must be earned in 300-400 
level courses and two of these courses must 
have accompanying laboratories. Most 
Zoology courses that are accepted for credit 
toward the major have been grouped into 
four broad areas based upon the level of 
biological organization studied. The areas 
and their corresponding courses are: I, cells 
and cell organelles II, tissues, organs and 
organ systems III, organisms and IV, 
populations and communities of organisms. 
One 3 or 4 credit course in each of these 
areas is required. ZOOL 271 must 
accompany ZOOL 270, and ZOOL 471 must 
accompany ZOOL 470 for these courses to 
fulfill the Area IV requirement. 



Divisions, Departments / 39 



AREA I 
ZOOL 246— Genetics (4) 
ZOOL 41 1— Cell Biology (4) 
ZOOL 413— Biophysics (3) 
ZOOL 415— Cell Differentiation (3) 
ZOOL 446— Molecular Genetics (3) 
ZOOL 447 — Experimental Genetics (4) 

AREA II 
ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and 

Physiology I (4) 
ZOOL 202— Human Anatomy and 

Physiology II (4) 
ZOOL 421— Physiology of Excitable 

Cells (4) 
ZOOL 422— Vertebrate Physiology (4) 
ZOOL 426— General Endocrinology (3) 
ZOOL 495— Mammalian Histology (4) 

AREA III 
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla (4) 
ZOOL 230— Developmental Biology (4) 
ZOOL 290— Comparative Vertebrate 

Morphology (4) 
ZOOL 293— Animal Diversity (4) 
ZOOL 430— Vertebrate Embryology (4) 
ZOOL 472— General Protozoology (4) 
ZOOL 475 — General Parasitology (4) 
ZOOL 481— Biology of Marine and 

Estuarine Invertebrates (4) 
ZOOL 482— Marine Vertebrate 

Zoology (4) 
ZOOL 483— Vertebrate Zoology (4) 
ZOOL 492— Form and Pattern in 

Organisms (3) 

AREA IV 
ZOOL 270— Population Biology and 

General Ecology (3) 
ZOOL 271— Population Biology and 

General Ecology Laboratory (1) 
ZOOL 440— Evolution (3) 
ZOOL 444 — Advanced Evolutionary 

Biology (3) 
ZOOL 460— Ethology (3) 
ZOOL 461— Ethology Laboratory (3) 
ZOOL 470— Advanced Animal 

Ecology (2) 
ZOOL 471— Laboratory and Field 

Ecology (2) 
ZOOL 480— Aquatic Biology (4) 

Additional courses to complete the required 
26 hours in Zoology may be selected from 
any of the undergraduate courses in Zoology 
except ZOOL 101. General Zoology (4); 
ZOOL 146, Heredity and Man (3); ZOOL 181, 
Ecology of the Oceans (3); and ZOOL 207S, 
Development of the Human Body (2). 

In addition to the above courses, students 
may submit a total of seven credits earned in 
the following courses toward the 26 hour 
requirements. 

ZOOL 205— History of Zoology (1) 
ZOOL 206— Zoological Literature (1) 
ZOOL 209— Basic Study in Zoology (1-4) 
ZOOL 319— Special Problems in 

Zoology (1-2) 
ZOOL 328— Selected Topics in 

Zoology (1-4) 

Up to seven hours of credit in ZOOL 319, 
Special Problems in Zoology, and ZOOL 328, 
Selected Topics in Zoology may be used to 
fulfill the fourteen required hours at the 
300-400 level providing all other 
requirements are met. 

Students participating in the General or 
Departmental Honors Programs may submit 
credits earned in the following courses 
toward the 26 hours requirement 



ZOOL 308H— Honors Seminar (1) 
ZOOL 309H— Honors Independent 

Study (1-4) 
ZOOL 318H— Honors Research (1-2) 

III. Required Supporting Courses 

1. CHEM 103, 104. College Chemistry I and II 
(4,4), or CHEM 105, 106, Principles of 
College Chemistry I and II (4,4). 

2. CHEM 201, 202, College Chemistry III and 
Laboratory (3,2) or CHEM 211, 212. 
Principles of College Chemistry III and 
Laboratory (3,2). 

3. Mathematics through one year of 
calculus; i.e. completion of MATH 220, 
221, Elementary Calculus (3,3) or MATH 
140, 141, Analysis I, II (4,4). 

4. Physics 121, 122, Fundamentals of 
Physics (4,4) or Physics 141, 142, 
Principles of Physics (4,4). 

5. One of the following courses: 

AGRI 301— Introduction to 

Agricultural Biometrics (3) 
AGRI 401— Agricultural Biometrics (3) 
CHEM 203. 204— College Chemistry 

IV and Laboratory (3.2) 
MATH 240— Linear Algebra (4) 
PSYC 200— Statistical Methods in 

Psychology (3) 
SOCY 201— Introductory Statistics 

for Sociology (3) 
STAT 250— Introduction to 

Statistical Models (3) 
STAT 400— Applied Probability and 

Statistics I (3) 
STAT 464 — Introduction to 

Biostatistics (3) 

IV. Advisement. Although sample 
programs for Zoology majors interested in 
different fields may be obtained from the 
Zoology office, it is strongly 
recommended that all majors consult a 
Zoology Department advisor at least once 
every year. Majors planning to specialize 
in a particular field of Zoology should 
satisfy the area requirements during their 
freshman and sophomore years and take 
the 400 level courses in their chosen 
specialty. Students desiring to enter 
graduate study in certain areas of Zoology 
should take Biochemistry, Physical 
Chemistry, Advanced Statistics, Advanced 
Mathematics, and/or Philosophy of 
Science as a part of their undergraduate 
electives. Courses of interest to Zoology 
majors in Animal Science. Anthropology. 
Botany, Electrical Engineering, 
Entomology, Geography, Geology, 
Microbiology, and Psychology are listed in 
the Undergraduate Catalogue under the 
appropriate departments. 

V. Honors. The Department of Zoology 
also offers a special program for the 
exceptionally talented and promising 
student. The Honors Program emphasizes 
the scholarly approach to independent 
study. Information regarding this program 
may be obtained from the departmental 
office or from the chairman of the Zoology 
Honors Program 
Course Code Prefix ZOOL 

The Division of Arts 
and Humanities 

The Division of Arts and Humanities offers 
its students a variety of educational 
opportunities in addition to the traditional 
liberal education associated with 



humanistic studies, including possibilities 
for interdisciplinary and multi-disciplinary 
programs, independent and general study 
programs, and special intensive programs 
designed to meet individual student 
needs. Students electing to major in one 
of the creative or performing arts may 
choose between an academically oriented 
and a professionally oriented program. 
The Division also serves the needs of 
students from the other four academic 
divisions who wish to elect courses in the 
art and humanities. 

The units in the Division are: School of 
Architecture, College of Journalism. 
American Studies Program, Department of 
Art. Department of Classical Languages 
and Literatures, Department of Dance, 
Department of English. Department of 
French and Italian Language and 
Literature. Department of Germanic and 
Slavic Languages and Literatures, 
Department of History. Department of 
Music, Oriental and Hebrew Program, 
Department of Philosophy. Department of 
Spanish and Portuguese Languages and 
Literatures, and Department of Speech 
and Dramatic Art 

Entrance Requirements The student 
who intends to pursue a program of study 
in the Division of Arts and Humanities 
should include the following subjects in a 
high school program. College Preparatory 
Mathematics (Algebra. Plane Geometry), 
three or four units; Foreign Language, two 
or more units; Biology. Chemistry or 
Physics, two units; History and Social 
Sciences, one or more units Students 
lacking such high school preparation may 
still pursue an education in the division by 
making up for such deficiencies through 
course work or independent study on the 
College Park Campus Students wishing 
to major in one of the creative or 
performing areas are encouraged to seek 
training in the skills associated with such 
an area prior to matriculation. Students 
applying for entrance to these programs 
may be required to audition, present slides 
or a portfolio as a part of the admission 
requirements Entrance requirements for 
the School of Architecture and the College 
of Journalism are given below. 

Degrees. Students who satisfactorily 
complete Division requirements are 
awarded the degree of Bachelor of Arts. 
Those who complete satisfactorily a 
special pre-professional program in the 
Department of Music are awarded the 
degree of Bachelor of Music The School 
of Architecture awards the Bachelor of 
Architecture degree: the Bachelor of 
Science is awarded by the College of 
Journalism 

General Requirements for All Degrees: 

A. A minimum of 120 semester hours 

(161 in Architecture) with at least a 
C average. 

B. General University Requirements 

C Division. College, or School degree 

requirements 
D. Major requirements 

The following Division requirements apply 
only to students earning Bachelor of Arts 
degrees from the Division of Arts and 
Humanities For information concerning 



40 / Divisions, Departments 



other degree programs within the Division 
(Bachelor of Architecture in the School ot 
Architecture, Bachelor of Science in the 
College of Journalism, and Bachelor of 
Music in the Department of Music), the 
student should consult advisors in those 
units. 
Division Requirements: 

Notes: 
These requirements as indicated above are 
to apply until new policies of the Division of 
Arts and Humanities are published 

Foreign Language: Demonstration of 
proficiency equivalent to the level achieved 
by completion of the first 12 semester hours 
study of a foreign language. 

(a) This requirement may be met by 
students who have successfully 
completed level three in high school 
in one foreign language or level two in 
each of two foreign languages. 

(b) A student who does not meet the 
requirements under paragraph A, 
must show proficiency through the 
intermediate level of college 
language. This may be done as 
follows: 

1. Take the placement examination in 
the language in which he has 
background — two years in high 
school — and begin at the college 
level indicated by the test and 
continue through the intermediate 
level; or 

2. Pass the proficiency test for 
intermediate level given by the 
respective language departments. 

At the present time, the languages which 
may be offered to meet this requirement are 
Chinese, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, 
Italian, Japanese, Latin, Portuguese. 
Russian, Spanish, and Swahili. 

Normally a student shall not be permitted 
to repeat a foreign language course below 
Course 200 for credit if he has successfully 
completed a higher numbered course than 
the one he wishes to repeat. 

Speech: Successful completion of one of 
the following courses in speech 
communication: SPCH 100, 107, 125, 220, or 
230. Students who have successfully 
completed a full unit of speech in high 
school shall be deemed to have satisfied the 
speech requirement. 

Major Requirements. Each student chooses 
a field of concentration (major). He may 
make this choice as early as he wishes; 
however, once he has earned 56 hours of 
acceptable credit he must choose a major 
before his next registration. 

In programs leading to the baccalaureate 
degree, the student must also have a 
secondary field of concentration (supporting 
courses). The courses constituting the major 
and the supporting courses must conform to 
the requirements of the department in which 
the work is done. 

The student must have an average of not 
less than C in the introductory courses in the 
field in which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the 
lower division departmental prerequisites, of 
24-40 hours, at least twelve of which must be 
in courses numbered 300 or 400 and at least 
twelve of which must be taken in the 



University of Maryland. 

Each major program includes a group of 
"supporting courses," formerly called 
minors, that are designed to contribute to a 
better understanding of the major. The 
nature and number of these courses are 
under the control of the major department. 
The average grade of the work taken for 
the major must be at least C; some 
departments will count toward satisfaction of 
the major requirement no course completed 
with a grade of less than C The average 
grade of the work taken in the major and 
supporting courses combined must be at 
least C. A general average of C in courses 
taken at the University of Maryland is 
required for graduation. 

Courses taken to fulfill General University 
Requirements may not be used toward 
divisional, major, or supporting courses 
requirements. 

Advisors. Freshmen students will be 
assigned faculty advisors to assist them in 
the selection of courses and the choice of a 
major. After selecting a major, sophomore 
students and above will be advised by faculty 
members in the major department. 

Students in the School of Architecture and 
College of Journalism should consult their 
deans. 

Certification of High School Teachers. If 
courses are properly chosen in the field of 
education, a prospective high school teacher 
can prepare for high school positions, with a 
major and supporting courses in certain of 
the departments of this Division. A student 
who wishes to work for a teacher's certificate 
must consult the College of Education in the 
second semester of the sophomore year and 
apply for admission to the "Teacher 
Education" program. 

Honors. The Division conducts both 
General and Departmental Honors Programs 
spanning the four undergraduate years. The 
General Honors Program is discussed in the 
Department Section under "Honors 
Program." 

It may, however, be remarked that the 
Departmental Honors Programs are 
administered by an Honors Committee within 
each department. Admission to a 
Departmental Honors Program ordinarily 
occurs at the beginning of the first or second 
semester of the student's junior year. As a 
rule, only students with a cumulative grade 
point average of at least 3.0 are admitted. A 
comprehensive examination over the field of 
the major program is given to a candidate 
near the end of the senior year. On the basis 
of the student's performance on the Honors 
Comprehensive Examination and in meeting 
such other requirements as may be set by the 
Departmental Honors Committee, the faculty 
may vote to recommend the candidate for 
the appropriate degree with (departmental) 
honors or for the appropriate announcement 
in the commencement program and by 
citation on the student's academic record 
and diploma. 

Students in the General and Departmental 
Honors Programs enjoy some academic 
privileges similar to those of graduate 
students. 

Kappa Tau Alpha. The Maryland chapter of 
Kappa Tau Alpha was chartered in 1961. 
Founded in 1910, this national honor society 
has 39 chapters at universities offering 



graduate or undergraduate preparation for 
careers in professional journalism It is 
dedicated to recognition and promotion of 
scholarship in journalism. Among its 
activities is an annual award for an 
outstanding piece of published research in 
journalism and mass communications. (Also 
see College of Journalism) 
Phi Beta Kappa. Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest 
and most widely respected honorary 
fraternity in the United States. Invitation to 
membership is based not only on 
outstanding scholastic achievement, but 
also on breadth of liberal arts studies 
completed while enrolled at the University of 
Maryland. Gamma of Maryland chapter has 
liaison faculty members in the various 
departments in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities with whom students maydiscuss 
membership selection. It should be kept in 
mind that requirements for national honorary 
societies, such as completion of language 
and mathematics courses, often differ from 
the local college, division or university 
requirements. 

Schools and Colleges of The 

Division 

School of Architecture 

The School of Architecture offers a five-year 
undergraduate professional program leading 
to the degree, Bachelor of Architecture. 
Future plans include development of other 
environmental design programs at the 
graduate and undergraduate level. 

The School was awarded accreditation by 
the National Architectural Accreditation 
Board, June 1972, insuring that past, 
present, and future students will be eligible 
for registration in all 50 states upon meeting 
experience requirements and passing the 
standard examination. The School is an 
associate member of the Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Architecture, and is 
assigned to that organization's northeastern 
region. 

The curriculum presents the basic 
requisite skills and the opportunity to 
develop the knowledge to begin professional 
work. The School's goal is to prepare 
students for professional service in helping 
solve the nation's environmental problems. 
Opportunities in Architecture. A rapidly 
growing population, together with 
expanding industrial development, has taxed 
the resources of cities throughout the world. 
Large segments of these urban populations 
are overcrowded, under-serviced and 
deprived of many of the amenities which city 
life has provided in the past. Many cities find 
themselves on the edge of economic, 
political and social disaster. Whole ethnic, 
racial and economic groups live in a 
continuing situation of frustration. This 
urban crisis, which has come into being over 
the last generation, promises to dominate 
our domestic life in the United States for at 
least the generation to come. 

The complexity of these problems, 
precluding easy attribution of causes and 
simple solutions, has generated great 
change in the environmental design 
professions and in the other social 
disciplines. Where they once stood apart, 
they are now committed to a common 
purpose. Each of them has come to 
recognize the worth and value of the 



Divisions, Departments / 41 



techniques and insights of the others. 

In architecture, these exchanges have 
influenced procedures, services and goals of 
the profession. Recent years have seen the 
introduction of the ideas of urban sociology 
and the behavioral sciences into the area of 
professional concern, and the inclusion into 
professional procedures of linear 
programming, computer technology, 
operations research, mathematical and 
gaming simulation, and the use of analog 
models. The scope of architectural services, 
once confined to the design, supervision and 
construction of buildings, has been 
broadened to include programming, 
developmental planning operations 
research, project feasibility studies, and 
other new professional activities. Finally, the 
role of the architect is expanding from a 
narrow concern with building design to a 
broad concern for developmental change, 
and his or her goal has developed from a 
preoccupation with beauty to a commitment 
to contribute to the enhancement of the 
quality of life. 

These facts illustrate both the great need 
for educated and trained professionals, and 
the relevancy and excitement which 
characterize the profession today. Perhaps 
at no time in history has architecture posed 
as great a challenge, or offered so great a 
promise of personal fulfillment to its 
practitioners. There are many opportunities 
for employment and careers in architectural 
practice. Additional education and 
experience also qualify a graduate for a 
career in city or regional planning. 

The general nature of an architectural 
education is such that some graduates elect 
and achieve successful careers in related 
fields in civil service, commerce or industry. 
Curriculum. The program permits students 
to enter the School of Architecture either 
directly from high school or after one year of 
general college work without extending the 
time required for completion of degree 
requirements. 

Students in the first year may take an 
introductory course in architecture as well as 
general courses. In the second year, the 
student begins professional education in 
basic design and building construction as 
well as continuing his/her general education. 
The basic environmental design studio 
explores specific architectural problems as 
well as the general problems inherent in 
making objects and spaces. In the third year, 
coordinated courses in building design and 
technology introduce the student to the 
ecological, physiographic, physiological, 
social, and physical generators of 
architectural design. In the fourth year, this 
process is continued, but the emphasis is on 
urban design : the environmental context, the 
historical and situational context, urban 
systems, and theoretical, aesthetic and 
sociological considerations. In the fifth year 
of design, the student is offered an 
opportunity to choose a comprehensive 
topical problem from several offered each 
year, or to work independently. Special 
studies in technical areas as well as building 
design and case studies in urban planning 
may be included. 

All of the design studio courses emphasize 
environmental design problem-solving 
experiences, as well as lectures, reading 
assignments, and field trips that advance the 



student's skills. In addition to the design and 
technical courses, the student is required to 
take architectural history, physics, 
mathematics, and a distribution of elective 
courses. 

The general requirements of the University 
apply to the architecture program. In 
addition, students are specifically required to 
complete a mathematics series terminating 
with MATH 221. Most students find it 
necessary to begin college mathematics with 
MATH 115, followed by MATH 220 and 221. In 
addition, architecture students are required 
to complete PHYS 121. 
Location. The School is housed in a 
contemporary air-conditioned building on 
the Campus about 10 miles from 
Washington, DC, and 30 miles from 
Baltimore. Maryland. This location, in the 
center of a large urban concentration, offers 
many opportunities for the School's program 
and the student's growth. 

The School of Architecture building 
provides studio space, a library, exhibit 
space, a shop, a photo lab, classrooms, and 
lecture hall facilities. 

Library. The Architecture Library at present 
comprises some 15,000 volumes, providing 
resources in landscape architecture, 
building technology and urban planning as 
well as in architecture. It is expected that the 
library will number 18,000 volumes by 1976. 
This will make it one of the major 
architectural school libraries in the nation. 
The library subscribes to about 155 foreign 
and domestic periodicals. 
Visual Aids. The visual aids library 
comprises about 65,000 35-mm color slides 
in architecture, landscape architecture, and 
urban planning. The goal for 1977 is 100.000 
slides. (Slides of student work, films, 
film-strips and photographs are included in 
the collection.) Visual aid equipment is 
available for classroom use. 
Admission. Because there is a fixed limit to 
the number of candidates who can be 
admitted each year, it is important that the 
following instructions be carefully followed: 

1. Students applying from high school: 
write the Director of Admissions, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 for 
application instructions; 

2. Students who have completed work at 
other universities: write the Director of 
Admissions, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Md. 20742 for application instructions; 

3. Students transferring from other 
colleges or divisions of the University of 
Maryland: pick up an application form at the 
School of Architecture and return it to the 
assistant dean of the School, together with a 
record of all work taken at the University of 
Maryland. 

Deadlines: all application procedures 
should be completed and materials in hand 
at the University by March 1. Applications 
received after this date, but before the 
University deadline dates for new students 
and for transfer students, will be considered 
only on a space-available basis. 
Financial Assistance. For promising young 
men and women who might not otherwise be 
able to attend the University's School of 
Architecture, a number of grants and 
scholarships are available, some earmarked 
specifically for achitectural students. New 
students must apply before March 15. 
Students already enrolled may apply before 



May 1. All requests for information 
concerning these awards should be directed 
to: Director, Student Aid. University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md 20742 

Architecture 

Professor and Dean Hill 

Assistant Dean: Fogle. 

Professors: Bullock (Visiting). Cochran 

(Visiting), Schlesinger, Skiadaressis 

(Visiting), Wiebenson. 

Assoc. Professors: Degelman, Hutton, Lewis. 

Potts. Schaeffer. 

Asst. Professors: Bechhoefer, Fullenwider. 

Jadin, Kaskey, Lazaris, McKay, Senkevitch, 

Lecturers: Eichbaum, Feild. Hallet. Kramer, 

Potts, Vann, Wilkes. 

Students in architecture are required to 

complete a minimum of 161 credits of work 

for the Bachelor of Architecture degree. In 

addition to prescribed courses in the School 

of Architecture, students are required to 

complete a number of credits in electives 

offered elsewhere in the University. The 

requirements for graduation are tabulated 

below: 



FALL SEMESTER 

1st Year 

Arch 170 Int. to Bit. . 3 

GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 

Elective 3 

15 

2nd Year 
Arch 200 Basic 

Env. Design 4 

Arch 220 Hist. 

ot Arch I 3 

Arch 214 Bldg. 

Const. I 2 

Phys 121 4 

Math 221 3 

16 
3rd Year 
Arch 300 Arch 

Studio I 4 

Arch 310 Arch Sci. 

and Tech P 4 

Arch 360 Site 

Analysis 3 

Arch Hist or 

Theory Opt 3 

Arch 314 or 

CMSC 103 3 

17 

4th Year 
Arch 400 Arch 

Studio III 4 

Arch 410 Arch Sci. 

and Tech III 4 

Arch 350 Theories 



GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 

Elective 3 

15 

Arch 201 Basic 

Env Design 4 

Arch 221 Hist. 

of Arch II 3 

Arch 215 Bldg. 

Constr II 2 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 

15 

Arch 301 Arch 

Studio ll 4 

Arch 311 Arch Sci 

and Tech II 4 

Arch 342 Studies 

in Vis. Design 3 

Arch Hist, or 

Theory Opt. 3 

GUR 2 3 

17 



Arch 401 Arch 

Studio IV 4 

Arch 411 Arch Sci 

and Tech IV 4 



of Urb. Fm 3 GUR 2 3 

GUR 2 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 Elective 3 

17 17 

5th Year Arch 501 Adv 

Arch 500 Adv Top Prob 6 

Top. Prob 6 Elective 3 

Arch 570 Prof. Elective 3 

Mgmt 2 Elective 3 

Arch 502 Thesis 

pro-seminar 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 

15 
17 Total Credits 161 

NOTE : At least 12 of the 39 elective credits must be 
taken outside the School of Architecture and 12 
taken from elective courses offered in the School of 
Architecture (not counting courses taken to meet 
the Arch History or Theory option) 



42 / Divisions, Departments 



'Physics 121 and Math 221 are prerequisites to Arch 310. 
Math 221 has a prerequisite ot Math 220 
'QUR — General University Requirements 
Course Code Prefix— ARCH 



College of Journalism 

The College of Journalism, at the University 
ot Maryland, stands at the doorstep ot the 
Nation s Capitol and the world's news center. 
It is an ideal location tor the study of 
journalism, public relations, and mass 
communications because many of the 
world's important |Ournalists, great news 
events, and significant communications 
activities are near at hand. 

The College is within easy reach of five of 
the nation's top 20 newspapers: the 
Baltimore Sun, the Baltimore 
News-American, the Washington Post, the 
Washington Star-News, and the production 
offices of the Wall Street Journal. The 
College also has easy access to the 
Washington press corps — the large bureaus 
of the Associated Press, United Press 
International, New York Times, and many 
other American and foreign newspapers; 
also major networks and broadcasting news 
bureaus such as NBC, CBS. and ABC; also 
news, business, and special-interest 
magazines, and representatives of the book 
publishing industry. 

The College is close to the sources of 
news, including the White House, executive 
departments and agencies, Supreme Court, 
and Congress. It is near many major 
non-governmental representative bodies 
such as associations, scientific and 
professional organizations, foreign 
representatives, and international agencies. 

The College has six primary objectives: 1) 
to insure a liberal education for journalists 
and mass communicators; 2) to provide 
professional development, including training 
in skills and techniques necessary for 
effective communication; 3) to increase 
public understanding of journalism and 
mass communication; 4) to advance 
knowledge through research and 
publication; 5) to raise the quality of 
journalism through critical examination and 
study; and 6) to provide continuing 
relationship with professional journalists and 
their societies. 

The College curricula in news editorial 
journalism and public relations are 
accredited by The American Council on 
Education for Journalism. The College is a 
member of The American Association of 
Schools and Departments of Journalism, The 
Association for Education in Journalism, and 
The American Society of Journalism School 
Administrators. 

Student journalism organization chapters 
include Sigma Delta Chi, Women in 
Communication, Pi Delta Epsilon, Kappa Tau 
Alpha, Kappa Alpha Mu, and a charter 
chapter of the Public Relations Student 
Society of America. 

The College offers specialized work in 
news reporting and editing, public relations, 
advertising, news broadcasting, news 
photography, and communication theory 
and research. 

The College maintains close liaison with 
student publications and communications, 



including the student daily newspaper, 
yearbook, feature magazine, course guide, 
literary magazine, Campus radio station, and 
Campus television workshop 

The College also provides summer 
interships in professional work and part-time 
on-the-job training opportunities. 

Advanced journalism students have many 
opportunities for professional work in the 
journalism field. The Journalism Semester 
Program allows students to take a 
concentrated semester of work in journalism 
during which time they produce a bi-weekly 
newspaper, the College Park Citizen Call. 
Advanced news reporting students have the 
opportunity to work on the Montgomery 
Journal covering real news assignments for 
publication. In addition, advanced and 
graduate students often use the Washington, 
D. C. resources for both study and 
professional work experience. Some 
seminars meet at the National Press Club in 
downtown Washington. 

Students may declare their intention to 
major in journalism at the beginning of any 
semester, but normally this is done before 
their junior year. Students select and work 
with one faculty member as their advisor 
during the course of their study at the 
University. 

Typing ability and English proficiency are 
required of all students. Majors must 
maintain a C average in courses taken in the 
College. Students must receive at least a C in 
Journalism 200 and 201 before they will be 
allowed to major in Journalism. 



Journalism Faculty 

Professor and Dean: Hiebert. 

Assistant to the Dean: Truitt. 

Professors: Bryan, Crowell, Martin, Newsom. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Grunig, 

Sommer. 

Assistant Professors: Geraci, Hesse, Hoyt, 

Lee, Petrick. 

Requirements for the Journalism Major. 

The requirements for graduation are given 
below: 

I. General University Requirements. 

II. College Requirements: 

A. MATH 110 (or other higher MATH course 
approved by advisor). 

B. Foreign Language; through intermediate 
level (104 or 115). Instead of language, 
the student may wish to take the Math 
option, consisting of 9 hours — one 
course in intermediate Math, one in 
statistics, and one in Computer Science. 

C. Speech Communication (three credits; 
oral communication preferred). 

D. Social Sciences (twelve credits; a 
minimum of three credits in each of the 
following categories). 

1. Sociology or Anthropology (preferably 
social problems or organization). 

2. Psychology (preferably general 
principles or social). 

3. Economics (preferably general 
principles). 

4. Government and Politics (preferably 
American government or principles of 
government). 

III. Professional Requirements: 

JOUR 200 and 201 are required of all 
Journalism majors. In addition, 24 credit 



hours in upper division journalism courses, 
including JOUR 310, News Editing, are 
required. 

At least six credit hours should be taken in 
one of the following sequences for depth in a 
special field of journalism: 
JOUR 320 and 321— News Editorial 
JOUR 330 and 331— Public Relations 
JOUR 340 and 341— Advertising 
JOUR 350 and 351— News Photography. 
JOUR 360 and 361— News Broadcasting. 

All journalism majors should elect at least 
six credit hours from the following courses 
for breadth in mass communrcation: 
JOUR 400— Law of Mass Communication. 
JOUR 410— History of Mass Communication 
JOUR 420 — Government and Mass 
Communication. 

JOUR 430 — Comparative Mass Communication 
Systems. 

JOUR 440— Public Opinion and Mass 
Communication. 

IV. Non-Journalism Requirements: 
12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses 

in one subject outside of the College of 

Journalism. 
12-18 credit hours of upper-division, 

non-journalism electives, to be spread or 

concentrated according to individual 

needs. 
Minimum upper-division credits 

for graduation 57 

Total Lower and 

Upper-Division 120 

Course Code Prefix-^JOUR 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

American Studies Program 

Associate Professor and Chairman: 
Lounsbury. 
Professor: Beall. 
Associate Professor: Mintz. 

The program offers a comprehensive, 
interdisciplinary investigation of American 
culture as defined in historical and 
contemporary sources. Majoring in a 
curriculum of generous breadth — ranging 
from creative self-expression to 
environmental studies and the mass 
media — the undergraduate student may 
benefit from the perspectives emphasized by 
specialists in both the humanities and the 
social sciences. In addition to gaining a 
general awareness of the multiple 
dimensions of American civilization, each 
major is expected to select an area of 
concentration in either American literature 
or American history. The program's faculty 
provide integrative courses, designed to 
offer a conceptual framework for the 
diversified materials of the traditional 
disciplines, in the student's junior and senior 
years. 

The undergraduate major requires 48 
semester hours (24 hours minimum at the 
300-400 level), consisting of courses in 
American Studies and various related 
disciplines. Courses applicable to American 
Studies are offered in the following 
departments, programs, schools and 
colleges: 

English, History Government and Politics, 
Sociology, Afro-American Studies, 
Anthropology, Architecture, Art, 
Comparative Literature, Dramatic Arts, 



Divisions, Departments / 43 



Economics, Education, Geography, 
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, 
Radio-Television-Film, and Speech 
Communication. 

No course with a grade lower than "C" 
may be counted towards the major. 

A major in American Studies will follow 
this curriculum: 

1. AMST 201, 202 (Introduction to 
American Studies) in the freshman or 
sophomore year; AMST 426. 427 (Culture 
and the Arts in America) or AMST 436. 437 
(Readings in American Studies) in the junior 
year; and AMST 446, 447 (Popular Culture in 
America) in the senior year. 

2. Twelve hours of either American 
literature or history. 

3. Nine hours in each of two of the 
remaining above listed departments. 

Note: To meet one of the nine hour 
requirements, a student, with the approval of 
his advisor, may substitute related courses 
from one of the following sequences: 

Afro-American Studies. Courses in art, 
English, government, history and sociology. 

Area Studies and Comparative Culture. 
The study of one foreign culture. Courses 
must be drawn from at least two of the 
following fields: art, comparative literature, 
English, history, and a foreign language. 

Creative and Performing Arts. Production, 
studio or technical courses in art, English, 
music, radio and television. 

Personality and Culture. Courses in 
anthropology, education, and psychology. 

Philosophy and Fine Arts. Courses in art, 
music and philosophy. 

Popular Arts and Mass Communications. 
Courses in dramatic arts, journalism, 
radio-television-film. 

Urban and Environmental Studies. 
Courses in architecture, economics, 
government, sociology. 

Women's Studies. Courses in English, 
government, history, and sociology. 

Course Code Prefix— AMST 

Art 

Professor and Chairman: Levitine. 
Professors: Bunts, A. deLeiris, Denny, 
Jamieson, Lembach, Lynch, Maril, Rearick. 
Associate Professors: Campbell. DiFederico, 
Klank, Niese, Pemberton, Stites. 
Assistant Professors: Bickley, Dillinger, 
Farquhar, Forbes, Gelman. Green, 
Wheelock, Withers. 

Lecturers: Balse, deMonte, Ferraioli, Griffin, 
Hommel, Landgren, Lapinski. Puryear, 
Richer, Spiro, Valtchev, Willis. 
Instructors: M. deLeiris, Reid, Samuels. 

Two majors are offered in art: art history and 
studio. The student who majors in art history 
is committed to the study and scholarly 
interpretation of existing works of art, from 
the prehistoric era to our times, while the 
studio major stresses the student's direct 
participation in the creation of works of art. 
In spite of this difference, both majors are 
rooted in the concept of art as a humanistic 
experience, and share an essential common 
aim: the development of aesthetic sensitivity, 
understanding, and knowledge. For this 
reason, students in both majors are required 
to progress through a "common 
curriculum," which will ensure a broad 



grounding in both aspects of art; then each 
student will move into a "specialized 
curriculum" with advanced courses in his 
own major. 

A curriculum leading to a degree in art 
education is offered in the College of 
Education with the cooperation of the 
Department of Art. 

Common Curriculum 

(Courses required in major unless taken as 

part of supporting area as listed below.) 
ARTH 100. Introduction to Art. (3) 
ARTH 260. History of Art. (3) 
ARTH 261. History of Art. (3) 
ARTS 100. Design I. (3) 
ARTS 110. Drawing I. (3) 

Specialized Curricula 

Art History Major A 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses 
(one each from 3 of the following areas: 
Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance-Baroque, 
19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

1 additional Studio Art course. (3) 

Supporting Area 

12 coherently related non-art credits 
approved by an advisor. Six of these 
credits must be taken in one department, 
and must be at junior-senior level. (12) 

Art History Major B 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses 
(one each from 3 of the following areas: 
Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance-Baroque, 
19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

3 additional courses in any level History of 
Art. (9) 

Supporting Area 

ARTS 100. Design I (from common 

curriculum). (3) 

ARTS 110. Drawing I (from common 

curriculum. (3) 

2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined 
Major and Supporting Area — 45. Additional 
History of Art or Studio courses may be 
applied. Total combined Art hours may not 
exceed 42 in Major A; total in combined 
Major and Supporting Area may not exceed 
54 in Major B. 

Studio Art Major A 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design or 

alternative. (3) 

ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3) 

ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340. Printmaking I or ARTS 344. 

Print-making II. (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level Studio 

course. (3) 

1 advanced History of Art course. (3) 

Supporting Area 

12 coherently related non-Art credits 
approved by an advisor. Six of these 
credits must be taken in one department 
and must be at junior-senior level. (12) 

Studio Art Major B 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design or 

alternative. (3) 
ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 
ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 
ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3) 



ARTS 330 Sculpture I. (3) 
ARTS 340 Printmaking I or ARTS 344. 
Printmaking II. (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art 
course. (3) 

Supporting Area in History of Art 
ARTH 260. History of Art (from common 

curriculum). (3) 
ARTH 261. History of Art (from common 

curriculum). (3) 

2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. 
(6) Total required credit hours, combined 
Major and 

Supporting Area— 51 in Major A. 45 in Major 

B. 
Additional History of Art or Studio courses 
may be applied Total combined Art hours 
may not exceed 42 in Major A; total in 
combined Major and Supporting Area may 
not exceed 54 in Major B 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 
Course Code Prefixes— ARTE. ARTH. ARTS 

Chinese Program 

Associate Professor and Director: Chin. 
Instructors: Lee, Wang. 
Lecturers: Loh, Chen. 

The program offers two series of courses, the 
language series and the content series. The 
language series consists of four levels of 
instruction: the elementary, the intermediate, 
the advanced, and a level of specialized 
courses such as Readings in Chinese History 
and Literature, Classical Chinese, etc. In 
addition, there is a course entitled Review of 
Elementary Chinese to bridge the gap 
between Elementary and Intermediate 
Chinese for those students who have had 
some exposure to the language but who are 
not ready for Intermediate Chinese. 

The content series contains courses in 
Chinese civilization, literature, and 
linguistics. Except for Chinese Linguistics. 
which is a sequence dealing with the sounds 
and grammatical system of the Chinese 
language and its comparison with English, 
courses in the content series do not 
presuppose previous training in the Chinese 
language. Since the illustrative materials for 
Chinese Linguistics (CHIN 421, 422) are in 
Chinese, CHIN 102 or equivalent is required 
for this sequence. 

The elementary Chinese course is 
intensified, meeting 6 hours per week, for 
which students receive 12 credits in one year 
(6 per semester) The intensive program is 
designed to give students a solid foundation 
of the language in all four skills of speaking. 
hearing, reading, and writing (characters). 
The instructional approach is audio-lingual 
and communication-onented 

Presently the program offers a minor in 
Chinese. It consists of 18 credit hours of 
which 6 must be in Chinese Linguistics. 

Classical Languages and 
Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: Avery. 
Associate Professor: Hubbe. 
Lecturer: Iversen. 
Instructor: Clapper 

Major in Latin: LATN 101. 102. 203 and 204 or 
their equivalent must have been completed 
before a student may begin work on a major. 
A major consists of a minimum of 



44 / Divisions, Departments 



twenty-four hours beginning with LATN 305, 
twelve hours of which must be taken in 
400-level courses. In addition, a student 
majoring in Latin will be required to take as 
supporting courses LATN 170. HIFN456. and 
HIFN 410. The student is urged to pursue a 
strong supporting program in Greek. The 
following courses are recommended as 
electives: HIST 251 and 252, ARTH 402 and 
403, and PHIL 310. No course in the Latin 
language with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy ma|or requirements. 

Normally no placement tests are given in 
the classical languages. The following 
schedule will apply in general in determining 
the course level at which students will 
register for Latin. 
Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will 
register for LATN 101 
Students offering 2 units of Latin will 
register for LATN 203. 
Students offering 3 units of Latin will 
register for LATN 204. 
Students offering 4 units of Latin will 
register for LATN 305. 
However, those presenting. 2, 3 or 4 units 
of preparatory work may register initially for 
the next higher course by demonstrating 
proficiency through a placement test. 
Students whose stage of achievement is not 
represented here are urgently invited to 
confer with the chairman of the department. 
Students who wish to continue the study of 
Greek should likewise confer with the 
chairman of the department. 

Course Code Prefixes— LATN. GREK 

Comparative Literature Program 

Advisory Committee on Comparative 

Literature: Kenny, Jones, Swigger, MacBain, 

Hering, Nemes. 

Professors: Goodwyn. Jones, Perloff, 

Salamanca. Schoeck. 

Associate Professors: Berry. Coogan, 

Greenwood, Mack, Smith, Walt. 

Assistant Professors: Gilbert. Swigger. 

Undergraduates may emphasize 
comparative literature as they work toward a 
degree in one of the departments of 
literature. Each student will be formally 
advised by the faculty of his "home" 
department. In general, every student will be 
required to take CMLT 401 and CMLT 402, 
and during his last year, CMLT 496. The 
various literature departments concerned 
will have additional specific requirements. 

Students emphasizing comparative 
literature are expected to develop a high 
degree of competence in at least one foreign 
language. 

Course work may not be limited to the 
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

LATN 170 is highly recommended. 

Course Code Prefix— CMLT 

Dance 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Ryder. 

Professor: Madden. 

Associate Professor: Rosen. 

Assistant Professors: McCann, A. Warren, L. 

Warren, L. Witt. 

Instructors: Abeling. Brunner. Frank, 

Freivogel, Roden, Rooney, Sheppard, Steele. 

Tatman, Thomas. 

The Dance Department offers a basic four 
year program as a foundation for the dance 
professions. 



The program leads to two degrees: 
1 Bachelor of Arts-Division of Arts and 
Humanities, for those pursuing interests 
in performance and choreography. 

2. Bachelor of Science-College of 
Education, for students in dance 
education. Students are certified to 
teach kindergarten through grade 12 in 
the State of Maryland. 
The core program for both degrees 
includes at least one modern 
technique-class per semester, plus 24 
semester hours of additional dance courses, 
including basic ballet technique and 12 
semester hours in dance related disciplines. 
No grade less than "C" is accepted in 
courses required for the major. 

There is ample opportunity for 
performance in departmentally sponsored 
student workshops, lecture demonstrations, 
composition courses, student and faculty 
concerts, and Maryland Dance Theater. The 
faculty and regular course offerings are 
complemented by visiting 
artists-in-residence. 

The department strongly recommends that 
new dance majors enter only in the fall 
semester of the academic year. Following 
admission to the University a potential dance 
major is expected to contact the department 
for instructions regarding advising, audition 
for class placement, and registration. 

English Language and Literature 

Chairman and Professor: Kenny. 
Professors: Andrews (Emeritus), Bode, 
Bryer, Cooley (Emeritus), Corrigan, Fleming 
(Emeritus), Freedman, Gravely (Emeritus), 
Hovey, Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack, 
McManaway, Manning, Mish, Murphy, Myers, 
Panichas, Perloff, Russell, Salamanca, 
Schoeck, Schonhorn (Visiting), Whittemore, 
Zeeveld (Emeritus). 
Associate Professors: Barnes. Barry, 
Birdsall, Brown, Coogan, Cooper, Fry 
Greenwood, Hamilton, G., Herman, Holton, 
Houppert, Howard, Jellema, Kinnaird, Kleine, 
Mack, Miller, M., Peterson, Smith, Thorberg, 
Vitzhum, Walt, Ward, Weber (Emeritus), 
Wilson. 

Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Cate, 
Chargois, Cothran, Dunn, Gallick, Hamilton, 
D., James, Kelly, Kennedy, Kimble, Martin, 
Moore, Nutku, Rowe, Rutherford, Steinberg, 
Swigger, Tyson, Van Egmond, Weigant. 
Lecturers: Donnawerth, Sewell, Trousdale. 
Instructors: Alspaugh, Bilik, Bissonehe, 
Bosco. Buhlig, Conner, Demaree, Ference, 
Foust, Gold, Haar, Hodkinson, Judge, Leffler, 
Lynch, J. Miller, Potash, Reggy, Rockwell, 
Schmeissner, Sloan, N. Smith, Stevenson, 
Townsend, Tulloss. 

The English major requires 36 credits 
beyond the University composition 
requirement. For the specific distribution 
requirements of these 36 credits, students 
should consult the English Department's 
advisors (room A212J, ext. 2521). A student 
may pursue a major with emphasis in 
English, and American Literature; 
Comparative Literature, or linguistics; or in 
preparation for secondary school teaching. 
Students interested in secondary teaching 
should make it known to the department as 
early in their college career as possible. 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 



In selecting supporting or elective 
subjects, students majoring in English, 
particularly those who plan to do graduate 
work, should give special consideration to 
courses in French, German, Latin, 
philosophy, and history. 

Honors: The Department of English offers an 
honors program, primarily for majors but 
open to others with the approval of the 
Departmental Honors Committee. Interested 
students should ask for detailed information 
from an English Department advisor no later 
than the beginning of their junior year. 

Course Code Prefix— ENGL 

French and Italian Languages and 
Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: MacBain. 
Professors: Bingham. Quynn (Emeritus), 
Rosenfield. 

Associate Profesors: Demaitre. Fink, Hall, 
Tarica. 

Assistant Professors: Gilbert, Daniel 
(Visiting), Lebreton-Savigny. Meijer. 
Lecturer: Lloyd-Jones. 
Instructors: Barrabini, Bondurant, Dubois. 
Vaccarelli. 

The Department offers a major in French 
which consists of a total of 33 credits of 
French courses at the 200 level or above. The 
French major must complete FREN 201, 251, 
252, 301 , 302, any one of 21 1 , 31 1 . 31 2. one of 
401 , 405 and four French courses from those 
numbered 330 to 499 — one of which must be 
a literature course. (FREN 399, 478, and 479 
may not be counted among the five.) The 
French major is required to take a further 12 
credits in supporting courses from a list 
approved by the Department. An average 
grade of "C" is the minimum acceptable in 
the major field. Students intending to apply 
for teacher certification should consult the 
Director of Undergraduate Advising, Dr. 
Marianne Meijer, as early as possible in order 
to plan their programs accordingly. 

Honors. The department offers an honors 
program in French for students of superior 
ability. Honors work normally begins in the 
first semester of the junior year, but a 
qualified student may enter as early as the 
sophomore year or as late as the second 
semester of the junior year. Honors students 
are required to take at least two courses from 
those numbered 491 H. 492H, and 493H 
together with 494H, Honors Independent 
Study, and 495H, Honors Thesis Research. 
Honors students must take a final 
comprehensive examination based on the 
honors reading list. Admission of students to 
the honors program, their continuance in the 
program and the final award of honors are 
the prerogative of the Departmental Honors 
Committee. 

Course Code Prefixes— FREN. ITAL 

Germanic and Slavic Languages 
and Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: Hering. 

Professors: Best, Dobert. Hinderer, Jones. 

Associate Professors: Berry. Fleck, 

Hitchcock, Pfister. 

Assistant Professors: Dulbe. Elder, Irwin, 

Knoche, Kostovski. 

Instructors: Barmine. Kornetchuk, Lindes. 

Mehl. Vollmer. 



Divisions, Departments / 45 



General. Two types of undergraduate majors 
are offered in both German and Russian: one 
for the general student or the future teacher, 
and the other for those interested in a 
rounded study of a foreign area for the 
purpose of understanding another nation 
through its literature, history, sociology, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer 
the B.A. degree. The department also offers 
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in German language 
and literature. 

An undergraduate major in either category 
consists of a total of 30 hours with a C 
average, beyond the basic language 
requirement. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, 
students majoring in German or Russian, 
particularly those who plan to do graduate 
work, should give special consideration to 
courses in French, Spanish, Latin, 
philosophy, history, and English. 

Language and Literature Major: 
German. Specific minimum requirements in 
the program are: two courses in advanced 
language (301-302); two semesters of the 
survey of literature courses (321-322): six 
literature courses on the 400-level, two of 
which may be taken in comparative 
literature. Taking honors courses as 
substitute for the 400-level literature courses 
requires special permission from the 
chairman of the department and in no case 
may more than two honors courses be 
selected for this purpose. 

Russian. The specific minimum 
requirements are: one from each set: 
201-202. 301-302, 311-312, 401-402; two 
semesters of the survey of literature courses 
(321-322), plus 15 hours of courses on the 
400-level. 

Foreign Area Major: 

German. Specific requirements in this major 
are: two courses in advanced language 
(301-302); a 2-semester literature survey 
(321-322); two courses in civilization 
(421-422); four courses in German literature 
on the 400-level, two of which may be 
replaced by Comparative Literature 401 and 
402. Supporting courses should be selected 
in consultation with the student's advisor. 

Honors. A student majoring in German or 
Russian who, at the time of application, has a 
general academic average of at least 3.0 and 
3.5 or above in his major field, is eligible for 
admission to the Honors program of the 
department. Application should be directed 
to the chairman of the Honors Committee. 
Honors work normally begins in the first 
semester of the junior year but a qualified 
student may enter as early as the sophomore 
year or as late as the second semester of the 
junior year. 

Honors students are required to take two 
of the Honors reading courses 398H and the 
independent study course. 397H. 

Besides completing an independent study 
project, all graduating seniors who are 
candidates for Honors must take an oral 
examination. Admission of students to the 
Honors Program, their continuance in the 
program, and the final award of Honors are 
the prerogative of the Departmental Honors 
Committee. 



Lower Division Courses. Students with only 
one year of high school language may take 
courses 111 and 112 in that language for 
credit Students who have had two or more 
years of German or Russian in high school 
and wish to continue with that language 
must take the placement exam. 

Students who. as a result of the placement 
exam, place in 113 must complete 115. They 
may not take courses 111-112 for credit 
unless there has been a four-year lapse of 
time between their high school language 
course and their first college course in that 
language. Those who place above 115 have 
fulfilled the language requirement for the 
B.A. degree in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. 

Transfer students with college credit have 
the option of continuing at the level for 
which they are theoretically prepared, of 
taking a placement examination, or of 
electing courses 113 or 116 for credit. If a 
transfer student takes 113 for credit, he or 
she may retain transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 111. If he takes 116, he 
may retain two for credit only for the 
equivalent of courses 111 through 114. A 
transfer student placing lower than his or her 
training warrants may ignore the placement 
but DOES SO AT HIS OR HER OWN RISK. 

If a student has received a D in a course 
and completes the next higher course, he or 
she cannot go back to repeat the original D. 

Course Code Prefixes— GERM, RUSS 



Hebrew Program 

Assistant Professor and Director: Greenberg. 
Visiting Professor: Iwry. 
Instructors: Klein, Barnea. 

A minor in Hebrew language and literature 
consists of 18 semester hours. Six of these 
hours must be in courses on the 400-level. 

Students who have never studied Hebrew, 
or who have little knowledge beyond reading 
and writing, may register for Elementary 
Hebrew without taking a placement 
examination. Students who have studied 
Hebrew in a Hebrew high school or day 
school, in Israel, or at another university are 
required to take the placement examination. 
On questions of placement above the 
Hebrew 115 level, students should consult 
Professor Samuel Iwry. 

Course Code Prefix — HEBR 

History 

Professor and Chairman: Rundell. 
Professors: Bauer (Emeritus), Brush, 
Callcott, Carter, Cole, Duffy. Foust. Gilbert, 
Gordon, Grimsted. Haber, Harlan. 
Jashemski, Kent, Merrill, Olson, A., Prange, 
Schuessler, Smith, E.B.. Sparks. Yaney. 
Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow, 
Cockburn. Ellis (Visiting) Farrell, Flack, 
Folsom, Greenberg, Giffin, Grimsted, 
Hoffman, Kaufman, Matossian. Mayo. Olson. 
K., Stowasser, Wakelyn (Visiting), Warren. 
Assistant Professors: Berlin (Visiting), 
Bradbury, Harris, Holum, Lampe, Majeska. 
McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam. Ridgway, 
Ruderman. Smith, H.. Spiegel. Williams, 
Wright. 

Instructor: Smock. 

Lecturer: Banks. Powell. Sawyer, Schulz 
(Visiting), Stowasser (Visiting). 



The Department of History seeks to broaden 
the student's cultural background through 
the study of history and to provide 
preparation for those interested in law, 
publishing, teaching, lournalism, service, 
and graduate study 

A faculty advisor will assist each maior in 
planning a curriculum to meet his personal 
interests. A "program plan," approved by the 
advisor, should be filed with the Department 
as soon as possible Students should meet 
regularly with their advisors to discuss the 
progress of their studies 

Major Requirements 

A. Candidates for a B.A. in History are 
required to complete 39 hours in History 
courses 

B The undergraduate major must attain a 
grade of C or higher in each of the 
courses submitted to fulfill the 39-hour 
requirement. 

C. A minimum of twelve of the 39 hours 
must be taken at the 300 or 400 levels. 

D. The only mandatory course is HIST 389, 
Proseminar in Historical Writing (3 
hours) . 

e. Before registering for Hist 389, the 

student is required to have demonstrated 
proficiency in English composition by 

(1) passing (or getting credit by 
examination in) ENGL 101 or 171 
or equivalent, with a grade of C or 
higher; or 

(2) receiving an appropriate score on 
the Advanced Placement 
examination 

Supporting Courses. History majors are 
required to take nine hours at the 300 or 400 
levels in appropriate supporting areas 
outside the History Department. These 
courses do not all have to be in the same 
department but the choice of courses must 
be approved in writing by a faculty advisor. 
The grade of C or higher is required in each 
of the courses submitted to fulfill this 
requirement. 

General University Requirements in 
History. All History courses on the 100, 200. 
300 and 400 levels are open to students 
seeking to meet the University requirements 
in Area C (Division of Arts and Humanities) 
with the exception of HIST 256, 257. 389. 395. 
396, 399. A few other courses are open only 
to students who satisfy specified 
prerequisites, but that does not limit them to 
history majors. It should be noted that 
Special Topics courses — HIST 298. 389 and 
498 — are offered on several different 
subjects of general interest each semester; 
descriptions may be obtained from the 
History Department office. 

Honors In History. Students who major or 
minor in history may apply for admission to 
the History Honors Program during the 
second semester of their sophomore year. 
Those who are admitted to the program 
substitute discussion courses and a thesis 
for some lecture courses and take an oral 
comprehensive examination prior to 
graduation. Successful candidates are 
awarded either honors or high honors in 
history. 

The History Department offers pre-honors 
work in American history in western 
civilization. Consult Schedule of Classes for 



46 / Divisions, Departments 



specific offerings each semester. Students in 
these sections meet in a discussion group 
instead of attending lectures. They read 
widely and do extensive written work on their 
own. Pre-honors sections are open to any 
student and are recommended for students 
in General Honors, subject only to the 
instructor's approval. Students who intend to 
apply for admission to the History Honors 
Program should take as many of them as 
possible during their freshman and 
sophomore years. 

Course Code Prefixes— HIST. HIFN. HIUS 

Japanese Program 

Associate Professor and Director: Chin. 

Three semesters of Japanese are now 
offered. The approach is audio-lingual and 
communication oriented. The courses are 
open to all students interested in Japanese 
and East Asian studies. 

Course Code— JAPN 

Music 

Professor and Chairman: Troth. 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, deVermond, 

Folstrom, Gordon, Grentzer, Heim, Helm, 

Hudson. Johnson, Moss, Taylor, Traver, 

Ulrich (Emeritus). 

Associate Professors: Fanos, Gallagher, 

Garvey, Head, Horton, McClelland, Meyer, 

Montgomery, Olson, Pennington. 

Schumacher, Serwer, Shelley, Snapp, 

Springmann. True. Wakefield. 

Assistant Professors: Barnett, Beatty, Davis, 

Elliston, Elsing, Etheridge, Fleming, Gould, 

Haley, Kuhn, Payerle, Roesner, Seidler, 

Signell. Sutherland, Wachhaus, Wilson, B. 

Lecturer: Morden, Newbern, L.C. Roesner, 

Thornhill. 

Instructors: Jarvis, Mueller, Wilson, M. 

The objectives of the department are (1) to 
help the general student develop sound 
critical judgment and discriminating taste in 
the art of music; (2) to provide professional 
musical training based on a foundation in the 
liberal arts; (3) to prepare the student for 
graduate work in the field; and (4) to prepare 
him to teach music in the public schools. To 
these ends, two degrees are offered: the 
Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory, 
composition, history and literature, or music 
performance; and the Bachelor of Arts, with 
a major in music. The Bachelor of Science 
degree, with a major in music education, is 
offered in the Department of Secondary 
Education, in the College of Education; 
course offerings and degree programs are 
described in the sections relating to that 
department. These degree programs, 
however, are administered within the Music 
Department. 

Courses in music theory, literature and 
music performance are open to all students 
who have completed the specified 
prerequisites, or their equivalents, if teacher 
time and facilities permit. The University 
Bands, Chamber Singers, Chapel Choir, 
Madrigal Singers, Orchestra, University 
Chorale, and University Chorus, as well as 
the smaller ensembles, are likewise open to 
all qualified students. 

The Bachelor of Music Degree. The 

curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor 
of Music is designed for students who wish 
to prepare for a professional career in music. 
Extensive Pre-college experiences in music 



are expected A list of specific courses is 
available in the departmental office. A grade 
of C or above is required in each major 
course. 



Spring 



Spring 



5 

15 

Spring 



2 
5 
16 

Spring 



Bachelor of Music (Pert.: Piano) 

Sample Program 

Freshman Year Fall 

MUSP 119/120 4 

MUSC 128 2 

MUSC 131 3 

MUSC 150/151 3 

University Requirements .... 3 

15 

Sophomore Year Fall 

MSUP 217/218 4 

MUSC 228 2 

MUSC 250/251 4 

University Requirements .... 5 

15 

Junior Year Fall 

MUSP 415/416 4 

MUSC 330/331 3 

MUSC 328 2 

Elective — 

University Requirements .... 6_ 

15 

Senior Year Fall 

MUSP 419/420 4 

MUSC 450 3 

MUSC 492 — 

MUSC 467 3 

Electives 6 

16 



The Bachelor of Arts Degree. The 

curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in music is designed for 
students whose interests are cultural rather 
than professonal. A list of specific courses is 
available in the departmental office. A grade 
of C or above is required in each major 
course. 



Bachelor of Arts (Music) 

Sample Program 

Freshman Year Fall Spring 

MUSC 100 — 2 

MUSC 102/103 2 2 

MUSC 131 3 — 

MUSC 150/151 3 3 

University Requirements ... 6 7 

MUSC 329 1 1 

15 15 

Sophomore Year Fall Spring 

MUSC 202/203 2 2 

MUSC 250/251 4 4 

University Requirements ... . 5 6 

MUSC Electives 3 2 

MUSC 329 1 1 

15 15 

Junior Year Fall Spring 

MUSC 329 1 

MUSC 330/331 3 3 

MUSC Electives 5 — 

Supporting Area — 9 

University Requirements .... 6 — 

Electives — 3 

15 15 

Senior Year Fall Spring 

Electives 12 15 

MUSC 450 3 

15 15 
Course Code Prefixes— MUSC, MUEO. MUSP 



Philosophy 

Professor and Chairman: Gorovitz. 

Professors: Pasch, Perkins. Schlaretzki, 

Svenonius. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, 

Lesher, Martin, Suppe. 

Assistant Professors: Ahern, Darden, Edlow 

Gardner, Johnson, Kress, Odell, Stern, Stone 

(Visiting), Waldner. 

The undergraduate course offerings of the 
Department of Philosophy are, as a group, 
intended both to satisfy the needs of persons 
wishing to make philosophy their major field 
and to provide ample opportunity for other 
students to explore the subject In general, 
the study of philosophy can contribute to the 
education of the university student by giving 
him or her experience in critical and 
imaginative reflection on fundamental 
concepts and principles, by acquainting him 
or her with some of the philosophical beliefs 
which have influenced and are influencing 
his own culture, and by familiarizing him or 
her with some classic philosophical writings 
through careful reading and discussion of 
them. The department views philosophy 
essentially as an activity, which cultivates 
articulateness, expository skill, and logical 
rigor. Students in philosophy courses can 
expect their work to be subjected to 
continuing critical scrutiny. Courses 
designed with these objectives primarily in 
mind include PHIL 100 (Introduction to 
Philosophy), PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and 
Semantics), PHIL 140 (Ethics). PHIL 236 
(Philosophy of Religion), and the historical 
courses 305. 310, 320, 325, and 326. 

For students interested particularly in 
philosophical problems arising within their 
own special disciplines, a number of courses 
are appropriate: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in 
Literature), PHIL 246 (Philosophy of 
Education), PHIL 250 (Philosophy of Science 
I), PHIL 345 (Social and Political Philosophy 
I), PHIL 360 (Philosophy of Language), PHIL 
330 (Philosophy of Art), PHIL 432 (Topics in 
Philosophical Theology), PHIL 455 
(Philosophy of the Social Sciences), PHIL 
456 (Philosophy of Biology), PHIL 457 
(Philosophy of History), and PHIL 474 
(Introduction and Probability). 

Pre-law students may be particularly 
interested in PHIL 140 (Ethics), PHIL 345 and 
445 (Political and Social Philosophy I and II), 
PHIL 440 (Ethnical Theory), and PHIL 447 
(Philosophy of Law). Pre-medical students 
may be particularly interested in PHIL 342 
(Moral Problems in Medicine), and PHIL 456 
(Philosophy of Biology). 

The departmental requirements for a major 
in philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at 
least 30 hours in philosophy, not including 
PHIL 100; (2) PHIL 140, 271, 310. 320. 326, 
and at least two courses numbered 399 and 
above; (3) a grade of C or better in each 
course counted toward the fulfillment of the 
major requirement. 

For students of exceptional ability and 
interest in philosophy, the department offers 
an honors program. Information regarding 
this special curriculum may be obtained from 
the departmental advisors. 

The Department presents visiting speakers 
from this country and abroad in its 
colloquium series, scheduled throughout the 
academic year. In addition, members of the 
department and advanced graduate students 



Divisions, Departments / 47 



lecture on topics of current significance in 
the Graduate Workshop and in the 
undergraduate Philosophy Club. 

Course Code Prefix— PHIL 

Russian Area Program 

Director and Student Advisor: Foust, Yaney. 

The Russian Area Program offers courses 
leading to a B.A. in Russian studies. Students 
in the Program study Russian and Soviet 
culture as broadly as possible, striving to 
comprehend it in all its aspects rather than 
focusing their attention on a single segment 
of human behavior. It is hoped that insights 
into the Russian way of life will be valuable 
not only as such but as a means to deepen 
the students' awareness of their own society 
and of themselves. 

Course offerings are in several 
departments: language and literature, 
government and politics, history, economics, 
geography, architecture, and sociology. A 
student may plan his or her curriculum so as 
to emphasize any one of these disciplines, 
thus preparing for graduate work either in 
the Russian area or in the discipline. 

Students in the Program must meet the 
general degree requirements of the 
University and division from which they 
graduate. They must complete 12 hours of 
basic courses in Russian language IRUSS 
111, 112 (or RUSS 121 in place of both 111 
and 112), 114, and 115] or the equivalent of 
these courses taken elsewhere, and they 
must complete at least 12 more hours in 
Russian language beyond the basic level 
(chosen from among RUSS 201. 202, 301, 
302, 311, 312, 321, and 322 or equivalent 
courses). In addition, students must 
complete 24 hours in Russian area courses 
on the 300 level or above. These 24 hours 
must be taken in at least 5 different 
departments, and may include 
language-literature courses beyond those 
required above. 

HIST 237, Russian Civilization, is 
recommended as a general introduction to 
the Program but does not count toward the 
fulfillment of the Program's requirements. 

It is recommended but not required that 
the student who plans on doing graduate 
work complete at least 18 hours at the 300 
level or above (which may include courses 
applicable to the Russian Area Program) in 
one of the above mentioned departments. It 
is also recommended that students who plan 
on doing graduate work in the social 
sciences -- government and politics, 
economics, geography, and sociology -- take 
at least two courses in statistical methods. 

The student's advisor will be the Program 
director. The student must receive a grade of 
C or better in all the above mentioned 
required courses. 

Spanish and Portuguese 
Languages and Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: Mendeloff. 
Professors: Goodwyn. Gramberg. 
Marra-Lopez, Nemes. Rand (Emeritus) 
Associate Professors: Rovner, Sosnowski. 
Assistant Professors: Baird. Igel, Natella. 
Norton. 

Instructors: Barilla. Borroto. Garcia. Hahn. 
Lesman, Rentz, Sendra. Wooldridge. 



Majors. Two types of undergraduate majors 
are offered in Spanish: one for the general 
student or the future teacher, and the other 
for those interested in a rounded study of a 
foreign area for the purpose of 
understanding another nation through its 
literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer 
the B.A. degree. 

A C average is required for an 
undergraduate major in either language and 
literature or area studies. 

Language and Literature Major. Courses: 
SPAN 201, 221, 301-302; 311 or 312, 321-322 
or 323-324; 401 or 402 plus five 400-level 
courses or pro-seminars in literature (one of 
which may be replaced by a course in 
civilization, advanced conversation, or 
applied linguistics), for a total of 39 hours. 
Nine hours of supporting courses, two of 
which must be on the 300-400 level in a 
single area other than Spanish and 
education. Suggested areas: government 
and politics, art, history, philosophy, 
comparative literature, etc.. for a combined 
total of 48 hours. 

Foreign Area Major. The area study major in 
Spanish endeavors to provide the student 
with the knowledge of the various aspects of 
Spain and Spanish America. Specific 
requirements in this major are SPAN 201. 
301-302, 311-312, 321-322 or 323-324, 
425-426 or 446-447, and nine credits of 
Spanish or Spanish American literature in 
400-level courses and/or pro-seminars, for a 
total of 36 hours. 

Twelve hours of supporting courses, six of 
which must be on the 300-400 level in a 
single area other than Spanish and 
education. Suggested areas: economics, 
government and politics, geography, history, 
philosophy, etc., for a combined total of 48 
hours. 

Honors in Spanish. A student whose major is 
Spanish and who, at the time of application, 
has a general academic average of 3.0 and 
3.5 in his major field may apply to the 
Chairman of the Honors Committee for 
admission to the Honors Program of the 
department. Honors work normally begins in 
the first semester of the junior year, but a 
qualified student may enter as early as the 
sophomore year or as late as the second 
semester of the junior year. Honors students 
are required to take two courses from those 
numbered 491. 492. 493, and the seminar 
numbered 496, as well as to meet other 
requirements for a major in Spanish. There 
will be a final comprehensive examination 
covering the honors reading list which must 
be taken by all graduating seniors who are 
candidates for honors. Admission of 
students to the Honors Program, their 
continuance in the program, and the final 
award of honors are the prerogative of the 
Departmental Honors Committee. 

Elementary Honors. SPAN 102H is limited to 
specially approved candidates who have 
passed SPAN 101 with high grades, and will 
allow them to enter 104H or 201. 

Lower Division Courses. The elementary 
and intermediate courses in Spanish and 
Portuguese consist of three semesters of 
four credits each (101. 102. 104). The 
language requirement for the B.A. degree in 



the Division of Arts and Humanities is 
satisfied by passing 104 or equivalent. 

Spanish 101 may be taken for credit by 
those students who have had two or more 
years of Spanish in high school, provided 
they obtain the permission of the Chairman 
of the Department. Students starting in SPAN 
101 must follow the prescribed sequence of 
SPAN 101, 102, and 104. 

Transfer students with college credit have 
the option of continuing at the next level of 
study, or of taking a placement examination, 
or of electing courses 103 and 104. If a 
transfer student takes course 103 for credit, 
he retains transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 101 A transfer student 
placing lower than his training warrants may 
ignore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS 
OWN RISK. If he takes 104 for credit. he 
retains transfer credit for the equivalent of 
courses 101 and 102. 

If a student has received a D in a course, 
advanced and completed the next higher 
course, he cannot go back and repeat the 
original D. 

Course Code Prefixes — SPAN. PORT 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Professor and Chairman: Aylward. 
Professors: Meersman, Pugliese, 
Strausbaugh (Emeritus). 
Associate Professors: Kirkley, Linkow, 
Niemeyer, O'Leary, Vaughan, G.S. Weiss. 
Wolvin. 

Assistant Professors: Bendler. Falcione. 
Freimuth, Jamieson, Kolker, Moore. Onder, 
Provensen, Starcher, Zelenka. 
Instructors: Clopton, Cokely, Doyle, Elliott, 
Howard, Klann, Nagatani, Patterson. Paver. 
Pearson-AMen. Williams. Woodey. 
Lecturers: DuMonceau. Lea. McCleary. Niles. 

The departmental curricula lead to the 
Bachelor of Arts degree and permit the 
student to develop a program with emphasis 
in one of the three areas of the department: 
(1) Speech communication (political 
communication, organizational 
communication, urban communication, 
educational communication, urban 
communication, educational 
communication, and interpersonal 
communication). (2) Dramatic art 
(educational theater, acting, directing, 
producing, theater history, and technical 
theater), (3) Radio-television-film 
(broadcasting, programming, directing, 
broadcast law and regulation, international 
broadcasting, film production, contemporary 
cinema) In cooperation with the Department 
of Secondary Education, the department 
provides an opportunity for teacher 
certification in the speech and drama 
education program. 

The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) 
a liberal education through special study of 
the arts and sciences of human 
communication. (2) preparation for 
numerous opportunities in business, 
government, media and related industries, 
and education 

Since communication is a dynamic field, 
the course offerings are under constant 
review and development, and the interested 
student should obtain specific information 
about a possible program from a 
departmental advisor 



48 / Divisions, Departments 



The ma|or requirements are: 30 hours of 
course work in any one of the divisions, 
exclusive ol those courses taken to satisfy 
University or Divisional requirements. Of the 
30 hours, at least 15 must be upper division 
in the 300 or 400 series. No course with a 
grade less than C may be used to satisfy 
major requirements. 

Each of the possible concentrations in the 
department requires certain courses in order 
to provide a firm foundation for the work in 
that area. Specific information about these 
course requirements and course options for 
the supporting (minor) program should be 
obtained from an advisor in the particular 
area. 

The department offers numerous 
specialized opportunities for those 
interested through co-curricular activities in 
theater, film, television, radio, readers 
theatre, debate and forensics. For the 
superior student an Honors Program is 
available, and interested students should 
consult their advisor for further information 
no later than the beginning of their junior 
year. 

Course Code Prefixes— SPCH. DART. RTVF 



Division of 

Behavioral and Social 
Sciences 



The Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences consists of faculty and students 
who are involved in research and teaching 
relating to the analysis and solution of 
behavioral and social problems. The 
Division, organized in 1972, contains 
academic departments which were formerly 
administered by the College of Arts and 
Sciences and the College of Business and 
Public Administration, in addition to a new 
College of Business and Management. The 
Division is designed to extend and support 
learning in the traditional disciplines while 
creating conditions for the development of 
interdisciplinary approaches to recurring 
social problems. Divisional students might 
choose to concentrate their studies in the 
traditional fields, or may be interested in 
focusing on interdisciplinary study. As part 
of its response to society's need for 
resolution of the ever more complex 
problems of modern civilization, the 
University must promote the utilization of 
knowledge generated by a cross fertilization 
of disciplines. The Division will facilitate the 
grouping and regrouping of faculty across 
disciplinary lines for problem-oriented 
research and teaching. The interaction of 
faculty and students in overlapping fields will 
be encouraged and supported. 

In order to promote the exchange of ideas, 
education, and knowledge, each unit of the 
Division, including the College of Business 
and Management, will be concerned with 
both applied and theoretical aspects of the 
resolution of social problems. Practicums 
and internships will be utilized increasingly 
for the purpose of relating theoretical and 
empirical concepts in pursuit of the 
Division's concern with conditions in society. 

The units in the Division are: The College 
of Business and Management, Department of 



Afro-American Studies. Anthropology 
Department, Department of Economics. 
Department of Geography, Department of 
Government and Politics, Department of 
Information Systems Management, 
Department of Hearing and Speech 
Sciences, Department of Sociology. 
Department of Psychology. Institute of Urban 
Studies, and the Linguistics Program. 

In addition to these departments, 
programs and institutes, the Division 
includes the Bureau of Business and 
Economics Research and the Bureau of 
Governmental Research. 

In order to complete the degree 
requirements for the Division the student 
must successfully complete 120 hours of 
course work with an average of C as required 
by the University Academic Regulations 
which must include: 

1) the courses required by the General 
University Requirements and 

2) the major and supporting courses with an 
average of C that are required by each 
Academic Unit in the Division. 

Students who matriculated in departments 
originally in the College of Business and 
Public Administration or in departments in 
the College of Arts and Sciences shall have 
the option of completing their degrees and 
requirements as stated under the old college 
requirements, including the previous 
General Education Requirements or under 
the new divisional requirements. 

Entrance Requirements. Requirements for 
admission to the Division are the same as the 
requirements for admission to the University. 

Degrees. The University confers the 
following degrees, as appropriate, on 
students completing programs of study in 
the academic units in the Divisions: Bachelor 
of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, 
Master of Science, Master of Business 
Administration, Doctor of Business 
Administration, Doctor of Philosophy. Each 
candidate for a degree must file in the Office 
of Admissions and Registrations, prior to a 
date announced for each semester, a formal 
application for the appropriate degree. 

Graduation Requirements. A minimum of 
120 hours of credit with an average of C, 
which must include the 30 hours specified by 
the General University Requirements and the 
specific major and supporting course 
requirements of the College of Business and 
Management or of the programs in the 
academic units of the Division are required 
for graduation. 

Senior Residence Requirement. All 

candidates for degrees should plan to take 
their senior year in residence since the 
advanced work of the major study normally 
occurs in the last year of the undergraduate 
course sequence. At least 24 of the last 30 
credits must be done in residence. For 
example, a student, who at the time of his 
graduation, will have completed 30 semester 
hours in residence may be permitted to do no 
more than 6 semester hours of the final 30 
credits of record in another institution, 
provided he secures permission in advance 
from his dean or the Division Provost. The 
student must be enrolled in the division from 
which he or she plans to graduate when 
registering for the last 15 credits of his or her 
program. 



Honors: The Provost's List of Distinguished 
Students. Any student who has passed at 
least 12 hours of academic work in the 
preceding semester, without failure of any 
course, and with an average grade on all 
courses of at least 3.5 will be placed on the 
Provost's List of Distinguished Students. 

College of Business and 
Management 

The College of Business and Management is 
the accredited collegiate school of business 
in the Maryland-Washington, DC, area. This 
accreditation by the American Assembly of 
Collegiate Schools of Business recognizes 
the quality of programs and faculty in the 
College. The College recognizes the 
importance of education in business and 
management to economic, social, and 
professional development through profit and 
nonprofit organizations at the local, regional, 
and national levels. The faculty of the 
College have been selected from 
outstanding doctoral programs in business. 
They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and 
professional leaders, unusual in their 
comparative youth, their academic 
excellence and their strong commitment to 
superior education in business and 
management. 

The College has faculties in Accounting; 
Finance, Management Science and 
Statistics; Marketing, Organizational 
Behavior and Industrial Relations; and 
Transportation, Business and Public Policy. 
Undergraduate programs concentrations 
offered are: (1) Accounting, (2) Finance, (3) 
Management Science, (4) Statistics, (5) 
Marketing, (6) Personnel and Labor 
Relations, (7) Production Management, (8) 
Transportation, and (9) General Curriculum 
in Business and Management. There is also a 
Combined Business and Law Program. 

Entrance Requirements. Requirements for 
admission to the college are those of the 
University. 

To assure a likelihood of success in the 
college, it is recommended that the student 
have four units of English, three or more 
units of college preparatory 
mathematics — including a minimum of two 
units of algebra and one unit of geometry, 
one or more units of history and social 
science, two or more units of natural 
science, and two or more units of foreign 
language. Students expecting to enroll in the 
College of Business and Management 
should pursue the precollege program in 
high school. 

Statement of Policy on the Transfer of 
Credit from Community Colleges. The 

College of Business and Management 
subscribes to the policy that a student's 
undergraduate program, below his junior 
year, should include no advanced, 
professional-level courses. This policy is 
based on the conviction that the value 
derived from these advanced courses is 
materially enhanced when based upon a 
sound foundation in the liberal arts 

In adhering to the above policy, it is the 
practice of the College of Business and 
Management to accept in transfer from an 
accredited community college no more than 



Divisions, Departments / 49 



12 semester hours of work in business 
administration courses. 

The 12 semester hours of business 
administration acceptable in transfer are 
specifically identified as three (3) semester 
hours in an introductory business course, 
three (3) semester hours in business 
statistics, and six (6) semester hours of 
elementary accounting. Thus, it is 
anticipated that the student transferring from 
another institution will have devoted the 
major share of his academic effort, below the 
junior year, to the completion of basic 
requirements in the liberal arts A total of 60 
semester hours may be transferred from a 
community college and applied toward a 
degree from the College of Business and 
Management. 

Statement of Policy on the Transfer of 
Credits from Other Institutions. The College 
of Business and Management normally 
accepts transfer credits from accredited 
four-year institutions. Junior- and 
senior-level business courses are accepted 
from colleges accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. 
Junior- and senior-level business courses 
from other accredited schools are evaluated 
on a course-by-course basis to determine 
transferability. 

Degrees. The University confers the 
following degrees on students completing 
programs of study in the College: Bachelor 
of Science. Master of Business 
Administration, a Doctor of Business 
Administration. Each candidate for a degree 
must file in the Registrations Office, prior to 
a date announced for each semester, a 
formal application for a degree. 

Graduation Requirements. A minimum of 
120 semester hours of credit with an average 
of C is required for graduation. A minimum of 
57 hours of the required 120 hours must be in 
upper division courses, with the exception 
that the student may, with the consent of the 
dean, offer certain lower division courses in 
mathematics, natural science and foreign 
language in partial fulfillment of the 
requirement. Usually the programs within the 
College will require that the student have, in 
addition to an overall C average, an average 
of C or better in those courses comprising 
the student's departmental area of study. The 
time normally required to complete the 
requirements for the bachelor's degree is 
eight semesters. 

College of 

Business and Management 

Dean: Lamone; Haslem, Asst. Dean; Edelson, 

Professors: H. Anderson, Carroll, Dawson, 

Greer, Levine, Locke, Nash, Paine, Taff, 

Wright. 

Visiting Professors: Fisher, Suelflow. 

Associate Professors: Ashmen, Edmister. 

Fromovitz, Gannon, Hynes, Kuehl, Leete, 

Loeb, Nickles. Olson, Spivey, Thiebolt, 

Widhelm. 

Assistant Professors: C. Anderson, R. 

Anderson, Beard, Bedingfield. Bloom, 

Bowers, Ford, Hargrove, Holmberg, Jolson, 

Lynagh. May, Neuman. Poist, Robeson, 

Solomon, Taylor. 

Lecturers: Doyle, Garbuny, Gass, Gillen, 

Grimshaw, Handorf, R. Olson, Pearce, 



Tombari, Treichel, Schuster, Zacur. 
Instructors: Baker, Buckingham, Dalton, 
Edelman, Fulks, Grazer, Hicks, Kovach, Max 
Levine. Lindsay. Lubell, Matthews, Mattingly, 
McConnell, Morash, Patton, Raffield, Rice, 
Rymer, Sachlis, Schilit, Silberg, Stewart, 
Thomas. 
Assistant Instructor: Coarts. 

Business organizations are primarily set up 
for the purpose of producing and 
distributing goods and services. Modern 
business administration requires a 
knowledge and understanding of 
organizational structures, operations and 
environments. The curricula of the College of 
Business and Management emphasize the 
principles and problems involved in the 
development of organizations and in the 
formulation and implementation of their 
policies. 

Study Programs in the College. The 

programs of study in the College of Business 
and Management are so arranged as to 
facilitate concentrations according to the 
major functions of business management. 
This plan is not, however, based on the view 
that these major divisions are independent 
units, but rather that each is closely related 
to and dependent on the others. Every 
student in business and management is 
required to complete satisfactorily a 
minimum number of required basic subjects 
in the arts, sciences and humanities as 
prerequisites to work in the major 
management fields. 

At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours 
of academic work required for graduation 
must be in business and management 
subjects. A minimum of 57 hours of the 
required 120 hours must be in upper division 
courses. In addition to the requirement of an 
overall average of C in academic subjects, 
and average of C in business and 
management subjects is required for 
graduation. Electives in the curricula of the 
college may, with the consent of the advisor, 
be taken in any department of the University 
if the student has the necessary 
prerequisites. 

Honor Societies 

Beta Gamma Sigma. The Alpha of Maryland 
Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma was 
chartered in 1940. The purpose of this 
honorary society is to encourage and reward 
scholarship and accomplishment among 
students of commerce and business 
administration; to promote the advancement 
of education in the art and science of 
business; and to foster integrity in the 
conduct of business operations. Chapters of 
Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered only in 
schools holding membership in the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. Third and fourth year students in 
business and management are eligible; in his 
third year, a student must rank in the highest 
four percent of his class, and in his fourth 
year, he must rank in the highest ten percent 
in order to be considered for selection. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. This is 
awarded annually to the student who has 
maintained the highest scholastic standing 
during the entire course of study in business 
administration or economics Delta Sigma Pi 
was founded at New York University on 



November 7, 1907 The Gamma Sigma of 
Maryland chapter was chartered at the 
University in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a 
professional fraternity organized to foster 
the study of business in universities; to 
encourage scholarship, social activity, and 
the association of students for their mutual 
advancement by research and practice; to 
promote closer affiliation between the 
commercial world and students of 
commerce; and to further a higher standard 
of commercial ethics and culture, as well as 
the civic and commercial welfare of the 
community Members are selected from the 
College of Business and Management on the 
basis of leadership, scholastic standing and 
promise of future business success. 

Beta Alpha Psi, Tau Chapter. Founded in 
1919, Beta Alpha Psi, the National 
Accounting Honorary Fraternity, has 
continuously strived to create a mutually 
beneficial and informative relationship with 
the professional community A semester's 
program includes such activities as social 
functions, guest speakers from the 
profession, community services, such as free 
income tax advice to low income families, 
and the culmination of the semester with the 
Pledge Initiation Banquet Membership is 
open to both men and women who are 
majoring in accounting and have achieved a 
3.00 average in their accounting courses and 
a 2.75 overall average. 

Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

Semester 
Hours 

GU Requirements 30 

MATH 110. 111 and 220 or 

(140- and 141) 9(8) 

SPCH 100 3 

BSAD 110 3 

BSAD 220A and 221 A 

(220 and 221") 6 

ECON 201 and 203 6 

BSAD 230 (23V) 3 

•For Management SCI-STATS » STAT-IFSM Ma|Ors 

optional for others 

"Accounting maiors 

"•For MGMT SOSTAT and STAT-IFSM maiors 

A Typical Program for First Two Years 

Required Courses and Semester Hours in Addition 
to General University Requirements: 
Freshman Year 



GUR 9 

BSAD 110 or 

SPCH 100 3 

MATH 110 (or 

140) 3 (4) 

Total 15-16 



GUR 9 

SPCH 100 or 
BSAD 110 3 

MATH 111 (or 

141) 3(4) 

Total 15-16 



Sophomore Year 

GUR 6-9- GUR 6 

BSAD 220 (220A) 3 ECON 203 3 

ECON 201 3 BSAD 221 (221A) 3 

MATH 220* ,_3_ BSAD 230 (231 ) . . .^_3_ 

Total 15 Total 15 

'3 hours GUR substituted tor MATH 220 or 
MANAGEMENT-SCI-STATS a STAT-IFSM ma|Ors 

Junior and Senior Requirements 

Semester 
Hours 
BSAD 340 — Business Finance 3 

BSAD 350— Marketing Principles 

and Organization 3 

BSAD 364 — Management and 

Organization Theory 3 

BSAD 380— Business Law 3 

BSAD 495 — Business Policies 3 



Total 



15 



50 / Divisions, Departments 



In addition to the above, two 300 or 400 
level courses must be taken in economics, at 
least one of which must be: ECON 401, 
National Income Analysis; ECON 403, 
Intermediate Price Theory; ECON 430, 
Money and Banking; or ECON 440. 
International Economics. (Note; Finance 
Majors see Finance economics requirement.) 

At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours 
of academic work required for graduation 
must be in business and management 
subjects. In addition to the requirement of an 
overall average of C in academic subjects, an 
average of C in business and management 
subjects is required for graduation Electives 
in the curricula of the college may, with the 
consent of the advisor, be taken in any 
department of the University if the student 
has the necessary prerequisites. 

General Curriculum in Business and 
Management. The General Curriculum in 
Business and Management is designed for 
those who desire a broad program in 
management. The curriculum contains a 
relatively large number of elective courses. 
Selection is subject to approval by an advisor 
and must contribute to a program of courses 
closely balanced between (1) a functional 
field, (2) the various basic areas of 
management and (3) non-business fields. 
Students selecting this curriculum will 
take the basic courses required for all 
students in the College of Business and 
Management. In addition, students will take: 

(1) The following required courses: Semester 

Hours 
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management or 
BSAD 450 — Marketing Research 

Methods 3 

BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 

I or 

BSAD 362— Labor Relations 3 

BSAD 370— Principles of 

Transportation or 
BSAD 371— Traffic and Physical 

Distribution Management. 3 

BSAD 301— Electronic Data 

Processing or 
BSAD 332— Operations Research I or 
BSAD 385— Production 

Management 3 

BSAD 482— Business and 

Government 3 

and 

(2) One of the following courses: 
BSAD 321— Cost Accounting 
BSAD 431— Design of Statistical 

Experiments in Business 
BSAD 440 — Financial Management 

BSAD 481— Public Utilities 3 

Total iff" 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

College of Business and Management 

students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 

courses at least one of which must 

be ECON 401. 403. 430. or 440 6 

Upper division electives to complete 120 

s.h. required for graduation 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 

Accounting. Accounting, in a limited sense, 
is the analysis, classification and recording 
of financial events and the reporting of the 
results of such events for an organization. In 
a broader sense, accounting consists of all 
financial devices for planning, controlling 
and appraising performance of an 



organization In this broader sense, 
accounting includes among its many facets 
financial planning, budgeting, accounting 
systems, financial management controls, 
financial analysis of performance, financial 
reporting, internal and external auditing, and 
taxation of business. 

The accounting curriculum provides an 
educational foundation for careers in 
accounting and a foundation for future 
advancement in other management areas 
whether in private business organizations, 
government agencies, or public accounting 
firms. Students who select this curriculum 
will complete the freshman and sophomore 
requirements for all students in the College 
of Business and Management. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior 
curriculum concentration in accounting are: 

Semester 
Hours 
(1) The following required courses: 
IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 3 

BSAD 310, 311— Intermediate 

Accounting 6 

BSAD 321— Cost Accounting 3 

BSAD 323 — Income Tax Accounting . . 3 

and (2) Three of the following courses: 
BSAD 320— Accounting Systems 
BSAD 420. 421— Undergraduate 

Accounting Seminar 
BSAD 422— Auditing Theory 

and Practice 
BSAD 424 — Advanced Accounting 
BSAD 425— CPA Problems 
BSAD 427 — Advanced Auditing Theory 

and Practice 
BSAD 426— Advanced Cost 

Accounting 9 

Total 24 

Thus, the upper division of requirements 
for accounting majors are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all 
Business-Management students 15 

Junior-senior accounting requirements 
(minimum) 24 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 
courses at least one of which must be 
ECON 401 , 403, 430, or 440 6 

Electives (to complete 120 semester 

hours required for graduation) 15 

Total Junior-Senior Year 

Requirements 60 

On or after July 1, 1974, the educational 
requirement of the Maryland State Board of 
Accountancy shall be a baccalaureate or 
higher degree with a major in accounting as 
defined by the board, or with a 
non-accounting major supplemented by 
what the board determines to be 
substantially the equivalent of an accounting 
major. 

An accounting major shall be considered 
generally as constituting a minimum of (1) 30 
semester hours in accounting subjects, 
which shall include (but shall not be limited 
to) courses in accounting principles, 
auditing, cost accounting and federal 
income tax; (b) 6 semester hours in 
commercial law; and (c) 4 semester hours in 
principles of economics. 

A student planning to take the CPA 
examination in a state other than Maryland 
should determine the course requirements, if 
any, for that state and arrange his or her 
program accordingly. 



Finance. The finance curriculum is designed 
to familiarize the student with the 
institutions, theory and practice involved in 
the allocation of financial resources within 
the private sector, especially the firm. It is 
also designed to incorporate foundation 
study in such related disciplines as 
economics and the quantitative areas. 

The finance curriculum provides an 
educational foundation for careers involving 
financial analysis and management, 
investment analysis and portfolio 
management, investment banking, banking 
and international finance; it also provides a 
foundation for graduate study in business 
administration, quantitative areas, 
economics, and law. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior 
curriculum concentration in finance are: 

Semester 
Hours 

(1) The following required courses: 
IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 3 

ECON 430— Money and Banking 3 

BSAD 332— Operations Research for 

Management Decisions 3 

BSAD 343 Investments 3 

plus 

(2) Two of the following courses 
BSAD 440 — Financial Management 
BSAD 443 — Security Analysis and 

Valuation 
BSAD 445— Commercial Bank 

Management 

BSAD 481— Public Utilities 6 

and 

(3) One of the following courses 
(check prerequisites): 

IFSM 402— Electronic Data 
Processing Applications 
BSAD 430— Linear Statistical Models 

in Business 
BSAD 431— Design of Statistical 

Experiments in Business 
BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision 
Theory in Business 
BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 
MATH — Three semester hours of 
mathematics beyond the 

college requirement 3 

Total 21 

The upper division requirements are 
summarized as follows: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

college students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration . . 21 
One course in economics selected from 

ECON 401 . 403, 431 , 450, 402, and 440 . 3 
Electives to complete the 120 semester 

hours required for graduation 21 

Total Junior-Senior year requirements ... 60 

Marketing. Marketing involves the functions 
performed in getting goods and services 
from producers to users. Career 
opportunities exist in manufacturing, 
wholesaling and retailing and include sales 
administration, marketing research, 
advertising and merchandising. 

Students preparing for work in marketing 
research are advised to elect additional 
courses in management science — statistics. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior 
curriculum concentration in marketing are: 

Semester 
Hours 
(1) The following required courses: 
BSAD 332 — Operations Research for 

Management Decisions 3 

BSAD 351— Marketing Management . . 3 
BSAD 352— Advertising 3 



Divisions, Departments / 51 



BSAD 450 — Marketing Research 

Methods 3 

Total required 12 

and 
(2) Two of the following courses: 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 
BSAD 353— Retail Management 
BSAD 371— Traffic and Physical 

Distribution Management 6 

BSAD 431— Design of Statistical 

Experiments in Business 
BSAD 453— Industrial Marketing 
BSAD 451 — Consumer Analysis 
BSAD 454 — International Marketing 
BSAD 452 — Promotion Management . 6 

Total 18 - 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum 

concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 
courses at least one of which must 

be ECON 401 , 403, 430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester 

hours required for graduation 21 

Total, junior-senior year requirements 60 

Personnel and Labor Relations. Personnel 
administration has to do with the direction of 
human effort. It is concerned with securing, 
maintaining and utilizing an effective 
working force. People professionally trained 
in personnel administration find career 
opportunities in business, in government, in 
educational institutions, and in charitable 
and other organizations. 

(1) The required courses are: Semester 

Hours 
BSAD 
360— Personnel 

BSAD 362— Labor Relations 3 

BSAD 
460 — Personnel 

Analysis & Problems 3 

BSAD 464— Organizational 

Behavior 3 

BSAD 462— Labor Legislation .... 3 

and 

(2) One of the following courses: 
BSAD 467— Undergraduate 

Seminar in 
Personnel 
Management 
BSAD 385— Production 

Management 
PSYC 461— Personnel and 
Organizational 
Psychology 
PSYC 451— Principles of 

Psychological 
Testing 
PSYC 452— Psychology of 
Individual 
Differences 
SOCY 462— Industrial 

Sociology 
SOCY 447— Small Group Analysis 
GVPT 411— Public Personnel 
Administration 

JOUR 330— Public Relations 3 

Total ~~ 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 
courses at least one of which must 

be ECON 401 . 403. 430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester 

hours required for graduation 21 

Total, junior-senior year requirements 60 



Production Management. This curriculum is 
designed to acquaint the student with the 
problems of organization and control in the 
field of production management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, 
policies, methods, processes and techniques 
are surveyed, analyzed and evaluated. 

The courses in addition to those required 
of all students in the College of Business and 
Management are: 

(1) The following required courses: 

BSAD 321— Cost Accounting 3 

BSAD 360— Personnel 

Management 3 

BSAD 385— Production 

Management 3 

and 

(2) Two of the following courses: 
BSAD 433— Statistical Decision 

Theory in Business 
BSAD 353— Industrial Marketing 
BSAD 362— Labor Relations 
BSAD 332— Operations Research 
for Management 
BSAD 371— Traffic and Physical 
Distribution 

Management 6 

Total . . . ii 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

college students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 

courses at least one of which must 

be ECON 401 . 403, 430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester hours 

required for graduation 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 

Management Science— Statistics. In the 

management science-statistics curriculum, 
the student will have the option of 
concentrating primarily in statistics or 
primarily in management science. The two 
options are described below. 

The Statistics Option. Statistics consists of a 
body of methods for utilizing probability 
theory in decision-making processes. 
Important statistical activities ancillary to the 
decision-making process are the 
systematization of quantitative data and the 
measurement of variability. Some 
specialized areas within the field of statistics 
are: sample surveys, forecasting, quality 
control, design of experiment, Bayesian 
decision processes, actuarial statistics, and 
data processing. Statistical methods— for 
example, sample survey techniques — are 
widely used in accounting, marketing, 
industrial management, and government 
applications. 

An aptitude for applied mathematics and a 
desire to understand and apply scientific 
methods to significant problems are 
important prerequisites for the would-be 
statistician. 

Students planning to major in statistics 
must take MATH 140-141. 

Students selecting this curriculum will 
take, in addition to the courses required for 
all students in the College of Business and 
Management: 

(1) The following required courses: 
BSAD 430— Linear Statistical 

Models in Business . 3 

BSAD 432— Sample Surveys In 
Business and 
Economics 3 



BSAD 


434 — Operations 






Research I 


3 


BSAD 


438 — Topics in Statistical 

Analysis for Business 






and Management . . . 


3 


and 






(2) 






Two of the following courses: 




IFSM 


401 — Electronic Data 
Processing 




BSAD 


433— Statistical Decision 
Theory in Business 




BSAD 


435 — Operations Research II 




BSAD 


436 — Applications of 
Mathematical 
Programming in 
Management 
Science 




BSAD 


450 — Marketing Research 
Methods 




STAT 


400— Probability and 






Statistics I 


6 




Total 






18 



The Management Science Option. 

Management Science — Operations Research 
can be defined as the application of scientific 
methodology by interdisciplinary teams to 
problems involving the control of organized 
man-machine systems so as to provide 
solutions which best serve the purposes of 
the organization as a whole. 

Practitioners in this field are employed by 
large organizations (military, governmental, 
private industrial, private consulting), to 
analyze operations in the light of 
organizational goals and recommended 
changes requisite to goal fulfillment. 

Students planning to major in this field 
must complete MATH 140-141 prior to junior 
standing. Students considering graduate 
work in this field should complete MATH 
240-241 as early as possible in their careers. 
Note: MATH 240-241 may be counted as 
upper division elective credit. 

Students electing this curriculum will take, 
in addition to the courses required for all 
students in the College of Business and 
Management: 

Semester 
Hours 

(1) The following required courses 
BSAD 430— Linear Statistical Models 

in Business 3 

BSAD 434— Operations Research I 3 

BSAD 435— Operations Research II 3 

BSAD 436— Applications of 

Mathematical 

Programming in 

Management 

Science 3 

and 

(2) Two of the following courses: 
BSAD 432— Sample Surveys in 

Business and 

Economics 
BSAD 433— Statistical Decision 

Theory in Business 
BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical 

Analysis for Business 

and Management 
STAT 400— Applied Probability & 

Statistics I 
IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 
IFSM 410 — Information 

Processing 

Problems of 

Administrative. 

Economics, and 

Political 

Systems 
IFSM 436— Introduction to System 

Analysis 



52 / Divisions, Departments 



BSAD 385 — Production Management 
BSAD 465— Advanced Production 

Management 6 

Total 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are 

tor both options: 

Junior-senior requirements tor all 

college students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 
courses at least one of which must 

be ECON 401 . 403. 430. or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 s.h. 

required tor graduation 21 

Total junior-senior requirements 60 



Transportation. Transportation involves the 
movement of persons and goods in the 
satisfaction of human needs. The curriculum 
in transportation includes an analysis of the 
services and management problems, such as 
pricing, financing, and organization, of the 
five modes of transport — air, motor, 
pipelines, railroads, and water — and covers 
the scope and regulation of transportation in 
our economy. 

The effective management of 
transportation involves a study of the 
components of physical distribution and the 
interaction of procurement, the level and 
control of inventories, warehousing, material 
handling, transportation, and data 
processing. 

The curriculum in transportation is 
designed to prepare students to assume 
responsible positions with carriers, 
governmental agencies, and traffic and 
physical distribution management in 
industry. 

Course requirements are, in addition to the 
junior-senior requirements for all students in 
the College of Business and Management: 



(1) The following required courses: Semester 

Hours 
BSAD 332— Operations Research 

for Management 

Decisions 3 

BSAD 370— Principles of 

Transportation 3 

BSAD 371— Traffic and Physical 

Distribution 

Management 3 

BSAD 470— Motor Transportation . 3 

BSAD 473 — Advanced 

Transportation 

Problems 3 

and 

(2) One of the following courses: 
BSAD 471— Water Transportation 
BSAD 472— Commercial Air 

Transportation 
BSAD 474 — Urban Transport and 

Urban Development 
BSAD 481— Public Utilities 
BSAD 392— Introduction to 

International 

Business 

Management 3 

Total 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

college students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics 

courses at least one of which must be 

ECON 401 , 403. 430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required 

for graduation 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 



Combined Business and Law Program. The 

College of Business and Management offers 
a combined Business Law Curriculum in 
which the student completes three years in 
the chosen curriculum concentration in the 
College and a fourth year of work in the Law 
School of the University of Maryland 
Admission to the Law School is contigent 
upon meeting the applicable standards of 
that school. Individual students are 
responsible to secure from the Law School 
its current admission requirements. The 
student must complete all the courses 
required of students in the College except 
BSAD 380 and BSAD 495, courses normally 
required for the curriculum concentration in 
business and management and enough 
other credits to equal a minimum of 90 
semester hours. No business law course can 
be included in the 90 hours. The last year of 
college work before entering the Law School 
must be completed in residence at College 
Park. At least 30 hours of work must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 

The Bachelor of Science degree is 
conferred by the College upon students who 
complete the first year in the Law School 
with an average grade of C or better. 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Afro-American Studies Program 

Assistant Professor and Acting Director: 

Nzuwah. 

Assistant Professors: Landry, Williams, 

Yimenu. 

Lecturers: McDonald, Ndissi, Smyley. 

Instructor: Stowers. 

The Afro-American Studies Program offers a 
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Sciences 
degree to students who declare a major in 
Afro-American Studies and who fulfill the 
academic requirements of this degree 
program. 

Students who want to take a major in 
another department, as well as follow a 
concentration outside his major of 18 hours 
of upper division course work with an 
emphasis on black life and experiences, can 
receive a Certificate in Afro-American 
Studies. This work includes courses in art, 
African languages, economics, English, 
Geography, history, music, political 
sciences, sociology, speech and education. 

Undergraduates in good standing may 
enroll in the program by contacting an 
advisor in the Afro-American Studies 
Program. Students pursuing a major or 
certificate must meet the general university 
and division requirements. 

Students who plan to major in 
Afro-American Studies must complete a total 
of 36 hours of Afro-American Studies 
courses. At least 24 of the 36 hours must be 
in upper division courses (300-400 numbers). 
Twelve hours of basic courses are required. 
To fulfill this requirement, all majors should 
take the twelve hours of basic courses: AASP 
100, AASP 200, AASP 202 and MSP 298A. 

To receive a Certificate in Afro-American 
Studies, the student must enroll and receive 
a satisfactory grade in AASP 100 plus at least 
three (3) of the required courses which must 
include AASP 401, Seminar in Afro-American 
Studies. In addition, the student may also 



choose a number of approved courses from 
a list of recommended electives to meet the 
minimum requirements of 18 credit hours 



Anthropology 

Professor and Chairman: Kerley. 

Professor: Williams (On leave 1974-75). 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Hoffman. 

Rosen. 

Assistant Professors: Benjamin, Dessaint, 

Dolgin. Migliazza, Schacht, Stuart. 

Lecturers: Handsman, Hountian. Ojikutu. 

The Anthropology Department offers 
beginning and advanced course work in the 
four principal subdivisions of the discipline: 
physical anthropology, linguistics, 
archaeology and ethnology Courses in these 
subdivisions may be used to fulfill the minor 
or "supporting courses" requirement in 
some programs leading to the B.A. degree. 
They also may, at the discretion of the 
Department of Sociology, be counted toward 
a major in Sociology. 

Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the 
requirements for a major in anthropology 
leads to the B.A. degree. All majors are 
required to take 30 hours in anthropology, 18 
of which must be selected from the following 
courses: ANTH 101, 102, 401, 441. or 451. 371 
or 461. and 397. It should be noted, however, 
that if ANTH 1 01 is used to satisfy the General 
University requirement in Behavioral and 
Social Sciences, it may not be counted as a 
part of the 30 required semester hours for the 
major. The 18 hours of required courses 
insures that the major becomes familiar with 
all areas of anthropology. No one area 
therefore, receives special emphasis, for it is 
believed that such specialization should 
occur during graduate study, preferably at 
the Ph.D. level. Thus the student is broadly 
prepared in the ways man has evolved 
culturally and physically. A statement of 
course requirements and recommended 
sequences of courses is available in the 
departmental office. 

No course with a grade of less than C may 
be used to satisfy major requirements. 

ANTH 101 or its equivalent, or permission 
of the instructor, is prerequisite to all other 
courses in Anthropology. 

Course Code Prefix— ANTH 

Business and Economic Research 

Professor and Acting Director: Cumberland. 
Professors: Cumberland, Harris. 
Associate Professor: Fisher. 
Assistant Professors: Clotfelter, King. 

The functions of the Bureau of Business and 
Economic Research are research, education 
and public service. 

The research activities of the bureau are 
primarily focused on basic research in the 
field of regional, urban and environmental 
studies. Although the bureau's long-run 
research program is carried out largely by its 
own staff, faculty members from other 
departments also participate. The bureau 
also undertakes cooperative research 
programs with the sponsorship of federal 
and state governmental agencies, research 
foundations and other groups. 

The educational functions of the bureau 
are achieved through active participation by 
advanced graduate and undergraduate 



Divisions, Departments / 53 



students in the bureau's research program. 
This direct involvement of students in the 
research process under faculty supervision 
assists students in their degree programs 
and provides research skills that equip 
students for responsible posts in business, 
government and higher education. 
The bureau observes its service 
responsibilities to government, business, 
and private groups primarily through the 
publication and distribution of its research 
findings. In addition, the bureau staff 
welcomes the opportunity to be of service to 
governmental, business and private groups 
by consulting with them on problems in 
business and economics, particularly those 
related to regional development. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Professor and Director: Lejins. 

Criminology Program: 

Part-time Visiting Professor: Toland. 

Associate Professors: Maida, Tennyson. 

Visiting Associate Professor: Wheeler. 

Part-time Visiting Associate Professor: 

Viano. 

Lecturers: Block, Lee. 

Part-time Lecturers: Dudley, Freivalds. 

Law Enforcement Curriculum: 

Assistant Professors: Ingraham, Johnson. 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Jamison. 

Part-time Lecturers: Banta, Larkins, Rogers, 

Verchot, Wolman. 

Part-time Instructor: Marvil. 

The purpose of the Institute is to provide an 
organizational and administrative basis for 
the interests and activities of the University, 
its faculty and students in the areas usually 
designated as law enforcement, criminology 
and corrections. The Institute is to promote 
study and teaching concerning the problems 
of crime and delinquency by offering and 
coordinating academic programs in the area 
of law enforcement, criminology and 
corrections; managing research in these 
areas; and conducting demonstration 
projects. 

The Institute comprises as its component 
parts: 

1. The Criminology Program. 
2 The Law Enforcement Curriculum. 

3. The program leading to a Bachelor of 
Arts in General Studies with 
specializations in law enforcement and 
corrections offered by the University 
College. 

4. Other appropriate divisions to be 
developed for the areas of research and 
demonstration projects. 

The major in criminology and corrections 
comprises 36 hours of course work: 18 hours 
in Criminology, 6 hours in Law Enforcement, 
and 3 hours each in statistics and 
methodology. PSYC 331 or 431 are required. 
PSYC 451 is strongly recommended, or a 
substitute in consultation with an advisor. 
Eighteen hours in social science disciplines 
are required as a supporting sequence, 9 of 
them in one social science discipline. 
Regarding the specific courses to be taken, 
the student is required to consult with an 
advisor. No grade lower than C may be used 
toward the major 

Course Coda Prolix— CP.IM 

The major in law enforcement comprises 
30 hours of course work in law enforcement 
and criminology, the latter being offered as 



courses in the Criminology Program, divided 
as follows: 18, but not more than 24, hours in 
law enforcement; 6, but not more than 12, 
hours in criminology Student may use an 
additional 6 hours to bring the major up to 36 
hours. In addition to major requirements, a 
student must take 6 hours in methodology 
and statistics, and a supporting sequence of 
courses totalling 18 hours must be taken in 
government and politics, psychology or 
sociology (see recommended list in the 
Institute office). No grade lower than C may 
be used toward the major 

Course Code Prefix— LENF 

Economics 

Chairman: Dillard. 

Professors: Adelman, Almon, M. J. Bailey, 

Bergmann, Cumberland, Dillard, Gruchy, 

Harris. Kelejian, McGuire, O'Connell, Olson, 

Schultze, Ulmer, Wonnacott. 

Associate Professors: Aaron, Adams, 

Bennett, Betancourt, Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, 

Fisher, Knight (Associate Chairman), 

McLoone* (Education), Meyer, Singer, 

Straszheim, Weinstein. 

Assistant Professors: W. M. Bailey, Clotfelter, 

Johnson* (Applied Math), King, Lieberman, 

MacRae, Madan, Morton, Peterson, Schiller, 

Vroman, Weiss, West. 

Lecturers: Dardis* (Home Economics). Day, 

Hinrichs, Measday, Moore, Pierce, Quails, 

Tsien, Whitman. 

Instructors: Bausell, Bowman, Gallagher, 

Gianfrancesco, Grieves, Hahnel, Olehaf, 

Snyder. 

'Joint appointment with indicated deparrment. 

The study of economics is designed to give 
students an understanding of the American 
economic system and our country's 
economic relations with the rest of the world, 
and the ability to analyze the economic 
forces which largely determine the national 
output of goods and services, the level of 
prices, and the distribution of income. It is 
also designed to prepare students for 
graduate study, and for employment 
opportunities in private business, the Federal 
government, state and local government, 
universities and research institutions. 
Demand for college graduates trained in 
economics continues to be strong, and this 
is among the fields of undergraduate study 
strongly recommended for students 
planning to study law, or enter public 
administration, as well as those who plan to 
become professional economists. 
Requirements for the Economics Major. In 
addition to the thirty-hour General University 
Requirements, the requirements for the 
Economics major are: 
(1) Mathematics. 

Six credit hours. No specific courses are 
required, but the combination of MATH 110 
(Introduction to Mathematics) and MATH 220 
(Elementary Calculus) is highly 
recommended for those who take only six 
hours. Students planning to do graduate 
study in economics are strongly urged to 
take more than the minimum six-hour 
mathematics requirement, since graduate 
programs emphasize the application of 
mathematical and statistical techniques in 
the analysis of economic problems. 

Economics majors should take 
mathematics courses early in their college 



careers in order to gain an understanding of 
mathematical principles which will assist 
them in later course work in Economics. 

(2) Upper Division Courses Outside of 
Economics. 

Twelve Credit hours. Economics majors 
must earn credit for twelve hours of upper 
division work in non-economics courses (in 
addition to the nine hours of upper-division 
courses required as part of the General 
University Requirements) For purposes of 
this requirement, any of the following may 
count as an "upper-division'' course: any 
course numbered 300 or above; any course 
in mathematics beyond the six hours 
required of all economics majors; and any 
course in a department for which the 
prerequisites are the equivalent of one year 
of college-level work in that department In 
particular, a second-year college course in 
foreign languages may be counted as "upper 
division." 

(3) Economics Courses. 

Thirty-six credit hours. Economics majors 
must earn 36 credit hours in economics. 
Courses required of all majors are: ECON 
201, 203, 310 (formerly 110), 401, 403, and 
421. 

In lieu of Economics 421 (Economic 
Statistics), the student may take one of the 
following statistics courses: BSAD 230, 
BSAD 231 , or STAT 400 A student who takes 
ECON 205 before deciding to major in 
Economics may continue with ECON 203, 
without being required to take ECON 201. 

The remainder of the 36 hours may be 
chosen from among any other economics 
courses and from the following courses in 
Business Administration: BSAD 230. 231. 
431, 432, 481. (However, students who take 
ECON 421 may not also receive credit for 
BSAD 230 or BSAD 231, and students may 
not receive credit for ECON 105 if they have 
taken any two courses from among ECON 
201, 203, and 205.) 

Students must earn an average grade of 
not less than C in lower-division economics 
courses in order to be accepted as 
economics majors. To graduate as majors, 
they must pass the minimum of 36 hours in 
economics. The average grade in all 
economics courses must be not less than C. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES The Department 
of Economics does not specify a rigid 
sequence in which courses are to be taken, 
but it urges its majors to observe the 
following recommendations. 

By the end of the sophomore year, the 
economics major should have at least 
completed 6 hours of mathematics. ECON 
201 and 203. ECON 201 should be taken 
before ECON 203. Upon completion of ECON 
203. the student should promptly take ECON 
401, 403, or both, in the following semester, 
since these are intermediate theory courses 
of general applicability in later course work. 
Majors should take ECON 421 (or equivalent) 
at an early stage, since an understanding of 
statistical techniques will be helpful in other 
courses (ECON 421 may be completed 
before other 400-level economics courses, 
since its only prerequisite is MATH 1 10 or 
equivalent.) 

Economics majors should take ECON 401 
prior to taking ECON 430 or 440. and Econ 
403 prior to taking ECON 450. 454. 460. or 
470 Special sections for majors are 



54 / Divisions, Departments 



sometimes offered in ECON 430 and 440. and 
before enrolling in these sections students 
should have completed ECON 401 and 403. 

Those students planning to pursue 
graduate study in economics should try to 
include ECON 422 (Quantitative Methods) 
and ECON 425 (Mathematical Economics) in 
their programs and should also consider 
entering the Departmental Honors Program, 
if qualified. 

Each economics major may select, or be 
assigned, a faculty member as an adviser, 
and is encouraged to consult the adviser for 
course recommendations and other 
information. Economics majors are 
welcome, and should feel completely free, to 
seek advice at any time from any other 
faculty member in the Department. 

ECONOMICS HONORS PROGRAM. The 
Departmental Honors Program is a 
three-semester (9 credit hour) program 
which students enter at the beginning of 
their last three semesters at the University. It 
emphasizes seminar discussions of selected 
topics in economics and independent 
research and writing, with faculty 
supervision. The program culminates in the 
student's presentation of an honors thesis, in 
the final semester. To be eligible for the 
Honors Program, a student must have a 
cumulative grade point average of not less 
than 3.0. 

Geography 

Professor and Chairman: Harper. 
Professors: Deshler, Fonaroff. Hu. 
Associate Professors: Brodsky. Chaves, 
Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, Wiedel. 
Assistant Professors: Cirrincione. Garst, 
Lewis. Muller, Roswell. 
Lecturers: Christian, Yoshioka. 

Geography studies the spatial patterns and 
interactions of natural, cultural and 
socio-economic phenomena on earth's 
surface. The field thus embraces aspects of 
both the physical and the social sciences, 
which are applied in the analysis of patterns 
of distribution of individual phenomena, to 
the study of complex interrelations of 
phenomena found in a given region, and to 
the synthesis of geographic regions. A 
geographer should, therefore, acquire 
background knowledge in certain aspects of 
the physical as well as the social sciences. 

Field work and map analysis have been the 
basic tools of research for the geographer. In 
recent years these have been augmented by 
the use of techniques of air photo 
interpretation and presently by the 
development of methods of interpreting data 
obtained from the remote sensing devices of 
space satellites. Modern geography also is 
making increasing application of 
quantitative methods, including the use of 
statistics and systems analysis, so that 
mathematical training is becoming 
increasingly important for a successful 
career in geography. 

Today geographers are employed in a wide 
range of positions. Geographers in the 
federal government work in the Departments 
of State. Interior, Defense. Agriculture, 
Housing and Urban Affairs, and Health, 
Education, and Welfare. They are on the 
staffs of the legislative research branch, the 
Library of Congress and the National 



Archives. At the state and local government 
level there is an increasing demand for 
geographers in planning positions. And in 
recent years more and more geographers 
have found employment in private industry 
working on problems of industrial and 
commercial location and market analysis 
Teaching at all levels from elementary school 
through graduate work continues to employ 
more geographers each year. Some have 
found geography to be an excellent 
background for careers in the military, 
journalism and general business; others 
have simply found the broad perspective of 
geography an excellent base for a general 
education. Most professional positions in 
geography require graduate training. 

Requirements for an Undergraduate Major. 

Within any of the general major programs it 
is possible for the student to adjust his 
program to fit his particular individual 
interests. The major totals 33 semester 
hours. 

The required courses of the geography 
major are: 

Hours 
1 Geography Core (GEOG 201 . 

202, 203, 300) 12 

2. Field Study (Selected from GEOG 

380, 381, 382. 383, 384) 3 

3. A regional course 3 

4. Elective systematic and 

technique courses 15 

Total 33 

The Geography Core — The following four 
courses form the minimum essential base 
upon which advanced work in geography 
can be built: 
GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical 

Geography 3 

GEOG 202— Introduction to Cultural 

Geography 3 

GEOG 203 — Introduction to 

Economic Geography ... 3 

GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research 

& Writing 3 

The three lower division courses are to be 
completed prior to GEOG 300 and all other 
upper division courses. GEOG 201 , 202, and 
203 may be taken in any order and a student 
may register for more than one in any 
semester. GEOG 300 is specifically designed 
as a preparation to upper division work and 
should be taken upon completion of one or 
two upper division courses. Upon 
consultation with a department advisor, a 
reasonable load of other upper division work 
in geography may be taken concurrently with 
GEOG 300. 

The Field Study Requirement — The field 
study requirement may be completed in 
either of two ways, depending on which is 
available in the schedule: (1) by taking 
Geography 380 — Local Field Course, 3 hours 
or (2) by taking fnree out of four of the 
following one-hour field study courses each 
stressing a different aspect of geographic 
field work: GEOG 381— Field Study: 
Physical; GEOG 382— Field Study: Rural; 
GEOG 382— Field Study: Urban; GEOG 
384 — Field Study: Methods. Normally two of 
the different one-hour courses will be offered 
each semester, and the student should 
arrange to take them as is convenient during 
the junior and senior years. 

Introduction to Geography — Geography 100: 
Introduction to Geography is a general 



education course for persons who have had 
no previous contact with the discipline in 
high school or for persons planning to take 
only one course in geography. It provides a 
general overview of the field rather than of a 
single specialized subdivision. Credit for this 
course is not applied to the major. 

Areas of Specialization. Although the major 
program is flexible and can be designed to fit 
any individual student s own interest, several 
specializations attract numbers of students. 
They are: 

Urban Geography and Regional 
Development-Provides preparation for 
careers in planning and teaching Majors 
electing this specialty take departmental 
courses in urban geography, industrial 
location, transportation, and economic 
geography among others and supporting 
courses in urban sociology, urban 
economics, urban transportation, and the 
urban studies program outside the 
department. 

Physical Geography-For students with 
special interest in the natural environment 
and in its interaction with the works of man. 
This specialization consists of departmental 
courses in geomorphology, climatology, and 
resources, and of supporting courses in 
geology, soils, meteorology, hydrology, and 
botany. 

Cartography-Prepares students for 
careers in map design, compilation and 
reproduction. The department offers various 
courses in thematic mapping, cartographic 
history and theory, map evaluation, and map 
and photo interpretation. For additional 
training students are advised to take 
supporting courses in art and civil 
engineering. 

Cultural Geography-Oi interest to 
students particularly concerned with the 
geographic aspects of population, politics, 
and other social and cultural phenomena, 
and with historical geography. In addition to 
departmental course offerings this 
specialization depends on work in sociology, 
anthropology, government and politics, 
history, and economics. 

For further information on any of these 
areas of interest the student should contact a 
departmental advisor. 

All math programs should be approved by 
a departmental advisor. 

Suggested Study Program for Geography 

Freshman Year Hours 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to 

Geography (Does not 

count toward 

geography major) 3 

GEOG 201— Introductory Physical 

Geography 3 

General University Requirements 

and/or electives 24 

30 
Sophomore Year 
GEOG 202— Introductory Cultural 

Geography 3 

GEOG 203— Introductory Economic 

Geography 3 

General University Requirements 

and/or electives 24 

30 
Junior Year 
GEOG 300 — Introduction to 

Research and Writing in 

Geography 3 

GEOG — A regional geography course . 3 



Divisions, Departments / 55 



GEOG— Field courses 3 

GEOG— Elective 3 

General University Requirements 
and/or electives 18 

30 
Senior Year 

GEOG — Courses to complete maior .. . 12 
Electives 18 

30 
Total 120 

Geography Minor and Secondary Education 
Geography Specialization 

College of Education Majors 

Secondary Education Majors with a 
concentration in geography are required to 
take 27 hours in the content field. Geography 
201, 202, 203. 490 and a field course are 
required. The remaining 15 hours of the 
program consists of 3 hours of regional 
geography and 12 hours of upper-division 
systematic courses. For majors in 
Elementary Education and others needing a 
geography course for teaching certification. 
Geography 100 is the required course. 

Geography minors should take at least 
Geog. 201, 202 and 203 in the Geography 
core and 300 is recommended. As with the 
major, these courses should be taken before 
any others. 

Course Code Prefix— GEOG 



Governmental Research 

Professor and Director: Burdette. 

Associate Professor: Stone. 

Research Associate: Feldbaum. Rossell. 

Lecturers: Azzaretto, Behre, Eppes, Kelleher, 

Moore, Thompson. 

Faculty Research Assistant: Rouse. 

Activities of the Bureau of Governmental 
Research relate primarily to the problems of 
State and local government in Marlyand. The 
bureau engages in research and publishes 
findings with reference to local. State and 
national governments and their 
interrelationships. It undertakes surveys and 
offers its assistance and service to units of 
government in Maryland and serves as a 
clearinghouse of information for them. The 
bureau furnishes opportunities for qualified 
students interested in research and career 
development in State and local 
administration. 

Urban affairs have become a central focus 
with the establishment of an Urban Research 
Group, which draws on a variety of 
interdisciplinary faculty interests within the 
University. 

The Maryland Technical Advisor Service, a 
division of the bureau, provides consulting 
services to county and municipal 
governments of the State. Technical 
consultation and assistance are provided on 
specific problems in such areas as 
preparation of charters and codes or 
ordinances, fiscal management, personnel 
management, utility and other service 
operations, planning and zoning, and related 
local or intergovernmental activities. The 
staff analyzes and shares with governmental 
officials information concerning 
professional developments and 
opportunities for new or improved programs 
and facilities 



Government and Politics 

Professor and Department Chairman: 

Bobrow. 

Professors: Anderson, Burdette. Dillon, 

Harrison, Hathorn, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly. 

Murphy, Piper, Plischke. 

Associate Professors: Claude, Conway, 

Devine, Glendening, Heisler, Koury, Ranald, 

Reeves. Stone, Terchek, Wilkenfeld, Wolfe. 

Assistant Professors: Butterworth, 

Bombardier, Chaples, Glass, Helms, 

Kapungu, Lanning, McCarrick, Melnick, 

Oliver, Postbrief, Strouse. 

Lecturers: Barber, Feldbaum, Walker. 

Instructors: Andriole, Johnson, Pagelsen. 

The Department of Government and Politics 
offers programs designed to prepare 
students for government service, politics, 
foreign assignments, teaching, a variety of 
graduate programs, and for intelligent and 
purposeful citizenship. 

Course Code Prelix — GVPT 

Requirements for the Government and 
Politics Major. Government and Politics 
majors must take a minimum of 36 semester 
hours in government courses and may not 
count more than 42 hours in government 
toward graduation. No course in which the 
grade is less than C may be counted as part 
of the major. No courses may be taken on a 
pass-fail basis. 

The government and politics fields are as 
follows: (1) American government and 
politics; (2) comparative government; (3) 
international affairs; (4) political theory; (5) 
public administration; (6) public law; and (7) 
public policy and political behavior. 

All government majors are required to take 
GVPT 100, 170, 220, 441 or 442 and such 
other supporting courses as specified by the 
department. They must take one course from 
three separate government fields as 
designated by the department. 

All departmental majors shall take ECON 
205 or ECON 201. In addition, the major will 
select courses from one of the following 
options: (a) methodology, (b) foreign 
language, (c) philosophy and history of 
science, or (d) pre-law. A list of courses 
which will satisfy each option is available in 
the departmental office. In addition, all 
majors shall take one course in which the 
student will be introduced on a systematic 
basis to the literature that deals with 
American race relations. A list of approved 
courses is available in the departmental 
office. 

All students majoring in government must 
fulfill the requirements of a minor, which 
involves the completion of 15 semester hours 
from approved departments other than 
GVPT. At least six of the 15 hours must be 
taken at the 300-400 level from a single 
department. 

Students who major in government may 
apply for admission to the GVPT Honors 
Program during the second semester of their 
sophomore year Additional information 
concerning the Honors Program may be 
obtained at the departmental offices. 

Departmental majors who have completed 
at least 75 hours towards a degree and at 
least 15 hours in GVPT are eligible to 
participate in the Department's Academic 
Internship Program. 



Hearing and Speech Sciences 

Professor and Chairman: Newby. 

Research Professor: Causey. 

Associate Professor: Baker. 

Assistant Professors: Bankson, Bernthal. 

Boss. 1 Cicci. Doudna, 2 Hamlet, Kumin, 

Weiner 

Research Assistant Professors: Elkins, 

Wintercorn. 

Instructors: Beck. Braustein, Serota, Smit. 

Assistant Instructor: Sonies. 

Lecturer: Spuehler. 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Worthington. 

'Joint with School ot Medicine. 

'Joint with School of Dentistry 

The departmental curriculum leads to the 
Bachelor of Arts degree and prepares the 
student to undertake graduate work in the 
fields of speech pathology, audiology, and 
speech and hearing science In other words, 
the undergraduate program in this 
department is a preprofessional one. The 
student who wishes to work professionally as 
a speech pathologist or audiologist must 
complete at least 30 semester hours of 
graduate course work in order to meet state 
and national certification requirements. 

The undergraduate major must complete 
30 semester hours of courses in the 
Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences 
and 18 semester hours of courses in allied 
fields. No course with a grade less than C 
may be used to satisfy major course 
requirements. 

Major Courses. The undergraduate major in 
Hearing and Speech Sciences will take 30 
credits in the following courses: 



Second Year 

HESP 202 — Fundamentals of Hearing and 

and Speech Science (3) (Prequisite 
for all upper level courses) 

Third Year 

HESP 302— Speech Pathology I (3) 
HESP 305 — Anatomy and Physiology of 

the Speech Mechanism (3) 
HESP 312 — Instrumentation in Hearing and 

Speech Science (3) 
HESP 41 1— Introduction to Audiology (3) 
HESP 400 — Speech and Language 

Development ol Children (3) 
HESP 403 — Introduction to Phonetic 

Science (3) 

Fourth Year 

HESP 404— Speech Pathology II (3) 
HESP 406— Speech Pathology III (3) 
HESP 408— Clinical Practice (1-2) 
HESP 410 — Principles and Methods in 

Speech Therapy (3) 
HESP 412— Rehabilitation ol the 

Hearing-Handicapped (3) 
HESP 414 — Seminar (3) (Independent 

Study) 

Supporting Courses. The undergraduate 
student with a major in Hearing and Speech 
Sciences will take a total of six courses, 18 
credits, as designated in these supporting 
areas of study: 

Required One of the Following courses in 
statistics. 
EDMS 451— Introduction to Educational 

Statistics (3) 
PSYC 200— Statistical Methods in 

Psychology (3) 
SOCY 201— Introductory Statistics for 

Sociology (3) 



56 / Divisions. Departments 



The student will select four courses, 12 
credits, from the following: 
PSYC 206 — Developmental Psychology (3) 
PSYC 221— Social Psychology (3) 
PSYC 301— Biological Basis of Behavior (3) 
PSYC 331— Introduction to Abnormal 

Psychology (3) 
PSYC 333— Child Psychology (3) - 
PSYC 335— Personality and Adjustment (3) 
PSYC 400— Experimental Psychology: 

Learning Motivation (4) 
PSYC 410— Experimental Psychology: 

Sensory Processes I (4) 
PSYC 422— Language and Social 

Communication (3) 
PSYC 423— Advanced Social Psychology (3) 
PSYC 431— Abnormal Psychology (3) 1 
PSYC 433 — Advanced Topics in Child 

Psychology (3) 
PSYC 435— Personality (3) 
'These two are strongly recommended. 

The student will select one course such as 
these. 3 credits, from the following: 

HLTH 450— Health Problems of Children 

and Youth (3) 
EDHD 411— Child Growth and 

Development (3) 
EDHD 413 — Adolescent Development (3) 
EDHD 445— Guidance of Young Children (3) 
EDSP 470— Introduction to Special 

Education (3) 
EDSP 471— Characteristics of Exceptional 

Children— Mentally Retarded (3) 
EDSP 475— Education of the Slow 

Learner (3) 
EDSP 491 — Characteristics of Exceptional 

Children — Perceptual Learning 

Problems (3) 
LING 100— Introduction to Linguistics (3) 
LING 101— Language and Culture (3) 

These are suggestions. A course of the 
student's choosing may be substituted with 
the approval of an advisor. 

Course Code Prefix— HESP 

Information Systems Management 

Chairman: Courtright. 

Professor: Sibley. 

Assistant Professors: Sayani, Testa. 

Instructors: Chappell. Deutsch, Smith. 

Lecturers: Golding, Lemmer. 

The program of studies in information 
systems management is designed to meet 
the needs of those wishing to concentrate on 
the application of the digital computer to the 
analysis, design and administration of 
information systems. Students who expect to 
enter business administration, public 
administration or organizations in other 
fields will find that this program offers a 
relevent preparation. 

The student entering this program will 
place emphasis on the study of digital 
computer applications, relevant 
organizational and social implications, and 
mathematical methods. With the aid of a 
faculty advisor, the student may wish to 
develop a secondary field of interest such as 
business and management administration, 
computer science, economics, mathematics, 
psychology, public administration, the social 
sciences, or related areas of his choice. 

Information Systems Management 
Curriculum. For students enrolled under 
General University Requirements. 



Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR ' II 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I and II 4 4 

General University Requirements 9 9 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 l6~ 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR I II 

BSAD 220. 221— Principles of 

Accounting 3 3 

ECON 201. 203— Principles ol 

Economics 3 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

CMSC 103 or 110 — Introductory 

Algorithmic Methods or 

Elementary Algorithmic 

Analysis 3 

BSAD 231— Business Statistics I 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Electives 3_ 3 

Total 16 15 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 3 

IFSM 402— Electronic Data 

Processing Applications . . 3 

BSAD 434 — Operations Research I . . . 3 

BSAD 435 — Operations Research II 3 

BSAD 430— Linear Statistical Models 

in Business 3 

ECON 401 . 403, 430. or 440 (any two) . 3 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Total 15 15 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR I II 

IFSM 410 — Information Processing 

Problems of Models of 

Administrative. 

Economic, and 

Political Systems 3 

IFSM 436— Introduction to Systems 

Anaylsis 3 

IFSM 420— Information Processing 

and Computational 

Problems in 

Operations Analysis 3 

BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical 

Analysis for Business and 

Management 3 

Electives 9_ 6 

Total 15 12 

Course Code Prefix — IFSM 

Linguistics Program 

Associate Professor and Director: Dingwall. 
Assistant Professor: Fidelholtz, 

The program in linguistics is designed to 
provide students with a comprehensive and 
consistent view of the accomplishments, 
methodology and problems of modern 
linguistic science which has as its aim the 
explication of the facts of specific natural 
languages as well as of natural language in 
general. While any educated man will benefit 
from an understanding of the structure and 
development of language, those who expect 
to become scholars and teachers of 
anthropology, English, foreign languages, 
philosophy, psychology, or speech will find a 
background in linguistics invaluable. 
Although there is not an undergraduate 
major in linguistics at this time, courses in 
linguistics may be used to fulfill the 
supporting course requirements in some 
programs leading to the B.A. or B.S. degree. 

Course Code Prefix — LING 



Psychology 



Chairman: Bartlett. 

Professors: Anderson, Crites, Fretz, 



Goldstein, Gollub, Hodos, Horton, Levinson, 

Martin, Mclntire, Mills, Scholnick, Steinman, 

Taylor. Tyler, Waldrop. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Dachler, Dies, 

Larkin. Schneider, Sigall. Smith, 

Sternheim, Ward. 

Assistant Professors: Barbarin, Barrett, 

Coursey, Gatz. Hill, Johnson, Meltzer, 

Specter. 

Joint Appointment: Locke, Prof., College of 

Business and Management. 

Affiliated Faculty: Freeman. Assoc. Prof., 

Coun. Cntr. Gelso, Assoc. Prof.. Coun. Cntr. 

Magoon, Prof., Coun. Cntr. Mifls, Prof., 

Coun. Cntr. Pavey, Asst. Prof., Coun. Cntr 

Pumroy, Prof., Coll. Educ. Tanney, Asst. 

Prof., Coun. Cntr. 

Psychology can be classified as a biological 
science (Bachelor of Science degree) and a 
social science (Bachelor or Arts degree) and 
offers academic programs related to both of 
these fields. The undergraduate curriculum 
in psychology provides an organized study of 
the behavior of man and other organisms in 
terms of the biological conditions and social 
factors which influence such behavior. In 
addition, the undergraduate program is 
arranged to provide opportunities for 
learning that will equip qualified students to 
pursue further study of psychology and 
related fields in graduate and professional 
schools. 

Students who are interested in the 
biological aspects of behavior tend to 
choose a program leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree, while those interested 
primarily in the social factors of behavior 
tend to choose the Bachelor of Arts degree. 
The choice of program is made in 
consultation with, and requires the approval 
of, an academic advisor. 

Department requirements are the same for 
the Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of 
Arts degrees. A minimum of 31 hours of 
psychology course work is required: courses 
taken must include PSYC 100, 200, and eight 
additional courses. In order to assure 
breadth these additional eight courses must 
be selected from four different areas (two 
from each area). 

The areas and courses are as follows: 

Area I Area II Area III Area IV 

206 221 331 361 

301 333 451 

310 420 335 452 

400 422 431 461 

402 423 433 462 

403 440 435 467 
410 441 

412 Honors 430C 

453 

At least one course of these eight must be 
either PSYC 400, 410, or 420. All majors are 
also required to take MATH 111 or 140, or 220 
and at least one laboratory science course 
outside of Psychology. 'One additional, 
more advanced math or science course 
(selected from the list appearing in the 
Departmental Program Guide) must also be 
taken. 

•Approved courses include: 

ZOOL 201 or higher, except ZOOL 207S. 

270 and 280 
MATH 141 or higher, except 210. 211, 

and 220 



Divisions, Departments / 57 



CHEM 201 or higher, except 302 
PHYS 141 or higher, except 181. 221, 

222. 400 and 401 
MICB 200 or higher 
CMSC 210 or higher 

These math and science courses may be 
used as part of the General University 
requirements or for the supporting course 
requirements described below, but not for 
both. Majors in psychology are urged to take 
their mathematics and science courses in 
their first two years. 

The supporting courses to supplement the 
work in the major for the Bachelor of Science 
degree must include 18 hours in 
mathematics and science, beyond those 
courses required by the college. A minimum 
of two courses must be laboratory courses, 
and at least three courses (or 9 hours) must 
be chosen at the advanced level (as 
described above). The particular laboratory 
and advanced courses must be approved by 
an academic advisor in the Department of 
Psychology. 

The supporting courses for the Bachelor of 
Arts degree must include 18 hours which are 
chosen in related fields to supplement work 
in the major. Of these 18 hours, six must be 
chosen at the 300 and 400 level. This set of 
courses must be approved by an academic 
advisor in psychology. 

Although a minimum of thirty-one (31) 
hours of psychology course work is required 
for a Psychology major, each and every 
Psychology course taken by the major 
student must be counted as hours towards 
the Psychology major. The student majoring 
in Psychology cannot use any Psychology 
course towards the University or Divisional 
course requirements. 

A grade of C or better must be earned in 
PSYC 100, 200 and all 400 level courses or 
the course must be repeated until a C or 
better is earned. The departmental grade 
point average will be a cumulative 
computation of all grades earned in PSYC 
and must be 2.0 or above. 

Students desiring to enter graduate study 
in certain areas of psychology are advised to 
take an additional laboratory course and/or 
participate in individual research projects. 
Such students should consult an advisor for 
information about prerequisites for graduate 
study in psychology. 

It should be noted that there are three 
course content areas that have two courses, 
one in the 300 sequence and one in the 400 
sequence. These include abnormal (331 and 
431) personality (335 and 435). child 
psychology (333 and 433), and industrial 
psychology (361 and 461 ). The courses in the 
300 sequence provide general surveys of the 
field and are intended for non-majors who do 
not plan further in-depth study. The courses 
in the 400 sequence provide more 
comprehensive study with particular 
emphasis on research and methodology. The 
400 series are intended primarily for 
psychology majors. It should be further 
noted that a student may not receive credit 
for both: 

PSYC 331 and PSYC 431 
PSYC 333 and PSYC 433 
PSYC 335 and PSYC 435 

or 
PSYC 361 and PSYC 461 



Honors. The Department of Psychology also 
offers a special program for the superior 
student which emphasizes independent 
study and research. Students may be eligible 
to enter the Honors Program who have a 3.3 
grade average in all courses or the 
equivalent, who are in the junior year, and 
who demonstrate interest and maturity 
indicative of success in the program. 
Students in their sophomore year should 
consult their advisor or the Departmental 
Honors Committee for further information. 

Course Code Prelix— PSYC 

Sociology 

Professor and Chairman: Kammeyer. 
Professors: Dager, Hoffsommer (Emeritus), 
Janes, Lejins (Joint appointment with 
Institute of Criminal Justice and 
Criminology), Ritzer. 
Associate Professors: Cussler, Henkel, 
Hirzel, Lengermann, Mclntyre, Meeker, 
Pease. 

Assistant Professors: Braddock, 
Finsterbusch, Franz, Greisman, Harper, 
Hornung, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Landry (Joint 
appointment with Afro-American Studies), 
Mayes, Miller, Parming, Segal. 

The major in sociology offers: (1) a general 
education especially directed toward 
understanding the complexities of modern 
society and its social problems by using 
basic research and statistical skills; (2) a 
broad preparation for various types of 
professions, occupations, and services 
dealing with people; and (3) preparation of 
qualified students for graduate training in 
sociology. 

The student in sociology must complete 45 
hours of Departmental Requirements, none 
of which can be taken pass-fail. Thirty of 
these hours are in sociology course work 
which must be completed with a minimum 
grade average of C: 12 hours are in required 
core courses, and 18 hours are electives, of 
which 12 hours must be at the 300-400 level. 
Required core courses for all majors are 
Socy 100 (Intro.); Socy 201 (Statistics); Socy 
202 (Methods); Socy 203 (Theory). 

Socy 100 should be taken in the Freshman 
or Sophomore year followed by Socy 203 and 
Socy 201 and then Socy 202 should be taken. 

Three hours of Mathematics (110; 111; 
111S; 115; 140; 220 or their equivalents) are 
required of majors and are a pre-requisite for 
Socy 201. 

The supporting course requirement for 
majors is 12 hours of a coherent series of 
courses from outside of the department 
which relate to the major substantive or 
research interests in sociology. These 
courses need not come from the same 
department, but at least 6 hours must be 
from the Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences. The following are among those 
recommended by the Sociology 
Undergraduate Committee for majors: ANTH 
102, CMSC 103, ECON 205. GVPT 100. 170. 
260; HIST 224, PHIL 170, 250, 455; PSYC 100. 
Further information about suggested 
supporting courses can be obtained in the 
Undergraduate Office (Room 2130, 
Taliaferro). Students should supply to the 
Undergraduate Office with their proposed 
list of supporting courses for advisor's 
approval. 



Urban Studies Program 

Professor and Director: Murphy. 
Professors: Harper. Janes. Kidd 
Assistant Professors: Brodsky. Christian. 
Dolgin. Florestano, McDonald, Rossell. 
Lecturers: Graves. Knipe, Walker 

This interdisciplinary program is designed 
for students interested in government and 
other public service careers and graduate 
study in urban affairs, as well as for students 
who wish to understand urban society. The 
faculty is drawn from six colleges and 
schools of the University The B.A. and B S 
degree in Urban Studies can be given by any 
of the colleges or schools on Campus which 
is authorized to grant those degrees. 

The program assumes a comprehensive 
approach to urbanism and includes attention 
to the total metropolitan area, including 
suburbs as well as central cities, their 
interrelationship, and state and federal 
policy. In addition to an interdisciplinary or 
multi-disciplinary staff, the program includes 
students from a variety of disciplines, a wide 
variety of research projects, and a set of 
"core" seminars dealing with cities or 
urbanization as they involve economic 
factors, social problems, political and 
governmental activities, and environmental 
and physical aspects. Contemporary urban 
problems will be emphasized and modern 
methodological and analytical techniques 
will be considered. 

Requirements. In general, for a Bachelor's 
degree in Urban Studies, a student should 
register in a division, college or school, 
satisfy University, division and college or 
school requirements, and complete course 
work in urban and urban-oriented subject 
matter. 

The major in Urban Studies requires 42 
credits: 

15 in URBS core courses 
15 in urban oriented courses within a 
department or program selected as a 
disciplinary urban specialization. 
12 within one of the three basic fields 
and from at least two departments 
The URBS Core Courses include the 
following: 

URBS 210— Survey of the Field and 

Urban Studies 
URBS 260 — Introduction to 

Interdisciplinary Urban 
Studies 
URBS 320— The City and the 

Developing National 
Culture of 
the United States 
URBS 350— Introduction to Urban 

Field Study 
URBS 395 — Pro-Seminar in 

Urban Literature 
URBS 399 — Independent Study in 

Urban Topics 
URBS 430— Practicum in the 

Urban Community and 
Urban Organizations 
URBS 480— Urban Theory and 
Simulation 

Departments and programs currently 
offering sufficient urban oriented courses for 
the disciplinary urban specialization include: 
Afro-American Studies. Agricultural and 
Extension Education, Agricultural and 



58 / Divisions, Departments 



Resource Economics. American Studies, 
Anthropology, Architecture, Business 
Administration, Chemical Engineering, 
Chemistry. Civil Engineering, Computer 
Science. Criminal Justice and Criminology, 
Economics, Education. English. Family and 
Community Development. Fire Protection, 
Geography, Government and Politics, 
Health, History. Information Systems 
Management. Journalism, Meteorology, 
Physical Sciences. Psychology. Recreation. 
Sociology, and Speech and Dramatic Art 

Thefhree basic fields and the departments 
whose courses meet the requirements are: 

1. Social-economic-behavioral: 
Afro-American Studies, Agricultural 
Extension Education, Agricultural and 
Resource Economics, Architecture. 
Business Administration. Criminal 
Justice and Criminology. Economics, 
Education. Family and Community 
Development. Cultural Geography. 
Government and Politics. Health, 
Information Systems Management, 
Journalism. Psychology, Recreation, 
and Sociology. 

2. Physical-environmental: 
Chemical Engineering. Chemistry, 
Civil Engineering. Computer Science, 
Fire Protection, Physical Geography, 
Geology. Health, Landscape, 
Architecture, Meteorology, Physical 
Sciences. 

3. Historical-cultural-humanistic: 
Afro-American Studies. American 
Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, 
Education, English. History, 
Journalism, Radio and TV, Recreation, 
Sociology, and Speech and Dramatic 
Art. 

Course Code Prefix— URBS 

Division of Human and 
Community Resources 

The Division of Human and Community 
Resources includes the faculties and 
programs of the College of Education, the 
College of Human Ecology, the College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health, 
and the College of Library and Information 
Services. The programs of the Division are 
essentially professional. They are designed 
to prepare professionals interested in the 
quality of life of the individual and in the 
community factors which influence the 
interaction of people: those who are 
responsible for community health, recreation 
programs and activities: technical, public 
and school librarians, information scientists, 
and educational institutions. 

The Division supports the development of 
research in areas of concern to faculty 
members in all the Departments and 
Colleges, and research teams which may 
cross departmental and College lines. Also, 
the Division seeks to stimulate the 
development of interdisciplinary courses and 
programs and the extension of professional 
expertise to the University and community at 
large, including planning for cooperation in 
international activities. 

The Division offers bachelor's, master's, 
and doctorate degrees in most of its 
programs in addition to various professional 



certificates. The professional programs are 
accredited by the National Council (or 
Accreditation of Teacher Education, the 
Maryland State Department of Education, the 
American Library Association Committee on 
Accreditation, and the American Home 
Economics Association. Unless otherwise 
stated the regulations and degree 
requirements of the present colleges 
constituting the Division will remain in effect 
until revised policies of the Division are 
published. 

Specifically, the Colleges and their 
respective departments in the Division are: 

College of Education. Department of 
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum, 
Department of Counseling and Personnel 
Services, Department of Early 
Childhood-Elementary Education, 
Department of Industrial Education, 
Department of Measurement and Statistics, 
Department of Secondary Education, 
Department of Special Education, Institute 
For Child Study, Social and Foundations 
Area. 

College of Human Ecology: Department of 
Family and Community Development, 
Department of Foods, Nutrition and 
Institution Administration, Department of 
Housing and Applied Design, Department of 
Textiles and Consumer Economics. 

College of Physical Education, Recreation 
and Health: Department of Health 
Education. Department of Physical 
Education, and Department of Recreation. 

College of Library and Information 
Services. This College, a separate 
professional College committed solely to 
graduate study and research, is administered 
by a dean who is responsible to the Provost 
of the Division of Human and Community 
Resources. 

College of Education 

The College of Education offers programs 
for persons preparing for the following 
educational endeavors: 1) teaching in 
colleges, secondary schools, middle 
schools, elementary schools, kindergarten 
and nursery schools; 2) teaching in special 
education programs; 3) school librarians and 
resource specialists; 4) educational work in 
trades and industries; 5) pupil personnel, 
counseling and guidance services; 6) 
supervision and administration; 7) 
curriculum development; 8) rehabilitation 
programs; 9) evaluation and research. 

Because of the location of the University in 
suburbs of the Nation's Capital, unusual 
facilities for the study of education are 
available to its students and faculty. The 
Library of Congress, the library of the United 
States Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are 
accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education 
Association, American Council on 
Education, United States Office of 
Education, and other organizations, public 
and private. The school systems of the 
District of Columbia, Baltimore and the 
counties of Maryland offer generous 
cooperation. 

The teacher education programs 
preparing early childhood, elementary 



school and secondary school teachers at the 
bachelor's degree and master's degree 
levels, and the programs preparing school 
service personnel (elementary and 
secondary school principals, general school 
administrators, supervisors, curriculum 
coordinators, guidance counselors, student 
personnel administrators, and vocational 
rehabilitation counselors) at the master's, 
advanced graduate specialist and doctoral 
degree levels are all fully accredited by the 
National Council for Accreditation of 
Teacher Education. 

Requirements for Admission. All students 
desiring to enroll in the College of Education 
must apply to the Director of Admissions of 
the University of Maryland at College Park 
and meet the admissions requirements 
detailed in Section I of this Catalog. There 
are no specific secondary school course 
requirements for admission, but a foreign 
language is desirable in some of the 
programs, and courses in fine arts, trades, 
and vocational subjects are also desirable for 
some programs. 

Candidates for admission whose high 
school or college records are consistently 
low are strongly advised not to seek 
admission to the College of Education. 

Students with baccalaureate degrees who 
have applied for admission as special 
students must have received prior 
permission from the appropriate department. 

Guidance in Registration. Students who 
intend to teach (except agriculture and 
physical education) should register in the 
College of Education in order that they may 
have the continuous counsel and guidance 
of the faculty directly responsible for teacher 
education at the University of Maryland. At 
the time of matriculation each student is 
assigned to a member of the faculty who acts 
as the student's advisor. The choice of 
subject areas within which the student will 
prepare to teach will be made under faculty 
guidance during the freshman year. The 
student will confer regularly with the faculty 
advisor in the College of Education 
responsible for his teaching major. 

While students on the College Park 
Campus may transfer into an Education 
major at any time, it is recommended that 
this transfer occur prior to the junior year 
because of the required sequence of 
professional courses and experiences. 
Articulated programs have been developed 
with most of Maryland's community colleges 
to accommodate transferring to College Park 
after the completion of an Associate Arts 
degree in the community college. 

General Requirements of the College. 

Minimum requirements for graduation are 
120 semester hours. Specific program 
requirements for more than the minimum 
must be fulfilled. 

In addition to the General University 
Requirements and the specific requirements 
for each curriculum, the College requires a 
minimum of 20 semester hours of education 
courses and 3 semester hours of speech. 

Marks in all required upper division 
courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher, 
except in the case of student teaching where 
a grade of S is required. A general average of 



Divisions, Departments / 59 



C or higher must be maintained. (See 
Admission to Teacher Education.) 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and 
rules of the College of Education must be 
recommended by the student's advisor, and 
department chairperson, and approved by 
the dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the 
College of Education but, who through an 
established cooperative program with 
another college, are preparing to teach and 
wish to register in professional education 
courses required for certification must meet 
all curricular and scholastic requirements of 
the College of Education. 

Majors and Minors. There is no College 
requirement for a minor although many 
majors require an area of concentration to 
provide depth in a specific area of teaching 
speciality. Specific program requirements 
should be consulted. 

Admission to Teacher Education. Students 
enrolled in an education major should 
confirm the status of their admission to 
Teacher Education with the Records Office 
of the College of Education when they enroll 
in the first education course or at the 
beginning of the semester immediately after 
earning 42 hours. Transfer students with 42 
or more hours of acceptable transfer credit 
must apply at time of transfer. Transfer 
students must complete a minimum of 12 
hours at Maryland before their applications 
will be processed. Post-graduate 
certification students and those working for 
certification only must apply at the beginning 
of their program. Application forms may be 
obtained from the College of Education 
Records Office. 

In considering applications, the following 
guidelines have been established: 

1. No student will be allowed to enroll in 
EDHD 300 and methods classes until he 
has received approval. 

2. Approval is always granted with the 
understanding that the student will have 
a successful field experience in EDHD 
300 and that any case may be 
reconsidered by the committee if 
subsequent academic performance 
declines. 

3. Secondary education applicants must 
show evidence of ability to achieve on an 
above average level in courses directly 
related to their major field. 

4. Applicants must be of good moral and 
ethical character. This will be determined 
as fairly as possible from such evidence 
as advisors recommendations and 
records of serious Campus 
delinquencies. 

5. Applicants must be physically and 
emotionally capable of functioning as 
teachers. This will mean freedom from 
serious chronic illness, emotional 
instability and communicable disease, as 
determined in cooperation with the 
Health Service and the Counseling 
Center. 

6. Applicants must be free of serious 
speech handicaps. 

A health certificate certifying absence of 
communicable disease is required for 
participation in any education course with a 
field experience component. 



The purpose of the screening procedure 
associated with admission to teacher 
education is to insure that graduates of the 
teacher education program will be well 
prepared for teaching and can be 
recommended for certification with 
confidence. 

Student Teaching. In order to be admitted to 
a course in student teaching, a student must 
have been admitted to the Teacher 
Education Program (see above), have a 
physician's certificate indicating that the 
applicant is free of communicable diseases, 
and the consent of the department. 
Application must be made with the Director 
of Laboratory Experiences by the middle of 
the semester which precedes the one in 
which student teaching will be done Any 
applicant for student teaching must have 
been enrolled previously at the University of 
Maryland for at least one semester. 

Certification of Teachers. The Maryland 
State Department of Education certifies to 
teach in the approved public schools of the 
State only graduates of approved colleges 
who have satisfactorily fulfilled 
subject-matter and professional 
requirements. The curricula of the College of 
Education fulfill State Department 
requirements for certification. 

Degrees. The degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Bachelor of Science are conferred by the 
College of Education. The determination of 
which degree is conferred is dependent 
upon the amount of liberal arts study 
included in a particular degree program. 

Organization. The College of Education is 
organized into seven departments and an 
institute as listed under the Division of 
Human and Community Resources. The 
non-departmental area of Social 
Foundations offers courses in history, 
philosophy, and sociology of education. 

Unique specialized services for students, 
faculty, teachers and schools are offered 
through the following centers: 

Arithmetic Center. The Arithmetic Center 
provides a Mathematics Laboratory for 
undergraduate and graduate students, and a 
program of clinical diagnostic and 
corrective/remedial services for children. 
Clinic services are a part of a program in 
elementary school mathematics at the 
graduate level. 

Bureau of Educational Research and Field 
Services. The Bureau of Educational 
Research and Field Services has been 
established to (1) encourage and stimulate 
basic research bearing on different aspects 
of the educative process: (2) provide 
assistance in designing, implementing and 
evaluating research projects initiated by 
local school systems: (3) coordinate school 
systems' requests for consultants with the 
rich and varied professional competencies 
that are available on the University faculty. 

Curriculum Laboratory. The Curriculum 
Laboratory provides students, faculty and 
teachers in the field with materials and 
assistance in the area of curriculum. An 
up-to-date collection of curriculum materials 
includes texts, simulations, learning 
packages, programs, resource kits, charts, 



study guides, curriculum studies, and 
bibliographies 

Educational Technology Center. The center 
is designed as a multi-media facility for 
students and faculty of the College It 
distributes closed-circuit television 
throughout the building, provides 
audio-visual equipment and service, a 
computer terminal, a learning lab, and 
instruction in all aspects of instructional 
materials, aids, and new media. Production 
and distribution rooms and a studio are 
available for closed-circuit television and a 
video tape system Laboratories are available 
for graphic and photographic production 
with facilities for faculty research and 
development in the use of instructional 
media. Supporting the professional faculty in 
the operation of the center are media 
specialists. 

Office of Laboratory Experiences. The 
Office of Laboratory Experiences is designed 
to accommodate the laboratory experiences 
of students preparing to teach by arranging 
for all field experiences. It also serves 
functions of program liaison, staff 
development, and research as they pertain to 
field experiences. This office administers the 
Teacher Education Centers in conjunction 
with the respective public school systems 
and serves as one of the liaison units 
between the College and the community 
Student applications for field experiences. 
including student teaching, are processed 
through this Office 

Music Educators National Conference 
Historical Center. The University of Maryland 
and the Music Educators National 
Conference established the MENC Historical 
Center in 1965 for the purpose of building 
and maintaining a research collection which 
would reflect the development and current 
practices in music education. Located in 
McKeldin Library, the center includes study 
space and is prepared to assist scholars in 
the field Materials in the following 
categories are collected : archival documents 
of MENC; instructional materials; 
professional publications; curricular, 
administrative, and philosophical materials; 
manuscripts, personal letters and other 
historical materials. 

Center for Young Children. Housed in the 
College of Education, the demonstration 
nursery-kindergarten program services the 
University in the following ways: (1) acts as a 
center in which individual professors or 
students may conduct research; (2) serves as 
a unit for undergraduate students to have 
selected experiences with young children, 
such as student teaching, child study, and 
other forms of participation in a program for 
young children; (3) provides a setting in 
which educators from within and without the 
University can come for sources of ideas 
relative to the education of young children 

Reading Center. The Reading Center 
provides clinical diagnostic and corrective 
services to a limited number of children 
These services are a part of the program in 
corrective remedial reading offered to 
teachers on the graduate level 

Science Teaching Center. The Science 
Teaching Center has been designed to serve 
as a representative facility of its type to fulfill 



60 / Divisions, Departments 



its functions of undergraduate and graduate 
science teacher education, science 
supervisor training, basic research in 
science education, aid to inservice teachers 
and supervisors, and consultative services, 
on all levels, kindergarten through 
community college. Its reference library 
features relevant periodicals, science and 
mathematics textbooks, new curriculum 
materials, and works on science subjects 
and their operational aspects. Its fully 
equipped research laboratory, in addition to 
its teaching laboratories for science methods 
courses, provides project space for both 
faculty and students. 

Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center 
has served as the headquarters for the 
activities of the Science Teaching Materials 
Review Committee of the National Science 
Teachers Association The Information 
Clearinghouse on Science and Mathematics 
Curricular Developments, the International 
Clearinghouse for A A. AS., N.S.F , and 
UNESCO, started here that year also. Within 
the center is gathered the "software" and 
"hardware" of science education in what is 
considered to be one of the most 
comprehensive collections of such materials 
in the world. 

Student and Professional Organizations. 

The College sponsors a chapter of the 
Student National Education Association, 
which is open to undergraduate students on 
the College Park Campus. A student chapter 
of the Council for Exceptional Children is 
open to undergraduate and graduate 
students interested in working with 
exceptional children. A student chapter of 
the Music Educators National Conference 
(MENC) is sponsored by the Department of 
Music, and the Industrial Education 
Department has a chapter of the American 
Society of Tool and Manufacturing 
Engineers and a chapter of the American 
Industrial Arts Association. 

In several departments there are informal 
organizations of students. 

Career Development Center University 
Credentials Service. All seniors graduating 
in the College of Education (except Industrial 
Technology majors) are required to file 
credentials with the Career Development 
Center. Credentials consist of the permanent 
record of a student's academic preparation 
and recommendations from academic and 
professional sources. An initial registration 
fee enables the Career Development Center 
to send a student's credentials to interested 
educational employers, as indicated by the 
student. 

Students who are completing teacher 
certification requirements, advanced 
degrees and are interested in a teaching, 
administrative or research position in 
education, or who are completing advanced 
degrees in library science, may also file 
credentials. 

Other services include vacancy listing in 
secondary schools and institutions of higher 
learning, notifications of interest-related 
positions, on-campus interviews with State 
and out-of-State school systems, and 
descriptive information on school systems 
throughout the country. 

This service is also available to alumni. For 
further information contact Mrs. Anna 



Tackett, assistant director. Career 
Development Center, Terrapin Hall 
basement; or phone 454-2813 

Off-Campus Courses. Through the 
University College, a number of courses in 
education are offered in Baltimore, in other 
centers in Maryland and overseas These 
courses are chosen to meet the needs of 
groups of students in various centers. In 
these centers, on a part-time basis, a student 
may complete a part of the work required for 
an undergraduate or a graduate degree. 
Announcements of such courses may be 
obtained by addressing requests to the Dean. 
University College, College Park. Maryland. 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Administration, Supervision and 
Curriculum 

Professor and Chairman: Stephens. 

Professors; Anderson, J. P., Anderson, V.E., 

(Professor Emeritus), Berman, Carbone. 

Dudley, James, McClure, Newell, Perrin, Van 

Zwoll, Wiggin, Wedberg. 

-4ssoc/afe Professors: Goldman, Kelsey, 

McLoone. 

Assistant Professors: Goodrich, Statom, 

Splaine. 

Instructors: Bowering. Lyons. 

The programs in this department are all at 
the graduate level and include preparation of 
school superintendents, principals, 
supervisors, curriculum directors, and 
administrative specialists in the areas of 
finance and business administration, 
personnel administration, public relations, 
and educational facilities. In addition, there 
are programs for the preparation of 
professors and research workers in all of the 
above areas. Preparation programs leading 
to administrative positions in community 
colleges and other institutions of higher 
learning are available through a joint major 
in administration-higher education. 

Child Study, Institute for 

Director and Professor: Morgan. 
Professors: Chapin, Goering. Kurtz. Perkins. 
Associate Professors: Dittmann, Eliot, 
Flatter, Gardner, Hardy, Hatfield, Huebner, 
Kyle. Matteson, Milhollan, Rogolsky. 
Assistant Professors: Ansello, Bennett, 
Davidson, Green, Hunt, Koopman, Marcus, 
Shiftlett, Svoboda, Tyler, Wolk. 
Instructors: Walter, Long. 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the 
following activities: (1) It undertakes basic 
research in human development; (2) It 
synthesizes research findings from many 
sciences that study human beings; (3) It 
plans, organizes and provides consultant 
service programs of direct child study by 
in-service teachers in individual schools or in 
municipal, county or state systems; (4) It 
offers course programs and field training to 
qualified graduate students, preparing them 
to render expert consultant service to 
schools and for college teaching of human 
development. 

Undergraduate courses and workshops 
are designed for prospective teachers, 
in-service teachers and other persons 
interested in human development. Major 



purposes of undergraduate programs in 
human development are: (1) offering 
experiences which facilitate the personal 
growth of the individual, and (2) preparing 
people for vocations and developing 
programs, both of which seek to improve the 
quality of human life. These offerings are 
designed to help professionals and 
paraprofessionals acquire a positive 
orientation toward people and basic 
knowledge and skills for helping others. 

Counseling and Personnel 
Services 

Professor and Chairman: Marx. 
Professors: Byrne, Hoyt. Magoon, Pumroy. 
Associate Professors: Allan, Greenberg, 
Lawrence, Martin, Ray, Rhoads, Stern. 
Assistant Professors: Birk, Carlson, 
Chasnoff, Colby. Freeman, Gump. Kafka. 
Krieger, Levme, Medvene, Spielbichler, 
Westbrook. 
Instructors: Davidson, Kahn. 

Programs of preparation are offered by the 
Department of Counseling and Personnel 
Services at the master's degree, advanced 
graduate specialist, and doctoral degree 
levels for counselors in elementary and 
secondary schools, rehabilitation agencies, 
community agencies, college and university 
counseling centers. It also offers programs 
of preparation for other personnel services: 
college student personnel administration, 
visiting teacher and psychological services 
in schools. 

Course Code Prefix— EDCP 

Early Childhood-Elementary 
Education 

Profesor and Department Chairman: Sublett. 

Early Childhood Education - 

Professors: Goff, Leeper. 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Church. 

Assistant Professor: Seefeldt. 

Elementary Education - 

Professors: Ashlock, Duffey, O'Neill, Weaver, 

J.W. Wilson, R.M. Wilson. 

Associate Professors: Dietz, Eley, Gantt, 

Herman, Roderick. Sullivan, Williams. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Burton, 

Evans, Hutchings, Janz, Johnson, McCuaig, 

Schumacher, Sunal. 

The Department of Early 
Childhood-Elementary Education offers two 
undergraduate curricula leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree: 

1. Early Childhood Education — for the 
preparation of teachers in nursery 
school, kindergarten and primary grades 
(grades one, two and three). 

2. Elementary Education — for the 
preparation of teachers of grades one 
through six. 

Students who wish to become certificated 
teachers for nursery school and/or 
kindergarten must follow the early childhood 
education curriculum (1. above). Students 
who seek certification for teaching the 
intermediate grades must follow the 
elementary education curriculum (2. above). 
Students who plan to teach in the primary 
grades can achieve certification in either 1. 
or 2. 

Graduation Requirements. One hundred 
twenty (120) academic credits are necessary 
for graduation. 



Divisions, Departments / 61 



Early Childhood Education 

(Nursery-Kind erg arten-Primary) 

The Early Childhood Education curriculum 

has as its primary goal the preparation of 

nursery school, kindergarten and primary 

teachers 

Observation and student teaching are 
done in the University Nursery-Kindergarten 
School on the Campus and in approved 
schools in nearby communities 

Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science 
degree and meet the requirements for 
certification for teaching kindergarten, 
nursery school and primary grades in 
Maryland, the District of Columbia. Baltimore 
and many states. Students should have had 
extensive experience in working with 
children prior to the junior year. 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101-Composition or 

ENGL 171 — Honors Composition 

or General University 

Requirements alternative 3 

SPCH 100/Public Speaking or 

SPCH 1 10— Voice and Diction or 

HESP 202— Fundamentals of 

Hearing and Speech Science 3 

EDEL 299 — School Service 

Semester* 2 

MUSC 155— Fundamentals for the 

Classroom Teacher 3 

ARTE 100— Fundamentals of 

Art Education 3 

Biological Science with Lab 

from BOTN, ZOOL. MICB, or 

ENTM 4 

Physical Science with Lab 

from ASTR. GEOL, CHEM. 

PHYS or ENES 4 

Social Science or History course 

from ANTH, GEOG, ECON. GVPT, 

SOCY, HIUS, HIFN. or HIST 3 

General Univ. Requirements 6 

15 "To" 
"Volunteer Service Semester may be substituted It so. one 

(1) additional semester hour will be required to complete 

120 semester hours. 

Sophomore Year 
MATH 210— Elements of 

Mathematics 4 

MATH 211— Elements of 

Geometry 4 

LING 100 — Introduction to 

Linguistics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 3 

Social Science or History course 
from ANTH. GEOG, ECON. GVPT, 
SOCY, HIUS. HIFN. or HIST 3 3 

General University Requirements ... 6 6 

"iff ~~ ili 
Semester 
Junior and Senior Years I II 

Semester V 
EDHD 300E— Human 
Development and Learning - , ... 6 

MATH, or Science with Lab from 
ASTR. BOTN. CHEM, 
ENES. ENTM. GEOL. 
MICB. PHYS. 

or ZOOL 4 

PSYC 333— Child Psychology or 
FMCD. 332-The Child and 
the Family 3 

General University Requirements . 3 

16 
Semester VI 

Professional Semester A" 
EDEL 340— Teaching Strategies 

for Young Children 3 

EDEL 341— The Young Child in 
His Social Environment 3 



EDEL 342— The Teaching of 

Reading — Early Childhood 
EDEL 332— Student Teaching, 

K-3 



'Prerequisite to Professional Semester 6 
Semester VII 
Professional Semester B 
EDEL 343— The Young Child in 

His Physical Environment 3 

EDEL 344 — Creative Activities 
and Materials lor the 

Young Child 3 

EDEL 330— Student Teaching. 

Nursery School 3 

MUED 450— Music in Early 

Childhood Education 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

15 
Semester VIII 
EDEL 424 — Literature for 
Children and Young People- 
Advanced 3 

Elective from courses with "ED" 
in the prefix and which are 
not listed in Professional 

Semesters A or B 3 

General University Requirements .... 6 

l2~ 
'Interchangeable with Semesters VI and VII 

Elementary Education. This curriculum is 
designed for regular undergraduate students 
who wish to qualify for teaching positions in 
elementary schools. Students who complete 
the curriculum will receive the Bachelor of 
Science degree, and they will meet the 
Maryland State Department of Education 
requirements for the Standard Professional 
Certificate in Elementary Education. The 
curriculum also meets certification 
requirements in many other states. Baltimore 
and the District of Columbia. 

Semester 
Freshman I II 

ENGL 101— Composition or 

ENGL 171 — Honors Composition 

or General University 

Requirements alternative 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking or 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 

or HESP 202— Fundamentals of 

Hearing and Speech Science 3 

EDEL 299— School Service 

Semester 2 

MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the 

Classroom Teacher 3 

ARTE 100— Fundamentals of Art 

Education .. 3 

Biological Science with Lab from 

BOTN. ZOOL. MICB, or ENTM . . . . 4 

Physical Science with Lab from 

ASTR. GEOL, CHEM. 

PHYS, or ENES 4 

Social Science or History course 

from ANTH, GEOG. ECON. GVPT, 

SOCY. HIUS. HIFN. or HIST 3 

General University Requirements 6 

W ~15 
Sophomore Year 
MATH 210— Elements of 

Mathematics 4 

MATH 211 — Elements of Geometry . 4 

LING 100— Introduction to 

Linguistics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 3 

Social Science or 

History course 

from ANTH. GEOG. ECON. GVPT. 

SOCY. HIUS. HIFN. or HIST 3 3 

General University Requirements 6 6 

W "IS 



Junior and Senior Years 
Semester V 
EDHD 300E— Human 

Development and Learning* 
MATH, or Science with Lab from 

ASTR. BOTN CHEM, ENES. 

ENTM. GEOL, MICB. PHYS. 

or ZOOL 
PSYC 333— Child Psychology or 

FMCD 332— The Child and 

the Family 
General University Requirements 

"Prerequisite to Professional Semester 
Semester VI 
Professional Semester* 
EDEL 350— The Teaching of 

Language Arts — 

Elementary 
EDEL 351— The Teaching of 

Mathematics — Elementary 

EDEL 352— The Teaching of 

Reading — Elementary ,.., 
EDEL 353— The Teaching of 

Science — Elementary 
EDEL 354— The Teaching of 

Social Studies — Elementary 



"Prerequisite to student teaching 

Courses are blocked; i.e. one section of 
students remains together for all five 
methods courses. Students spend two days 
each week in school classrooms applying 
concepts and methods presented in methods 
courses. 

Semester VII 
EDEL 333— Student Teaching 11 

Semester VIII 
EDEL 424 — Literature for 
Children and Young People- 
Advanced 3 
EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Elective 3 

15 

•Interchangeable with Semesters VI and VII 

Physical Education and Health Education 
Curriculum — Elementary School. Students 
majoring in elementary education may 
pursue an area of specialization in 
elementary school physical education and 
health education. Students interested in this 
area should consult the Dean of the College 
of Physical Education. Recreation and 
Health. 

Industrial Education 

Professor and Chairman: Maley 
Professors: Harrison, Luclkemeyer 
Associate Professors: Anderson. Beatty, 
Crosby. Mietus. Stough. Tierney 
Assistant Professors: Anderson. Burkart. 
Elkins. Herschbach 

Instructors: Gemmill. Giblin. Hastings. 
Martin, Rickert. Starkweather. Vaglia 

The Department of Industrial Education 
offers programs leading to teacher 
certification in industrial arts and 
vocational-industrial education It also offers 
a program in Industrial Technology which 
prepares individuals tor supervisory and 
industrial management positions, and a 
technical education program for persons 
with advanced technical preparation who 
wish to teach in technical institutes or junior 
colleges 



62 / Divisions, Departments 



Three curricula are administered by the 
Industrial Education Department (II 
Vocational-Industrial Education. (2) 
Industrial Arts Education and (3) Industrial 
Technology The overall offering includes 
both undergraduate and graduate programs 
leading to the degrees of: Bachelor of 
Science. Master of Education, Master of Arts, 
Doctor of Education, and Doctor of 
Philosophy 

The vocational-industrial curriculum may 
lead either to certification as a 
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree 
involved or to a Bachelor of Science degree, 
including certification. The University of 
Maryland is designated as the institution 
which shall offer the Trade and Industrial" 
certification courses and hence the courses 
which are offered are those required for 
certification in Maryland. The 
vocational-industrial curriculum requires 
trade competence as specified by the 
Maryland State Plan for Vocational 
Education. A person who aspires to be 
certified should review the State plan and 
may well contact Maryland State Department 
of Education officials. If the person has in 
mind teaching in a designated city or county, 
he may discuss his plans with the 
vocational-industrial official of that city or 
county inasmuch as there are variations in 
employments and training procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education. The Industrial Arts 
Education curriculum prepares persons to 
teach industrial arts at the secondary school 
level. It is a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. While trade or 
industrial experience contributes 
significantly to the background of the 
industrial arts teacher, previous work 
experience is not a condition of entrance 
into this curriculum. Students who are 
enrolled in the curriculum are encouraged to 
obtain work in industry during the summer 
months. Industrial arts as a secondary school 
subject area is a part of the general 
education program characterized by 
extensive laboratory experiences. 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

General University Requirements ... 3 6 

CHEM 102 or 103— General 

Chemistry 4 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

EDIN 101— Mechanical Drawing . 2 

EDIN 102— Elementary 

Woodworking 3 

EDIN 112— Shop Calculations . 3 

EDIN 262— Machine Shop 

Practice 3 

EDIN 121 — Mechanical Drawing . 2 

EDIN 122— Woodworking II 3 

EDIN 134— Graphic Arts 3 

Total 18 17 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

General University Requirements . . . 3 6 

PHYS 111 or 1 1 2— Elements of 

Physics 3 

EDIN 127— Elec -Electronics I . ... 3 

EDIN 133— Power Transportation 3 

EDIN 241— Architectural 

Drawing 2 

ECON 205 — Fund, of Economics . . 3 

MATH 110— Introduction to 

Mathematics 3 

EDIN 247— Elec.-Electronics I 3 

EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding . 1 

EDIN 210— Foundry 1 

Total 17 17 



Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

General University Requirements 

(upper level) 3 6 

EDHD 300— Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDIN 226 — General Metals 3 

EDIN Elective (Laboratory) 4 

EDSF 301 — Found, of Education . 3 

EDIN 311— Lab Practicum in 

Ind. Arts 3 

EDIN 450 — Training Aids 

Development 3 

Total 16~ T5~ 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR / // 

EDIN 340— Cur , Instr. & Observ 3 

EDIN 347— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools . 8 

EDSE 330— Prin. & Methods of 

Secondary 

Education 3 

EDIN 464 — Shop Organization 

and Management ... 3 

EDIN Elective 9 

EDIN 466— Ed. Foundations of 

Ind. Arts _3_ 

Total 14 15 

Vocational-Industrial Education. The 

vocational-industrial curriculum is a 
four-year program of studies leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree in education. It 
is intended to develop the necessary 
competencies for the effective performance 
of the tasks of a vocational teacher. In 
addition to establishing the adequacy of the 
student s skills in a particular trade and the 
development of instructional efficiency, the 
curriculum aims at the professional and 
cultural development of the individual. 
Courses are included which would enrich the 
person's scientific, economic, psychological 
and sociological understandings. The 
vocational- certification courses for the State 
of Maryland are a part of the curriculum 
requirements. 

Persons pursuing this curriculum must 
present documentary evidence of having an 
apprenticeship or comparable learning 
period and journeyman experience. This 
evidence of background and training is 
necessary in order that the trade 
examination phase of the curriculum may be 
accomplished 

Persons having completed the necessary 
certification courses prior to working on the 
degree program may use such courses 
toward meeting graduation requirements. 
However, after certification, course 
requirements have been met, persons 
continuing studies toward a degree must 
take courses in line with the curriculum plan 
and University regulations. For example, 
junior level courses cannot be taken until the 
student has reached full junior standing. 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / '/ 

General University Requirement 6 6 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

EDIN 112— Shop Calculations . .. 3 

MATH 110— Introduction to 

Mathematics 
or 
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of 

Mathematics 3 

Total 12 12 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / II 

General University Requirement .... 3 6 



Physical Sciences 3 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 3 

CHEM 103 or equivalent 4 

EDIN Elective (Laboratory) 3 

Total IF" "13" 

Trade Examination 20 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / II 

EDIN 450— Training Aids 3 

EDIN 465— Modern Industry 3 

EDHD 300— Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDIN 462— Occupational 

Analysis 

and Course 

Construction 3 

General University Requirement 

(upper level) 3 3 

EDIN 471 — Principles and 

History of 

Vocational 

Education 3 

EDIN 357— Tests and 

Measurements 3 

EDIN Elective (Professional) 3_ 

Total 15 15 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR / II 

EDIN 350— Methods of 

Teaching 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary 

Education 3 

EDIN 347— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 8 

EDIN Electives (Professional) ... . 6 

EDSF 301— Social 

Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDIN 464— Shop 

Organization and 

Management 3 

General University Requirement 

(upper level) 3 

Total TT" 15 

'Student Teaching Requirement in Vocational Education. 

Persons currently teaching in the 
secondary schools with three or more years 
of satisfactory experience at that level are 
not required to take EDIN 347 — Student 
Teaching in Secondary Schools. Evidence of 
satisfactory teaching experience shall be 
presented in the form of written statements 
from the principal area supervisor and 
department head in the school where such 
teaching is done. Instead of the eight credits 
required for student teaching, the individual 
meeting the above qualifications will have 
eight additional semester hours of elective 
credits. 

Elective Credits. Courses in history and 
philosophy of education, sociology, speech, 
psychology, economics, business 
administration and other allied areas may be 
taken with the permission of the student's 
advisor. 

Elective courses in the technical area 
(shop and drawing) will be limited to courses 
and subjects not covered in the trade 
training experience. Courses dealing with 
advanced technology and recent 
improvements in field practices will be 
acceptable. 

Vocational-Industrial Certification. To 

become certified as a trade industrial and 
service occupations teacher in the State of 
Maryland a person must successfully 
complete 18 credit hours of instruction. 



Divisions, Departments / 63 



The following courses must be included in 
the 18 credit hours of instruction: 
EDIN 350— Methods of Teaching 
EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization 

and Management 
EDIN 457 — Tests and Measurements 
EDIN 462 — Occupational Analysis and 

Course Construction 

The remainder of the credit hours shall be 
met through the election of the following 
courses: 

EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development 
EDIN 461— Principles of Vocational 

Guidance 
EDIN 465— Modern Industry 
EDIN 471 — History and Principles of 

Vocational Education 
EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling 

and Personnel Services 
EDCP 411— Mental Hygiene in the 

Classroom 
Educational Psychology or its equivalent 
A person in Vocational-Industrial 
Education may use his certification courses 
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In 
doing so the general requirements of the 
University and his college must be met. A 
maximum of 20 semester hours of credit may 
be earned through examination in the trade 
in which the student has competence. Prior 
to taking the examination, the student shall 
provide documentary evidence of his 
apprenticeship or learning period and 
journeyman experience. For further 
information about credit by examination 
refer to the academic regulations. 

Industrial Technology. The Industrial 
Technology curriculum is a four-year 
program leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree. The purpose of the program is to 
prepare persons for jobs within industry and, 
as such, it embraces four major areas of 
competence: (a) technical competence, (b) 
human relations and leadership 
competence, (c) communications 
competence, and (d) social and civic 
competence. 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

General University Requirement ... 6 6 

SOCY 100— Sociology of 

American Life 3 

EDIN 101— Mechanical 

Drawing I or 

(Transfr) 2 

EDIN 112— Shop Calculations 

or (Transfr) 3 

EDIN 121— Mechanical 

Drawing II 2 

EDIN 122— Woodworking II 

or 
EDIN 127— Electricity- 
Electronics I 3 

EDIN 223— Arc and Gas 

Welding 1 

EDIN 262— Machine Shop 

Practice I 3 

EDIN 210— Foundry 1 

MATH 110— Introduction to 

Mathematics 
or 
MATH 115 — Introductory 

Analysis 3 

Total IT IF 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

General University Requirement 3 6 

EDIN 124 — Sheet Metal Work 2 

BSAD 110— Business 

Enterprise 3 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 



PHYS 111-112— Elements of 

Physics (Mechanics and 

Heat and Sound). 

(Magnetism, 

Electricity and 

Optics) 3 3 

or 
PHYS 121-122— Fundamentals 

of Physics 

(Mechanics and 

Heat), (Sound, 

Optics, Magnetism, 

Electicity) 4 4 

ECON 201— Principles of 

Economics 
or 
ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 3 

EDIN 184— Organized and 

Supervised Work 

Experience* 3 

Total 17-18 14-15 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

General University Requirement 

(upper level) 3 3 

PSYC 361— Survey of Industrial 

Psychology 3 

CHEM 103 — General Chemistry 4 

EDIN Elective 2 

EDIN Shop Elective 

or (Transfr) 2 

EDIN 324— Organized and 

Supervised Work 

Experience* 3 

EDIN 443— Industrial Safety 

Education I 2 

444 — Industrial Safety 

Education II 2 

BSAD 360 — Personnel 

Management 3 

SOCY 462— Industrial 

Sociology 3 

•• 3 3 

Total 20 16 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR I // 

General University Requirement 

(upper level) 3 

BSAD 362— Industrial 

Relations 3 

BSAD 385— Production 

Management . . 3 

EDIN 465— Modern Industry 

or 
EDIN 425— Industrial Training in 

Industry 
or 
EDIN 475 — Recent Technological 

Developments in 

Products and 

Processes 3 3 

EDIN Elective 2 

EDIN Shop Elective or 

(Transfr) 2 

* _6_ _3 

Total 15 13 

•Summer Session 

Trnsfr'' refers to technical credit to be transferred by A A 
degree students 

""'"reters to technical credit for A A degree students or 
Option Courses for regular students 
Further information on option courses is available in the 
Industrial Education Department 

Measurements and Statistics 

Professor and Chairman: Giblette. 

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard. 

Associate Professors: Johnson, Schafer, 

Sedlacek. 

Assistant Professors: Rogers. Macready. 

Lecturers: Hampton, Mitzel. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and 
Graduates 

Programs available in the Department of 
Measurement and Statistics lead to the 
Master of Arts degree (thesis or non-thesis 
option) and to the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree In addition to the general master's 
degree, three specialist programs are 
available: evaluation specialist, statistical 
analysis specialist, and measurement 
specialist. Potential job placements include: 
evaluators of various projects in curriculum 
offices in state or county school systems; 
federal projects: government statistical 
positions, private research organizations; 
testing specialists in government, state and 
local school systems, and private test 
construction organizations The doctoral 
program is intended to produce persons 
qualified to: teach at the college level in the 
field of educational measurement and 
research methodology; conduct research 
studies in the field of education: advise in the 
conduct of research studies; and administer 
programs in the above areas. 

Persons interested in majoring in the 
Department must display above average 
aptitude and interest in quantitative methods 
as applied in the behavioral sciences. 

Course Code Prefix — EDMS 

Secondary Education 

Professor and Chairman: Risinger. 

Art Education - 

Professor: Lembach. 

Associate Professors: Longley, McWhinnie. 
Lecturer: White. 

Business Education- 
Associate Professors: Anderson, Peters. 
Instructors: Hall. O'Neill. Vignone. 

Dance Education- 
Associate Professor: Rosen. 

Distributive Education- 
Assistant Professor: Ricci. 

English Education: 
Professor: Woolf. 
Associate Professor: Carr. 
Assistant Professor: James. 

Foreign Language Education- 
Assistant Professors: Baird. DeLorenzo. 
McArthur, Pfister. 

Home Economics Education- 
Associate Professor: Green. 
Assistant Professors: Brewster. 
Lecturer: Welparberg. 

Library Science Education- 
Professor: James 
Assistant Professors: Lukenbill, Mendeville. 

Mathematics Education- 
Professor: Walbesser. 
Associate Professors: Davidson, Fey. 

Henkelman 
Assistant Professors: Cole. 

Music Education- 
Professors: Folstrum. Taylor. 
Associate Professor Blum 
Assistant Professor: Shelley. 

Physical Education (Men) 
Assistant Professor Church. 

Physical Education (Women) 
Associate Professor: Arrighi 

Reading Education- 
Associate Professor: Brigham. 
Assistant Professor: Davey. 

Science Education- 
Professors: Gardner. Lockard 



64 / Divisions, Departments 



Assistant Prolessors: Layman, Ridky, 
Wright, Wheatley. 

Social Studies Education- 
Professors: Campbell, Grambs 
Associate Professors: Adkins, Farrell. 
Assistant Professor: Clrrinclone. 

Speech Education- 
Assistant Professor: Freimuth. 

Secondary Education. The Department ot 
Secondary Education is concerned with the 
preparation of teachers of middle schools, 
junior high schools, and senior high schools 
in the following areas: art, dance, distributive 
education, English, foreign languages, 
general business, home economics, 
mathematics, music, secretarial education, 
science, social studies, and speech and 
drama. 

In the areas of art and music, teachers are 
prepared to teach in both elementary and 
secondary schools. Majors in physical 
education and agriculture are offered in the 
College of Physical Education, Recreation, 
and Health and the College of Agriculture in 
cooperation with the College of Education. 
Majors in reading are offered only at the 
graduate level, requiring a bachelor's 
degree, certification, and at least two years 
of successful teaching experience as 
prerequisites. 

All students who pursue the Bachelor of 
Arts degree in secondary education are 
required to complete two years (12 semester 
hours) or the equivalent of a foreign 
language on the college level. If a student 
has had three years of one foreign language 
or two years of each of two foreign 
languages as recorded on his or her high 
school transcripts, he is not required to take 
any foreign languages in the college, 
although he may elect to do so. 

If a student is not exempt from the foreign 
language requirements, he or she must 
complete courses through the 104 level of a 
modern foreign language or 204 level of a 
classical language. 

In the modern languages, French, German, 
and Spanish, he or she should take the 
placement test in the language in which he 
or she has had work if he wishes to continue 
the same language; his or her language 
instruction would start at the level indicated 
by the test. With classical languages, the 
student would start at the level indicated in 
the catalog. 

For students who come under the 
provisions above, the placement test may 
also serve as a proficiency test and may be 
taken by a student any time (once a 
semester) to try to fulfill the language 
requirement. 

Students who have studied languages 
other than French, German, or Spanish, or 
who have lived for two or more years in a 
foreign country where a language other than 
English prevails, shall be placed by the 
chairman of the respective language section, 
if feasible, or by the chairmen of the foreign 
language departments. Native speakers of a 
foreign language shall satisfy the foreign 
language requirements by taking 12 
semester hours of English. 

All students who elect the secondary 
education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also 
prepare to teach one or more school 
subjects which will involve meeting specific 



requirements in particular subject matter 
fields. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is offered in 
the teaching fields of art, English, foreign 
languages, mathematics, social studies, and 
speech and drama The Bachelor of Science 
degree is offered in art, dance, distributive 
education, general business, home 
economics, mathematics, music, science, 
secretarial education, and speech and 
drama. 

The student teaching semester is a 
full-time commitment and interference with 
this commitment because of employment is 
not permitted. 

Living arrangements, including 
transportation for the student teaching 
assignments, are considered the 
responsibility of the student. 

Art Education. Students in art education 
enroll in one of two programs, elementary or 
secondary art education. The proposed 
programs are listed below: 

Secondary Art Education Curriculum 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

ENGL 101— Composition or 

alternate 3 

General University Requirements ... 3 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

ARTH 100— Introduction to Art ... 3 

ARTS 100— Design I or APDS 

101 or ARTE 100 3 

ARTS 110— Drawing I 3 

Foreign Language 1 or Electives .... 3 3 

Total ~~\2 ~\5 

'Required foreign language credit. 2 years or equivalent 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

EDSE 260— Introduction to Art 

Education 3 

General University Requirements ... 6 6 

Foreign Languages or Electives ... 3 3 

ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

APDS 103 — Three Dimensional 

Design (or ARTS 200 

or APDS 102) 3 

ARTS 210— Drawing II 3 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirements ... 6 6 

Electives 6 

ARTS 340 — Printmaking I or 
APDS 230— 
Silkscreen Printing . . 3 

ARTS 330— Sculpture I 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 3 

CRAF 220 — Ceramics 6 

Electives in Crafts 3 

EDSE 340 — Curriculum, 
Instruction, 

Observation — Art 3 

EDUC 440— Audio-Visual 
Education or 

Education Elective . . 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and 
Methods of 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 360 — Student Teaching in 
the Secondary 

School 8 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience ]_ 

Total 15 14 



Elementary Art Education Curriculum 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition or 

Alternate 3 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

ARTH 100— Introduction to Art 3 

ARTS 100— Design I or ARTE 

100 — Fundamentals of 
Art or APDS 101 .. . 3 

ARTS 110— Drawing I 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Electives 3 

"T5 15 
Sophomore Year 
EDSE 260— Introduction to Art 

Education 3 

General University Requirements. . . 6 6 

ARTH 260. 261— Art History 3 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

CRAF 220— Ceramics 3 

Electives _3_ 3 

Total 15 18 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S — Human Development 

and Learning 6 

General University Requirements . . 3 6 

ARTS 330— Sculpture I 3 

Electives 3 3 

APDS 103 — Three Dimensional 
Design (or ARTS 
200 or APDS 102 or 

EDSE 440) 3 

ARTS 340— Printmaking or 

APDS — Silkscreen 

Printing _3_ 

Total TT 15 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDEL 412A— Art in the 

Elementary School . . 3 

Electives in Crafts 3 

Electives 9 

EDUC 440— Audio-Visual 
Education or 

Education Elective . . 3 

EDEL 311— The Child and the 

Curriculum 3 

EDEL 332 — Student Teaching in 
the Elementary 

School 8 

Total ^f8" "14" 

Business Education. Three curricula are 
offered for preparation of teachers of 
business subjects. The General Business 
Education curriculum qualifies for teaching 
all business subjects except shorthand. 
Providing thorough training in general 
business, including economics, this 
curriculum leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. 

The Secretarial Education curriculum is 
adapted to the needs of those who wish to 
become teachers of shortland as well as 
other business subjects. 

The Distributive Education curriculum 
prepares students for vocational teaching 
requirements in cooperative marketing and 
merchandising programs. 

General Business Education 

Semester 
Freshman Year I " 

General University Requirements ... 9 6 

SPCH Public Speaking 3 

BSAD 110— Elements of Business 

Enterprise 3 

MATH 110, 111— Introduction to 

Mathematics 3 3 



Divisions, Departments / 65 



EDSE 100. 101— Principles of 

Typewriting and 

Intermediate 

Typewriting 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements . . . 

ECON 100— Economic 

Developments 

ECON 201, 203— Principles of 

Economics 

EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting 

Problems 

Business Electives 

EDSE 201— Survey of Office 

Machines 

BSAD 220. 221— Principles of 

Accounting 

GEOG 203 — Introductory 

Economic 

Geography 

Total 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human Development 

and Learning 

IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 

BSAD 350— Marketing Principles 

and Organization . . . 

BSAD 380— Business Law 

Electives 300 to 400 level course 

in Economics 

General University Requirements . . . 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 

IFSM 402— Electronic Data 

Processing 

Applications 

EDSE 341— Curriculum. 

Instruction, 

and Observation — 

Business Subjects . 
EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 

EDSE 300— Techniques of 

Teaching Office 

Skills 

EDSE 361— Student Teaching in 

the Secondary 

Schools 

EDSE 415— Financial and 

Economic Education 
EDSE 416— Financial and 

Economic Education 

Total 

Distributive Education 

Freshman Year 

General University Requirements . . . 

BSAD 110 — Business 

Enterprise 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 

ECON 201— Principles of 

Economics 

ECON 203 — Principles of 

Economics 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

BSAD 220 — Principles of 

Accounting 

BSAD 221— Principles of 

Accounting 

Business Electives 

General University Requirements . 

Total 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 



BSAD 350— Marketing Principles 

and Organization 
BSAD 351— Marketing 

Management 

BSAD 360— Personnel 

Management I 

BSDA 353— Retailing 

BSAD 380— Business Law 

EDSE 423B— Field 

Experience — DE 
General University Education 

Upper Division 

Total 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 

EDSE 420 — Organization and 

Coordination of 

Distributive 

Education Programs 

BSAD 352— Advertising 

EDSE 341— Curriculum, 

Instruction and 

Observation 

EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 

EDSE 363 — Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools . 

Electives 

Total 



18 15 Secretarial Education 



Freshman Year 

General University Requirements . . 
SPCH 100— Public Speaking .... 
EDSE 100— Principles of 

Typewriting (if 
Exempt, BSAD 110) 
EDSE 101— Intermediate 

Typewriting 

EDSE 102, 103— Principles of 

Shorthand I, II 

General University Requirements . 

■j Total 

Sophomore Year 

Business Electives 

3 BSAD 220, 221— Principles of 

Accounting 

ECON 201 , 203— Principles of 

8 Economics 

EDSE 200— Office Typewriting 

Problems 

EDSE 201— Survey of Office 

3 Machines 

"i5" EDSE 204— Advanced 

Shorthand and 

Transcription 

' EDSE 205— Problems in 

Transcription 

Total 

Junior Year 
3 EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 

EDSE 304 — Administrative 
3 Secretarial 

Procedures 

15 BSAD 38fJ — Business Law 

Electives 

IFSM 401— Electronic Data 

Processing 

Elective in General University 
3 Requirements 

12 (Upper Division) 

__ Total 

1 -> Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 
EDSE 305— Secretarial Office 

Practice 



EDSE 300— Techniques of 
3 . . Teaching Office 

Skills 3 

3 EDSE 341— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 
3 . . Observation — 

3 Business Subjects 3 

3 EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods of 
3 Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 1 

3 6 EDSE 361— Student Teaching 

~\q~ 15 in Secondary 

Schools 8 

Electives— 300 or 400 Level _6_ _3_ 

3 Total 17 15 

Dance Education. The Dance Education 
curriculum prepares students for teaching in 
3 the public schools, for further graduate 

3 study, and for possible teaching in college 

Semester 

3 FRESHMAN YEAR I II 

DANC 100 2 

DANC 104 2 

2 MUSC 130 3 

1 Gen. Univ. Req 6 

SPCH 100 

g Electives (3) 3 

6 Art-Studio or History 3 

— - — — TOTAL 14 . 14 28 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

DANC 248A, 348A 2 2 

DANC 200 3 

DANC 208 3 

tester DAN C 102 2 

I n DANC 290 2 

g g Gen. Univ. Req 6 3 

3 Electives 3 

TOTAL 13 * 13 = 26 
JUNIOR YEAR 

2 .. DANC 389 2 

DANC 305 3 

2 DANC 498 2 

DANC 470 3 

3 3 DANC 492 3 

3 DANC 482 or 484 3 

yj~ ^f Electives 3 

EDHD 300 6 

PHED 498D 3 

3 3 EDEL 322 or 411 _ 3 

3 3 15 - 16 31 

SENIOR YEAR 
3 3 DANC 389 and 499 2 

Electives 3 

2 Gen. Univ. Req. 

Upper Division 9 

2 EDSE 330 2 

EDSE 489 1 

EDSE 362 6 

3 EDEL 338 6 

EDSE 342 3 

3 EDSF 301 3 

— — -rr- IT: js_ 

TOTAL CREDITS 120 





A 


Dance Technique 
DANC 100. 104. 248A. 
348. 389 and 
taking one 




3 




class in 




3 




technique each 




3 










B 


Composition 

DANC 208 Elementary 








Composition 


3 






DANC 290 Improvisation 


2 




C 


Theory and Literature 




re 




DANC 200 Introduction 
DANC 305 Development 
of Dance 


3 






Progression 


3 






DANC 470 Creative Dance 








for Children 


3 



66 / Divisions, Departments 



DANC 482 History ol 

Dance 3 

or 
DANC 484 Theory & 

Philosophy 
DANC 498 Directed Studies 

(Assisting) 2 14 

D Music lor Dance 

DANC 102 Rhythmic Invention 2 

DANC 492 Percussion and 

Music for Dance 3 5 

E Prescribed Related Areas 
MUSIC 130 Survey ot 

Music Literature 
or 

MUSIC 430 or 431 3 

SPCH 100 3 

ART (Studio or History) 3 

PHED 489D Kinesiology 

lor Dance 3 

12 
F. General University Requirements 
G Education Courses 



EDHD 300 Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDSF 301 Foundations ot 

Education 3 

EDSE 330 Principles & 

Methods of 

Sec Ed 2 

EDSE 489 Field Experience 

in Education 1 

EDSE 362 Secondary Student 

Teaching 6 

EDEL 411 Child & the 

Curriculum 
or 

EDEL 322 3 

EDEL 338 Student Teaching 

in Dance (Ele) 6 

EDSE 342 Curriculum, 

Instruction, and 

Observation 3 _30_ 

H, Electives 10 

Directed toward the student s 
interests and capabilities. Such 
areas might include Music, 
Theatre, Art, Psychology. 
Anthropology. Literature. Physical 

Education. Recreation 

TOTAL 120 

English Education. A major in English 
requires 45 semesters hours as follows: 
ENGL 201; 211 or 212; 481; 403 or 404 or 405; 
or 221 or 222; 482; 493; three hours each in a 
type, and period; 9 hours electives. Related 
Fields: SPCH 100 and 240. 

Semester 
I II 



Freshman Year 

General University Requirements . 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking ... 

Foreign Language 

Elective 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements . 

ENGL 201; 202 or 211, 212 or 

221.222 

SPCH 240 — Oral Interpretation . 

Foreign Language 

Elective 

Total 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 

ENGL 403 or 404 or 405 

American Literature and English 

Literature 

ENGL 481— Introduction to 

English Grammar . 



ENGL 493— Advanced 

Expository Writing 
English (period) 

English (type) 

ENGL 482— History of the 

English Language 
Free electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 

EDSE 344— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 

EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 
EDSE 453— The Teaching of 

Reading in the 

Secondary Schools . 
EDSE 364— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools . . 

ENGL period (major figure) 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 

English electives 

Total 



Foreign Language Education. The Foreign 
Language Education curriculum is designed 
for prospective foreign-language teachers in 
secondary schools. 

Classical Language-Latin. A minor for 
teaching Latin requires 24 prescribed 
semester hours based upon two years of 
high school Latin. These students should 
take LATN 203. 204, 305. 351, 352, 361, 401, 
402. Students who have had four years of 
high school Latin should begin with LATN 
305 and should select two additional cou rses 
from among LATN 403, 404, 405. 

Prospective Latin teachers are urged to 
elect courses which will lead to a second 
area of concentration. 

Modern Foreign Languages. All prospective 
foreign language teachers must take a 
minimum of 42 semester hours in the foreign 
languages including the following courses 
which are required for certification: one year 
. of conversation, one year of advanced 
grammar and composition, one year of 
survey of literature, one year of advanced 
literature (400 level) and one semester of 
advanced civilization (300 or 400 level) or 
previously approved equivalents. 

"Foreign Language Education Majors are 
strongly urged to elect courses which will 
lead to a second area of concentration (i.e. a 
second foreign language, teaching English 
to speakers of other languages, English, 
social studies, etc.) 

It is recommended that students who plan 
to teach a foreign language contact the 
appropriate Foreign Language Education 
advisor early in their college career 
(preferably freshman year) so that they can 
plan an integrated program of specialized, 
professional and liberal education. 

Secondary Foreign Language Education 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirements .. . 9 6 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Intermediate Foreign Language 

(or appropriate level as 

determined by placement exam) . 3 3 

Electives' 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements ... 3 3 



Foreign Language — Grammar and 

3 . . Composition 

3 Foreign Language — Survey of 

3 . . Literature 

Foreign Language — Advanced 

3 Conversation 

3 . . Electives' 

13" ~W Total 

Junior Year 
1 General University Requirements 

(upper level) 

EDHD 300S— Human Development 
3 and Learning 
Foreign Language — Literature 
(400 level) 

2 . . Foreign Language — Civilization ... 

Electives in Foreign Language or 
Related Area (I.e. advanced 

3 language courses, second 

language, Introduction to 

8 Linguistics, Cultural 

3 . . Anthropology. Historic Geography 

of the Hispanic World, 

3 etc.)' 

9 . . Foreign Language — Elective 

~yT ~~\W COO level ) 

Total 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 



EDSE 



EDSE 



330 — Principles and 

Secondary 

Education 

489 — Field Experience 



EDSE 345— Curriculum 

Observation 3 

EDSE 365 — Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools . . 8 

Elective from EDUC 440— Audio- 
Visual Education. EDSE 499T— 
Teaching English as a 
Secondary Language. EDSE 453 — 
The Teaching of Reading 
in the Secondary School, 
or EDSE 499X— 

Bilingual Education 3 

General University Requirements 

(upper level) • • 3 

Electives' 

Total 17 15 

Home Economics Education. The Home 
Economics Education curriculum is 
designed for students who are preparing to 
teach home economics. It includes study of 
each area of home economics and the 
supporting disciplines. 

Fifteen hours of the total curriculum 
include an area of concentration which must 
be unified in content and which will be 
chosen by the student.* 

Semester 
Freshman Year I H 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in 

Family Living 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to 

Family Living 3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition 
of Individuals and 
Family or NUTR 100— 
Elements of Nutrition . 3 

EDSE 151— Freshman Seminar 

in Home Economics . . 1 

TEXT 105— Textiles in 

Contemporary Living . 3 

General University Requirements ... 3 6 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of 

Design .. 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology •■ 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to 

Sociology 

Total 16 15 



Divisions, Departments / 67 



Sophomore Year 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

TXAP 221— Apparel I (If 

exempted, may take 

TXAP 222 or 

TXAP 425) 3 

CHEM 103— College 

Chemistry I 4 

General University Requirements 6 6 

HSAO 240 — Design and 

Furnishings in the 

Home or HSDA 241— 

Family Housing ... 3 

EDSE 210 — Sophomore 

Seminar in Home 

Economics Education . . 1 

FOOD 200— Scientific 

Principles of Food ... 3 

FMCD 332— The Child in the 

Family or EDHD 411— 

Child Growth and 

Development 3 

Total 7F" IF 

Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

FMCD 280— Household 

Equipment and Space 

Utilization or FMCD 

443 — Consumer 

Problems or FMCD 

341 — Personal and 

Family Finance 3(4) 

FOOD 260— Meal Management . 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience 

in Home Management 

or FMCD 344B— 

Practicum in 

Home Management . . 3 

EDSE 380— Field Experience in 

Organization and 

Administration of a 

Child Development 

Laboratory . . 1 

EDSE 425— Curriculum 

Development in 

Home Economics 3 

Area of Concentration 6 

General University Requirements 9 

Total 18(19) TT 

Senior Year 

EDSE 347— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 1 

EDSE 370— Student Teaching 

in Secondary Schools: 

Home Economics 8 

FMCD 260 — Family Relations 

or SOCY 443— The 

Family and Society ... 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

or MICR 200— 

General Microbiology . . 4 

Area of Concentration 9 

Total 14 "79~ 

■Area ol Concentration 15 semester hours 

A) Including maximum of two home economics courses or 
in applied area, with the remainder of the 15 hours in 
supporting behavioral, physical and biological sciences, 
philosophy, geography and history 

B) Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper divisional courses 

Library Science Education. All students 
anticipating work in library science 
education should consult with advisors in 
this area at the beginning of the freshman 
year Students enrolled in this curriculum 



will pursue a Bachelor of Arts degree with an 
area of concentration of 36 hours in one of 
the following: humanities, social sciences, 
science, or foreign languages. Students may 
concentrate in a subject area subsumed 
under one of these four fields, or they may 
choose a broad spectrum of courses in one 
of the four areas under the guidance of their 
advisors. The minor of 18 hours will be 
library science education 

Students in library science education will 
complete eight semester hours in directed 
library experience as their student teaching 
requirement. It will involve two and a half 
days per week, for 16 weeks. This period will 
be divided into two sections, with eight 
weeks in a secondary school. A concurrent 
weekly seminar will also be a part of this 
experience. Students completing this 
curriculum will be eligible for certification as 
elementary or secondary school librarians. 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR I II 

General University Requirements ... 6 6 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Electives 6 3 

Area of Concentration 6 

Total "IF TiF 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

General University Requirements ... 6 3 

Electives 3 3 

Area of Concentration 6 9 

Total "7s iT 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

General University Requirements 

(300 and above level) 3 6 

EDHD 300 — Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDSE 381— Introduction to 

Librarianship 3 

EDSE 382— Basic Reference and 

Information Sources . 3 

EDSE 383 — Cataloging and 

Classification of 

Library Materials 3 

EDSE 384— Library Materials for 

Children 3 

Total 15* 75 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR / // 

Area of Concentration 12 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDAD 441— Graphic Materials 

for Instruction 3 

EDSE 385— Media Center 

Administration and 

Services 3 

EDSE 386— Student Teaching 

in School Media 

Centers — Elementary . 4 

EDSE 387— Student Teaching 

in School Media 

Centers Secondary 4 

Total IF" 74 

Course Code Prefix— EDSE 

Mathematics Education. A major in 
mathematics requires the completion of 
MATH 241 or its equivalent and a minimum of 
1 5 semester hours of mathematics courses at 
the 400 level These 400 level courses must 
include MATH 403. 450 and one of the 
geometry courses. 430 or 431 The remainder 
of the courses in mathematics are to be 
selected with the approval of the advisor. The 
major must be supported by one of the 
following science sequences CHEM 103 and 
104. PHYS 121 and 122 and 181 and 182 or 



221 and 222 or 161 and 262; BOTN 100 and 
three additional hours in BOTN courses; 
ZOOL 101 and three additional hours in 
ZOOL courses; ASTR 180 and 110 and three 
more hours of ASTR (none of which include 
ASTR 100 or 105). The following sample 
program is one way to fulfill requirements 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of 

Speech 

Communication 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I 

Analysis II ...... 4 4 

Science Requirement 3-5 3-5 

General University Requirement ... 3 6 

Total 13-15 13-15 

Sophomore Year 
MATH 240, 241— Linear 

Algebra, 

Analysis III 4 4 

General University Requirement ... 6 6 

Electives ,.. , 5-7 5-7 

Total 15-17 15-17 

Junior Year 

MATH 430— Geometric 

Transformations or 

MATH 431 — 

Foundations of 

Geometry 3 

MATH 402— Algebraic 

Structures or 

MATH 403— 

Introduction to 

Abstract Algebra 3 

MATH 450 — Fundamental 

Concepts of 

Mathematics 3 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSE 350— Curriculum. 

Instruction. 

Observation — 

Mathematics" 3 

Mathematics Electives 

(400 level) 3 

General University Requirement ... 3 6 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 
Mathematics Electives 

(400 level) 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary 

Education 2 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1 

EDSE 372— Student Teaching in 

Secondary School 

Mathematics 8 

Education Elective 3 

Electives 10 

Total 14 16 

'Must be taken semester pnor to student teaching 
Music Education. The curriculum in music 
leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in 
education with a maior in music education. It 
is planned to meet the growing demand for 
specialists, supervisors and resource 
teachers in music in the schools. The 
program provides training in the teaching of 
vocal and instrumental music and leads to 
certification to teach music at both 
elementary and secondary school levels in 
Maryland and many other states There are 
two options The vocal option is for students 
whose principal instrument is voice or piano; 
the instrumental option is for students whose 
principal instrument is an orchestral or band 
instrument 



68 Divisions, Departments 



All students are carefully observed at 
various stages of their programs by members 
of the Music Education faculty. This is 
intended to insure the maximum 
development and growth of each student s 
professional and personal competencies 
Each student is assigned to an advisor who 
guides him through the various stages of 
advancement in the program of music and 
music education 



Instrumental Option 



Semestai 



II 



Freshman Year 

MUSC 108, 109— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 131— Introduction to 

Music 3 

MUSC 150. 151— Theory of 

Music 3 3 

MUSC 102. 103— Class Piano 2 2 

ENGL 101 — Composition or 

alternate 3 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Total ~16~ ~16 

MUSC 129G — Orchestra or 

MUSC 129— Band .... (1) (1) 
Sophomore Year 
MUSC 208. 209— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 250. 251— Advanced 

Theory of Music 4 4 

MUSC 1 13. 1 14. 1 16. 117 — 
Class Study of 
Instruments 

(3-4 courses) 2or4 2or4 

ENGL 201. 202— World 
Literature or 

alternates 3 3 

General University Requirements ... 6 3 

MUED 197 „ 1 

Total 1 7 or 1 9 15or16 

MUSC 229G— Orchestra or 

MUSC 229I— Band ... (1) (1) 
MUSC 129 — Chamber Music 

Ensemble (elective) .. (1) (1) 
Semester 
Junior Year I II 

MUSC 408. 409— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 330. 331— History of 

Music 3 3 

MUSC 490. 491— Conducting 2 2 

MUSC 120. 213— Class Study 
of Instruments 

(2 or 3 courses) 2 2 or 4 

MUED 470— Music in 

Secondary Schools . . 4 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirements . . . 3 

Total V7 14or16 

MUSC 329G— Orchestra or 
MUSC 329I — 

Band (1) (1) 

MUSC 329— Chamber Music 

Ensemble (elective) .. (1) (1) 
Senior Year 
MUSC 418— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 

MUSC 100— Class Voice 2 

MUSC 486— Orchestration 2 or 3 

MUED 420— Band and Orchestra 
Techniques and 

Administration 2 

MUED 478— Special 
Topics in 

Music Education .. 1 

EDSE 373, EDEL 335— Student 

Teaching 8 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 3 



EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods ol 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1 

General University Requirements ... 6 3 

Total 17or18 — i~4 

MUSC 329G— Orchestra or 

MUSC 329I— Band (1) (1) 

MUSC 329— Chamber Music 

Ensemble (elective) (1) 

Vocal Option 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

MUSC 108. 109— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 131— Introduction to 

Music 3 

MUSC 150, 151— Theory of 

Music 3 3 

MUSC 100— Class Voice, MUSC 

099B— Applied 

Music (voice), 

MUSC 102, 103— 

Class Piano 2 2 

ENGL 101 — Composition or 

alternate 3 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 3 

General University Requirements . . . 3 6 

Total 16 16 

MUSC 129A— Men's Glee Club. 

MUSC 129B— 

Women's Chorus 

MUSC 129— 

Chamber Ensemble. 

or MUSC 129C— 

University Choir (1) (1) 

Sophomore Year 

MUSC 208. 209— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 200, 201— Advanced 

Class Voice 2 2 

MUSC 202, 203— Advanced 

Class Piano 2 2 

MUSC 250, 251— Advanced 
Theory of 

Music 4 4 

ENGL 201, 202— World Literature 

or alternates 3 3 

General University Requirements . 3 3 

Total 16 16 

MUSC 229A— Men's Glee Club, 
MUSC 229B— 
Women's Chorus. 
MUSC 229— Chamber 
Music Ensemble, 
or MUSC 229C— 

University Choir (1) (1) 

Junior Year 

MUSC 408. 409— Applied Music 

(principal instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 110— Class Study of 

String Instruments, 
MUSC 111— Class 
Study of String 

Instruments 2 2 

MUSC 330. 331— History of 

Music 3 3 

MUSC 490, 491— Conducting 2 2 

Special Topics in Music 

Education 1 

MUED 470— Music in 

Secondary Schools .. .. 4 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirement .... 3_ 

Total 15 17 

MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club. 
MUSC 329B— 
Women's Chorus 
MUSC 329— 
Chamber Music 
Ensemble, or MUSC 
329C — University 
Choir (1) (1) 



Senior Year 

MUSC 410— Applied Music 

(principal instr | 
MUED 480— The Vocal Music 
Teacher and 
School 
Organization 
MUED 472— Methods and 

Materials in Vocal 
Music for 

Secondary Schools 
EDSE 330 — Principles and 
Methods of 
Secondary Education 
EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 

EDEL 375, EDSE 373— 

Student Teaching .... 
General University Requirements . . . 

Total 

MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club, 
MUSC 329B— 
Women's Chorus, 
MUSC 329— Chamber 
Music Ensemble, 
or MUSC 329C— 
University Choir 



(D 



Physical Education and Health. This 
curriculum is designed to prepare students 
for teaching physical education in 
elementary and secondary schools. To 
obtain full particulars on course 
requirements, the student should refer to the 
sections on the Department of Physical 
Education and the Department of Health 
Education. 

Science Education. A science major consists 
of 52 semester hours study in the academic 
sciences. 

The following courses are required for all 
Science Education majors: BOTN 101; 
CHEM 103; CHEM 104; PHYS 121, 122 or 221, 
222 and ZOOL 101; and a year of 
mathematics. Additional courses are 
selected from the academic sciences, with 
the approval of the student's advisor, so as to 
provide a minimum of 36 hours in a 
particular science teaching area. e.g.. 
biology, chemistry, physics, and earth 
sciences, as noted below. 

Preparation for biology teaching will 
include BOTN 202; ZOOL 102; MICB 200; 
genetics (ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414); human 
anatomy and physiology (ZOOL 201 and/or 
202); a field course in both botany and 
zoology (BOTN 212, 462-464. or 417; ZOOL 
270-271, 480 or ENTM 200); CHEM 201. 202. 

Preparation for chemistry teaching will 
include CHEM 103, 104, 201. 202, 203, 204, 
481, 482, 498 and upper division courses 
such as CHEM 321,401, 403, 421. 440, 461. 
Math preparation should include MATH 115, 
140, 141. MATH 240 and 241 or 246 are also 
recommended. 

Preparation for physics teaching will 
include math through at least MATH 240. and 
241 and 246 also recommended. Physics 
courses will include introductory physics 
with calculus (PHYS 221, 222), lab courses 
(PHYS 285, 286). intermediate theoretical 
physics (PHYS 404, 405), and modern 
physics (PHYS 420). In addition, a physics 
teacher should take course work in 
Astronomy (ASTR 110, 180). Participation in 
PSSC or Harvard Project Physics courses 
(when offered) would be desirable. 

Preparation for earth science teaching will 
include one year of biology (BOTN 101 and 
ZOOL 101), one year of chemistry (CHEM 103 



Divisions, Departments / 69 



and 104). one year of physics (PHYS 221 , 222 
preferred). MATH 115 and 140. and at least 30 
hours of earth sciences with 18 hours 
concentration in one of the earth science 
fields and six hours minimum in each of two 
other earth science areas: GEOL 100. 102. 
110. 112. 421. 422. 431. 441. 460. 489. 499; 
ASTFMOOand 105. 110. 180. 410. 498; GEOG 
440. 445, 446. 441. 370. 372. 462. 

Biology „ 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

BOTN 101 — General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

MATH 110 — Introduction to 

Mathematics I 3 

MATH 1 1 1— Introduction to 

Mathematics II . . 3 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I . . 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

General University Requirements . . 3 3 

Total 14 TT 

Sophomore Year 

BOTN 202— The Plant Kingdom . . . 4 

ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla 4 

MICR 200— General 

Microbiology 4 

CHEM 201— College 

Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry 

III Laboratory 2 

General University Requirements 6 9 

Total 15 TT 

Junior Year 

ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414— 

Genetics . . 4 

ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy 

and Physiology 4 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of 

Physics I 4 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of 

Physics II 4 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirements ... 6 3 

Total 14 17 

Senior Year 

BOTN 212 or BOTN 417 or 

BOTN 462-464— 

Field Studies 3 

ZOOL 270-271 or ZOOL 480 or 

ENTM 200— 

Field Studies 3 

Biology Elective 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education . . 2 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience 1 

EDSE 352— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 8 

Total ~"l2"~ "14" 

Chemistry 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103— College 

Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104— College 

Chemistry II 4 

MATH 140— Analysis I 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Total 14 1? 



Sophomore Year 
CHEM 201— College 

Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry 

III Laboratory 2 

CHEM 203— College 

Chemistry IV 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry 

IV Laboratory 

Mathematics or Chemistry Elective . 
General University Requirements 12 

Total ~vT 

Junior Year 

CHEM 481— Physical 

Chemistry I 3 

CHEM 482— Physical 

Chemistry II 

CHEM 498— Special Topics in 

Chemistry (IAC) 3 

PHYS 221— General Physics I , . .. 5 

PHYS 222— General Physics II 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

Mathematics or Chemistry Elective 

Total ~T7" 

Senior Year 

Chemistry Elective 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSE 300— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience 

EDSE 352— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 
General University Requirements 6 

Total (T 

Earth Science 

Freshman Year 

BOTN 101— General Botany ... 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

GEOL 100— Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 110— Physical Geology 

Laboratory 1 

GEOL 102— Historical Geology 3 

GEOL 112— Historical Geology 

Laboratory 1 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

MATH 110— Introduction to 

Mathematics 1 3 

MATH 111— Introduction to 

Mathematics II 3 

General University Requirements . . . 3 3 

Total 14 17 

Sophomore Year 
CHEM 103— College 

Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104— College 

Chemistry II 4 

GEOL 422— Minerology 3 

GEOL 441— Structural Geology . 3 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of 

Physics I 4 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of 

Physics II 4 

General University Requirements 3 6_ 

Total 14 17 

Junior Year 

GEOG 440 — Geomorphology 3 

ASTR 100— Introduction to 

Astronomy 3 

ASTR 105 — Modern Astronomy .. . 3 

ASTR 110 — Modern Astronomy 

Laboratory 1 

EDHS 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 3 

General University Requirements 6 6 

Geology Electives 3 3 

Total 15 16 



Semester 
I II 



Senior Year 

GEOL 460— Earth Science 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 1 

EDSE 352— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 8 

General University Requirements ... 3 

Earth Science Electives 4 

Total 13 14 

Physics 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

CHEM 103— College 

Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104— College 

Chemistry II 4 

MATH 140— Analysis I 4 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

PHYS 221— General Physics I 5 

PHYS 222— General Physics II ... . 5 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking .... 3 

General University Requirements . . . 3 

Total 16 16 

•The physics major sequence (181 182. 293. 284) or the 
engineering sequence (161. 162. 263) may be used and ap- 
propriate course changes in the remainder of the program 
will be made 

Sophomore Year 

PHYS 285— Intermediate Physics 

Experiments I 2 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

BOTN 101— General Botany I 4 

PHYS 286— Intermediate Physics 

Experiments II 2 

ASTR 380— Astronomy and 

Astrophysics 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

General University Requirements ... 3 9 

Total 16 15~ 

Junior Year 
PHYS 404 — Intermediate 

Theoretical 

Mechanics 3 

PHYS 405 — Intermediate 

Theoretical 

Electricity and 

Magnetism 3 

PHYS 420— Modern Physics 

for Engineers 3 

ASTR 410 — Introduction to 

Astrophysics II 3 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirements 9 3 

Total 15 iT" 

Senior Year 

PHYS 406— Optics 3 

PHYS 499— Special Problems 

in Physics 3 

PHYS 305— Physics Shop 

Techniques 1 

General University Requirements 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 352— Curriculum. 

Instructiorl and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 8 

EDSE 489 — Field Experience 
Total 13 14 



70 / Divisions. Departments 



Social Studies Education 
Option 1 (History Concentration) 
Requires 57 semester hours of which at least 
27 must be in history, including HIST 221. 
222. 241 . 242 and 1 2 hours of 300 or 400-level 
history courses including HIST 389; 30 hours 
of related social sciences as outlined below: 
At least one course of each of the following 
areas: geography, sociology (or ANTH 101), 
government and politics, and two courses in 
economics Fifteen semester hours of social 
science electives are required of which nine 
hours must be in the 300 or 400 level. These 
courses may be selected from any one or 
combination of relevant fields The selection 
of the courses or fields is at the discretion of 
the advisor as a defensible area of study. 
Option I 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirement 6 6 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

HIST 221 . 222— History of the 

United States to 

1865. History of the 

US since 1865 (or 

6 hours of any 

US History approved 

by advisor) 3 3 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to 

Geography . .. 3 

GVPT 170 — American 

Government 3 

SOCY 100— Introduction to 

Sociology 

(or ANTH 101) 3 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year 

HIST 241. 242— Western 

Civilization (or 6 

hours of any 

non U.S. History 

approved by advisor) . 3 3 

ECON 310— Evolution of 

Modern Capitalism 

in Western Europe 

and the 

United States 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

Social Science Electives 3 3 

General University Requirements ... 3 3 

History Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Junior Year 

Social Science Electives 3 3 

History Electives 3 3 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

General University Requirements . . . 9 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 3 

HIST 389— Proseminar in 

Historical Writing .... 3 

Social Science Electives 3 

Electives 6 

EDSE 353— Curriculum. 

Instruction and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education . . 2 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 1 

EDSE 453— Teaching of 

Reading in 

Secondary Schools . . 3 

EDSE 376— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 8 

Total 15 17 



Option II (Geography Concentration). 

Requires 57 semester hours of which 27 
hours must be in geography Geography 201 , 
202. 203. 490. and one field experience 
course are required. The remaining hours in 
geography must be upper division systema- 
tic geography courses with one course in re- 
gional geography included Fifteen semester 
hours of social science and history courses 
must include at least one course in sociology 
(or anthropology) one in government and 
politics, two courses in economics, and two 
courses in American history The remaining 
fifteen hours of social science and history 
courses are electives from any one or com- 
bination of relevant fields forming a defensi- 
ble area of study. This area is defined in con- 
junction with the advisor of the program. 

Speech and Drama Education. A major in 
speech and drama requires 37 semester 
hours. It is the policy to build a program of 
study in anticipation of the needs of prospec- 
tive teachers in the communication field. The 
following speech courses are required: 
SPCH 100, 200, 110, 220, 350, 325, DART 120 
and HESP 401, plus 15 hours of electives in 
speech, drama or radio/television. Students 
desiring a Bachelor of Arts degree must also 
meet departmental foreign language re- 
quirements. 

Speech and Drama Education 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of 

Speech 

Communication 3 

DART 110 — Introduction to the 

Theatre 3 

DART 120— Acting 3 

SPCH 110A— Voice and 

Diction 3 

RATO 124— Mass Media in the 

20th Century 3 

General University Requirements . . 9 6 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements ... 3 3 

SPCH 350 — Foundations of 

Communication .. 3 

SPCH 200— Advanced Public 

Speaking 3 

SPCH 220 — Group Discussion 3 

Major Area: Electives in Speech 

and Drama 6 

Minor Area: English suggested ... 9 

Total 15 15 

Junior Year 

SPCH 477— Speech 

Communication and 

the Study of 

Language 

Acquisition 3 

SPCH 125— Parliamentary Law 1 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of 

Education 3 

Minor Area: English suggested . ... 6 3 

General University Requirements 

(300 level or above) 3 6 

Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

HESP 401— Survey of Speech 

Disorders 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 2 

EDSE 489— Field Experience 1 

Minor Area: English suggested .... 9 



EDSE 354— Speech and Drama 

Methods 3 
EDSE 377— Student Teaching in 

Speech/Drama 8 

Education Elective 3 

Total 14 15 

Social Foundations of Education 
Area 

Professor and Chairman: Noll. 

Associate Professors: Agre. Hopkins, Huden, 

Lindsay, Noll 

Assistant Professor: Finkelstein. 

The Social Foundations area in the College 
of Education offers courses in the history 
and philosophy of education and the Found- 
ations of Education course required of all 
students majoring in Education (EDSD 301) 
These courses treat the educational enter- 
prise as it relates to the political, social, and 
economic structure of society and the values 
which underlie a particular society. Free- 
dom in Education" and "Existentialism and 
Education" are examples of topics offered 
through workshops in this area. Other timely 
courses are offered under a special topics 
designation (EDSF 409) A broad perspective 
is sought both for classroom teachers and 
prospective leaders in the profession. 

The area also offers the masters degree 
and doctorates in comparative education 
(the study of educational systems in other 
regions of the world); history of education, 
philosophy of education; and sociology of 
education. 

Course Code Prefix— EDSF 

Special Education 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Simms. 
Professor: Hebeler. 
Associate Professor: Seidman. 
Assistant Professor: McCabe. 

The Special Education Department offers an 
undergraduate program which prepares stu- 
dents for a teaching position in either an 
elementary or secondary level special educa- 
tion program. Students who complete the 
undergraduate program receive the 
Bachelor of Science degree and meet Mary- 
land State Department of Education re- 
quirements for the standard professional 
certificate in special education. 

Students at the undergraduate level pur- 
sue a sequential program in the broad area 
of learning differences, concentrating either 
in the area of the mentally retarded or learn- 
ing disabilities. Progress through the prog- 
ram is dependent upon the student's achiev- 
ing the requisite special teaching competen- 
cies required for graduation. Field experi- 
ences are required of all students in the de- 
partment prior to their student teaching ex- 
periences. 

Each undergraduate student is assigned a 
faculty advisor. The student consults with his 
advisor regarding specific details of his 
program, alternatives, etc. The following rep- 
resents a "typical" program. 

Freshman Year Credits 

General University Requirements 12 

ARTE 100— Fundamentals of Art 

Education 3 

MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the 

Classroom Teacher 3 

SPCH 100 or 202 or 110 3 

General Electives 3 

Supporting Academic Content 6 

Total 30 



Divisions, Departments / 71 



Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 9 

MATH 210, 21 1— Elements of Math; 

Elements of Geometry . . . 8 

EDSP 288— Field Placement in 

Special Education 1 

Supporting Academic Content 9 

Total 27 

Junior Year 

General University Requirements 

(upper level) 9 

EDHD 300— Human Development 

and Learning 6 

Supporting Academic Content 3 

EDEL 426— Teaching of Reading ... 3 

EDEL 405 — Language Arts in the 

Elementary School 3 

EDEL 407— Social Studies in the 

Elementary School 3 

EDSP 470— Introduction to 

Special Education 3 

EDSP 471 or 491— Characteristics 

of Exceptional 

Children 3 

EDSP 472 or 492— Education of 

Exceptional 

Children 3 

Total ~33 

Senior Year 

EDEL 414 — Mathematics in the 

Elementary School 3 

EDEL 402— Science in the 

Elementary School 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

EDSP 473— Curriculum for 

Exceptional Children .... 3 

EDSP 489— Field Placement in 

Special Education 2 

EDSP 349— Student Teaching of 

Exceptional Children .... 8 

EDEL 334— Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 8 

Total 30 

TOTAL CREDITS: 120 

College of Human Ecology 

The College of Human Ecology reflects the 
progress and growth made by Home 
Economics in recent years in directing its 
focus toward the needs of Individuals and 
society. The College shares in the obligation 
of all higher education to provide a broad 
based education for every individual as 
preparation for living in close harmony with 
the environment in both the immediate and 
long-range future. 

Human Ecology is an applied field of study, 
interdisciplinary in nature, which studies the 
individual and/or living unit and the 
interactive nature of those factors in 
communities which impinge upon them. It 
draws upon the basic disciplines of the 
natural, social, and behavioral sciences and 
the arts for application and utilization. The 
curricula afford the opportunity for 
improving the quality of life in man's near 
environment. 

The College seeks to provide the proper 
balance of educational experiences which 
prepares an individual in the professional 
context as well as those experiences which 
benefit him personally as a fully functioning 
and contributing member of society. This 
includes grounding in basic and applied 
skills, as well as providing an atmosphere 
where creativity may flourish to enhance our 
potential for developing innovative solutions 
to the problems of living. 

The faculty utilizes existing knowledge and 
generates new knowledge, techniques and 



methods based on research, while providing 
opportunities through laboratory, practical 
and field experiences for making knowledge 
and innovative discovery more meaningful to 
the individual Through these experiences 
the faculty experiments with varying relevant 
techniques and methods by which the 
individual can transfer to the society-at-large 
new ideas and techniques for more effective 
interaction within the social and physical 
ecosystems in which we function 

Through teaching, research and service 
the College provides appropriate, 
comprehensive, quality education programs 
that prepare students for professional 
positions directed toward the improvement 
of conditions contributing to: 

1. The individual's psycho-social 
development. 

2. The quality and availability of community 
resources which enrich family life (in all 
its various forms). 

3. Effective resource utilization including 
consumer competence. 

4. The individual's physiological health and 
development. 

5. The physical and aesthetic components 
of man's environment. 

6. Effective use of leisure time. 

In accordance with the philosophy of this 
College all four departments are interrelated 
and cooperate in the achievement of these 
goals. The activities of the Department of 
Family and Community Development 
emphasize goals 1 through 3; the 
Department of Food, Nutrition and Institution 
Administration, 2 through 4; and with 
different foci and priorities, the activities of 
the'Departments of Textiles and Consumer 
Economics, and Housing and Applied Design 
emphasize goals 2, 3 and 5. Goal 3 requires 
consumer competence in food, clothing, 
shelter, transportation, insurance, medical, 
recreation, etc., and is an integrative, 
interdisciplinary, educational concept which 
necessitates major input from all four 
departments. Goal 6 is becoming 
increasingly important with a reduced work 
week and increases in the over-65 
population, and also suggests 
interdepartmental and interdisciplinary 
programs. 

Objectives 

1. Offer appropriate comprehensive 
bachelor, master and doctoral programs 
that address the six goals stated above. 

2. Maximize resources and resource 
utilization in order to accomplish the six 
goals stated above. 

3. Act as a resource to the University 
community to stimulate awareness and 
interest in the problems of applying 
knowledge for improving the quality of 
life. 

Special Facilities and Activities. The 
College of Human Ecology building follows 
the Campus tradition in style, and a 
construction program has been initiated to 
provide expanded facilities. A management 
center is maintained on the Campus for 
resident experiences in management 
activities of family life. 

Located between two large cities, the 
College provides unusual opportunities for 
both faculty and students. In addition to the 
University s general and specialized libraries, 



Baltimore and Washington furnish added 
library facilities. The art galleries and 
museums, the government bureaus and city 
institutions stimulate study and provide 
enriching experiences for students. 

Student Organizations 

AATT-Student Chapter. The Student Chapter 
of the American Association for Textile 
Technology provides students with an early 
opportunity to become associated with the 
professional organization of AATT, and to 
advance at the local level the aims and goals 
of the parent National Association. 

Through speakers from the textiles and 
apparel industry, members are kept abreast 
of the latest techniques and ideas in textiles, 
as well as coming in contact with prospective 
future employers. 

The chapter hopes to establish several 
intern programs to provide its members with 
an opportunity to gain some vocational 
experience before graduation. 

All undergraduate students, including 
freshmen Are eligible to join AATT if their 
curriculum includes at least one major 
course in the field of textiles. 

A. I.D. -Student Chapter. The University of 
Maryland Student Chapter of the American 
Institute of Interior Designers is sponsored 
by the professional chapter of A.I.D., 
Washington, DC. Interior Design majors 
from the sophomore class upwards may 
become members. Contacts and exchanges 
with professionals and fellow students at 
meetings sponsored by both groups orient 
the student to the job market and keep him 
informed of new directions in the profession. 
The AID professional chapter sponsors "A 
Day with a Designer and assists in locating 
summer jobs for upperclass interior design 
majors. 

Collegiate Home Economics Organization 
The University of Maryland Collegiate Home 
Economics Organization is the student 
affiliate of the American Home Economics 
Association and the Maryland Home 
Economics Association. Welcoming any 
Human Ecology major into its membership, 
the organization meets once a month, and 
links the professional world to the college 
student through different programs. 

The Collegiate Home Economics 
Organization is the student s opportunity to 
join a professional group prior to graduation 
and to participate on a student level in the 
national association. 

Each speaker or demonstrator provides 
the Collegiate Home Economics 
Organization member with ideas and 
suggestions for professional preparation by 
introducing the member to the many facets 
of Human Ecology. 

The Organization gives both students and 
faculty a chance to work together and meet 
on an informal basis and to open up better 
channels of communication among 
themselves as well as the outside 
professional world 

N. SID -Student Chapter The student 
chapter of the National Society of Interior 
Designers promotes interchange of ideas 
between students and professionals through 
jointly sponsored meetings Student 
members are kept advised by the national 
office of N.S.I.D as to developments within 
the organization and a national job referral 
service is provided for design graduates 



72 / Divisions, Departments 



Orncron Nu. A national honor society 
whose objectives are to recognize superior 
scholarship, to promote leadership and to 
stimulate an appreciation for graduate study 
and research in the field of home economics 
and related areas. Graduate students, 
seniors and second semester juniors are 
eligible for election to membership. 

Student Senate This elected, advisory 
group of students promotes the interests of 
the College of Human Ecology Student 
representatives to the College Assembly. 
College Council and Standing Committees of 
the College Assembly are named from this 
group. 

Financial Aid. A Loan Fund, composed of 
contributions by the District of Columbia 
Home Economics Association, Maryland 
Chapter of Omicron Nu, and personal gifts, is 
available through the University Office of 
Student Aid 

Admission. All students desiring to enroll in 
the College of Human Ecology must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University 
of Maryland at College Park. 

Degrees. The degree of Bachelor of Science 
is conferred for the satisfactory completion, 
with an average of C or better, of a 
prescribed curriculum of 120 academic 
semester hour credits. No grade below C is 
acceptable in the departmental courses 
which are required for a departmental major. 

Student Load. The student load in the 
College of Human Ecology varies from 15-18 
credits per semester. A student wishing to 
carry more than 18 credits must have a "B" 
grade average and permission of the dean. 

A minimum of 120 academic credits is 
required for graduation. However, for 
certification in some professional 
organizations, additional credits are 
required. Consult your advisor. 

General Information. Specific inquiries 
concerning undergraduate or graduate 
programs in the College of Human Ecology 
may be directed to the chairmen of the 
various departments or the Dean, College of 
Human Ecology, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Curricula. A student may elect one of the 
following curricula, or a combination of 
curricula: food, nutrition, dietetics, or 
institution administration (food service); 
family, community, or management and 
consumer studies; home economics 
education; housing, advertising design, 
interior design, costume design, or crafts; 
textile science, textile marketing, textiles and 
apparel or consumer economics. A student 
who wishes to teach home economics may 
register in home economics education in the 
College of Human Ecology under the 
Department of Family and Community 
Development or in the College of Education. 

Required Courses. The curricula leading 
to a major in the College of Human Ecology 
are organized into four broad professional 
categories: (1) scientific and technical areas, 
(2) educational, community and family life 
areas, (3) consumer service areas, and (4) 
design areas. These represent the broad 
professional fields which graduates are 
eligible to enter and pursue their chosen 
work. The positions vary in nature, scope and 



title, but require similar general studies 
background and fundamentals for 
specialization 

Individual programs of study are 
developed cooperatively with faculty 
advisors to provide a balanced and 
sequential arrangement of studies in 
preparation for the chosen field. University, 
College and departmental requirements are 
identified for curricula in each of the 
departments. 

All students in the College of Human 
Ecology, in addition to meeting the General 
University Requirements, are required to 
complete a series or sequence of courses to 
satisfy University, College and departmental 
requirements. The remaining courses 
needed to complete a program of study are 
elected by the student with the approval of 
his advisor. 

The final responsibility of meeting all the 
requirements or a specific major rest with 
each individual student. 

College of Human Ecology Requirements. 

(For every student depending on the Major). 
APDS 101— Fundamentals of 

Design OR 

Human Ecology 

Elective" 3 

TEXT 105— Textiles in 

Contemporary Living 

OR Human 

Ecology Elective - 3 

FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition 

of Individuals and 

Families OR NUTR 

100— Elements of 

Nutrition OR 

Human Ecology 

Elective' 3 

FMCD 250— Decision Making in 

Family Living OR 

Human Ecology 

Elective' 3 

Root Discipline Requirements Outside the College 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

PSYC Course 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics or 201 3 

SPCH Course 2-3 

'Human Ecology Elective to be taken in departments other 
than Major Department. 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Family and Community 
Development 

Professor and Chairman: Gaylin. 

Associate Professors: Brabble, Myricks, 

Wilson. 

Assistant Professors: Churaman, Garrison, 

Orvedal, Rubin. 

Instructor: Cohen, Surra. 

Lecturer: Greenwald. 

The Department of Family and Community 

Development integrates and applies aspects 

of the natural and social sciences as well as 

the human arts — all of which enhance man's 

quest for a more fully functioning life. It 

places particular emphasis upon the allied 

departments within the College of Human 

Ecology which in turn addresses itself to the 

problems of man and his immediate 

environment. 

Specifically, Family and Community 
Development provides the applied human 
science generalist with a firm foundation of 



knowledge of family and community 
dynamics leading to service, teaching, and 
research vocations. It also serves the 
University community by offering general 
courses germane to problems of living in a 
complex society, and stresses the concept of 
the family as the working interface between 
man, his society and the world around him. 
There are four specific though related foci 
within the program leading to specialized 
areas of endeavor within the applied human 
sciences. 

I. Family Studies: This course of study 
stresses a working knowledge of the growth 
of individuals throughout the life span with 
particular emphasis on integenerational 
aspects of family living. It examines the 
pluralistic family forms and life styles within 
our post-technological complex society and 
the development of the individual within the 
family within the community. 

II. Community Studies: This program 
emphasizes the processes of social change 
and the individual as agent within that 
process. It is grounded upon the knowledge 
of community structure and the workings 
and interactions of the various subsystems. 
Its summary goals are the identification and 
utilization of community resources for the 
enhancement of a better life for the 
individuals within the social system. 

III. Management and Consumer Studies: 
This program focuses upon the use of 
resources of the home and its impact upon 
the community. It examines the integration 
of individual, familial and societal value of 
our technological society for the purposes of 
goal implementation within that society. It is 
the area of study most directly concerned 
with quality of life and the preparing of the 
individual for effective consumer decisions 
through the understanding of the 
interrelationship of consumers, business, 
and government. 

IV. Home Economics Education: 
Although often narrowly perceived as 
delimited to the role of educator within a 
secondary school setting. Home Economics 
Education has a larger purview and 
responsibility, i.e., that of introducing and 
implementing through education at all levels, 
the theories, skills and philosophy of the 
attainment of a better life for all men, women 
and children. Thus it is the major interpreter 
of the ramification and potential impact of 
Home Economics — the applied human 
sciences. 

These areas of concentration will prepare 
students for roles as family life educators, 
extension specialists, consumer consultants, 
mental health team members, and teachers 
of home economics at the secondary level. 

Family Studies Curriculum. Supportive 

courses will be selected from either Human 

Ecology. Sociology, Psychology, Health or 

Anthropology. 

Typical Semester 

Freshman Year Hours 

ENGL 101— Composition 3 

PSYC 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family 

Living 3 

Human Ecology Courses 

(outside FMCD) 9 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

General University Requirements 9 

Total 30 



Divisions, Departments / 73 



Typical Semester 

Sophomore Year Hours 

SPCH 2-3 

ECON 201 or 205 3 

FMCO 250 — Decision Making in 

Family Living 3 

FMCD 260 — Interpersonal Lifestyles . 3 

FMCD 270— Professional Seminar .... 2 

Supportive Courses 6 

General University Requirements 12 

Total 31-32 

Semester 

Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns 3 

FMCD 332— The Child in the 

Family 3 

FMCD 431— Family Crisis and 

Rehabilitation 3 

EDHD 413, 306 or 411— Human 

Development or 

Development 

Courses 6 

Supportive Courses 6 

General University Requirements 9 

Semester 

Senior Year Hours 
FMCD 344, 345 or 346— Practicum 

or 446 — Living 

Experience with 

Families 3-6 

FMCD 487— Legal Aspects of 

Family Problems 3 

FMCD Elective 3 

Supportive Courses 6 

Electives 10-14 

Total 28-29 



Community Studies Curriculum. Supportive 
courses will be chosen from the following 
areas: 

Human Ecology courses. 

Sociology and/or psychology or family life 
courses in the Department of Family and 
Community Development beyond the core 
requirements. 

Government and/or economics, or 
management and consumer problems 
courses in the Department of Family and 
Community Development beyond the core 
requirements. 

Semester 
Typical Freshman Year Hours 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

Human Ecology Courses (outside 

FMCD) 9 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family 

Living 3 

PSYC 3 

General Universiry Requirements 12 

Total 30 

Typical Semester 

Sophomore Year Hours 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

FMCD 250— Decision-Making in 

Family Living 3 

SPCH 2-3 

FOOD 200 or Elective 3 

FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar .... 2 

General University Requirements 3 

Supportive Courses 15 

Total 31-32 

Semester 

Typical Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns or 

SOCY 443 3 

FMCD 341— Personal and Family 

Finance 3 

SOCY 230— Dynamics of Social 

Interaction 3 



FOOD 260— Meal Management or 

FOOD 300— Economics 

of Food 

Consumption 3 

Supportive Courses 6-7 

General University Requirements 9 

Electives 3 

Total 30-31 

Semester 
Typical Senior Year Hours 

FMCD 345— Practicum in 

Community or 

FMCD 344 — Resident 

Experience or 

FMCD 346— Living 

Experience with 

Families 3 

FMCD 370 — Communication Skills 

and Techniques 3 

SOCY 330— Community 

Organization or 

Substitute 3 

Supportive Courses 3 

Electives courses to complete 120 hrs. . 7-9 

General University Requirements 6 

Total 30 



Management and Consumer Studies 
Curriculum. 

Supportive courses will be selected in blocks 
from economics, business administration, 
public relations, sociology, psychology, 
family life, or consumer economics. 

Semester 
Typical Freshman Year Hours 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

PSYC 3 

Human Ecology Courses 

(outside FMCD) 9 

SPCH 2-3 

General University Requirements 13-14 

Total 30-32 

Semester 
Typical Sophomore Year Hours 

FMCD 250— Decision Making in 

Family Living 3 

FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar 2 

ECON 201 and 203 6 

SOCY 230— Dynamics of Social 

Interaction 3 

FMCD 280— Household Equipment or 

Space Utilization or 

HSAD 241— Family 

Housing 3-4 

General University Requirements 7-9 

Electives 3-6 

Total 25-33 

Semester 

Typical Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns 3 

FMCD 341— Personal and Family 

Finances 3 

PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3 

FOOD or NUTR 3 

Statistics 3 

FMCD 443 — Consumer Problems 3 

Supportive Courses 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Electives 6 

Total 30 

Semester 
Typical Senior Year Hours 

FMCD 332— The Child in the 

Family 3 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience or 
FMCD 345— 
Practicum 3 



CNEC or TXAP 
Supportive Courses 
Electives 

Total 



30 



Foods, Nutrition and Institution 
Administration 

Chairman and Professor: Prather. 

Associate Professors: Ahrens, Butler, Cox, 

Williams. 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Manchester. 

Berdanier. 

Instructors: Bouwkamp, Graham. Smith. 

Bickel. 

Lecturers: Boehne, Stewart. 

Visiting Lecturers: Accountius, Mehlman. 

Visiting Instructors Martin, Palmer 

The area of food, nutrition and institution 
administration is broad and offers many 
diverse professional opportunities. Courses 
introduce the student to the principles of 
selection, preparation and utilization of food 
for human health and the welfare of society. 
Emphasis is placed on the scientific, cultural 
and professional aspects of this broad area of 
food and nutrition. The department offers six 
areas of emphasis: experimental foods, 
community nutrition, nutrition research, 
dietetics, institution administration, and 
coordinated dietetics. Each program 
provides for competencies in several areas of 
work; however, each option is designed 
specifically for certain professional careers 

All areas of emphasis have in common 
several courses within the department and 
the University; the curricula are identical in 
the freshman year. 

Experimental foods is designed to develop 
competency in the scientific principles of 
food and their reactions Physical and 
biological sciences in relation to foods are 
emphasized. The program is planned for 
students who are interested in product 
development, quality control and technical 
research in foods. The nutrition research 
program is designed to develop competency 
in the area of nutrition for students who wish 
to emphasize physical and biological 
sciences. The community nutrition program 
emphasizes applied community nutrition 
Dietetics develops an understanding and 
competency in food, nutrition and 
management as related to problems of dietary 
departments; the curriculum includes 
courses necessary to meet the academic 
requirement for American Dietetic 
Association internship and membership. The 
coordinated dietetic clinical program 
includes internship experience coordinated 
with the didactic components and the 
students are eligible for membership in the 
American Dietetic Association upon 
graduation. Institution administration 
emphasis is related to the administration of 
quantity food service in university and col lege 
residence halls and student unions, school 
lunch programs in elementary and secondary 
schools, restaurants, coffee shops, and 
industrial cafeterias 

Coordinated Dietetics Emphasis 

Semester 

FRESHMAN YEAR It 

General Univ Requirements' 7 14 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition 
of Individuals and 
Families 3 



74 / Divisions, Departments 



MATH 110 or 115 
SPCH Requirement 
FOOD 105 — Professional 

Orientation 
FOOD 240 — Science of Food 

Preparation 

Total 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

CHEM 201. 202— Chemistry III 

CHEM 261— Introductory 

Biochemistry 

FOOD 250— Science of Food 

Preparation 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management 
ZOOL 201. 202— Anatomy and 

Physiology 

General Univ Requirements 
MICB 200— General 

Microbiology 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 
PSYC Requirement 

Total 



16 17 
Semester 

I II 

5 



16 



19 
Semester 



II 



JUNIOR YEAR 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition . . 4 

NUTR 450 — Advanced Human 

Nutrition . . 3 

IADM 300— Food Service 

Organization and 

Management 3 

IADM 430— Quantity Food 

Production 3 

IADM 460. 470— Administrative 

Dietetics I, II 3 3 

IADM 440— Food Service 
Personnel 

Administration . . 2 

IADM 420— Quantity Food 

Purchasing 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

EDHD 460— Educational 

Psychology .. 3 

Total 16 14 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR ' II 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

Requirement 3 

SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3 

NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Human 

Nutrition 3 

NUTR 480— Applied Diet 

Therapy 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

Elective 3 

General Univ Requirements 3 3 

NUTR 470 — Community 

Nutrition 3 

NUTR 485— Applied Community 

Nutrition .. 3 

Total 15 15 

Dietetics Emphasis 



Semester 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

General Univ. Requirements' 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition 

of Individuals 

and Families 

MATH 110 or 115 

SPCH Requirement 

FOOD 105 — Professional 

Orientation 

FOOD 240— Science of Food 

Preparation 

Total 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

CHEM 201. 202— Chemistry III . 



16 14 

Semester 
I II 

5 



FOOD 250— Science of Food 

Preparation 3 

PSYC Requirement 3 

ZOOL 201. 202— Anatomy and 

Physiology 4 4 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

CHEM 261— Introductory 

Biochemistry 3 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3 

General Univ Requirement 3 

Total 15 16 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR ' " 

NUTR 300— Science ol 

Nutrition 4 

IADM 300 — Food Service 

Organization 

and Management .... 3 

General Univ Requirement 3 3 

SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3 

IADM 420— Quantity Food 

Purchasing 3 

NUTR 450 — Advanced Human 

Nutrition 3 

MICB 200 — General 

Microbiology 4 

Total 16 16 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR I " 

NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Human 

Nutrition 3 

General Univ. Requirement 3 

IADM 430— Quantity 

Food Production 3 

IADM 440 — Food Service 

Personnel 

Administration . . 2 

EDHD 460— Educational 

Psychology 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course . . . 3 

Electives 6 4 

Total 15 12 

Experimental Food Emphasis 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / " 

MATH 110or 115 3 

FOOD 110— Food and 

Nutrition of 

Individuals 3 

General Univ. Requirements' 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 3 

FOOD 105 — Professional 

Orientation 1 

SPCH Requirement 2 

PSYC Requirement 3 

SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3 

Total 14 15 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR I II 

CHEM 201. 202— College 

Chemistry III 5 

FOOD 240. 250 — Science 

of Food Preparation . . 3 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals 

of Economics 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

CHEM 261— Introductory 

Biochemistry .. 3 

MICB 200— General 

Microbiology 4 

General Univ. Requirements' 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

Total 15 16 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR ' M 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

Electives 2 6 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 



NUTR 300— Science of 

Nutrition 4 

FOOD 400. 450— Advanced 

and Experimental 

Food Science 3 3 

FDSC 412 or 413— 

Principles of Food 

Processing I. II 3 

Total 16 15 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR / " 

PHYS 111— Elements of 

Physics 3 

FDSC 422— Food Product 

Research and 

Development 3 

FDSC 432— Analytical 

Quality Control 3 

Electives 2 6 4 

General Univ Requirements 6 4 

Total 15 14 

'Nine hours of the 19 electives must be selected from the 

following list: 

AGRI 401— Agricultural Biometrics (3) or FDSC 

431— Statistical Quality Control |3) 

CHEM 219— Elements of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Any 300 or 400 level NUTR course 

FOOD 260— Meal Management (3| 

FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption (3) 

FOOD 445— Advanced Food Science Lab (1) 

FOOD 480— Food Additives (3) 

FOOD 490— Special Problems in Foods (3) 

FDSC 430— Food Microbiology (3) 

FDSC 412 or 413 if not taken above 

IADM 430— Quantity Food Production (3) 

FMCD 370— Communications Skills and Techniques in 

Home Economics (3) 

'General University Requirements include 30 hours. Majors 

must be careful to select prerequisites for major courses 

For example, it FOOD 240 is required, the student must 

select CHEM 103 and 104 and these can be used to meet the 

General University Requirements 

Institution Administration Emphasis 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

MATH 110 or 115 

General Univ. Requirements' 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition 

of Individuals and 

Families 

FOOD 105 — Professional 

Orientation 

CHEM 104— Chemistry II 

SOCY or ANTH Requirement 

FOOD 240— Science of Food 

Preparation 

SPCH Requirement 



Total 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

FOOD 250 — Science of Food 

Preparation 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 
MICB 200— General 

Microbiology 

ZOOL 201. 202— Anatomy— 

Phsiology 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals 

of Economics 

General Univ. Requirements 

PSYC Requirement 



15 15 

Semester 



Total 



JUNIOR 
General 
NUTR 

IADM 



HUMAN 
BSAD 



YEAR 

Univ. Requirements .... 

300 — Science of 

Nutrition 

300 — Food Service 

Organization and 
Management 

ECOLOGY Core Course 

220. 221 — Accounting . . 



Semester 
I II 

3 6 



Divisions, Departments / 75 



IADM 420— Quantity 






Food Purchasing 




3 




16 


3 


Total 


15 




Semester 


SENIOR YEAR 


1 


// 


IADM 430— Quantity 






Food Production 




3 


IADM 440 — Food Service 






Personnel 






Administration 




2 


IADM 450— Food Service 






Equipment and 






Planning 


2 




BSAD 380 or ECON 470— 






Business Law or 






Labor Economics .... 


3 




IADM 350 or 490— 






Special Problems or 






Practicum in 






Administration 


3 




General Univ. Requirements 


3 


4 




3 








Total 


14 


15 


Community Nutrition Emphasis 


Semester 


FRESHMAN YEAR 


1 


// 


General Univ. Requirements 1 


8 


7 


MATH 110or 115 


3 




FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition 




of Individuals and 








3 




FOOD 105— Professional 




Orientation 


1 




HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course . . . 




3 


FOOD 240— Science of 






Food Preparation . . , 




3 


SPCH Requirement 




2 


Total 


15 
Sem 






ester 


SOPHOMORE YEAR 


1 


II 


CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III .. 


5 




PSYC Requirement 


3 




FOOD 250— Science of 






Food Preparation .... 


3 




ZOOL 201. 202— Anatomy & 








4 


4 


General Univ. Requirements 




6 


FOOD 260— Meal Management . . . 




3 


CHEM 261— Introductory 






Biochemistry 




3 


Total 


15 


16 




Semester 


JUNIOR YEAR 


/ 


/; 


NUTR 300— Science of 






Nutrition 


4 




SOCY or ANTH Requirement . . . 


3 




MICB 200— General 






Microbiology 


4 




NUTR 450— Advanced 








3 


3 


HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course . . 


3 


General Univ. Requirements 




3 


ECON 205— Fundamentals of 










3 










Total 


14 


15 




Semester 


SENIOR YEAR 


1 


// 


NUTR 460— Therapeutic 






Human Nutrition 


3 




NUTR 470— Community 










3 


EDHD 460— Educational 




Psychology 


3 




Methods of Teaching Course 




3 


General Univ. Requirements 


3 


3 


Electives 


6 


6 


Total 


15 


15 



Nutrition Research Emphasis 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

General Univ Requirements' 8 10 

MATH 110or 115 ... 3 

FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition 

of Individuals and 

Families 3 

FOOD 105— Professional 

Orientation 1 

SPCH Requirement 2 

FOOD 240— Science of 

Food Preparation .... 3 

Total 15 15 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III .... 5 

PSYC Requirement 3 

FOOD 250— Science of 

Food Preparation . . . . 3 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy & 

Physiology 4 4 

General Univ. Requirements 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

MICB 200— General 

Microbiology 4 

SOCY or ANTH Requirement 3 

Total 15 17 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course ... 3 3 

CHEM 461,462— 

Biochemistry 3 3 

CHEM 463. 464— 

Biochemistry Lab ... 2 2 

NUTR 300— Science of 

Nutrition 4 

NUTR 450— Advanced 

Human Nutrition 3 

Total 15 14 

Semester 
SENIOR YEAR / // 

AGRI 401— Agricultural 

Biometrics 3 

NUTR 490— Special Problems 

in Nutrition 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 

Economics 3 

General Univ. Requirements 3 

Electives 9 8 

Total 15 14 

Course Code Prefixes— FOOD. NUTR. IADM 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum 
is designed for students who are preparing 
to teach home economics in the secondary 
schools. It includes study of each area of 
home economics and the supporting 
disciplines. 

Fifteen hours of the total curriculum 
include an area of concentration which must 
be unified in content and will be chosen by 
the student." 

Semesfer 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

FMCD 250— Decision Making 

in Family Living 3 

FMCD 105— Introduction to 

Family Living 3 

FOOD 110— Food and Nutrition 

of Individuals and 

Family or NUTR 

100— Elements of 

Nutrition 3 

EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar 

in Home Economics 

Education 1 



TEXT 105— Textiles in 

Contemporary 

Living 
General Univ Requirements 
APDS 101— Fundamentals 

of Design 

General Univ. Requirements 
PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 
SOCY 100— Introduction to 

Sociology 

Total 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking . .. 

TXAP 221— Apparel I 

(if exempted, may 
take TXAP or 
TXAP 425) 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 

General Univ. Requirements . . 

HSAD 240— Design and 

Furnishings in the 
Home or HSAD 241 
— Family Housing . . . 

EDSE 210— Sophomore Seminar 
in Home Economics 
Education 

FOOD 200— Scientific 

Principles of 
Food 

FMCD 332— The Child in the 
Family or EDHD 
411— Child Growth 
and Development 

General Univ. Requirements 

Total 



JUNIOR YEAR 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 
Learning 

FMCD 280— Household 

Equipment and 
Space Utilization 
or FMCD 443— 
Consumer Problems 
or FMCD 341 — 
Personal and 
Family Finance 

FOOD 260— Meal Management . 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of 
Economics 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience 
in Home Management 
or FMCD 344B— 
Practicum in Home 
Management 

EDSE 380— Field Experience 

in Organization and 
Administration of a 
Child Development 
Laboratory 

EDSE 425— Curriculum 

Development in 



16 15 

Semester 



Semester 
I II 



3(4) 
3 





Home Economics . . 


3 




6 


General University Requirements . 


9 


Total 


18(19) 19 
Semester 






SENIOR YEAR 


1 II 


EDSE 


347 — Curriculum. 

Instruction and 






Observation 


3 


EDSE 


330— Principles and 
Methods of 
Secondary 






Education 


(1X2) 


EDSE 


370 — Student Teaching 
in Secondary 
Schools. Home 






Economics 


8 



76 / Divisions, Departments 



FMCD 260— Interpersonal 

Lifestyles or 

SOCY 443— The 

Family and Society . . 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

or MICR 200— General 

Microbiology 4 

Area of Concentration 9 

Total 14 19 

•Area ot Concentration 15 semester hours 

A) Including maximum ol two home economics courses or 
in applied area, with the remainder of the 15 hours in 
supporting behavioral, physical and biological sciences, 
philosophy, geography and history 

B) Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper divisional courses. 
Course Code Prefixes— FMCD. HOEC 

Housing and Applied Design 

Professor and Chairman: Shearer. 

Associate Professor: McWhinnie. 

Assistant Professors: Fish, Holvey, Nelson, 

Ritzmann, Roper. 

Instructors: Dean, Erdahl, Hillerman, Irby, 

Odland. 

Lecturers: Davis. Lawrence, Ribalta. 

The Department of Housing and Applied 
Design offers programs of concentration in 
five areas of design: Advertising; Costume; 
Crafts, Housing; Interior. 

The goal of providing a broad general 
education is in addition to individually and 
professionally oriented instruction in design. 
Programs include the philosophy and 
method common to the various areas of 
design and provide theoretical and technical 
bases pertinent to each. This foundation is 
basic to specific problem-solving activities 
which are applicable to the demands of a 
chosen design area. 

Advertising Design: The Advertising Design 
curriculum is constructed to establish a 
foundation in the field of graphic 
communication. Courses are structured and 
arranged to provide students with the ability 
to conceptualize imaginatively and to 
acquire and apply a discriminating 
introspection for visual form. Courses in Art 
History and related areas provide breadth as 
well as depth. Opportunities to examine 
related fields are offered through elective 
courses. Students graduating from this 
curriculum gain a broad educational 
experience which qualifies them to initiate a 
career in many areas of graphic 
communications. 

Costume Design: The Costume curriculum is 
a professionally oriented program designed 
to prepare students for employment in the 
many-faceted fashion industry. The 
advanced courses encourage interviews and 
on-the-job contacts with working 
professionals. By careful selection of elective 
courses and the allied area block the 
program is tailored to the student's goals. 
Graduates completing this major may 
choose careers in fashion design, and 
illustration, display and sales promotion, 
fashion reporting and public relations, 
fashion co-ordination, and photography. 

Crafts Design: The Crafts curriculum 
provides the student with a wide range of art 
and design experience. After exposure to 
studio work in various craft media, the 
student should specialize in at least one area 
in order to beome professionally proficient in 



both design and execution The 
opportunities for employment are primarily 
teaching in recreational and adult education 
programs, directing various forms of craft 
programs for the government, and as a 
practicing craftsman 

Housing: This program is aimed at the 
exploration of the factors underlying 
housing problems, the extent of these 
problems as they exist today, and a 
projection to future trends and needs. 
Through integration of relevant research 
findings from sociology, economics, 
architecture, psychology and design, the 
program provides a transdisciplinary 
conceptual framework for the development 
of applied research using problem-solving 
methods. It provides the opportunity to 
develop an understanding of social and 
behavioral implications of housing 
processes and effective design. 

Interior Design: This curriculum, 
successfully completed, provides the student 
with sufficient background in design theory, 
in history or architecture, interiors and 
furnishings, in functional and imaginative 
problem solving, and in techniques of 
presentation to qualify for affiliation with 
professional organizations. Student 
organizations and internships provide 
meaningful contact with practicing 
professionals. 

Advertising Design Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 3 

ARTS 110B 3 

SPEECH Course 2-3 

General University Requirement 6 

APDS 102 3 

EDIN 101A 2 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

General University Requirement 3 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

28-29 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 3 

PSYC Course 3 

General University Requirement 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

APDS 210 3 

APDS 237 2 

APDS 211 3 

APDS 230 3 

EDIN 134 3 

General University Requirement 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

29 

Typical Junior Year 

General University Requirement 6 

ECON 205 3 

APDS 320 3 

APDS 330 3 

ARTH 450 or other upper level Art Hist. 3 

APDS 331 3 

APDS 332 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 6 

30 

Typical Senior Year 

APDS 430 3 

APDS 337 2 



Supporting-Block Course 3 

Elective 3 

APDS 380 2 

APDS 431 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

Elective 5 

General University Requirement 3 



Costume Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101 3 

ARTS 110B 3 

General University Requirement 6 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

APDS 102 3 

APDS 210 3 

General University Requirement 6 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

30 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 3 

APDS 211 3 

SPEECH Course 2-3 

General University Requirement 6 

APDS 220 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

APDS 330 or substitution 3 

General University Requirement 3 

Elective 3 

29-30 

Typical Junior Year 

APDS 320 3 

APDS 237 2 

PSYC Course 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 3 

APDS 331 or substitution 3 

APDS 321 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

General University Requirement 3 

ECON 205 3 

Supporting Course 3 

32 

Typical Senior Year 

APDS 322 4 

APDS 332 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 

APDS 380 2 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 2 



Crafts Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

General University Requirement 6 

PSYC Course 3 

APDS 102 3 

General University Requirement 3 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

APDS 210 3 

30 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 3 

EDIN 102 3 

General University Requirement 6 

Elective 3 

APDS 211 3 

CRAF 240 3 

SPEECH Course 3 



Divisions, Departments / 77 



HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 
General University Requirement 

Typical Junior Year 

CRAF 220 

CRAF 24 1 

APDS 230 

General University Requirement 

Supporting-Block Course 

CRAF 230 

CRAF 320 

APDS 237 

ECON 205 

General University Requirement 
Elective 

Typical Senior Year 

CRAF 330 

CRAF 420 

CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 

General University Requirement 

Supporting-Block Course 

APDS 380 (CRAF Section) 

CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 

Supporting-Block Course 

CRAFTS Elective 

General University Requirement 



Housing Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 

SPEECH Course 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

SOCY or ANTH Course 

General University Requirement 

APDS 102 

APDS 210 

TEXT 150 

PSYC Course 

General University Requirement 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 

HSAD 240 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

HSAD 246 

General University Requirement 

HSAD 241 

General University Requirement 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

PSYC 221 

General University Requirement 

Typical Junior Year 

HSAD 342 

FMCD 260 or substitution 

General University Requirement 

TXAP221 or TEXT 355 

HSAD 343 

SOCY 230 

Supporting-Block Course 

General University Requirement 
Elective 

Typical Senior Year 

FMCD 330 

ECON 205 

General University Requirement 

Supporting-Block Course 

Elective 

FMCD 332 

HSAD 442 

Supporting-Block Course 
General University Requirement 

Elective 

Elective 



3 
2-3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 



Interior Design Curriculum 

(Interior Design courses must be taken in 

sequence.) 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 3 

General University Requirement 3 

EDIN 101A 2 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

General University Requirement 6 

APDS 102 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core (TEXT 150) . 3 

APDS 210 3 

29 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 3 

SPEECH Course 2-3 

APDS 237 2 

HSAD 246 3 

General University Requirement 6 

ECON 205 3 

PSYC Course 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 6 



Typical Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core (TEXT 463) ... 3 

HSAD 340 3 

HSAD 342 3 

General University Requirement 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

HSAD 341 3 

HSAD 343 3 

General University Requirement 3 

Elective 3 

ARTH Elective 3 

30 

Typical Senior Year 

HSAD 344 3 

Elective 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 3 

Elective 3 

HSAD 345 or 380 3 or 2 

HSAD 440 4 

HSAD 441 4 

Elective 3-4 



Course Code Prefixes— APDS, CRAF, HSAD 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Chairman and Professor: Smith. 

Professor: Dardis. 

Associate Professor: Buck, Spivak. 

Assistant Professors: Block, Hacklander, 

Heagney. Wilbur (Emeritus). 

Instructors: Marro, Pledger. 

Visiting Professors: Clark, Fourt. Shapiro, 

Yeh. 

Students may select one of four majors Each 
offers diverse professional opportunities 
Through supportive courses students add to 
their major studies a concentration of work 
in an allied area such as art. business, 
economics, family services, journalism, 
sciences, or speech and dramatic art. 

In the textile science major emphasis is 
placed on the scientific and technological 
aspects of the field. Graduates will be 
qualified for employment in many facets of 
the textile industry including research and 
testing laboratories, consumer technical 
service and marketing programs, and in 
buying and product evaluation. 

There are three areas of concentration in 
the Textiles and Apparel ma/or — Apparel 



Design. Fashion Merchandising, and 
Consumer Textiles Graduates in the first two 
areas may work as fashion designers, 
fashion coordinators, consultants to the 
home sewing industry and retail store 
buyers The Consumer Textiles area is 
designed to prepare students for careers in 
publicity, promotion, consumer information 
and extension 

Graduates of the textile marketing major 
will be qualified for careers in business 
where they will function as communicators 
between the textile producer and consumer 
in merchandising and fashion promotion, in 
consumer education programs and in textile 
production, promotion and development 

Graduates completing the major in 
consumer economics will be able to provide 
liaison between the consumer and producers 
and distributors of goods and services 
utilized directly by families and may work in 
consumer education programs, in marketing 
and consumer relation divisions in business 
and industry, or in government agencies 
providing consumer services. 

A department Honors Program permits 
outstanding undergraduates to explore in 
depth on an individual basis a program of 
work which will strengthen their 
undergraduate program and their 
professional interests Students selected for 
the program must have a "B" average or 
better to be considered Students in the 
honors program participate in a junior 
honors seminar and present a senior thesis 

Freshman Year (Common to all Majors) 

English Requirement 3 3 

Math 110 or 115 3 

Sociology Course 3 

Speech Course 2-3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

Textiles in Contemporary Living 

TEXT 105 (CNEC 100 for 

CNEC majors) 3 

Physical Science (CHEM 103. 104. or 

105. 106) 4 4 

Psychology Course 3 

16-17 15-16 

Textiles and Apparel 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

(APDS 101| 3 

Apparel I & II TEXT 221 & 222 3 3 

Introduction to Textile Materials 

TEXT 150 3 

Textile Materials Evaluation and 

Characterization TEXT 250 3 

Elective . . 3 



Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Textile Science. Chemical 

Structure and Properties 

of Fibers TEXT 452 or 

Environmental Textiles 

TEXT 355 
General University Requirements 
Marketing BSAD 350 
Depart Elective 
Electives 



Senior Year 

TEXT 441— Clothing and 

Human Behavior or 



15 15 

3 



78 / Divisions, Departments 



CNEC 437— Consumer 
Behavior 

TEXT 465— Economics ol the 
Textile and Apparel 
Industries or CNEC 
435 — Economics ot 
Consumption 

General University 
Requirements 

Dept Elective 

Electives 



Textile Marketing 

Ser 

Sophomore Year I 

General University 

Requirements 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

Course (APDS 101) 3 

TEXT 221 and 222 or 

Department Electives 3 

Introduction to Textile 

Materials TEXT 150 3 

Textile Materials Evaluation 

and Characterization 

TEXT 250 

Elective 



Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

Course 3 

Environmental Textiles 

TEXT 355 3 

BSAD 230 3 

General University 

Requirements 12 

Marketing BSAD 350 3 

BSAD Requirement* 3 

Electives 3 



•Selected Irom BSAD 351. 352, 353. 360. 450 and 452. 

Senior Year 
Clothing and Human 

Behavior TEXT 441 or 

Consumer Behavior 

CNEC 437 3 

Test Science: Chemical 

Structure and Properties 

of Fibers TEXT 452 3 

Economics of the Textile 

and Apparel Industries 

TEXT 465 3 

General University 

Requirements . . 12 

BSAD Requirement - .. 3 

Electives 3 



Textile Science 

Sen 
Sophomore Year I 

General University 

Requirements 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

Course 

Introduction to Textiles 

TEXT 150 3 

Textile Materials: 

Evaluation and 

Characterization TEXT 250 

Chemistry 201 . 202, 203. 204 

or 211. 212. 213. 214 5 

Math 140. 141 . or 1 10, 1 1 1 3-4 



Junior Year 
Physics 141. 142 or 
121. 122 



Textile Science: Chemical 
Structure and Properties 
ot Fibers TEXT 452 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 
Course 

Statistics 

Economics 201 and 203 

General University 
Requirements 



Senior Year 

Textile Science: Finishes 
TEXT 454 or 

Textile Science Chemistry 
and Physics of Fibers and 
Polymers TEXT 456 

Economics of the Textile 
and Apparel Industries 
TEXT 465 or Economics of 
Consumption CNEC 435 . . . 

General University 
Requirements 

Electives 



Consumer Economics 

Semester 
Sophomore Year Hours 

General University Requirements ... 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

(FOOD 110 or NUTR 100) 3 

Introduction to Textile Materials 

TEX 150 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

(HSAD 241) 3 

Math (111. 220. or 140) or 

Statistics 3-4 

Consumer Product Information 

Math 221 or 141) or Elective : 



Junior Year 

Economics of Consumption 

CNEC 435 

General University Requirements 
Consumer Product Information . . 

Statistics 

Economics 401 and 403 

Senior Year 

Consumer Behavior CNEC 437 . . 

The Consumer and the Law 

CNEC 431 

General University Requirements . 

Marketing BSAD 350 

Electives 



have significantly influenced and will 
doubtless influence all the more in the future 
the scope and character of library functions 
and responsibilities The library and 
information professional in the 1970 s must 
have competence in many disciplines it he is 
to serve well in the information centers, 
urban areas, public libraries, and school 
libraries The College of Library and 
Information Services is a visionary school, 
attempting to produce people to fill 
contemporary needs 

The undergraduate program was 
established for the purpose of preparing 
school librarians at the initial certification 
level, but the program is in a transitional 
state. In the library field there is currently an 
emphasis on diversified staffing patterns and 
career ladder opportunities, because of the 
need for persons with varying levels of skills 
to work in diversified library and media 
environments. There is an attempt to 
broaden the undergraduate program to fulfill 
these needs. The revised program will 
provide opportunities for students in 
undergraduate disciplines other than 
education to enroll in undergraduate 
courses in librarianship The goal of this 
revised program will be to combine broad 
undergraduate subject matter competence 
with courses in librarianship and educational 
media with the intent of producing personnel 
to fill special roles in the library field where 
special needs are increasing, such as in 
federal libraries, public libraries, and 
information centers While the 
undergraduate program fulfills a great need 
in training school library and media 
personnel and persons to fill special roles, 
the master's degree program in the College 
of Library and Information Services is the 
recognized avenue for preparing fully 
qualified professionals in the library field. 

For information regarding the 
undergraduate library science education 
program, refer to the Index listing for: 

Departments, Programs and Curricula, 
Library Science Education. 



3 College of Physical 

■? Education, Recreation and 



Course Code Prefixes — TEXT. CNEC 

NOTE: TXAP prefixes have been changed to TEX. Course 

content has not changed. 

College of Library and 
Information Services. 

The College of Library and Infrmation 
Services is a graduate program which draws 
its students from many undergraduate 
disciplines. Although many of the College of 
Library and Information Services students 
have degrees in the social sciences and 
humanities, there is an increasing interest in 
people with diverse backgrounds — in the 
sciences, for example. The continued 
influence of scientific advances, the 
variations in clientele and service patterns, 
and the constantly shifting charact */f the 
societal scene are among the factors which 



Health 



The College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health provides preparation 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in 
the following professional areas: physical 
education, (two options), health education 
and recreation. The College also offers 
curricula in safety education, elementary 
physical education and Kinesiological 
sciences. The College provides a research 
laboratory for faculty members and students 
who are interested in investigating the 
effects of exercise and various physical 
education activities upon the body, as well as 
determining methods and techniques of 
teaching various sports. 

The service section of each department 
offers a wide variety of courses for all 
University students. These courses may not 
only be used to fulfill the new General 
University Requirements, but may also be 



Divisions, Departments / 79 



used as electives. 

In addition to its various on-Campus 
offerings, this College regularly conducts 
courses in physical education, health 
education and recreation in various parts of 
the State of Maryland and conducts 
workshops wherever requested by proper 
officials. 

To encourage research, the College 
maintains laboratories for students and 
faculty for the purpose of conducting special 
research projects in areas related to the 
disciplines of the three departments. 

Programs combining research, service and 
instruction are provided by the Children's 
Health a':d Developmental Clinic, the Adults' 
Health and Developmental Program, and the 
Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness 
Center. 

Indoor Facilities. Six separate buildings 
support the academic programs of the 
College plus the Intramural Sports Program 
for men and the WRA Program for women. 

Five separate buildings are used for the 
Intramural Sports Program for men, the WRA 
Program for women, the Professional 
Physical Education Program, the Health 
Education Program, and the Recreation 
Program. 

COLE STUDENT ACTIVITIES BUILDING. 
This building houses the offices of the 
College of Physical Education, Recreation 
and Health and the Department of 
Intercollegiate Athletics. It contains six 
activity teaching stations: the main arena, 
the swimming pool, the small gym, the 
weight training room, the wrestling room, 
and the judo room. In addition, there are ten 
classrooms, a research laboratory, a safety 
and driver education center, and a 
conference room. 

The main arena of this building has 19,796 
sq. ft. of floor space. This arena provides 
facilities for class work in basketball, 
volleyball, and fencing. 

The swimming pool is divided into two 
areas by a permanent bulkhead. The shallow 
end is 42 x 24 feet and the large area is 42 x 
75 feet with a depth ranging from 4 to 13 feet. 

The small gymnasium is used for 
gymnastics, including tumbling, 
trampolining and all types of apparatus work. 
The total floor space is 9.462 sq. ft. 

The weight-training classroom is equipped 
with sufficient weights for 11 stations of 
three men each. 

There is a wrestling room containing 8,056 
sq. ft. 

PREINKERT FIELD HOUSE. Preinkert Field 
House contains offices for faculty in physical 
education and health education. There is a 
regulation size swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet, 
equipped with two one-meter diving boards. 
In the gymnasium, 90 x 50 feet, classes are 
held in badminton, volleyball, and basketball 
An adjacent classroom is used for 
professional classes. The dance studio, used 
for dance and fundamentals of movement 
classes, is 40 x 60 feet. 

In addition to the above areas, there are 
locker and shower rooms used by women 
enrolled in physical education and those 
participating in recreational activities and a 
small lounge for major students. 

ARMORY The Armory is used primarily for 
the intramural program. It houses the offices 
of the director of intramurals and an athletic 



equipment room from which students may 
secure equipment for recreational purposes. 
The 28.880 sq. ft of floor space has four 
basketball courts, with badminton and 
volleyball courts superimposed on them. 
This facility is also used as an indoor track, 
with indoor vaulting, high and broad jump 
pits, a one-tenth mile track, and a 70 yard 
straightaway. 

COLISEUM. The Coliseum is used as a 
supplementary facility for intramurals and 
physical education classes for men and 
women. Included in the facilities are an 
equipment issue room, shower and locker 
rooms for men and women, a classroom, an 
adapted physical education laboratory, and 
office space for physical education staff 

The 6.555 square feet of floor space is used 
primarily for co-educational classes in 
square and social dance and as an 
intramural basketball court. 

NEW PERH BUILDING The first phase of a 
projected three-phase, multimillion dollar 
facility has been completed on the north 
Campus near the Cambridge dorm complex. 
This initial building has two regulation 
basketball courts, ten badminton courts, 
three volleyball courts, eight handball courts, 
mens and women's locker rooms and the 
first portion of the research laboratory. It 
includes some 40,000 square feet 

HEALTH EDUCATION 
DEPARTMENT/EAST EDUCATION ANNEX. 
This building provides offices for the 
department chairman and faculty and 
graduate assistants of Health Education. 

Outdoor Facilities. THE STADIUM. The 
stadium, with a seating capacity of 33,536 
has a one-quarter mile tartan track with a 
220-yard straightaway. Pits are available for 
pole vaulting and high and broad jumping. 
West of the stadium are facilities for the shot 
put, discus and javelin throw. The College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
uses these facilities for classes in track and 
field. Also east of the stadium are three 
practice football fields, the baseball stadium, 
and a practice baseball, lacrosse, and soccer 
field. The College uses some of these 
facilities for major skill classes in football, 
soccer, and baseball. West of the stadium are 
four combination soccer-touch football play 
fields, complete with goal posts, and four 
Softball fields with wire backstops for 
physical education classes and recreational 
use. 

Surrounding the Armory are four touch 
football fields and eight Softball fields, 
encompassing 18.4 acres. These fields, and 
the four in the Fraternity Row are used for 
intramurals. 

Immediately west of the Cole Activities 
Building are 14 all-weather tennis courts. A 
modern 18-hole golf course was opened in 
1957. This 204-acre course includes two 
lakes, and an additional 5.8-acre golf driving 
range for instructional purposes The golf 
driving range, equipped with lights, and the 
golf course greatly add to present 
recreational facilities. 

The outdoor facilities of the new PERH 
Building include eight lighted tennis courts 
and an outdoor playing field 300 feet by 600 
feet for touch football, soccer, and lacrosse. 

The outdoor facilities adjacent to the 
Preinkert Field House include four 



hard-surfaced tennis courts, and a 
combination hockey and lacrosse field 

General Information — Entrance 
Requirements. All students desiring to enroll 
in the College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health must apply to the 
Director of Admissions of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. 

Sixteen units of high school credits are 
required for admittance to this College. 
Recommended courses are: four units of 
English, one unit of social science, one unit 
of natural science, two units in mathematics, 
and one unit of physical sciences. 

Guidance. At the time of matriculation and 
first registration, each student is assigned to 
a member of the faculty of the College who 
acts as the student s academic advisor. This 
faculty member will be in physical education, 
recreation or health education, depending 
on the student's choice of curriculum. The 
student should confer regularly with his 
advisor prior to each registration. 

Normal Load. The normal University load for 
students is 12-21 credit hours per semester. 
No student may register for more than 19 
hours unless he or she has a B" average for 
the preceding semester and approval of the 
dean of the college 

Electives. Electives should be planned 
carefully, and well in advance, preferably 
with the student's academic advisor. It is 
important to begin certain sequences as 
soon as possible to prevent later conflict. 
Electives may be selected from any 
department of the University in accordance 
with a student's professional needs. 

Freshman and Sophomore Program. The 

work of the first two years in this College is 
designed to accomplish the following 
purposes: (1) provide a general basic or core 
education and prepare for later 
specialization by giving a foundation in 
certain basic sciences: (2) develop 
competency in those basic techniques 
necessary for successful participation in the 
professional courses of the last two years 

The technique courses will vary 
considerably in the different curriculums and 
must be satisfactorily completed, or 
competencies demonstrated before the 
student can be accepted for the advanced 
courses in methods and in student teaching. 
It is very important that each requirement be 
met as it occurs 

Student Teaching. Opportunity is provided 
for student teaching experience in physical 
education and health education. The student 
devotes one semester in his senior year to 
observation, participation, and teaching 
under a qualified supervising teacher in an 
approved Teacher Education Center A 
University supervisor from the College of 
Physical Education. Recreation and Health 
visits the student periodically and confers 
with both the student teacher, the 
cooperating teacher, and the center 
coordinator, giving assistance when needed 

To be eligible for student teaching, the 
student must (1) have the recommendation 
ot the University supervising teacher, and (2) 
must have fulfilled all required courses tor 
the B.S. degree except those in the Block 
Student Teaching Semester, excluding those 



80 / Divisions, Departments 



exceptions approved by each 
department The student must obtain a grade 
ot C or better in all professional courses in 
his or her curriculum and he must register 
for all courses in the "Block" concurrently 

Field Work. Recreation ma|or students are 
expected to carry out a number of field 
experiences during their University career; 
volunteer or part-time recreation 
employment during the school year, summer 
employment in camps or at playgrounds, etc. 
These experiences culminate in a senior 
semester of field work for which a student 
receives credit and during which the student 
works as a staff member (for 20 hours per 
week) in the field of recreation in which he or 
she hopes to be employed, such as public 
recreation, recreation for the exceptional, 
agencies (Y's, Scouts, etc.), military 
recreation, etc. 

Degrees. The degree of Bachelor of Science 
is conferred upon students who have met the 
conditions of their curricula as herein 
prescribed by the College of Physical 
Education, Recreation and Health. 

Each candidate for a degree must file a 
formal application with the Registrations 
Office during the registration period, or not 
later than the end of the third week of classes 
of the regular semester, or at the end of the 
second week of the summer session, prior to 
the date of graduation. 

Certification. The Maryland State 
Department of Education certifies for 
teaching only when an applicant has a 
tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland 
county school. No certificate may be secured 
by application of the student on graduation. 
Course content requirements for 
certification are indicated with each 
curriculum. A student intending to qualify as 
a teacher in Baltimore, Washington or other 
specific situations should secure a statement 
of certification requirements before starting 
work in the junior year and discuss them with 
his or her academic advisor. 

Student Organizations and Activities 

MAJORS' CLUB: All students enrolled in the 
College are eligible for membership in this 
organization. It conducts various 
professional meetings, brings in speakers 
and promotes various corecreational 
activities. It has sponsored trips to district 
and national conventions of the American 
Association for Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation, and is chartered as a student 
major club of that organization. 

AQUALINERS: This synchronized 
swimming club is open to all men and 
women registered in the University. Through 
weekly meetings the group concentrates on 
additional stroke perfection, individual and 
group stunts, diving, and experimentation 
with various types of accompaniment and 
choreographic techniques. An original water 
show is presented each spring and several 
demonstrations are given each year. Tryouts 
are held twice a year — once at the beginning 
of the fall semester, and again after the water 
show during the spring semester. 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
RECREATION AND PARKS SOCIETY: In the 
fall of 1959 the University of Maryland 
Recreation and Parks Society was formed by 
the undergraduate and graduate major and 



minor students of the College. The society, 
an affiliate of the State and national 
recreation organizations, provides 
opportunities for University and community 
service, for rich practical experience, and for 
social experiences for those students having 
a mutual professional recreation interest. 

GYMKANA TROUPE: The Gymkana Troupe 
includes men and women students from all 
Colleges who wish to express themselves 
through the medium of gymnastics. These 
individuals coordinate their talents in order 
to produce an exhibitional performance that 
has been seen in many places including 
Bermuda, Iceland, the Azores, Idaho, 
Montana, and the eastern seaboard of the 
United States. The organization has three 
principal objectives: (1) to provide healthful, 
co-recreational activities that provide fun for 
the students during their leisure hours; (2) to 
promote gymnastics in this locality; and (3) 
to entertain our students and people in other 
communities. 

This organization is co-sponsored by the 
Physical Education Department and the 
Student Government Association, and it 
welcomes any student, regardless of the 
amount of experience, to join. 

INTRAMURAL SPORTS FOR MEN: The 
Intramural Sports Department offers 
organized competition in 20 sports activities: 
touch football, soccer, golf, horseshoes, 
tennis, cross country and handball in the 
fall; basketball, bowling, weightlifting, 
swimming, wrestling and chess during the 
winter; and badminton, table tennis, 
volleyball, foul shooting, racquetball, Softball 
and outdoor track in the spring. 

In these sports, competition is conducted 
as single elimination, best performance, or 
round robin tournaments for five separate 
classifications-open (commuters, etc.), 
dormitory residents, fraternity 
members/pledges, graduate students and 
faculty/staff members. The Intramural Sports 
Director meets regularly with his Advisory 
Council comprised of a representative from 
each of these categories. 

Indoor facilities such as Reckord Armory 
and Ritchie Coliseum are also made 
available in the evenings and on the 
weekends for recreational use. 

Many good paying employment 
opportunities exist in the program as 
positions such as referees, tournament 
directors, field liners, publicists and 
photographers are always available. 

Call 454-5454, a 24-hour recording, for 
information concerning tournament entry 
dates, game results, hours for recreational 
facilities, inclement weather postponements 
or last minute changes. 

The Intramural Sports Office is located in 
No. 1104 Reckford Armory. Pick up your 
copy of the Intramural Sports Handbook. 

WOMEN'S RECREATION ASSOCIATION: 
All undergraduate women students of the 
University are automatically members of the 
Women's Recreation Association. Under the 
leadership of its student officers, and 
representatives and sports managers, the 
WRA sponsors a program of intramural, 
extramural and interest group activities. 
These activities seek to develop new 
interests and skills for leisure-time 
enjoyment, provide opportunities for 
continuing both old and new interests, and 



provide a democratic atmosphere for 
educational leadership experiences. 
Included are free and tournament play in 
tennis, badminton, basketball, bowling, 
fencing, field hockey, golf, Softball, 
swimming, table tennis, and volleyball. 
Co-recreational activities include bowling, 
badminton and volleyball. Intramural 
tournaments are organized through the 
dormitory, sorority, and day commuter 
groups of the University. Opportunities are 
also provided for officiating experience. 

Various special groups and clubs 
interested in recreation exist on Campus 
outside the Women's Recreation Association 
program. Some of these are the Terrapin 
Trail Club, Chess Club, Sailing Club, Ski 
Club, and musical and dramatic groups. 

UNSTRUCTURED RECREATIONAL 
ACTIVITIES: Free play activities such as 
tennis, swimming, handball, racquetball, and 
basketball have become very popular with 
students, faculty and staff on the College 
Park Campus. The College of Physical 
Education, Recreation and Health 
encourages these activities by scheduling as 
many of its facilities available as possible for 
students who wish to participate on an 
informal basis. 

PHI ALPHA EPSILON: Honorary Society of 
the College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health. 

The purpose of this organization is to 
recognize academic achievement and to 
promote professional growth by sponsoring 
activities in the fields of physical education, 
recreation, health and related areas. 

Students shall qualify for membership at 
such time as they shall have attained junior 
standing in physical education, health or 
recreation, and have a minimum overall 
average of 2.7 and a minimum professional 
average of 3.1 . Graduate students are invited 
to join after 10 hours of work with a 3.3 
average. The organization is open to both 
men and women. 

SIGMA TAU EPSILON: This society, 
founded in 1940. selects those women who 
have attained an overall 2.5 average and 
demonstrated outstanding leadership, 
service and sportsmanlike qualities in the 
organization and activities of the Women's 
Recreation Association and its affiliated 
groups. 

ETA SIGMA GAMMA. Epsilon chapter was 
established at the University of Maryland in 
May of 1969. This professional honorary 
organization for health educators was 
established to promote scholarship and 
community service for health majors at both 
the graduate and undergraduate levels. 
Students may apply after two consecutive 
semesters with a 2.75 cumulative average. 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Health Education 

Professors: Johnson, Levitan. 

Associate Professors: Girdano, Miller, Tifft, 

Clearwater, Girdano. 

Assistant Professors: Althoff, Needle, Stone. 

Instructors: doCarmo, Sands. Carney, 

Krajewski. 



Divisions, Departments / 81 



The curriculum is designed to prepare the 
student to give leadership in the 
development of both school and community 
health. Graduates of the departmental 
program have placement opportunities as 
health educators in the public schools, 
community colleges, as well as in the public 
voluntary health agencies. 

Health Curriculum 

Semester 
FRESHMAN YEAR / // 

ENGL — General Univ. Requirement . 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103, 104— General 

Chemistry 4 4 

HLTH 130— Intro to Health 3 

HLTH 140— Personal and 

Community Health ... 3 

General Univ. Requirement 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 17 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

ZOOL 201, 202— Human 

Anatomy and 

Physiology 4 4 

HLTH 106— Drug Use 

and Abuse 3 

HLTH 150— First Aid 

and Safety 2 

HLTH 270— Safety 

Education 3k . . 

General University Requirement ... 3 9 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 18 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / // 

HLTH 480— Measurement 

in Health 

Education 3 

HLTH 310— Introduction 

to School 

Health Education 2 

HLTH 420— Methods and 

Materials in 

Health Education .... 3 

HLTH 477— Fundamentals 

of Sex 

Education 3 

HLTH 489— Independent 

Study 3 

EDHD 300S— Human 

Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSF 301— Foundations 

of Education 3 

General University Requirement . . 3 3 

Electives 3 

Total 17 15 



General University Requirement 
Electives 



Semester 



SENIOR YEAR 

HLTH 340— Curriculum 

Instruction and 

Observation 

HLTH 450— Health 

Problems of 

Children and 

Youth 

HLTH 390— Org. & Adm. of 

School Health 

Programs 

EDSE 330— Principles and 

Methods of 

Secondary Education 
EDSE 367— Student Teaching 

in Secondary 

Schools 

HLTH 489— Independent 

Studies 



Total 15 17 

Degree Requirements in Health Education. 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science 
degree in health education are as follows: 

Sem. 
CR 
Foundation science courses (ZOOL 

101. 201, 202; CHEM 103. 104) 20 

General University Requirements 30 

Professional Health Education courses 

(HLTH 106, 130, 140. 150, 270. 310, 420. 

477, 489, 340, 450. 480. 390) 40 

Education requirements (EDHD 300S, 

EDSF 301 ; EDSE 330, 367) 20 

Electives 21 

Total 131 

Minor in Health Education — 24 Hour Minor. 

Twelve semester hours in health education 
(HLTH 140, 150, 310, 420, 450). 

Twelve semester hours in related areas: 
Six semester hours of biological science. Six 
semester hours of psychology or human 
development. 

Minor in Safety Education. Students wishing 
to obtain a minor in safety education and 
become certified to teach safety and driver 
education in junior and senior high schools 
should take the following courses: HLTH 150 
(2). HLTH 260 (2), HLTH 270 (3), HLTH 280 (3), 
HLTH 305 (3), HLTH 345 (3), ENFP 280 (3). 
and ENFP 290 (2). In addition, six hours of 
psychology (other than the general 
education requirements are required. 

Course Code Prefix— 4HLTH 

Physical Education 

Chairman and Professor: Husman. 
Professors: Clarke, Eyler, Humphrey. 
Husman, Ingram, Kelley, Kramer, Steel. 
Associate Professors: K. Church, Cronin, 
Dotson, Hult, SantaMaria. 
Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Campbell, 
Dainis, Freundschuh, Jackson, Johnson, 
Kesler, Krouse, McKnight, Schmidt, Tyler, 
VanderVelden, Wrenn. 
Instructors: Allen, Bartley, Davis. Drum. 
Farrah, Fielding, Griffiths, Kizabeth, Long, 
McHugh, Murray, Rees, Sigler, Tyler, Wood 
Lecturers: Fry, Noss. Redding. 

This curriculum, including three certification 
options, prepares students (1) for teaching 
physical education in the secondary school. 
(2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in 
youth and adult groups which offer a 
program of physical activity. The first two 
years of this curriculum are considered to be 
an orientation period in which the student 
has an opportunity to gain an adequate 
background in general education as well as 
in those scientific areas closely related to 
this field of specialization In addition, 
emphasis is placed upon the development of 
skills in a wide range of motor activities 
Further, students are encouraged to select 
related areas, especially in the fields of 
biology, social science, psychology, health 
education, and recreation as fields of 
secondary interest These materially increase 
the vocational opportunities which are 
available to a graduate in physical education 
Equipment: Students may be required to 
provide individual equipment for certain 
courses. 



Uniforms: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed 
by the College, are required for the activity 
classes and for student teaching These 
uniforms should be worn only during 
professional activities 

Departmental Requirements: All Options 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
General University Requirements 30 

HLTH 150— First Aid 

and Safety 1 

PHYS 101 or 111 or CHEM 

102 or 103 or 105 3-4 

PHED 180 — Introduction to 

Physical Education 

and Health 2 

PHED 181— Fundamentals of 

Movement 2 

ZOOL 201. 202— Human 

Anatomy and 

Physiology 8 

EDHD 300— Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDSF 301— Foundations of 

Education 3 

PHED 333— Adapted Physical 

Education 2 

PHED 400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED 480— Measurement in 

Physical Education 

and Health 3 

PHED -Skills 

Laboratories 22 

'Student should discuss this requirement with departmental 
advisor 



K-6 Certification Option 




EDEL 


336— Student Teaching 
In Elementary 
Physical 








8 


EDHD 


411— Child Growth 






and Development 


3 


PHED 


420 — Physical Education 
for the 






Elementary Schools .... 


3 


HLTH 


470— The Health 

Program in the 






Elementary School 


3 


PHED 


491 — The Curriculum 
In Elementary 
School Physical 
Education 




or 




PHED 


495 — Organization and 
Administration of 
Elementary School 
Physical 








3 


PHED 


Electives (9 hours total) 

PHED 450. PHED 460. 
PHED 485. PHED 491. 






PHED 493. or PHED 495 


9 




12-13 


7-12 Certification Option 








Semestei 






Credit 






Hours 


SPCH 


107 — Public Speaking 


2 


PHED 


282— Techniques of 
Ofliciatinq 


1 



PHED 314— Methods In 

Physical 

Education For 

Secondary 

Schools 
Theory of Coaching Elective 

(PHED 323. 324, 325. or 326) 
EDSE 330 — Principles and 

Methods ot 

Secondary Education 



82 / Divisions, Departments 



PHED 381— Advanced 

Training and 

Conditioning 3 

EDSE 374— Student 

Teaching In 

Secondary Schools 8 

PHED 460 — Theory ot 

Exercise 3 

PHED 485— Motor Learning 
and Skilled 

Performance 3 

PHED 490 — Organization and 
Administration 
ol Physical 

Education 3 

PHED 493— History and 

Philosophy ol 
Sport and 
Physical 

Education 3 

Electives 7-8 

K-12 Certification Option 
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

PHED 314— Methods In 
Physical 
Education For 

Secondary Schools 3 

Theory of Coaching Elective 

(PHED 323, 324, 325. or 326) 2 

EDSE 330— Principles and 
Methods of 
Secondary 

Education 3 

EDEL 336— Student Teaching 
In Elementary 
Physical 

Education 8 

EDSE 374 — Student Teaching 
In Secondary 

Schools 8 

PHED 420— Physical 

Education For 
The Elementary 

Schools 3 

PHED 460— Theory of 

Exercise 3 

PHED 490 — Organization 

and Administration 
of Physical 

Education 3 

PHED 491— The Curriculum 
in Elementary 
School Physical 
Education 
or 
PHED 495 — Organization and 
Administration of 
Elementary School 
Physical 

Education 3 

PHED 493— History and 

Philosophy of 
Sport and 
Physical 

Education 3 

Electives O- 1 

Kinesiological Sciences. A new degree 
curriculum is available for interested 
students from the Department of Physical 
Education. It is designed for those students 
who are vitally interested in the fascinating 
realm of sport and the human activity 
sciences, but not necessarily interested in 
preparing for teaching in the public schools. 
The body of knowledge explored by this 
curriculum may be described briefly as 
follows: 

The history of sport, both ancient and 
contemporary, its philosophical 
foundations and the study of social 
factors as they relate to human behavior. 
Biomechanics, exercise physiology, the 
theoretical bases and effects of physical 
activity, neuromotor learning and the 



psychological factors inherent in physical 
performance 

The quantification and description of 
performance and the relation of these 
factors to human development. 
The program makes possible the broad 
use of elective credit so that various student 
interests may be combined on an 
interdisciplinary basis With such 
possibilities available, graduates could 
reasonably set their sights on occupations in 
the paramedical fields, such as stress testing 
and human factors, athletic involvements 
such as trainers, scouts, sports publicists, or 
advance to further study in the therapies, as 
well as graduate work in physical education 
and allied fields. 
Kinesiological Sciences Curriculum 

Credit 
Freshman Year Hours 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

MATH 001— Review of High 
School Algebra 

if required 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of 

Mathematics 4 

or 
MATH 1 10— Introduction fo 

Mathematics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to 

Psychology 3 

PHED 180— Introduction to 
Physical 

Education 2 

HLTH 140— Personal and 

Community Health 3 

Activity Courses' 2,2 

General University Requirements 9 

Electives 3 

Total 32-31 

•Activity courses in the Freshman Year are limited to 200 
level courses. 

Credit 
Sophomore Year Hours 

ZOOL 201. 202— Human 

Anatomy and 

Physiology 4,4, 

PHED 287— Sport & 

American Society 3 

Activity Courses* 2,2 

General University Requirements 12 

Electives 6 

Total 33 

Junior Year 

PHED 400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED 480 — Measurement in 

Physical 

Education 3 

PHED 455— Physical Fitness 

of the 

Individual 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Restricted Electives" 12-14 

Electives 3 

Total 31 " 33 

Senior Year 

PHED 450— Psychology of 

Sport 3 

PHED 460 — Physiology of 

Exercise 3 

PHED 485— Motor Learning 

and Skilled 

Performance 3 

PHED 493 — History and 

Philosophy of 

Sport and 

Physical Education 3 

PHED 496— Quantitative 

Methods 3 



PHED 497 — Independent 

Studies Seminar 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Electives 7-9 

Total 28-30 

Minimum hours required tor graduation 123 
•Activity Courses In the Sophomore Year may be chosen 
trom 200 and 300 level courses 
"See departmental advisor lor information regarding 
available options for restricted electives 

The Honors Program In Physical Education. 

The aim of the Honors Program is to 
encourage superior students by providing an 
enriched program of studies which will fulfill 
their advanced interests and needs. Qualified 
students are given the opportunity to 
undertake intensive and often independent 
studies wherein initiative, responsibility and 
intellectual discipline are fostered. To qualify 
for admission to the program: 

1. A freshman must have a "B average in 
academic (college prep) curriculum of an 
accredited high school. 

2. A sophomore must have an accumulative 
GPA of 3.00 in all college courses of 
official registration. 

3. All applicants must have three formal 
recommendations concerning their 
potential, character, and other related 
matters. 

4. All applicants must be accepted by the 
Faculty Honors Committee. 

In completing the program, all honors 
students must: 

1. Participate in an honors seminar where 
theses and other relevant research topics 
are studied. 

2. Pass a comprehensive oral examination 
covering subject matter background. 

3. Successfully prepare and defend the 
honors thesis. 

On the basis of the student's performance 
in the above program, the college may vote 
to recommend graduation without honors, 
with honors, or with high honors. 

Recreation 

Professor and Chairman: Harvey. 
Associate Professors: Churchill, Strobell. 
Assistant Professor: Leedy, Thompson. 
Instructors: Becker, Colton, Fain. 
Visiting Instructors: Bell, Bushart, 
Gustafson, Hawkins, Heath, Howard, 
Hutchison, Jarrell, Kershow, Maier. Mangum, 
Ofsthun, Phillips, Reese, Smith, Souder, 
Spence, Sperling, Stevenson, Thompson, 
Urner, Weaver. 

The increased amount of leisure time 
existent in our society because of the rapid 
development of modern civilization, and the 
imperative need for guidance in the wise use 
of that leisure time, has made society 
cognizant of the need for trained recreation 
leaders. 

This curriculum, therefore, is designed to 
meet the needs of students who wish to 
qualify for the many positions in the field of 
recreation, and the needs of those students 
who desire a background in skills which will 
enable them to render distinct contributions 
to community life. The department draws 
upon various other departments and 
colleges within the University for courses to 
balance and enrich its offerings for its 
recreation curriculum. 



Divisions, Departments / 83 



Those majoring in recreation have 
opportunity tor observation and practical 
experience in local, county, state, and 
federal public recreation programs, in social 
and group work agency programs, and in the 
various programs of the Armed Forces, 
American Red Cross, local hospitals, etc. 
Major students are encouraged to select an 
option area of interest around which to 
center their elective courses (for instance; 
public recreation, recreation for the ill and 
handicapped, outdoor recreation, program 
planning, and resource planning and 
management). 

A very active student University of 
Maryland Recreation and Parks Society, an 
affiliate of the comparable state and national 
organizations, exercises degrees of 
leadership in selecting the annual 
"outstanding senior" and "outstanding 
alumnus" awards, in the granting of the 
various city, county and state society 
recreation scholarships, in the programming 
of the annual Governor's Conference on 
Recreation,' etc. It also provides 
opportunities for university and community 
services, for rich practical experience, and 
for social experiences for those students 
having a mutual professional recreation 
interest. 

Recreation Curriculum 

Semester 
Freshman Year I ll 

APDS 101— Fundamentals 

of Design 3 

HLTH 150— First Aid 2 

HLTH 140— Personal and 

Community Health ... 3 

PHED 182— Phythmic 

Activities . . 2 

RECR 130— History and 

Introduction to 

Recreation 2 

PHED 185, 186. 261 or 262— 

Skills Laboratory 2 or 2 

SPCH 100— Public 

Speaking .. 3 

GVPT 170— American 

Government 3 

General Universiry Requirements 
(minimum of 6, maximum of 12 
hrs. in each of three areas: 
A — Science and Math; 
B — Behavioral and Social 
Science. Human and Community 
Resources; C — Arts and 
Humanities) 9 3 

Total 14-16 16-18 

Sophomore Year 
RECR 150 — Camp 

Counseling (it 

no experience) 2 

RECR 220 — Corecreational 

Games and 

Programs 2 

RECR 221— Naturelore 2 

CRAF 102 or EDIN 106— 

Recreational Crafts 

or Industrial Arts in 

the Elementary 

School 2 

SPCH 220— Group Discussion 3 

MUSC 155 — Fundamentals 

for the Classroom 

Teacher 3 

Option Requirements 3 

General University Requirements , ., 6 6 

Electives . . . 3 3 

Total 17 19 



Junior Year 

PHED 305M. 305W, 307M or 

307W— Skills Laboratory 2 or 2 

RECR 420— Program 

Planning . . 3 

RECR 460— Leadership 

Techniques and 

Practices 3 

RECR 495— Planning, Design, 

and Maintenance 

of Park and 

Recreation Areas 

and Facilities 3 

RECR 450 — Camp 

Management (if 

previous experience) . 3 

PHED 420— Physical 

Education for the 

Elementary School 

(or substitute) 3 

EDHD 306— Study of 

Human Behavior 

(or substitute) 3 

Option Requirements 3 3 

General University Requirements ... 6 

Total 15-17 15-17 

Senior Year 

RECR 490— Organization 

and Administration 

of Recreation 3 

RECR 349 — Observation 

and Field Work 

in Recreation 8 

SOCY 330— Community 

Organization 

(or substitute) 3 

DART 311 or 440— Play 

Production or 

Children's 

Dramatics 3 

Option Requirements 3 

Electives 9 3 

Total 18 14 

TOTAL: 131-132 hrs. (depending on camping 
course selection) 



Minor in Recreation (24 hours) 

18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester 
hours in cognate areas, including in the 18 hours 
the following: 

10 hours in RECR 130, 150, 221, 325. 420, 450, 460. 
495 or 490; RECR 220; SOCY 330 or substitute 

6 hours of work in areas of the recreational 
skills — nature, arts and crafts, speech and 
dramatics — but not in the area of the student's 
major. 

2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports 
and dance skills 



Other courses approved by the advisor and the 
various departments involved, depending upon the 
student's interest and background. 

plus 

Elective courses (6 hours) selected with the 
approval of the advisor 



Area of Academic Concentration (18 hours). 

Students in early childhood-elementary 
education are required to develop within 
their degree programs an area of academic 
concentration consisting of a minimum of 18 
semester hours. One of the approved areas is 
recreation. 

Course Code Prefix— RECR 



Division of 
Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences and 
Engineering 

The role of the University in society has three 
closely interrelated parts: education, the 
search for new knowledge, and specialized 
service to the community and the nation. The 
Division of Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering contributes to all 
of these functions. 

The Division recognizes teaching as its 
central mission. This includes the teaching 
of undergraduates, both those within the 
Division seeking a scientific career and those 
in other specialities who desire an 
introduction to the realm of science; the 
teaching of graduate students, who will 
become the next generation of teachers and 
professional scientists and engineers; and 
teaching at the post-doctoral and research 
level, for those advanced specialists on their 
way to assuming major responsibilities at the 
senior level. The Division provides an 
intellectual environment that enables each 
student to realize his or her potential and 
that offers flexible educational programs to 
meet a variety of needs. Research into the 
improvement of teaching and the 
development of new curricula will be a 
continuing activity in the Division. 

The search for new knowledge is one of 
the most challenging activities of mankind. 
The university is one of the key institutions in 
society where fundamental research is 
emphasized. Within the Division of 
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and 
Engineering, research, teaching of the use of 
research tools, and teaching of the meaning 
of research in our modern society plays a 
vital role in programs of higher education 

Structure of the Division. The College of 
Engineering is a major constituent of the 
MPSE Division, and is headed by its own 
Dean. All other departments and programs in 
the Division report directly to the Provost of 
the Division. 

The following departments and programs 
comprise the Division of MPSE 

1) Within College of Engineering: 
Department of Aerospace Engineering 
Department of Chemical Engineering 
Department of Civil Engineering 
Department of Electrical Engineering 
Fire Protection Engineering Program 
Department of Mechanical Engineering 
Nuclear Engineering Program 
Engineering Materials Program 
Engineering Sciences Program 

Fire Service Extension Department 

Wind Tunnel Operations Department 

Cooperative Engineering Education 

Program 

Agricultural Engineering Program 

2) Other Departments and Programs: 
Department of Computer Science 
Department of Mathematics 
Department of Physics and Astronomy 
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics 

Institute for Molecular Physics 
Applied Mathematics Program 
Astronomy Program 



84 / Divisions, Departments 



Center for Materials Research 
Chemical Physics Program 
Meteorology Program 
Physical Sciences Program 

Degree Programs: 

The following Bachelor of Science Degree 
programs are offered by the departments 
and programs of the Division: 

Astronomy, Computer Science, 
Mathematics. Physics. Physical Sciences, 
Aerospace Engineering, Chemical 
Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical 
Engineering, Engineering (Applied Science 
Option or Engineering Option), Engineering 
Technology (Mechanical). Fire Protection 
Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering. 

General Information 

The MPSE Undergraduate Office. U-2143 
(454-4906) is the central office for 
coordinating the advising, processing and 
updating of student records for students not 
in the College of Engineering. Inquiries 
concerning University regulations, transfer 
credits and other general information should 
be addressed to this office. Specific 
departmental information is best obtained 
directly from the departments. 

The records of students in the College of 
Engineering are processed and kept in the 
Engineering Student Affairs Office. J-1107 
(454-2421). Inquiries concerning 
Engineering curricula should be addressed 
there. 

The Division is strongly committed to 
making studies in the sciences and 
engineering available to all regardless of 
their background. In particular, the Division 
is actively pursuing an affirmative action 
program to rectify the present 
under-representation of women and 
minorities in these fields. There are in fact 
many career opportunities for women and 
members of minorities in the fields 
represented by the Division. 

Science Communication. The University of 
Maryland offers several interdisciplinary 
approaches to the training of science 
communicators, ranging from specialization 
in one science or engineering with 
background in communication to 
specializing in journalistic communication 
with background coursework in the 
sciences. Each of the several program 
options can be tailored to the needs of 
individual students. 

Undergraduate students interested in 
science communications can choose from a 
wide range of possibilities. For example, 
some may want a career writing about the 
general happenings of the day in the physical 
and life sciences. Or, some students may 
prefer writing about the span from a pure 
science to its applied technology. Others 
may prefer writing about one field — such as 
agronomy, astronomy, geology — and its 
impact on society — in ecological problems, 
space exploration, and plate tectonics. 

The following are several approaches: 
Writing about the physical sciences: A 
recommended approach would be to take 
the Physical Sciences Program with a minor 
in Journalism. The Physical Sciences 
Program consists of a basic set of cources in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics, 
followed by a variety of courses chosen from 
these and related disciplines: astronomy. 



geology, meteorology, and computer 
science. 

Writing about the lite sciences: A 
recommended approach would be to take 
the Biological Sciences Program with a 
minor in Journalism The Biological 
Sciences Program includes work in botany, 
entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and 
introduces the student to to the general 
principles and methods of each of these 
biological sciences. 

Writing about engineering: A recommended 
approach would be to take the 
BS-Engineering Program with a minor in 
Journalism. The BS-Engineering Program 
blends two or three fields of engineering or 
applied science. 
Writing about a specific Held: A 
recommended approach would be to take a 
departmental major in any of the sciences, 
agriculture, or engineering and a minor in 
Journalsim. 

Journalism combined with an overview of 
the sciences: A Journalism major could take 
selected science courses that provide a 
familiarity with scientific thought and 
application. 



College of Engineering 

The College of engineering offers four-year 
programs leading either to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with curriculum 
designation in Aerospace Engineering. 
Agricultural Engineering, Chemical 
Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical 
Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Fire 
Protection, or to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Engineering with an Engineering 
option or an Applied Science option, or to 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Engineering Technology (Mechanical 
Engineering Option) In addition, each of the 
foregoing degree programs may be pursued 
through the five-year Maryland Plan for 
Cooperative Engineering Education. The 
engineering programs integrate these 
elements: (1) basic sciences, including 
mathematics, physics, chemistry; (2) 
engineering sciences including mechanics 
of solids and fluids, engineering materials, 
thermo-dynamics, electricity, and 
magnetism; (3) professional studies in major 
fields of engineering specialization; and (4) 
general studies including liberal arts and 
social studies as part of the General 
University Requirements. 

Each program lays a broad base for 
continued learning after college in 
professional practice, in business or 
industry, in public service, or in graduate 
study and research. 

Increasingly, the boundary between 
engineers and applied scientists or applied 
mathematicians becomes less distinct. The 
various balances of engineering similarly 
interact with each other, as technical 
problems become more sophisticated, and 
require a combined attack from several 
disciplines. The engineer occupies an 
intermediate position between science and 
the public, because, in addition to 
understanding the scientific principles of a 
situation, the engineer is concerned with the 
timing, economics and values that define the 
useful application of those principles. 



College Regulations. 1 The 
responsibility for proper registration and for 
satisfying stated prerequisites for any course 
must rest with the student — as does the 
responsibility for proper achievement in 
courses in which the student is enrolled 
Each student should be familiar with the 
provisions of this catalog, including the 
Academic Regulations, contained in Section 
1, General Information, and other pertinent 
regulations. 

2. Required courses in mathematics, 
physics and chemistry have highest priority; 
and it is strongly recommended that every 
engineering student register for 
mathematics and chemistry — or 
mathematics and physics — each semester 
until the student has fully satisfied 
requirements of the College of Engineering 
in these subjects. 

3. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in 
the College of Engineering, a student must 
have an average of at least C — 2.0— (a) in all 
subjects applicable to the degree, and (b) in 
all junior-senior courses in the major 
department. Reponsibility for knowing and 
meeting all degree requirements for 
graduation in any curriculum rests with the 
student. 

4. A student in the College of Engineering 
may audit a course only with the 
understanding that the course may not be 
taken for credit subsequent to the 
registration as audit. The student must also 
have the consent of the department offering 
the course. Forms requesting permission to 
audit courses are available in the 
Engineering Student Affairs Office. J 1 107. 

5. The College of Engineering requires 
that a minimum of eighteen (18) semester 
credit hours out of the 30 hour General 
University Requirement be taken in the 
general area of humanities and social 
sciences (H&SS). The program selected 
should be planned to reflect a rationale or to 
fulfill an objective appropriate to the 
engineering profession and to increase the 
engineer's awareness of social 
responsibilities and improve the ability to 
consider related factors in the 
decision-making process. Skill, or 
professionally oriented courses treating 
such subjects as accounting, industrial 
management, finance, personnel 
administration, the performing arts, certain 
education courses, and introductory foreign 
languages normally do not fulfill this 
objective and may not be included in the 
eighteen (18) semester hour requirement of 
the College. Engineering students may 
obtain in the Engineering Student Affairs 
Office (J-1107) a list of many courses which 
satisfy this requirement. 

Structure of Engineering Curricula. Courses 

in the normal curriculum or program and 
prescribed credit hours leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science (with curriculum 
designation) are outlined in the sections 
pertaining to each department in the College 
of Engineering. No student may modify the 
prescribed number of hours without special 
permission from the dean of the college. The 
courses in each curriculum may be classified 
in the following categories: 

1. Courses in the General University 
Requirements — An engineering student 



Divisions, Departments / 85 



must include eighteen credits of humanities 
and social sciences in the program of 
general studies. 

2. Courses in the physical 
sciences— mathematics, chemistry, physics. 

3 Collateral engineering 

engineering sciences, and other 
L-ouisea approved for one curriculum but 
offered by another department. 

4. Courses in the major department A 
student should obtain written approval for 
any substitution of courses from the 
department chairman and the dean of the 
college 

The courses in each engineering 
curriculum, as classified above, form a 
sequential and developmental pattern in 
subject matter. In this respect, curricula in 
engineering may differ from curricula in 
other colleges. Some regulations which are 
generally applicable to all students (see the 
Academic Regulations) may need 
clarification for purposes of orderly 
administration among engineering students. 
Moreover, the College of Engineering 
establishes policies which supplement the 
University regulations. 

Basic Format of the Freshman-Sophomore 
Years in Engineering. The freshman and 
sophomore years in engineering are 
designed to lay a strong foundation in 
mathematics, physical sciences and the 
engineering sciences upon which the 
student will later develop a professional 
program during the upper division (junior 
and senior) years. The College course 
requirements for the freshman year are the 
same for all students, regardless of their 
intended professional career, and about 75% 
of the sophomore year course requirements 
are common, thus affording the student a 
maximum flexibility in choosing a specific 
area of engineering specialization Although 
the engineering students selects a major 
field at the start of the sophomore year, this 
intramural program commonality affords the 
student the maximum flexibility of choice or 
interdepartmental transfer up to the end of 
the sophomore year. 

General College Requirements for the 
Freshman and Sophomore Years 

Credit Hrs. 

A. General University Requirements . 15 

B Mathematics 15 

Four courses in mathematics are 
required to be selected from MATH 
140, 141. 240. 241. and 246. 

C Physical Sciences 19 

A minimum of 19 credit hours in 
Physics and Chemistry must be 
completed, with not less than 
seven (7) in either field. 

D Engineering Sciences 9 

Nine (9) credit hours must be 
completed in the Engineering 
Sciences, to be selected from 
ENES 101, ENES 110. ENES 220 
and ENES 221 Each is a three (3) 
credit hour course. 

E Engineering Sciences. Mathematics. 
Physical Sciences or Major Field 
Engineering 8 

Eight (8) credit hours to complete 
the freshman-sophomore year re- 
quirements may be in any of the 
fields indicated, but no more than 
six (6) credit hours may have a 
major field designation. 



Total Minimum Academic Credits in 
freshman-sophomore years 66 

Basic Freshman Curriculum in Engineering. 

All freshmen in the College of Engineering 
are required to complete the following basic 
curriculum for freshmen regardless of 
whether the student plans to proceed 
through one of the major field designated 
baccalaureate degree programs or follow 
any of the multidisciplinary, non-designated 
degree curricula that are sponsored by the 
College. 

Semester 

Course No and Title I II 

CHEM 103, 104— General 

Chemistry" 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101— Intro, Engr. Science ... 3 

ENES 110 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

Total Credits 17 17 

Students who are not prepared to 
schedule MATH 140 are advised to register 
for a preparatory course — MATH 115 — as 
part of their General University Requirement. 
These students are also advised to attend 
summer school following their freshman 
year to complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 
prior to entrance into the sophomore year of 
study. MATH 141 and PHYS 161 are 
prerequisites for many courses required in 
the sophomore year. 

"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 1 06 (4 
cr hrs each) instead ol CHEM 103 and 104 

The Sophomore Year in Engineering. With 
the beginning of the sophomore year the 
student selects a sponsoring academic 
department (Aerospace, Agricultural, 
Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Fire Protection, or 
Mechanical Engineering), and this 
department assumes the responsibility for 
the student's academic guidance, 
counseling and program planning from that 
point until the completion of the degree 
requirements of that department as well as 
the College. 

Sophomore Curriculum in Engineering 

Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements . . 3 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations . 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4 
ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3' 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3" 

Major field or related courses 2or4 2or5' 

Total Credits 16or1815or18 

*For specific requirements, see the curriculum listing in 
each engineering department 

Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering. 

The "B.S.-Engineering" program isdesigned 
to serve three primary functions: (1) to 
prepare those students who wish to use the 
breadth and depth of their engineering 
education as a preparatory vehicle for entry 
into post-baccalaureate study in such fields 
as medicine, law, or business administration; 
(2) to continue their engineering training in 
the graduate area of some of the newer 
interdisciplinary fields of engineering such 
as environmental engineering, bio-medical 
engineering, systems engineering, and many 
others; and finally (3) those students who do 



not plan the normal professional practice of 
a designated engineering field upon 
graduation but wish to use a broader 
engineering training to serve in auxiliary and 
supporting aspects of engineering related 
industries The program is designed to give 
the maximum flexibility for tailoring a 
program to the specific future career plans of 
the student. To accomplish these objectives, 
the program has two optional paths: an 
engineering option and an applied science 
option. 

The "Engineering option should be 
particularly attractive to those students 
contemplating graduate study or 
professional employment in the 
interdisciplinary engineering fields, such as 
environmental engineering, bio-engineering, 
bio-medical engineering, and systems and 
control engineering, or for preparatory entry 
into graduate work in materials engineering 
or nuclear engineering, which are currently 
offered only at the graduate level at 
Maryland. For example, a student 
contemplating graduate work in 
environmental engineering might combine 
chemical and civil engineering for the 
program; a student interested in systems and 
control engineering graduate work might 
combine electrical engineering with 
aerospace, chemical, or mechanical 
engineering. 

The "Applied Science" option should be 
particularly attractive to those students who 
do not plan on professional engineering 
careers, but wish to use the intellectual and 
developmental abilities of an engineering 
education as a means of furthering career 
objectives. Graduates of the Applied Science 
Option may aspire to graduate work or an 
ultimate career in a field of science, law. 
medicine, business, or a variety of other 
attractive opportunities which build on a 
combination of engineering and a field of 
science. Entrance requirements for Law and 
Medical Schools can be met readily under 
the format of this program In the applied 
science program, any field in the University 
in which the student may earn a B.S degree 
is an acceptable secondary science field, 
thus affording the student a maximum 
flexibility of choice for personal career 
planning. 

Listed below are the minimum 
requirements for the B.S. -Engineering 
degree with either an Engineering option or 
an Applied Science option The 66 semester 
credit hours required for the completion of 
the junior and senior years is superimposed 
upon the freshman and sophomore 
curriculum of the chosen primary field of 
engineering The student, thus, does not 
make a decision whether to take the 
designated or the undesignated degree in an 
engineering field until the beginning of the 
junior year In fact, the student can probably 
delay the decision until the spring term of the 
lunior year with little or no sacrifice, thus 
affording the student ample time for 
decision Either program may be taken on 
the regular 4-year format or under the 
Maryland Plan for Cooperative Engineering 
Education. 



86 I Divisions, Departments 



Junior-Senior Requirements for the Degree 
of B.S. — Engineering 

Engineering Applied 

Requirements Option Science Option 

General Umv 

Req 15 sh 15 sh 

Mathematics. 

Physical 

Sciences, req ' 3sh. 3 sh 

Engineering 

Sciences', 3 6 sh * 6 sh 

Primary Field 4 24 sh (Engr ) 18 sh (Engr.) 
Secondary Field 12 sh (Engr.) 12 sh (Science) 
Approved 

Electives 3 . 6 6 sh (Technical) 9or10sh. 

Sr Research 
Project 5 3 or 2 sh 



Engineering Fields of Concentration 
available under the B.S -Engineering 
program as primary fields within either the 
Engineering option or the Applied Science 
option are as follows: 

Aerospace. Engineering Electrical Engineering 

Agricultural Engineering Engineering Materials 

Chemical Engineering Mechanical Engineering 

Civil Engineering Nuclear Engineering 

In addition, the field of Fire Protection is 
available within the applied science option 
as a primary field. All engineering fields of 
concentration may be used as a secondary 
field within the engineering option. 

(1) Engineer sciences, for the purpose of this degree, are 
those courses in the Engineering College prefixed by ENES, 
or. are in an engineering field not the primary or secondary 
field of engineering concentration 

(2) Students following the Engineering option may use 
up to six sh of course work number 200 and below in the 
primary or the secondary field of engineering concentration 
as an engineering science. 

(3) A minimum of 50% of the course work in the 
mathematics, physical sciences, engineering sciences or 
elective areas must be at the 300 course level (number) and 
above. 

(4) All of the courses used to fulfill the fields of 
concentration requirements (36 sh, in the engineering 
option and 30 in the Applied Science option) must be at the 
300 course level (number) and above 

(5) For the applied science option each student is 
required — unless specifically excused, and if excused. 15 
sh, of approved electives will be required — to satisfactorily 
complete a senior level project or research assignment 
relating the engineering and science fields of 
concentration, 

(6) In the Engineering option, the 6 sh. of electives must be 
technical (math, physical sciences, or engineering sciences 
but may not be in the primary or secondary fields of 
concentration). In the Applied Science option, the approved 
electives should be selected to strengthen the student's 
program, consistent with career objectives. Courses in the 
primary or secondary fields of concentration may be used to 
satisfy the approved electives requirement 



General Regulations for the 
B.S. -Engineering Degree. All undergraduate 
students in engineering will select their 
major field sponsoring department at the 
beginning of their second year regardless of 
whether they plan to proceed to a designated 
or an undesignated degree. A student 
wishing to elect the undesignated degree 
program may do so at any time following the 
completion of the sophomore year, or a 
minimum of 50 earned credits towards any 
engineering degree, and at least one 
semester prior to the time the student 
expects to receive the baccalaureate degree. 
As soon as the student elects to seek an 
undesignated baccalaureate degree in 
engineering, the curriculum planning, 
guidance and counseling will be the 
responsibility of the "Undesignated Degree 
Program Advisor" in the primary field 



department At least one semester before the 
expected degree is to be granted, the student 
must file an Application for Admission to 
Candidacy for the Degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Engineering with the Dean s 
Office of the College of Engineering. The 
candidacy form must be approved by the 
chairman of the primary field department, 
the primary engineering and the secondary 
field advisors and the college faculty 
committee on Undesignated Degree 
Programs." This committee has the 
responsibility for implementing all approved 
policies pertaining to this program and 
reviewing and acting on the candidacy forms 
filed by the student 

Specific University and College academic 
regulations apply to this undesignated 
degree program in the same manner as they 
apply to the conventional designated degree 
programs. For example, the academic 
regulations of the University apply as stated 
in the College Park Catalog of the University 
of Maryland, and the College requirement of 
2.00 factor in the major field during the junior 
and senior years apply. For the purpose of 
implementation of such academic rules, the 
credits in the primary engineering field and 
the credits in the secondary field are 
considered to count as "the Major" for such 
academic purposes. 

Environmental Engineering. Environmental 
engineering is the application of basic 
engineering and science to the problems of 
our environment to ensure optimum 
environmental quality. In recent years, 
humans have suffered a continually 
deteriorating environment. A truly 
professional engineer involved in the study 
of environmental engineering must see the 
total picture and relate it to a particular 
mission whether this be air pollution, water 
quality control, environmental health or solid 
and liquid waste disposal. The total picture 
includes urban systems design, 
socio-economic factors, regional planning, 
transportation, recreation, water resource 
development, and land and resource 
conservation. 

A student who selects the 
B.S. -Engineering degree program can 
specialize in environmental engineering by 
proper selection of primary and secondary 
fields from the wide selection of courses 
related to environmental engineering given 
by the various departments in the College. 

Engineering - Medicine. Advanced 
technology is finding increasingly 
sophisticated applications in medical care 
delivery and research. Pacemakers, 
heart-assist pumps, kidney dialysis 
machines, and artificial limbs are only a few 
examples of the role of engineering 
technology in medicine. In addition, 
diagnostic procedures and record-keeping 
have been greatly enhanced by the use of 
computers and electronic testing equipment. 
There is a growing need for physicians and 
researchers in the life sciences, having 
strong backgrounds in engineering, who can 
effectively utilize these technologies and 
who can work with engineers in research and 
development. 

The Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
degree provides the student an excellent 
opportunity to develop a reasonable level of 



competence in an engineering discipline 
while at the same time meeting the entrance 
requirements for medical school Under the 
Applied Science option, the student could 
select any engineering field of most interest 
to him. and his or her secondary field would 
usually be Chemistry or Zoology. In addition 
to the medical school entrance 
requirements, he or she would complete 12 
credits of advanced work in his or her 
secondary field. 

Under the Engineering option, the student 
would generally combine Chemical 
Engineering (as either primary or secondary 
field) with another engineering discipline. 
This option allows the student to complete 
more advanced work in his primary field of 
engineering than does the Applied Science 
option Either option can be completed in a 
four year period with careful planning and 
scheduling 

Dual Degree Program. The Dual Degree 
Program is a cooperative arrangement 
between the College of Engineering and 
selected liberal arts colleges which allows 
students to earn undergraduate degrees 
from both institutions in a five-year program. 
A student in the Dual Degree Program will 
attend the liberal arts college for 
approximately three (3) academic years 
(minimum 90 hours) and the University of 
Maryland, College of Engineering for 
approximately two (2) academic years 
(minimum hours required — determined 
individually, approximately 60 hours). 

Dual degree candidates may participate in 
any of the baccalaureate degree programs in 
the College of Engineering. 

Frostburg State College and Notre Dame 
College are participating institutions in the 
Dual Degree Program. At the present time 
several other colleges are developing 
cooperative agreements to participate in the 
program. A complete list of participating 
institutions may be obtained in the 
Engineering Student Affairs Office (J-1107) 
or by writing to the Office of the Dean, 
College of Engineering. 

Cognate Activities. Departments in the 
College of Engineering which contribute 
significantly to activities in education, 
research and professional service include 
the Department of Wind Tunnel Operations 
and the Fire Service Extension Department. 
These departments work closely with 
academic departments of the University in 
areas of common interest. The scope of work 
in each department area is outlined briefly in 
paragraphs which follow. 

Fellowship grants and contracts for 
fundamental research contribute to the 
overall professional-scientific activity of the 
staff of the College. The staff of the College 
of Engineering available for research studies 
will be glad to discuss proposed problems of 
importance to industry and of public interest 
where means can be found for the 
cooperative researches; such studies may be 
undertaken with the approval of the 
administration of the University. 

Wind Tunnel Operations Department. The 
Wind Tunnel Operations Department 
conducts a program of experimental 
research and development in cooperation 
with the aircraft industry, agencies of 
government and other industries with 



Divisions, Departments / 87 



problems concerning aerodynamics. Testing 
programs cover a variety of subjects 
including all types of aircraft, ships, 
parachutes, radar antennas, trucks, 
automobiles, structures, and exterior 
equipment subject to high winds. 

The Department has a 7.75x1 1-foot wind 
tunnel that can be operated at speeds from 
to 240 mph. This facility has powered model 
drive equipment, and auxiliary vacuum and 
high pressure air supplies for boundary layer 
control studies. Supporting shops include 
complete woodworking, machine shop, 
photographic, and instrumentation facilities. 

The full-time staff of the department 
includes engineering, computing, shop, and 
technical operations personnel. This staff 
cooperates with other faculty and students in 
the College of Engineering on problems of 
mutual interest. 

Fire Service Extension Department. The 
Fire Service Extension Department provides 
in-service training for volunteer, municipal 
and industrial fire fighters, officers, rescue 
and ambulance personnel and serves in an 
advisory capacity in matters of fire 
prevention, fire protection, fire safety 
regulations, and emergency care. Classes 
are conducted throughout Maryland by local 
instructors who work under the guidance of 
senior instructors of the department. Basic 
training is given in the fundamentals of 
firemanship. An advanced course covers the 
technical field of fire prevention, control and 
extinguishment. Specialized courses are 
offered for fire officers in tactics, strategy of 
fire suppression and in fire department 
administration. A training course of 42 clock 
hours for heavy duty rescue operations is 
also available. An increasingly important 
program is that of establishing and 
improving fire prevention and fire protection 
in Maryland industry, institutions and 
mercantile establishments. 

Emergency care courses incorporating the 
latest techniques in the treatment of the sick 
and injured are now made available through 
the department. Short courses in specialized 
subject areas, such as instructor training, 
hydraulics, fire pumps, aerial apparatus, and 
industrial fire protection are conducted at 
the University at different times throughout 
the year. 

Additional information may be obtained 
from the Director, Fire Service Extension 
Department, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Md. 20742. 

Co-operative Engineering Education 
Program. The Maryland Plan for 
Co-operative Engineering Education at the 
University of Maryland, offered by the 
College of Engineering, is a four and one half 
to five calendar year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The academic 
requirements for students following the 
Co-op Plan of Education are identical to the 
academic requirements for those students 
following the regular four-year program. In 
addition to the normal academic 
requirements. Co-op students have 
scheduled periods of professional internship 
which must be satisfactorily completed to 
qualify for the baccalaureate degree under 
the Co-op Plan 

The Co-op Program begins after the 
student has completed the freshman and 



sophomore requirements of a major field. 
The structure of Engineering Co-op is an 
alternating sequence of study and 
internship. As far as Co-op is concerned, 
there are three sessions — fall and spring 
semesters (20 weeks each) and a summer 
session (10 weeks). Some deviation is 
permitted from this structure This 
alternating plan of study and professional 
internship lengthens the last two academic 
years into three calendar years. Delaying 
entry into the Co-op Program until the junior 
year offers considerable educational 
advantages to the student. 

The student retains the normal 
freshman-sophomore program to afford time 
for the selection of a major field of 
engineering . . or to determine whether to 
continue in engineering . . . without a 
commitment to either the regular four-year 
or the Co-op Plan of education. A more 
mature and meaningful series of 
professional internship assignments are 
possible to benefit both the student and the 
professional partner. Also, the plan is readily 
adaptable to the needs of the student 
transferring to the University from the 
engineering transfer programs of the 
community colleges. 

Students need only meet two criteria for 
entry into our Engineering Co-op Program. 
They are (1). completion of the sophomore 
requirements (usually about 65 degree 
credits) and (2), the establishment of a 
cumulative grade point average at the 
University of Maryland of at least a 2.0/4.0. 

A typical study-intern schedule is shown 
below. You will note that this typical student 
is beginning the first internship in the 
summer immediately following the 
sophomore year (65 accumulated degree 
credits). The total internship is for two 
summers and two semesters (60 weeks). 
Observe that the student enrolls for 16 
semester hours each during the fall and 
spring semesters, 12 semester hours during 
the summer and three semester hours in the 
evening during two interships. 

Typical Study-Intern Schedule 

Semester Hours 
Current Accumulated 

Summer* Intern (1)$ — 65 

Fall Semester Study 16 81 

Spring Semesterf Intern (2.3) 3§ 84 

Summer Study 12 96 

Fall Semester! Intern (4,5) 3§ 99 

Spring Semester Study 16 115 

Summer' Intern (6) — 115 

Fall Semester Study 16 131 

(Grad) 

• Students enroll tor ENCO 408 (6 non-degree credits). 

t These numbers reter to 10-week periods. 

t Students enroll lor ENCO 408 and 409 (12 non-degree 

credits) 
§ These courses could possibly be taken during the evening 

at the University College, or at a college located near your 

employment 

Students make their own arrangements for 
board and lodging while on their periods of 
internship. Frequently the participating 
industrial company or governmental agency 
will assist the student in locating good, 
inexpensive lodging The internship wages 
are paid directly to the student by his 
employer. 



During the semesters or summer sessions 
in which the student attends school, he pays 
the regular tuition and fees assessed by the 
University. A $30 fee is charged for each 
10-week period of professional internship 
The professional intern fee is payable at the 
beginning of each intern period and is not 
refundable 

Departments, Programs and 
Curricula 

Aerospace Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Anderson. 

Professors: Corning. Melnik. Pai. Rivello. 

Sherwood. 

Associate Professors: Donaldson. Jones, 

Plotkin. Schaeffer. 

Assistant Professor: Barlow 

Instructor: Greenwood. 

Lecturers: Bilhg, Fleig. Genalis. Piaewonsky. 

Aerospace engineering is focused on the 
physical understanding and design 
considerations of aircraft and space vehicles 
of all kinds. For example, consider the 
high-speed flight of NASA s future Space 
Shuttle. The airflow over the wings, fuselage 
and tail surfaces create lift, drag and moment 
on the aircraft If the velocity is high enough, 
such as during re-entry of the Apollo into the 
Earth's atmosphere, then the temperature of 
the airflow becomes extremely high, the air 
becomes chemically reacting, and heating of 
the vehicle's surface becomes a major 
problem. The study of how and why the 
airflow produces these forces, moments and 
heating is called Aerodynamics. In turn, the 
motion of the aircraft or space vehicle will 
respond to. indeed will be determined by. the 
aerodynamic forces and moments. The study 
of the motion and flight path of such vehicles 
is called Flight Mechanics Of course, while 
executing this motion, the vehicle must be 
structurally sound, that is. its surface and 
internal structure must be able to withstand 
the severe forces and loads associated with 
flight. The study of the mechanical behavior 
of materials, stresses and strains, deflections 
and vibrations that are associated with the 
structure of the vehicle itself is called Flight 
Structures. In the same vein, the motion of 
any aircraft or space vehicle must be initiated 
and maintained by a propulsive mechanism 
such as the classic combination of a 
reciprocating engine with a propeller, or the 
more modern turbojets. ramjets and rockets 
The study of the physical fundamentals of 
how these engines work is called Flight 
Propulsion Finally, all of the above are 
synthesized into one system with a specific 
application — such as a complete DC-10 or a 
Skylab — through a discipline called 
Aerospace Vehicle Design. 

The Department of Aerospace Engineering 
at the University of Maryland offers a 
rigorous and balanced education which 
includes all of the above disciplines. The 
goal of this program is to create 
professionally oriented aerospace engineers 
with an understanding of the physical 
fundaments underlying atmospheric and 
space flight, and with the capability of 
applying this knowledge for useful and 
exciting purposes Moreover, the physical 
background and design synthesis that marks 



88 / Divisions. Departments 



aerospace engineering education also 
prepares a student to work productively in 
other fields For example, at this moment 
aerospace engineers are actively working on 
the solution of environmental and societal 
problems, on the energy crisis, and in the 
field of medicine. 

Aerospace Engineering Curriculum 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

General Univ Requirements 3 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

PHYS 262, 263— General 

Physics 4 4 

ENES 240— Algorithmic 

Analysis — Computer 

Programming 3 

ENES 220— Mechanics of 

Materials 3 

ENAE 201. 202— Introduction 

to Aerospace 

Engineering I, II 2 2 

ENAE 203— Technical 

Report Writing 1 

Total Credits 17 16 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations 3 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENME 216— Thermodynamics' 3 

ENEE 300— Principles of 

Electrical Engineering ... 3 

ENAE 305 — Aerospace 

Laboratory I 2 

ENAE 345— Introduction to 

Dynamics of 

Aerospace Systems 3 

ENAE 351. 352— Flight 

Structures I, II' 4 3 

ENAE 371 — Aerodynamics I' 3 

Total Credits 16 17 

"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 
cr. hrs. each) instead of CHEM 103 and 104 

Senior Year Credits 

ENAE 471 — Aerodynamics II 3 

ENAE 475— Viscous Flow & 

Aerodynamic Heating 3 

ENAE 401 — Aerospace Laboratory II . . 2 

ENAE 402 — Aerospace Laboratory III . 1 

ENAE 461— Flight Propulsion I 3 

General Univ. Requirements 9 

Design Elective 2 3 

Applied Dynamics Elective 3 3 

Aerospace Elective 4 3 

Technical Elective 5 3 

Total Credits 33 

1 Students planning to take ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II as 

a senior elective should take ENME 216. ENAE 371 . and 

ENAE 471 one semester earlier than shown in the above 

curriculum and delay ENAE 351 and ENAE 352 by one 

semester 

3 The student shall take one of the following design courses. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles 

3 The student shall take one course which utilizes dynamics 
in a system analysis. The following courses are offered: 
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles 
ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations 

4 Three credits must be taken from elective courses offered 
by the Aerospace Engineering Department. Currently 
offered courses are 

ENAE 457 Flight Structures III 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II 

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III 

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High Speed Flight 

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering 

ENAE 499 Elective Research 

Courses listed under 2 and 3 above and not used to meet the 

requirements of 2 and 3 may also be elected to fulfill 

requirement 4. 



'Any 3 credit technical course with a course number of 300 
or above may be taken as a technical elective Courses 
available as Aerospace Electives may be used as the 
technical elective 
Course Code Prefix— ENAE 

Chemical Engineering 

Professor and Acting Chairman: 

Gomezplata. 

Professors: Arsenault. Beckmann. Bolsaitis, 

Cadman, Duffey, Johnson, Marchello, 

fvlunno, Regan, Schroeder, Silverman, 

Skolmck, Smith, Spain. 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Gentry, 

Kugelman. Roush, Sheaks, Spivak. 

Assistant Professors: Blair, Gasner (visiting), 

Hatch. 

Lecturers: Belcher, Dedrick. Salah. 

Instructor: Paa we. 

Chemical engineering involves the 
application of sound engineering and 
economic principles — and basic sciences of 
mathematics, physics and chemistry — to 
process industries concerned with the 
chemical transformation of matter. The 
chemical engineer is primarily concerned 
with research and process development 
leading to new chemical process ventures or 
a better understanding of existing ones; with 
the efficient operation of the complete 
chemical plant or its component units; with 
the technical services engineering required 
for improving and understanding chemical 
plant operation and the products produced; 
with the chemical sales and economic 
distribution of the chemical plant product; 
and with the general management and 
executive direction of chemical process 
industry plants and industrial complexes. 

Because of this wide range of ultimate 
applications, the chemical engineer finds 
interesting and diverse career opportunities 
in such varied fields as chemical (inorganic 
and organic), food processing and 
manufacture, metallurgical, nuclear and 
energy conversion, petroleum (refining, 
production, or petrochemical), and 
pharmaceutical industries. Additional 
opportunities are presented by the research 
and development activities of many public 
and private research institutes and allied 
agencies. 

The Chemical Engineering Department 
offers a curriculum to prepare the 
undergraduate for a challenging career in 
any of the aforementioned fields of 
interest — a curriculum that will prepare him 
or her for continued graduate study or 
immediate industrial employment following 
the baccalaureate degree. 

The program is developed around three 
areas: chemical, materials and nuclear 
engineering. In addition, the development of 
programs in applied polymer science, and 
biological and environmental health 
engineering has been initiated. These new 
programs are interdisciplinary with other 
departments of the University. 

Chemical Engineering Curriculum 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

General Univ. Requirements 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations 3 

PHYS 262, 263— General 

Physics II, III 4 4 



ENES 220— Mechanics of 

Materials 3 

CHEM 201, 203— College 

Chemistry III, IV 3 3 

CHEM 204— College 

Chemistry 

Laboratory IV 2 

ENCH 215— Chemical 

Engineering 

Analysis I 3 

ENCH 250— Chemical 

Engineering 

Analysis II 2 

Total ,.-. 17 17 

Junior Year 

General Univ Requirements 3 3 

ENCH 440— Chemical 

Engr Kinetics 3 

ENCH 442— Chemical 

Engineering 

Systems Analysis 

and Dynamics 2 

ENCH 443— Dynamics 

and Control Lab 1 

CHEM 481,482— Physical 

Chemistry 3 3 

CHEM 430— Chemical 

Measurements 

Laboratory I 3 

Technical Elective 2 

ENCH 295— Chemical Process 

Thermo 3 

ENCH 425. 427— Transfer and 

Transport Process 

I. II 4 3 

Total 16 17 

Senior Year 

General Univ. Requirements 6 6 

ENEE Electives 3 

ENCH 333— Seminar 1 

ENCH 437— Chemical 

Engineering Lab 3 

ENCH 445 — Process Engr. 

and Design 3 

ENCH 447— Chem. 

Engineering 

Econ 2 

Technical Electives* 5 4 

Total 17 16 

"At least nine credits of technical electives must be taken at 
the 300 level. 

Civil Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Carter. 
Professors: Lepper, Otts, Ragan, Sternberg. 
Associate Professors: Birkner, Colville, 
Cookson, Cournyn, Garber, Hall, Heins, 
Israel, McCuen, Piper, Wedding, Witczak. 
Assistant Professors: Albrecht, 
Loutzenheiser, Mulinazzi, Vannoy, Yoo 
(Visiting). 

Civil Engineering Curriculum. Civil 
engineering is concerned with the planning, 
design, construction and operation of large 
facilities associated with man's environment. 
Civil engineers specialize in such areas as 
environmental engineering, transportation 
systems, structures, water resource 
development, water supply and pollution 
control, urban and regional planning, 
construction management, and air pollution 
control. Many civil engineers enter private 
practice as consulting engineers or start 
their own businesses in the construction 
industry. Others pursue careers with local, 
state, and federal agencies or with large 
corporations. 



Divisions, Departments / 89 



The undergraduate program is founded on 
the basic sciences and emphasizes the 
development ol a high degree ol technical 
competence The program orients the 
student toward computer aided design 
techniques and prepares him to incorporate 
new concepts that will develop during his or 
her professional career Further, the 
program stresses the balance between 
technical efficiency and the needs of society. 
The graduate is prepared to enter one of the 
areas mentioned above, or he or she can 
move into new areas of specialization such 
as oceanographic engineering or the 
development of facilities for extra-terrestrial 
environments. 

At no time has man been more concerned 
with the quality of his or her environment 
Man is concerned with broad environmental 
problems such as pollution and the 
operation of his or her transportation 
systems Man is also concerned with 
problems such as a need for new approaches 
in the design and construction of buildings. 
The civil engineering profession faces the 
greatest challenge in its history as it assumes 
a central role in the solution of the physical 
problems facing the urban-regional 
complex. 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I ll 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations for 

Scientists and 

Engineers . . 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General 

Physics II. Ill 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics of 

Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENCE 280 — Engineering Survey 

Measurements 3 

ENCE 221— introduction to 

Environmental 

Engineering 3 

General Univ Requirements 3 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

Junior Year 

ENCE 300— Fundamentals of 

Engineering Materials 3 

ENCE 330— Basic Fluid 

Mechanics 3 

ENCE 340— Fundamentals of 

Soil Mechanics . . 3 

ENCE 350. 351— Structural 

Analysis and Design 

I. II 3 3 

ENCE 360— Engineering 

Analysis and 

Computer 

Programming 4 

ENCE 370— Fundamentals of 

Transportation 

Engineering 3 

ENME 215— Principles of 

Mechanical 

Engineering 
or 
ENCH 295— Chemical Process 

Thermodynamics . . 3 

ENCE— Technical Elective (Group A. 

B. C. or D) - 3 

General Univ Requirements 6 

Total Credits 16 18 

'See notes concerning elective* 

Senior Year 

ENCE— Technical Elective (Group A. 

B. C. or D) - 7 3 - " 



ENCE— Technical Elective (Group E. 

F. or G)' 3'" 3 - " 
ENEE 300— Principles of 

Electrical Engineering 3 

Technical Elective" 3 

General Univ Requirements 6 3 

Total Credits 16 15 

'See notes concerning Technical Electives 

"One course from the available Technical Electives In Civil 

Engineering or approved Technical Elective outside 

department 

"'These numbers represent three-semester-credit courses 

Additional semester credits will be involved to the extent 

that courses carrying more than three credits are selected 

Notes Concerning Technical Electives In 
Civil Engineering 

A minimum of 22 credit hours of technical 
electives are required as follows: 

(1) All 3 courses from one area of 
concentration A, B, C, or D. 

(2) 1 course in one other area of 
concentration A. B, C, or D. 

(3) 6 hours in areas of concentration E, F, 
or G. 

(4) Any one course in the following list or 
approved technical course outside the 
department. 

Areas of Concentration 



(A) Structures 
ENCE 450 (3) 
ENCE 451 (4) 
ENCE 460 (3) 

(B) Water Resources 
ENCE 430 (4) 
ENCE 431 (3) 
ENCE 432 (3) 

(C) Environmental 
ENCE 433 (3) 
ENCE 434 (3) 
ENCE 435 (4) 

(D) Transportation 
ENCE 470 (4) 
ENCE 471 (3) 
ENCE 472 (3) 

Course Code Pre'ix— ENCE 



IE, 



[F) 



Mechanics and 

Materials 
ENCE 410 (3) 
ENCE 411 (4) 
Soil Mechanics 
ENCE 440 (3) 
ENCE 441 (3) 

Systems Analysis 

and Planning 
ENCE 420 (3) 
ENCE 461 (3) 
Special Studies 
(Max 3 credits) 
ENCE 489 (3) 



Electrical Engineering 

Professors: Caceres. Chu. DeClans. Hochuli. 
Ligomenides, Lin, Newcomb, Reiser, Rutelli 
(Emeritus), Taylor, Wagner, Weiss 
Associate Professors: Basham. Emad, 
Eplinemides, Harger. Kim, Lee, Levine. 
Pugsley. Rao, Rhee, Simons, Torres. Tretter. 
Zajac. Zaki. 

Assistant Professor Baras. Boston. Eden. 
Gallman. O Grady, Paez, Silio, Striffler. 
Lecturers Colburn. Destler 
Instructor: Bailey. 

Flexibility is the main characteristic of the 
new (1973) program The student can 
specialize more than before, or he or she can 
have a broader education, as he or she 
chooses This is established through broader 
elective structure both within and outside the 
Electrical Engineering Department 

Specialization areas available to the 
student are: Biomedical. Circuits. 
Communications. Computers, Control, and 
Electrophysics These areas include such 
fields as Electronics. Integrated Circuits. 
Bioelectronics. Solid State Devices. Lasers. 
Radar, Radio. Space Navigation. Information 
Theory. Telemetry. Antennas. Automatic 
Control. System Theory, Cybernetics 
Computer Software and Hardware. Particle 
Accelerators. Electromechanical 



Transducers. Energy Conversion, and many 
others. 

Apprenticeship programs allow qualified 
undergraduate students to work with 
research laboratory directors in the 
Department, thus giving the student a 
chance for a unique experience in research 
and engineering design. 

Projects in Electrical Engineering allow 
undergraduate students to do independent 
study under the guidance of a faculty 
member in an area of mutual interest 

A new Fundamentals Laboratory and 
several Specialty Laboratory courses have 
been established These are self contained 
and may be taken independently of related 
theoretical courses. These laboratories 
provide theoretical and practical experience 
in classical and modern topics using up-to- 
date equipment. 

The boundary between electrical 
engineering and applied mathematics or 
applied physics is becoming steadily less 
distinct, particularly at the research level 
Simultaneously, the technological problems 
and needs of society are becoming steadily 
more complex. The engineer is the 
intermediary between science and society. 
To solve the problems of modern society he 
or she must fully understand the most 
modern devices and methodologies 
available To find the best solution he or she 
must have a very broad interdisciplinary 
education. To find a solution that is also 
acceptable to society he or she must be 
concerned with the economic, ecologic and 
human factors involved in the problem. 
Finally, current research topics frequently 
require a thorough knowledge of advanced 
mathematics and physics. 

The new cuirriculum of the Electrical 
Engineering Department reflects the diverse 
requirements cited above. A basic 
mathematical, physical and engineering 
sciences foundation is established in the first 
two years. Once this foundation is 
established, the large number of electrical 
engineering courses and the flexibility of the 
elective system allow a student to specialize 
or diversify and to prepare for a career either 
as a practicing engineering or for more 
theoretically oriented graduate work. 

To go along with this freedom, the 
Department has a system of undergraduate 
advising The student is encouraged to 
discuss his or her program and career plans 
with his or her advisor in order to get 
maximum benefit from the new curriculum 

SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

General Univ Requirements 3 3 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

PHYS 262. 263— General 

Physics II. Ill 4 4 

ENES 240— Algorithmic 

Analysis and 

Computer 

Programming 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENEE 204— Systems and 

Circuits I 3 

ENEE 250— Computer 

Structures 3 



Total Credits 



17 16 



90 / Divisions, Departments 



JUNIOR YEAR ' II 

MATH xxx— (Elective 

Advanced Math) 3 

ENEE 322— Signal and 

System Theory 3 

ENEE 380— Electromagnetic 

Theory 3 

ENEE 381— Electromagnet 

Wave Propagation . . . 3 

ENEE 304— Systems and 

Circuits II 3 

ENEE 305 — Fundamental 

Laboratory 2 

ENEE 324— Engineering 

Probability 3 

ENEE 314— Electronic 

Circuits 3 

ENEE xxx— Advanced Elective 

Laboratory 2 

Electives' 3 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

Total Credits 17 17 

SENIOR YEAR / // 
ENEE xxx— Specialty 

Electives 3 3 

Electives* 6 9 

General Univ. Requirements 6 3 

Total Credits 15 15 

"Ot the eighteen elective credits, a minimum of three credits 
must be from Electrical Engineering and a minimum of nine 
credits from other fields of engineering, mathematics, 
physics, or other suitable scientific disciplines The remain- 
ing six credit hours are technical electives, and may betaken 
from Electrical Engineering or other engineering and techni- 
cal areas (including mathematics, physics, or other scientific 
fields) 

Technical electives available in Electrical 
Engineering are described in the course list- 
ings. Any Electrical Engineering course num- 
bered 400 or 499 inclusive that is not specifi- 
cally excluded in its description may be used 
as part of a technical elective program. All 
other technical electives must be of 300 level 
or higher If a lower level course (not specified 
as a degree requirement) is prerequisite to a 
300 or higher level technical elective, the stu- 
dent should plan to take such a lower level 
course under his General University Re- 
quirements, otherwise, less than 300 level 
courses do not count as technical electives 
towards a degree in Electrical Engineering. In 
all cases the student's elective program must 
be approved by an Electrical Engineering ad- 
visor and, in addition, by the Office of Under- 
graduate Studies of the Electrical Engineer- 
ing Department. 

Throughout the year students are urged to 
contact the Electrical Engineering Office of 
Undergraduate Studies for advice or any 
other matters related to their studies. 

The specialty electives for the six speciali- 
zation areas are listed below. Students who 
wish to specialize should plan to take both 
courses in the same area, plus the speciality 
laboratory in that area (if one exists). Students 
not interested in specializing can take any two 
of the 12 specialty courses listed below and 
can take two credits of any 400 or higher level 
laboratory (specialty laboratory or otherwise). 
Consult departmental offerings each semes- 
ter or consult the Office of Undergraduate 
Studies for plans on future offerings of these 
specialty elective courses. 

ENEE Specialty Electives 

Circuits: 
ENNE 414— Network Analysis (3) 
ENEE 416— Network Synthesis (3) 



Communications: 

ENEE 420 — Communication Theory (3) 
ENEE 421 — Introduction to Information 
Theory (3) 
Biomedical: 

ENEE 434— Introduction to Neural Net- 
works and Signals (3) 
ENEE 435 — Electrodes and Electrical Pro- 
cesses in Biology and Medicine (3) 
Computers: 

ENEE 444 — Logic Design of Digital Systems 

(3) 
ENEE 446— Computer Architecture (3) 
Control: 

ENEE 460— Control Systems (3) 
ENEE 462 — Systems, Control and Compu- 
tation (3) 
Electrophysics: 

ENEE 481— Antenna (3) 
ENEE 496 — Physical Electronics of Devices 
(3) 
ENEE Advanced Elective Laboratories 
ENEE 407 — Microwave - Circuits Labor- 
atory (2) 
ENEE 413— Electronics Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 445— Computer Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 461— Control Systems Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 483 — Electromagnetic Measure- 
ments Laboratory (2) 
An approved laboratory research program 
(such as ENEE 419 — Apprenticeship) may be 
substituted for the advanced elective 
laboratory. 

Course Code Prefix— ENEE 

Engineering Materials Program 

Professors: Armstrong,* Arsenault,** 
Asimow.* Bolsaitis,**, Marcinkowski,* 
Skolnick.** Spain.** 

Engineering materials is the study of the rela- 
tionship between structure and properties of 
materials. The principles of physics, chemis- 
try and mathematics are applied to metals, 
ceramics, polymers and composite materials 
used in industrial applications. In addition to 
the traditional area of metalurgy, engineering 
materials includes the fields of solid state 
physics and polymer and materials science 
and their application to modern industrial 
problems. Because of the extensive use of 
materials, the engineering student finds a 
wide variety of interesting career 
opportunities in many companies and 
laboratories. 

Programs of study in engineering materials 
at the undergraduate and graduate level are 
offered through the Chemical and Mechani- 
cal Engineering Departments. Students may 
use Engineering Materials as a field of con- 
centration in the Bachelor of Science in En- 
gineering Program. Students choosing en- 
gineering materials as their primary field may 
pursue the following example curriculum. 
Students electing engineering materials as a 
secondary field should seek advice from a 
member of the engineering materials faculty. 

Course Code Prefix— ENMA 
'Member of Mechanical Engineering Department 
"Member of Chemical Engineering Department 
SOPHOMORE Semester 

I II 

General Univ. Requirements .. 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Diff. Equations 3 

PHYS 262, 263— Gen. Phys 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics, 

Matls 3 

CHEM 201. 203— College 

Chem. Ill, IV 3 3 



ENES 230— Materials 

Science 

ENME 200— Intro to Mech. 
Engineering . 



JUNIOR 

General Univ. Requirements . 

CHEM 481, 482— Physical 
Chemistry 

ENME 300— Matls. Science 

& Engr 

ENME 301— Matls. Eng. 

Lab 

ENMA 462— Deformation 

of Eng. Matl 

ENMA 463— Chemical. 
Liquid and 
Powder Process 
of Eng. Matl 

ENMA 464 — Environmental 
Effects on 
Eng. Matl 

Minor Courses 

Technical Electives 



SENIOR 

General Univ. Requirements 
ENMA 470— Structure 

and Properties 

of Eng. Matls. . 
ENMA 471— Phys. Chem. 

of Eng, Matls. . 
ENMA 472— Technology 

of Eng. Matls. . 
ENMA 473 — Processing of 

Eng. Matls. . . . 

Minor Courses 

Technical Electives 



15 



Engineering Sciences Program 

Engineering Science courses represent a 
common core of basic material offered to 
students of several different departments. All 
freshman and sophomore students of 
Engineering are required to take ENES 101, 
and ENES 1 1 0. Other ENES courses 220, 221 , 
240, and 243 are specified by the different 
departments or taken by the student as 
electives. The responsibility for teaching the 
Engineering Science courses is divided 
among the Aerospace, Civil, Mechanical, 
Chemical and Electrical Engineering 
Departments. In addition to the core courses 
noted above, several courses of general 
interest to engineering or non-engineering 
students have been given ENES designations. 

Fire Protection Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Bryan. 
Assistant Professor: Hickey. 
Lecturer: Watts. 

Fire protection is concerned with the 
scientific and technical problems of 
preventing loss of life and property from fire, 
explosion and related hazards, and of 
evaluating and eliminating hazardous 
conditions. 

The fundamental principles of fire 
protection are relatively well-defined and the 
application of these principles to a modern 
industrialized society has become a 
specialized activity. Control of the hazards in 
manufacturing processes calls for an 
understanding not only of measures for the 



Divisions, Departments / 91 



protection but of the processes themselves. 
Often the most effective solution to the 
problem of safeguarding a hazardous 
operation lies in the modification of special 
extinguishing equipment. The expert in fire 
protection must be prepared to decide in any 
given case what is the best and most 
economical solution of the fire prevention 
problem. His or her recommendations are 
often based not only on sound principles of 
fire protection but on a thorough 
understanding of the special problems of the 
individual property. 

Modern fire protection utilizes a wide 
variety of mechanical and electrical 
equipment which the student must 
understand in principle before he or she can 
apply them to special problems. The fire 
protection curriculum emphasizes the 
scientific, technical and humanitarian 
aspects of fire protection and the 
development of the individual student. 

The problems and challenges which 
confront the specialist in fire protection 
include the reduction and control of fire 
hazards due to processes subject to fire or 
explosion in respect to design, installation 
and handling, involving both physical and 
human factors; the use of buildings and 
transportation facilities to restrict the spread 
of fire and to facilitate the escape of 
occupants in case of fire; the design, 
installation and maintenance of firedetection 
and extinguishing devices and systems; and 
the organization and education of persons for 
fire prevention and fire protection. 

Fire Protection Engineering Curriculum 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR / // 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations 3 

PHYS 262, 263— General 

Physics II. Ill 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics of 

Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENFP 251— Fire Protection 

Engineering 1 

ENFP 280— Urban Fire 

Problem Analysis .... .. 3 

ENFP 290— Ignition and 

Combustion 

Phenomenon 2 

Total 17 18 

Semester 
JUNIOR YEAR / II 

General Univ. Requirements 6 3 

CMSC 110— Elementary 

Algorithmic 

Analysis or 

ENCE 360— 

Engineering Analysis 

and Computer 

Programming 3 

ENME 320 — Thermodynamics 

or ENCE 295— 

Chemical Process 

Thermodynamics 3 

ENCE 300— Fundamentals 

of Engineering 

Materials 3 

ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENFP 310— Fire Protection 

Systems Design 3 

ENFP 312— Fire Protection 

Fluids I 3 

ENFP 320— Pyrometrics of 

Materials 3 



ENFP 321— Functional and 

Structural 

Evaluation 

Approved Electives 

Total 

SENIOR YEAR 

General Univ Requirements 

ENEE 300— Principles of 

Electrical 

Engineering 

ENCE 350— Fundamentals 

of Structural 

Analysis or 

ENME 411 — 

Introduction to 

Industrial Engineering . . 3 

ENME 410— Operations 

Research I or 

BSAD 332— 

Operations 

Research for 

Management 

Decisions 3 

ENNU 215— Introduction 

to Nuclear 

Technology 3 

ENFP 415— Fire Protection 

Fluids II 3 

ENFP 411— Systems 

Approach to 

Fire Protection 

Design .. 3 

ENFP 414— Life Safety 

Analysis 3 

ENFP 416— Problem 

Synthesis and 

Design . . 3 

Technical Electives 3 3 

Total • 18 18 

Course Code Prelix— ENFP 

Fire Science — Urban Studies 

The provision of a major field of 
specialization in Fire Science for a Bachelor 
of Science Degree in Urban Studies is 
designed to meet the professional 
educational needs and objectives of fire 
service personnel. The broad 
interdisciplinary nature of the Urban Studies 
program will provide public fire safety 
personnel with a technical background and 
understanding of urban considerations in 
public fire safety. 

High School seniors interested in the field 
of fire science are encouraged to enroll in a 
community college program. The Urban 
Studies — Fire Science Degree program 
requires that an individual complete an 
approved associate degree program in Fire 
Science. The upper division of a four year 
program leading toaB. S. in Urban Studies — 
Fire Science is taken at the College Park 
Campus. 

The upper division fire science courses are 
structured to build on fundamental concepts 
developed at the community college level. 
The primary focus of these courses will be on 
the analysis of current technology in fire 
protection, urban fire service delivery criteria, 
and research for the improved provision of 
public fire safety. 

Typical Upper Division Program Example 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

ETFS 301— Fire Salety 

Codes and 

Standards 3 





ETFS 302— Urban Fire 








Safety 






3 


Analysis 1 




3 


2 


URBS 210— Survey of the 








Field ol 






18 17 


Urban Studies 


3 




Semester 


or 








URBS 260— Introduction to 






3 3 


Urban Studies 
URBS 320— City and the 
Developing 






3 


National 








Culture 




3 




Physical Environmental 








Specialization . 


3 


"< 




General University Requirement 


3 


3 




General Electives 


3 


1 



Senior Year 






ETFS 


303— Urban Fire 
Problem 








Analysis II 


3 




ETFS 


402— Fire Safety 
Research and 








Transfer 




3 


URBS 


350 — Introduction to 
Urban Field 










3 




URBS 


395 — Seminar in 

Urban Literature 






URBS 


430 — Urban Community 
and Urban 










3 




URBS 


480 — Urban Theory 








and Simulation 




3 


EFTS 


405 — Technical 








Problems Analysis . . . 




3 


Physical Environmental 






Spec 


lahzation 


3 


3 


General University Requirement . . 


3 


3 



Mechanical Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Dally. 
Professors: Allen, Anand. Armstrong, 
Asimow, Berger. Cunniff. Fourney. Hsu. 
Jackson, Marcinkowski, Sayre. Jr., Shreeve. 
Jr.. Talaat. Weske (Emeritus). Wockenfuss. 
Yang. 

Associate Professors: Buckley. Jr . Hayleck, 
Jr., Marks. Morse, Sallet. Walston. 
Assistant Professors Andry, Jr., Holloway. 
Hurdis, Kirk. Kobayashi. Metcalf. Owens. 
Ostrowski. Sargent. Tsui. VonKerczek 
Lecturer: Dawson. Liebowitz. Coder 
Instructors (Part-time) Whitbeck 
Visiting Professor Irwin, Seigel 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Sadananda, 
Wu. 

The primary function of the mechanical 
engineer is to create devices, machines, 
structures or processes which are used to 
advance the welfare of mankind. Design, 
analysis and testing are the essential steps in 
these developments Of particular 
importance are the aspects of engineering 
science and art relating to the generation and 
transmission of mechanical power, the 
establishment of both experimental and 
theoretical models of mechanical systems. 
the static and dynamic behavior of fluids and 
the optimization of materials in design 
Emphasis is also given to the proper 
co-ordination and management of facilities 
and personnel to achieve a successful 
product or service. 

The responsibility of the Mechanical 
Engineering profession is extremely broad 
The following divisions of the American 



92 / Divisions, Departments 



Society ot Mechanical Engineers indicate 
many of the technical areas in which the 
mechanical engineer may work: air pollution, 
applied mechanics, automatic controls, 
aviation and space, biomechanical and 
human lactors, design engineering, diesel 
and gas engine power, energetics, fluids 
engineering, fuels, gas turbine, heat transfer, 
management, materials handling, metals 
engineering, nuclear engineering, petroleum, 
power, pressure vessels and piping, process 
industries, railroad, rubber and plastics, 
safety, solar energy, textiles and underwater 
technology. 

There are many career opportunities in all 
of these fields. In particular, the areas of 
design, systems analysis, management, 
consulting, research, maintenance, 
production, teaching and sales offer 
challenging and rewarding futures. 

Because of the wide variety of professional 
opportunities available to the mechanical 
engineer, the curriculum is designed to 
provide the student with a thorough training 
in basic fundamentals including physics, 
chemistry, mathematics, mechanics, 
thermodynamics, materials, heat transfer, 
electronics, power and design The 
curriculum leads to a Bachelor of Science 
degree in Mechanical Engineering which is 
usually sufficient for early career 
opportunities in industry or the government. 
Advanced graduate programs are available 
for continued study leading to Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

General University Requirements . . 

MATH 241— Analysis III 

MATH 246— Differential 

Equations 

PHYS 262. 263— General 

Physics II, III 

ENES 220— Mechanics of 

Materials 

ENES 221— Dynamics 

ENME 200— Introduction to 

Mechanical 

Engineering 

ENME 216 — Thermodynamics I . 

Total 

JUNIOR YEAR 

General University Requirements 

ENEE 300— Principles of 

Electrical 

Engineering 

ENEE 301— Electrical Engr. Lab. 
ENME 300— Materials 

Engineering 

ENME 301— Materials 

Engr Lab 

ENME 321 — Transfer Processes . 
ENME 342— Fluid 

Mechanics I 

ENME 343— Fluid 

Mechanics Lab 

ENME 360— Dynamics of 

Machinery 

ENME 381 — Measurements 

Laboratory 

ENME 382— Engr Anal. 

and Computer 

Programming 

Total 

SENIOR YEAR 

General University Requirements . 

ENME 400— Machine Design .... 



Semester 
/ // 

3 3 



17 16 

Semester 



17 16 

Semester 



ENME 401— Mechanical 

Engineering 

Analysis and 

Dusiqn 4 

ENME 421— Energy 

Conversion I 3 

ENME 480 — Engineering 

Experimentation 3 

Technical Elective . "6 "6 

Total 15 16 

'Except with the special permission ot the Department 
Chairman, tho students will be required to take 9 ot the 
elective credits in the Engineering College. 6 of which must 
be in the Mechanical Engineering Department 

Technical Electives 

ENME 341— Gas Dynamics 3 

ENME 402— Selected Topics in Engr. 

Design 3 

ENME 403— Automatic Controls 3 

ENME 410 — Operations Research I 3 

ENME 411— Introduction to Industrial 

Engineering 3 

ENME 414— Solar Energy — Applications 

in Buildings 3 

ENME 422— Energy Conversion II 3 

ENME 423— Environmental 

Engineering 3 

ENME 424— Advanced 

Thermodynamics 3 

ENME 442— Fluid Mechanics II 3 

ENME 450 — Mechanical Engineering 

Analysis for the 

Oceanic Environment 3 

ENME 451 — Mechanical Engineering 

Systems for 

Underwater Operations 3 

ENME 452 — Physical and Dynamical 

Oceanography 3 

ENME 453 — Ocean Waves. Tides and 

Turbulences 3 

ENME 460— Elasticity and 

Plasticity I 3 

ENME 461— Dynamics II 3 

ENME 462— Introduction to 

Engineering Acoustics 3 

ENME 463 — Mechanical Engineering 

Analysis 3 

ENME 465 — Introductory Fracture 

Mechanics 3 

ENME 481 — Engineering 

Experimentation 3 

ENME 488— Special Problems 3 

ENME 489— Special Topics in 

Mechanical Engineering 3 

In the Mechanical Engineering Department 
there are several divisions of specialization 
which include: design and system analysis, 
energy conversion, solid and fluid 
mechanics and materials. The 
undergraduate student may select technical 
electives from one or more of these areas of 
specialization. Students planning to 
continue on in the graduate program should 
preferably choose electives to provide the 
best background for their major area. The 
subject material of interest to each field of 
specialization is: 

I. Industrial and Systems Engineering 

a. Systems design 

b. Systems analysis 

c. Operations research 

d. Engineering management 

II. Energy 

a. Thermodynamics 

b. Heat transfer 

c. Energy conversion 

d. Solar energy 
II. Fluid Mechanics 

a. Compressible and incompressible 
flow 

b. Viscous flow 



c Hydrodynamics 

d Marine and ocean engineering 
IV. Solid Mechanics 

a Continuum mechanics 

b Dynamics, vibrations and 
acoustics 

c. Elasticity, plasticity and 
viscoelasticity 

d Plates, shells and structures 

e Experimental mechanics 
V Materials 

See listing under Engineering 
Materials section 
Opportunities are also available for 
students to take advanced work in 
engineering management, operations 
research, marine and ocean engineering, 
bio-mechanical engineering, environmental 
engineering, acoustics, bio-mechanics and 
experimental stress analysis. 
Course Code Prelix— ENME 

Mechanical Engineering 
Techology Program 

Mechanical Engineering is a part of the 
spectrum of technical education extending 
from the skilled craftsman to the 
professional mechanical engineer. The 
mechanical engineering technologist is 
located nearest the engineer and applies 
scientific and engineering principles in 
supporting engineering activities in both 
government and industries. Students 
completing this program normally pursue 
their careers as engineering technologists 
working in production, maintainence, quality 
control, prototype testing or sales. 

High School seniors interested in 
Mechanical Engineering Technology are 
encouraged to enroll in a community college 
program. The community colleges provide 
the first two years of the program and award 
students an Associate of Arts degree. The 
second two years of a four year program 
leading to a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering 
Technology are taken at the College Park 
Campus. 

Mechanical Engineering Technology 
Curriculum 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

CMSC 110 Introduction to 

Computer ,. 

Programming 3 j 

ENME 380— Applied Math f 

in Engineering 3 > 6 . . 

ETME 210— Applied i 

Thermodynamics 31 

ETME 320— Fluid Mechanics 

Technology 3 

ENME 343— Fluid 

Mechanics 

Laboratory 1 

ETME 330— Machine 

Design 

Technology I 3 

University Requirements 3 3 

ETME 325 — Instrumentation 

& Measurements 4 

ETME 335— Machine 

Design 

Technology II 3 

ETME 315— Heat 

Transfer 

Technology 3 

ETME 345— Vibrations 3 

Total 16 16 



Divisions, Departments / 93 



Semester 
Senior Year I II 

ETME 350— Mechanical 

System 

Design 3 

ETME 370— Industrial 

Engineering 

Tech 3 

ETME 360 — Applications 

of Direct 

Energy 

Conversation 3 

ETME Technical 

Elective 3 

University Requirements 3 3 

ETME 355— Mechanical 

System Design 

Project 3 

ETME 375— Applied 

Operations 

Research 3 

ETME Technical 

Elective 3 

ETME Technical 

Elective 3 

Total 15 15 

"Students transferring equivalent courses as part of their 
first two year's credits may make appropriate substitutions. 
It is strongly recommended that students complete 
thermodynamics before entering the junior year It this is 
not feasible, they must take ETME 210 during the first 
semester It is recommended that students complete a 
equivalent computer programming course before starting 
the junior year Students who have not taken computer 
programming by the end of their junior year must take 
programming in lieu of a technical elective. 



Nuclear Engineering Program 

Professors: Duffey, Johnson, Munno, 

Silverman. 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Roush,* 

Sneaks. 

Assistant Professor: Blair. 

Part-Time Professor: Goldman. 

Lecturers: Belcher, Salah. 

•Joint appointment with Physics. 

Nuclear engineering deals with the practical 
use of nuclear energy from nuclear fission, 
fusion and radioisotope sources. The major 
use of nuclear energy is in electric power 
generation. Other uses are in the areas of 
chemical processing, medicine, 
instrumentation, and isotope tracer analysis. 
The nuclear engineer is primarily concerned 
with the design and operation of energy 
conversion devices ranging from very large 
reactors to miniature nuclear batteries, and 
with the use of nuclear reactions in many 
environmental, biological and chemical 
processes. Because of the wide range of 
uses for nuclear systems, the nuclear 
engineer finds interesting and diverse career 
opportunities in a variety of companies and 
laboratories. 

Programs of study in nuclear engineering 
at the undergraduate and graduate level are 
offered through the Chemical Engineering 
Department Students may use nuclear 
engineering as a field of concentration in the 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
program. 

Students choosing nuclear engineering as 
their primary field may pursue the following 
example curriculum. Students electing 
nuclear engineering as their secondary field 
should seek advice from a member of the 
nuclear engineering faculty. 



Nuclear Engineering Program 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246— Diff 

Equations 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General 

Phys 4 4 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENES 240— Algorithmic 

Anal and 

Computer Prog 3 

Secondary Field Electives 3 

ENNU 215 3 

Total 17 16 

Junior Year 

General Univ. Requirements 3 6 

ENNU 440— Nuc. Tech. 

Lab 3 

ENNU 450— Reactor 

Eng. I 3 

PHYS 421— Intro to 

Mod. Phys 3 

Secondary Field Courses 3 3 

ENNU 455— Reactor 

Engr. II 3 

ENNU 460— Nuc. Heat 

Trans 3 

ENES Elective 3 

Total 15 18 

Senior Year 

General Univ. Requirements 3 3 

ENNU Electives 3 3 

Secondary Field Courses 3 3 

Technical Electives 3 3 

ENNU 480— Reactor Core 

Des 3 

ENNU 490— Nuc. Fuel 

Cycle & 

Management 3 

ENES Elective 3 

Total 18 15 



Other Units Within the 
Division 

Applied Mathematics Program 

The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Program provides opportunities for graduate 
study and research in mathematics and its 
applications in engineering and the physical 
and social sciences. The Program is 
administered and taught by a selected 
faculty from the following departments on 
the College Park Campus: Aerospace 
Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil 
Engineering, Computer Science. Economics. 
Electrical Engineering. Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics, 
Mathematics. Mechanical Engineering, 
Physics and Astronomy. A student may select 
a coherent program of study from a variety of 
specializations tailored to his or her 
particular interests. 

For admission to the Interdisciplinary 
Applied Mathematics Program, a student is 
expected to have completed an 
undergraduate program which included a 
strong emphasis on mathematics. A good 
background in the basic sciences or 
engineering is also highly recommended. In 
addition, undergraduate students interested 
in preparing themselves for graduate study 
under the Program are urged to acquire a 
good foundation in scientific computing 



Astronomy Program 

Professor and Chairman of Physics and 

Astronomy: Laster. 

Professor and Director of Astronomy: Kerr. 

Professors: Brandt (P.T.). Enckson. Kundu, 

Opik (P.T.), Westerhout. 

Associate Professors: A Hearn. Bell, 

Harrington, Matthews, Rose. V.P. Smith, 

Wentzel, Zipoy, Zuckerman 

Assistant Professors: Simonson, Trimble. 

Faculty Research Associate: Scott. 

Visiting Research Associate: de la Noe. 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy 
offers a major in Astronomy The Astronomy 
Program office is located in the Space 
Sciences Building Astronomy students are 
given a strong undergraduate preparation in 
astronomy, physics and mathematics, as well 
as encouragement to take a wide range of 
other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy 
Program is designed to be quite flexible, in 
order to take advantage of students special 
talents or interests after the basic 
requirements for a sound astronomy 
education have been met. Students 
preparing for graduate studies will have an 
opportunity to choose from among many 
advanced courses available in astronomy. 
mathematics and physics The program is 
designed to prepare students both for 
graduate work and for positions in 
governmental and industrial laboratories and 
observatories 

Students intending to major in astronomy 
who have a high school course in physics 
and who have adequate preparation in 
mathematics to qualify for admission to 
MATH 140 will ordinarily take the 
introductory physics courses PHYS 191. 192. 
293 and 294, or their equivalent during their 
freshman and sophomore years. Those 
students who do not decide to major in 
astronomy or physics until after their 
freshman or sophomore year or enter as 
transfer students will often have taken other 
introductory courses in physics (i.e. PHYS 
161. 262. 263) Students will find further 
details in the pamphlet entitled Department 
Requirements for a B.S. degree in 
Astronomy, which is available from the 
Astronomy Program Office. This pamphlet 
outlines many different approaches for an 
astronomy major. 

ASTR 181. 182 (Introductory Astronomy 
and Astrophysics) is the introductory 
astronomy course required of astronomy 
majors. It may be taken in the freshman or 
sophomore year It is followed by another 
required course. ASTR 210 (Practical 
Astronomy) Some students may not decide 
to major in astronomy until they have already 
taken ASTR 100 and 105 (Introduction to 
Astronomy and Modern Astronomy). Such 
students should, as a rule, still fulfill the 
ASTR 181. 182 requirement, only students 
with a grade of B or better in ASTR 100 and 
105 will be encouraged to major in 
astronomy For those students with the 
appropriate physics background, it would be 
preferable to take a one semester 
introductory course— ASTR 350 instead of 
the ASTR 181. 182 sequence 

Astronomy maiors are required to take the 
following physics courses PHYS 191. 192. 
195. 1%. 293. 294. 295 and 296 (161 . 262. 263 
plus 404-405 may be substituted for this 



94 / Divisions, Departments 



sequence in some cases) In addition, one of 
the following sequences is required PHYS 
421-422 or 410-411 Required supporting 
courses are MATH 140. 141 and 240 or 241 or 
246. The introductory astronomy courses. 
ASTR 181. 182 (or ASTR 350) and 210 plus 
any two 400-level ASTR courses (6 credits) 
complete the requirements The program 
requires that the student maintain an 
average grade of C in all astronomy courses; 
moreover, the average grade of all the 
required physics and mathematics courses 
must also be C or better Any student who 
wishes to be recommended for graduate 
work in astronomy must maintain a B 
average He (she) should also consider 
including several additional advanced 
courses, beyond the minimum required, to 
be selected from astronomy, physics and 
mathematics. 

Honors In Astronomy. The Honors Program 
offers students of exceptional ability and 
interest in astronomy an educational 
program with a number of special 
opportunities for learning. Honors sections 
are offered in several courses, and there are 
many opportunities for part-time research 
participation which may develop into 
full-time summer projects An honors 
seminar is offered for advanced students; 
credit may be given for independent work or 
study; and certain graduate courses are 
open for credit toward the bachelor's degree. 

Students for the Honors Program are 
accepted by the Department's Honors 
Committee on the basis of recommendations 
from their advisors and other faculty 
members. Most honors candidates submit a 
written report on their research project, 
which together with an oral comprehensive 
examination in the senior year, concludes 
the program which may lead to graduation 
"with Honors (or High Honors) in 
Astronomy." 

Courses for Non-Science Majors. There are 
a variety of Astronomy courses offered for 
those who are interested in learning about 
the subject but do not wish to major in it. 
These courses do not require any 
background in mathematics or physics and 
are geared especially to the non-science 
major. ASTR 100 is a general survey course 
that briefly covers all of the major parts of 
Astronomy. ASTR 110 is the lab that can be 
taken with or after ASTR 100. ASTR 105 is at 
the same level as ASTR 1 00 except it covers a 
few topics in depth rather than many briefly. 
It has ASTR 100 as a prerequisite. ASTR 398 
is offered to non-scientists who want to learn 
about a particular field in depth; the subject 
matter will change each semester and will 
cover topics like; the solar system, our 
Galaxy, the Universe, etc. ASTR 398 has no 
prerequisite beyond junior standing. 

Course Code Prefix-ASTR 

Center of Materials Research 

Associate Director: Brasch. 
Advisory Committee: Gammon (Institute for 
Molecular Physics). Walters (Chemistry). Lin 
(Electrical Engineering), Minkiewicz (Physics 
and Astronomy), Armstrong (Mechanical 
Engineering), Silverman MPES Division 
(Chemical Engineering), Bolsaitus (Chemical 
Engineering). 



The Center of Materials Research is an 
interdepartmental organization which has as 
its function the support of graduate research 
and education in the field of materials 
sciences. This support consists of funds for 
the aid of graduate students working 
towards advanced degrees, post-doctoral 
research appointments, the granting of 
research support to university faculty 
working in the materials sciences and the 
purchases of capital equipment needs for 
graduate students or faculty research 
programs. It also operates service and 
research facilities which are shared jointly by 
graduate students and faculty from several 
departments. 

The scientific management of this program 
rests solely within the University through the 
Director of the Center of Materials Research, 
aided by an associate director and an 
Advisory Committee. Faculty participating in 
the program represent the following 
departments: Chemical Engineering, 
Chemistry, Electrical Engineering. 
Horticulture. Mechanical Engineering, 
Molecular Physics, and Physics. 

Funds for the Center come from both 
University and government sources, the 
largest single source being the National 
Science Foundation. Individual faculty 
members obtain NSF support for their 
research when their proposals to the Center 
of Materials Research are approved by the 
CMR Committee and the Director. The 
nations industry and defense needs have 
created a great demand for detailed 
knowledge of materials and their properties; 
for example, basic research in materials 
sciences is important if one is to prevent 
failure of material components in anything 
from relatively simple automobile or airplane 
parts or a biomaterials component 
associated with a kidney transplant. The 
University thus has a role in educating 
students for advanced degrees, both in 
research and in training, who have both the 
knowledge and the expertise to work with 
and use the sophisticated materials now so 
commonplace in our modern technology. 

Areas of research activity include high 
pressure phenomena; intermolecular 
interactions; spectra and structural studies: 
electronic and mechanical properties of 
materials: electronic structure and 
fundamental interactions in solids, 
interaction of radiation with materials; 
mechanical properties such as defect and 
dislocation phenomena, and characterization 
of materials; neutron scattering and 
diffraction; metallurgy and materials 
properties of polymers. 

The program is interdisciplinary in nature 
since it cuts across the normal departmental 
lines to bring many disciplines to bear on the 
complex nature of the many materials 
problems. 

The CMR provides central facilities 
containing the most modern available 
instrumentation for use by participating 
members of the Center. The facilities 
include: X-Ray: Photo-Electron 
Spectroscopy; Electron Microscope; X-Ray; 
Molecular Spectroscopy: Coordinated Laser; 
and a High Field Superconducting Magnet. 



Computer Science 

The Department of Computer Science offers 
a B.S. degree in Computer Science. The 
program is designed to meet the three broad 
objectives of service to the community, 
qualification for employment, and 
preparation for graduate work It provides 
the student with the flexibility to select 
courses in areas of individual interest and in 
line with the student s goals after graduation. 

Requirements for a Computer Science 
Major 

The course of study for each Computer 
Science major must include at least 30 credit 
hours of CMSC courses with an overall 
average of C or better. All CMSC courses are 
counted in the major A minimum of 24 of the 
30 credit hours must be at the 300-400 levels. 

Each student s program must satisfy the 
General University Requirements (30 credit 
hours). No CMSC course or specified 
prerequisite of a CMSC course may be 
counted toward these requirements. 

Additional courses as electives must be 
completed to obtain the minimum 120 credit 
hours required for graduation. Students may 
wish to choose their electives to satisfy the 
requirements of another department s 
degree program and. by so doing, qualify for 
a double major. 

Introductory Computer Science Courses 

The Department offers a choice of courses, 
CMSC 103. 110, for students with little or no 
computer background. 

CMSC 103 is considered a terminal course 
for non-majors. It provides an introduction to 
the use of a computer and programming in 
the language FORTRAN. Students who 
complete CMSC 103 but want to take 
additional CMSC courses should contact an 
advisor as soon as possible to determine 
what additional work may be necessary to 
qualify for CMSC 120. 

Non-majors who may want to take 
additional CMSC courses should take CMSC 
110 instead of CMSC 103. The two courses 
are of comparable difficulty, and the material 
is similar. As a terminal course. CMSC 103 
attempts to cover more topics but at less 
depth than CMSC 110. 

Majors should take the CMSC 110. 120 
sequence in their first year. Those students 
who have programming background in a 
language such as FORTRAN should consult 
an advisor to determine if they need to take 
CMSC 1 10 or if they could obtain credit for it 
by examination. Credit by examination is 
possible for CMSC 1 10 or 120, or for any 
other undergraduate level computer science 
course for which transfer credit has not been 
given. 

Undergraduate Computer Science Courses 

Beginning with courses at the 200 level, each 
student may arrange an individualized 
program by choosing areas of interest within 
computer science and then taking courses 
appropriate to those areas. The Department 
offers the following undergraduate courses 
in the areas indicated: Applications: CMSC 
280, 475, 477, 480; Computer Systems: 
CMSC 210. 410. 415: Information 
Processing: CMSC 220, 420; Numerical 
Analysis: CMSC 270, 460. 470; Programming 
Languages: CMSC 440. 445; and Theory of 
Computing: CMSC 250. 450. 452. 455. 



niuicinnc ncnartmcnlc / OS 



In addition, special topics courses (CMSC 
498) are offered in one or more areas each 
semester. (Graduate level courses are 
offered in all of these areas as part of the 
Department's MS. and Ph.D. degree 
programs.) 

The student may choose from a large 
variety of computer science courses to 
satisfy the requirement of a minimum of 30 
credit hours of CMSC courses. Also, there 
are no requirements for specific courses 
outside of the major. However, a number of 
advanced courses in computer science have 
calculus as prerequisite and a background in 
mathematics, such as provided by the 
sequence MATH 140. 141. 240, 241. is 
strongly recommended Students who 
anticipate continuing their studies in 
graduate school take the sequence MATH 

140. 141. 240, 241. 

Sample Programs 

The following sample programs are included 
to indicate the variety of programs that are 
possible. 

AREA - Applications (Scientific); CMSC 
COURSES - 220, 280, 420. 450. 470, 475. 477, 
480, 498: ELECTIVES - MATH 140. 141, 240. 
241. 474. STAT 400. 

AREA - Applications (Business); CMSC 
COURSES - 210, 220. 250. 410, 415, 420, 440. 
445, 455, 498, 498; ELECTIVES - MATH 140, 

141. 240 IFSM 401. 402. Additional IFSM 
courses. 

AREA - Applications (Societal); CMSC 
COURSES - 210, 220, 250. 410, 415. 420. 440. 
445. 455, 498, 498; ELECTIVES - MATH - one 
year. Additional courses from departments 
such as BIOL, ECON. GVPT, PSYC, SOCY. 

AREA - Computer Systems; CMSC 
COURSES - 210, 220. 410. 415, 420, 440, 445, 
452. 455. 498; ELECTIVES - MATH 140, 141, 

240, 241, STAT 400. ENEE 444, 456. 
Additional ENEE courses. 

AREA - Information Processing; CMSC 
COURSES - 210. 220. 250. 410. 420, 440. 
445 41 5, 450. 470/475. 498, 498; ELECTIVES - 
MATH 140. 141, 240, 241. STAT 400, IFSM 
401, 402 Additional IFSM courses. 

AREA - Numerical Analysis; CMSC 
COURSES - 220. 420, 440. 450. 455, 470. 475. 
477, 498; ELECTIVES - MATH 140, 141, 240, 

241. 405. 410. Additional MATH and STAT 
courses. 

AREA - Programming Languages; CMSC 
COURSES - 210. 220. 41 0, 41 5. 420. 440. 445. 
450. 452. 498; ELECTIVES - MATH 140. 141. 
240. 

AREA - Theory of Computing; CMSC 
COURSES - 210. 250. 410. 415*445. 440. 450. 
452. 455. 475/477. 498: ELECTIVES - MATH 
140. 141. 240. 241 Additional MATH and 
STAT courses. 

Honors Program 

A departmental honors program is being 
developed and is expected to be available by 
the end of the 1974/75 academic year 
Information about this program will be 
available in the Education Office of the 
Department 

Computer Equipment 

The Department maintains a minicomputer 
laboratory for instruction and research 



Currently, the laboratory contains a PDP 
11/40 and two PDP 11/45 computer systems 
Students in advanced CMSC courses have 
the opportunity to gain hands-on experience 
through the use of these facilities and 
become involved in the development and 
modification of systems through 
programming. In addition, students use the 
UNIVAC 1108/1106 computer system with 
remote units which are maintained by the 
Computer Science Center for all educational 
and research activities of the Campus. 

Course Code Prefix — CMSC 

Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics 

Professor and Director: Crane. 

Professors: Babuska, Brush, 2 DeClaris 3 , 

Dorfman 4 , Faller, Hubbard, Jones, Karlovitz, 

Kellogg, Koopman, Landsberg, Lashinsky, 

Olver, Pai, Tidman, Weiss 3 . Wilkerson. Wu, 

Yorke. Zwanzig. 

Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): Aziz 1 , 

Bhatia', Fritz, Northrop. 

Associate Professors: Coplan, Guernsey. 

Israel 5 , Mcllrath, Matthews, Rodenhuis, 

Rosenberg, Stewart 6 , Thompson, Vernekar. 

Associate Professors (Visiting or Part-time): 

Miller, Ogilvie. 

Assistant Professors: Ellingson. Johnson 7 . 

Assistant Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): 

Cheung, McClure, Overcamp. 

Research Associates: Caponi, Cobble. 

Conrad, Foster, Schemm, vanBeijeren. 

Visiting Lecturers: Aiken, Bonner, Gerrity, 

Gruber, Witting. 

Professors Emeritus: Burgers. Elsasser. 

Martin. 

Instructors: Li. 

'Joint with University of Maryland Baltimore County 

! Joint with History 

3 Joint with Electrical Engineering 

'Joint with Physics 

'Joint with Civil Engineering 

6 Joint with Computer Science 

'Joint with Economics 

The faculty of the Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics direct 
their primary attention to fields of 
multidisciplinary and applied science which 
afford challenging opportunities for 
classroom instruction and for thesis 
research. With the exception of 
meteorology." in which the Institute offers a 
full graduate program to the Ph.D. level, the 
course offerings and thesis research 
guidance of Institute faculty are conducted 
either through the graduate program in 
applied mathematics or under the auspices 
of other departments. Students interested in 
studying or working with Institute faculty 
should direct inquiries to the Director. 
IFDAM. College Park. Maryland 20742. 

The areas of interest in the Institute are 
constantly evolving and include both 
experimental and theoretical work. Current 
topics of interest include fluid dynamics, 
physical oceanography, glaciology, 
atmospheric circulation, physics, of the 
upper atmosphere and magnetosphere. a 
wide variety of problems in plasma physics, 
atomic physics, various aspects of space and 
planetary science, atmospheric pollution, 
statistical mechanics of physical and living 
systems, history of science, theoretical and 
applied numerical analysis, control theory, 
epidemiology and biomathematics. the 



analysis of a number of current problems of 
societal interest such as public health, plus 
many diverse efforts in basic mathematics. 
The Meteorology Program features a number 
of research areas including climatology, air 
pollution, tropical behavior, optical 
properties of the atmosphere, 
micro-meteorology and fluid properties of 
the atmosphere. 

The Institute also hosts a wide variety of 
seminars in the various fields of its interest. 
Principal among these are the general 
seminars in plasma physics, meteorology, 
applied mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in 
atomic and molecular physics. Information 
about these can be obtained by writing the 
Director or by calling (301) 454-2636 

Financial support for highly qualified 
graduate students is available through 
research assistantships funded by grants 
and contracts, and through teaching 
assistantships in related academic 
departments 
'See the separate listing for the Meteorology Program 

Mathematics 

Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber. 
Professors: Adams. Antman. Auslander, 
Benedetto. Bernstein, Brace. Chu. Correl. 
Doughs. Edmundson,' Ehrlich. Goldberg, 
Goldstein, Good, Gary, Greenberg, Gulick. 
Hems, Horvath. Hummel. Jackson. Kirwan, 
Kleppner, Kubota, Lehner. Lipsman, 
Lopez-Escobar. Maltese. Mikulski. Pearl. 
Reinhart, Rheinboldt," Stellmacher, Strauss. 
Syski. Vesentini. Zaleman. Zedek. 
Associate Professors: Alexander. Anderson. 
Berg, Cook, Cooper, Dancis, Ellis, Fey,"' 
Green. Helzer. Henkelman." Johnson. Lay, 
Markley, Neri. Osborn, Owings. Sather. 
Schafer, Schneider, Stewart, Sweet. 
Warner. Wolfe, Yang. 

Assistant Professors: Berenstein, Kueker, 
Lee, Currier. Davidson. "Halperin, W. Hill, 
Liu. Mucci. Nagarsenker, Nachman, Niebur, 
Schmidt, Shepherd, Smith, Winkelnkemper. 
Instructors: Brown, Chernick. Hildenbrand. 
Kilbourn. Lepson, McClay. Meyers. Steely. 
Wagner 

Administrative Assistant Sorensen. 
Faculty Research Assistants: R. Hill. Dnbm 

•Joint Appointment Computer Science Center 

"Joint Appointment Department of Secondary Education 

The program in mathematics leading to the 
degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Mathematics offers students training in 
mathematics and statistics in preparation for 
graduate work, teaching and positions in 
government or industry 

A student intending to major in 
mathematics should complete the 
introductory sequence MATH 140. 141, 240. 
241 or the corresponding honors sequence 
MATH 1 50. 1 51 . 250, 251 and should have an 
average grade of at least B in these courses. 

A mathematics major is required to 
complete with at least a grade of C MATH 
410. 411 and either 403 one of MATH 240. 
400. 405 474 A total of eight upper division 
MATH STAT courses (24 credits) with a grade 
of at least C is required 

The requirements are detailed in a 
departmental brochure which is available 
through the Undergraduate Mathematics 
Office Appropriate courses taken at other 
universities or through University College 
may be used to fulfill these requirements, but 



96 Divisions, Departments 



at least tour of the eight required upper 
division MATH STAT courses must be taken 
in the Department ot Mathematics. 

In addition to the above, a mathematics 
major must include at least 10 credit hours ot 
science supporting course work with a grade 
average of at least C" A list of approved 
science sequences may be obtained from the 
Mathematics Undergraduate Office. 
Within the Department of Mathematics there 
are a number of identifiable areas which a 
student can pursue to suit his/her own goals 
and interests. They are briefly described 
below. Note that they do overlap and that a 
student need not confine himself/herself to 
one of them 

1. Pure Mathematics: the courses which 
clearly belong in this area are: Math 402, 403, 
404. 405. 406, 410. 411, 413. 414, 415, 416. 
417, 430. 431, 432. 433. 436. 444. 446, 447, 
450. Students preparing for graduate school 
in mathematics should include Math 403, 404 
or 405. 410. 41 1 , 413 (or 660), and 432 (or 
730) in their programs. Other courses from 
the above list and graduate courses are also 
appropriate. 

2. Secondary teaching: the following 
courses are particularly suited for students 
preparing to teach mathematics at the 
secondary level: Math 402,406,430,431,444, 
450. Stat 400. and EDSE 372. (EDSE 372 is 
acceptable as one of the eight upper level 
math courses required for a mathematics 
major.) In addition. EDHD 300. EDSF 301, 
EDSE 350, and 330 are necessary to teach. 
Immediately after completing at least 42 
credits, you must apply for and be admitted 
to teacher education. 

3. Statistics: For a student with a B.A. 
seeking work requiring some statistical 
background, the minimal program is Stat 
400-401. To work primarily as a statistician, 
one should combine Stat 400-401 with at 
least one more statistics course, most 
suitably Stat 450. A stronger sequence is Stat 
410. 420, 450. This offers a better 
understanding and wider knowledge of 
statistics and is a general purpose program 
(i.e. does not specify one area of 
applications). For economics applications 
Stat 400, 401 , 450, 477 should be considered. 
For operations research Stat 477 and/or 411 
should be added or perhaps substituted for 
Stat 450. To prepare for graduate work, Stat 
410 and 420 give the best background, with 
Stat 41 1 . 421 . 450 and 477 added at some 
later stage. 

4. Computational mathematics: there are a 
number of math courses which emphasize 
the computational aspects of mathematics 
including the use of the computer. They are 
Math 460, 470, 472. 474, 475, and 477. 
Students interested in this area should take 
CMSC 110 as early as possible, and CMSC 
210, 420, 440 are also suggested. 

5. Applied mathematics: the courses which 
lead most rapidly to applications are the 
courses listed above in 3 and 4 and Math 401 , 
414, 415, 463, 464. A student interested in 
applied mathematics should obtain, in 
addition to a solid training in mathematics, a 
good knowledge of at least one area in which 
mathematics is currently being applied. 
Concentration in this area is good 
preparation for employment in government 
and industry or for graduate study in applied 
mathematics. 



Language. Since most of the non-English 
mathematical literature is written in French, 
German or Russian, students intending to 
continue studying mathematics in graduate 
school should obtain a reading knowledge of 
at least one of these languages. 

Honors in Mathematics. The Mathematics 
Honors Program is designed for students 
showing exceptional ability and interest in 
mathematics Its aim is to give a student the 
best possible mathematical education. 
Participants are selected by the 
Departmental Honors Committee during the 
first semester of their junior year. To 
graduate with honors in mathematics they 
must take four credits of MATH 398 and pass 
a final written and oral comprehensive 
examination. A graduate course of three 
credits of independent study may be 
substituted for two credits of MATH 398. The 
rest of the program is flexible. Independent 
work is encouraged and can be done in place 
of formal course work. A student need not 
major in mathematics to participate in the 
honors program. 

The Mathematics Department also offers a 
special Mathematics Departmental honors 
calculus sequence (MATH 150,151.250,251) 
for promising freshmen with a strong 
mathematical background (usually including 
calculus). Enrollment in the sequence is 
normally by invitation but any interested 
student may apply to the Mathematical 
Department Honors Committee for 
admission. 

Participants in the General Honors 
Program may enroll in special honors 
sections of the regular calculus sequence 
(MATH 140H, 141H, 240H. 241H). They may 
enroll in the honors calculus sequence if 
invited by the Mathematics Departmental 
Honors Committee. However, the 
Mathematics Departmental Honors calculus 
sequence and the General Honors Program 
are distinct, and enrollment in one does not 
imply acceptance in the other. 

Neither honors calculus sequence is 
prerequisite for participating in the 
Mathematics Honors Program, and students 
in these sequences need not be mathematics 
majors. 

Pi Mu Epsilon. The local capter of Pi Mu 
Epsilon, national honorary mathematics 
fraternity, meets frequently to discuss 
mathematical or educational topics of 
interest to undergraduates. The programs 
are open to the public. 

Placement in Mathematics Courses. The 

department has a large offering to 
accommodate a great variety of 
backgrounds, interests and abilities. The 
department permits a student to take any 
course for which he or she has the 
appropriate background regardless of formal 
course work. For example, a student with a 
high school calculus course may be 
permitted to begin in the middle of the 
calculus sequence even if he or she does not 
have advanced standing. Students may 
obtain undergraduate credit for mathematics 
courses in any of the following ways: passing 
the appropriate CEEB Advanced Placement 
examination, passing standardized CLEP 
examinations, and through the department's 
Credit-by-Examination. Students are urged 
to consult with advisors from the 



Mathematics Department to assist with 
proper placements 

Statistics and Probability. Courses in 
statistics and probability are offered by the 
Department of Mathematics. These courses 
are open to non-majors as well as majors, 
and carry credit in Mathematics Students 
wishing to concentrate in statistics may do 
so by choosing an appropriate program 
under the Department of Mathematics. 

Course Code Prelixes— MATH. STAT 

Measurement and Statistics 

Professor and Department Chairman: 

Giblette 

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard. 

Associate Professors: Johnson, Schafer, 

Sedlacek. 

Assistant Professors: Rogers, Macready. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and 
Graduates 

Programs available in the Department of 
Measurement and Statistics lead to the 
Master of Arts degree (thesis or non-thesis 
option) and to the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. In addition to the general master's 
degree, three specialist programs are 
available: evaluation specialist, statistical 
analysis specialist, and measurement 
specialist. Potential job placements include: 
evaluators of various projects in curriculum 
offices in state or county school systems; 
federal projects; government statistical 
positions, private research organizations; 
testing specialists in government, state and 
local school systems, and private test 
construction organizations. The doctoral 
program is intended to produce persons 
qualified to: teach at the college level in the 
field of educational measurement and 
research methodology; conduct research 
studies in the field of education; advise in the 
conduct of research studies; and administer 
programs in the above areas. 

Persons interested in majoring in the 
Department must display above average 
aptitude and interest in quantitative methods 
as applied in the behavioral sciences. 

Course Code Prefix— EDMS 

Meteorology Program 

Professor and Director: Landsberg. 

Professor: Falter. 

Visiting Professor: Fritz. 

Associate Professors: Israel*, Rodenhuis, 

Thompson, Vernekar. 

Assistant Professor: Ellingson. 

Instructor: Li. 

Visiting Lecturers: Bonner, Aiken, Gruber. 

•Joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

The program in Meteorology, part of the 
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics, offers a number of courses of 
interest to undergraduate students. These 
courses provide an excellent undergraduate 
background for those students who wish to 
do graduate work in the fields of 
atmospheric and oceanic science, 
meteorology, air pollution, and other 
environmental sciences. The 
interdisciplinary nature of studies in 
meteorology and physical oceanography 
assures that all science oriented students 
will gain a broadened view of physical 



Divisions, Departments / 97 



science as a whole, as well as the manner in 
which the sciences may be applied to 
understand the behavior of our environment. 

Undergraduate students interested in 
pursuing a bachelors degree program 
preparatory to further study or work in 
meteorology are urged to consider the 
Physical Science Program, in which they can 
specialize in meteorology. It is important that 
students who anticipate this specialization 
should consult the Physical Sciences 
Program advisor representing the 
Meteorology Program as early as possible in 
their studies. 

Because of its interdisciplinary nature, the 
study of the atmosphere requires a firm 
background in the basic sciences and 
mathematics. To be suitably prepared for 400 
level courses in meteorology, the student 
should have the following background: 
Either the physics major series PHYS. 
191-296 or the series PHYS. 161, 262, 263; 
the mathematics series MATH. 140, 141, 240, 
241 and either the series CHEM 103, 104 or 
CHEM 105. 106. In addition, natural science 
background courses in astronomy (such as 
ASTR 181, 182. or 350), geology (such as 
GEOL 445, 446) and METO 301 are highly 
recommended. 

Electives in meteorology are: 

METO 301 — Atmospheric Environment . . . (3) 

METO 410— Descriptive and 

Synoptic Meteorology I (3) 

METO 411 — Descriptive and 

Synoptic Meteorology II (3) 

METO 412 — Physics and Thermodynamics 

of the Atmosphere (3) 

METO 413 — Atmospheric Processes on 

Atomic and Molecular Scale . 
METO 420— Physical and Dynamical 

Oceanography (3) 

METO 422— Oceanic Waves, Tides and 

Turbulence (3) 

METO 441 — Weather Map Discussion and 

Practice Forecasting I (1) 

METO 442 — Weather Map Discussion and 

Practice Forecasting II (1) 

METO 434— Air Pollution (3) 

Students who may be preparing for 
graduate education in meteorology are 
strongly advised to pursue further course 
work from among the areas of physics, 
mathematics, chemistry, computer science 
and statistics to supplement course work in 
meteorology. 



Molecular Physics 

Professor and Acting Director: Benesch. 
Professors: Benedict, DeRocco, Ginter, 
Sengers, Zwanzig.' 
Associate Professors: Krisher. 
Visiting Associate Professor: Tilford. 
Assistant Professor: Gammon. 

The Institute for Molecular Physics serves as 
an ideal place to bring together physicists, 
chemists, engineers, atmospheric scientists, 
etc. to work on problems of mutual interest 
to the advantage of both. The graduate 
degree program in Chemical Physics is 
administered jointly by the Institute and the 
Chemistry and Physics Departments. 

The current research activities include 
theoretical and experimental studies in the 
broad fields of intermolecular forces 
(equation of state of liquids and gases, 
critical phenomena, transport phenomena in 
gases and plasmas, molecular collisions and 



scattering processes, biological systems), 
molecular structure (spectroscopy from the 
microwave to the vacuum ultraviolet, upper 
atmospheric and auroral phenomena, 
planetary atmospheres, potential energy 
curves, molecular quantum mechanics), 
chemical and physical kinetics, laser studies, 
statistical mechanics and b ; ophysics. 

This broad range of interests reflects the 
interdisicplinary nature of both the Institute 
for Molecular Physics and the Chemical 
Physics program All of the faculty members 
at the Institute are working in scientific areas 
which did not exist ten years ago. 
Accordingly, the students who are drawn to 
the Institute for training and research tend to 
be those who are interested in problems 
which lie somewhat outside the more 
conventional disciplines. The programs are 
quite flexible with regard to content and 
pace, and research groups often combine 
faculty and post-doctoral, graduate, and 
undergraduate students. 

'Joint with Fluid Dynamics 

Physical Sciences Program 

Chairman: Smith. 

Astronomy: Matthews, Chemistry: Jaquith. 
Computer Science: Vandergraft, Geology: 
Stifel. Mathematics: Schneider, 
Meteorology: Thompson, Physics: deSilva, 
S. Zorn. 

Purpose. This program is suggested for 
many types of students: those whose 
interests cover a wide range of the physical 
sciences; those whose interests have not yet 
centered on any one science; students 
interested in a career in an interdisciplinary 
area within the physical sciences; students 
who seek a broader undergraduate program 
than is possible in one of the traditional 
physical sciences; preprofessional students 
(prelaw, premedical); or students whose 
interests in business, technical writing, 
advertising or sales require a broad technical 
background. This program can also be 
useful for those planning science-oriented or 
technical work in the urban field; some of the 
Urban Studies courses should be taken as 
electives. Students contemplating this 
program as a basis for preparation for 
secondary school science teaching are 
advised to consult the Science Teaching 
Center staff of the College of Education for 
additional requirements for teacher 
certification. 

The Physical Sciences Program consists of 
a basic set of courses in physics, chemistry 
and mathematics, followed by a variety of 
courses chosen from these and related 
disciplines: astronomy, geology, 
meteorology and computer science. 
Emphasis is placed on a broad program as 
contrasted with a specialized one 

Students are advised by members of the 
Physical Sciences Committee. This 
committee is composed of faculty members 
from each of the represented disciplines and 
some student representatives. Assignment of 
advisor depends on the interest of the 
student, e.g., one interested principally in 
chemistry will be advised by the chemistry 
member of the committee Students whose 
interests are too general to classify in this 
manner will normally be advised by the 
chairman of the committee. 



The Curriculum. The basic courses include 
MATH 140. 141 and one other math course 
for which MATH 141 is a prerequisite (11 or 
12 credits); CHEM 103 and 104. or 105 and 
106 (8 credits); Physics 162. 262. 263 (11 
credits); or 141. 142 (8 credits); or 191. 192. 
293, 294, 195, 196. 295. 296 (18 credits); or 
221. 222 (10 credits); or Physics 121. 122 
followed by Physics 262 (12 credits) 

The choice of the physics sequence 
depends on the student's future aims and his 
background. PHYS 161. 262. 263 is the 
standard sequence recommended for most 
Physical Science majors This sequence will 
enable the student to continue with 
intermediate level and advanced courses. 
PHYS 141, 142 is available to students who 
wish a less extensive background in physics 
than is represented by Physics 161-263 or 
191-284. Students desiring a strong 
background in physics are urged to enroll in 
PHYS 191-294. This is the sequence also 
used by Physics majors and leads directly 
into the advanced physics courses. PHYS 
221, 222 is designed for Education majors, 
and therefore is suitable for students 
thinking in terms of a teaching career PHYS 
121, 122 plus 262 is offered as an option only 
for students who have already taken PHYS 
121, 122 and then decide to major in Physical 
Sciences. This sequence should not be 
selected by students already in or just 
starting the program. The rationale for 
requiring PHYS 262 to follow 121. 122 is to 
ensure that students have some physics with 
calculus (121. 122 do not have a calculus 
corequisite). 

Beyond these basic courses the student 
must complete 24 credits of which 12 must 
be at the 300 or 400 level, chosen from the 
following disciplines: Chemistry, physics, 
mathematics, astronomy, geology, 
meteorology, and computer science. 
Students presenting Physics 294 as part of 
their basic curriculum may include these 
four credits among these 24 credits. The 24 
credits must be so distributed that he or she 
has at least six credits in each of any three of 
the above listed disciplines The program 
requires an average grade of at least C 
average in courses counting toward the 
major, including both the basic plus the 
broader set of courses. 

Students who wish to depart from the 
stipulated curriculum may present their 
proposed program for approval by the 
Physical Science Committee. An honors 
program is available to qualified students in 
their senior year. 

Certain courses offered in these fields are 
not suitable for Physical Science majors and 
cannot count as part of the requirements of 
the program These include any courses 
corresponding to a lower level than the basic 
courses specified above (e.g. MATH 115). or 
any of the following: ASTR 100. 105. CHEM 
101, 102. 107. CMSC 100. 103. GEOL 120, 
431.432.460.489, MATH 105. 110. 111. 115. 
210. 211. 478. 481. 483. 484. PHYS 111. 112. 
114. 117. 400. 401 

Honors Program. The Physical Sciences 
honors program offers students the 
opportunity for research and independent 
study Interested students should request 
details from their advisor 



98 / Divisions, Departments 



Physics and Astronomy 

Protessor and Chairman: Laster. 
Professor and Director ol Astronomy 
Program: Kerr. 

Protessor and Associate Chairman: Falk. 
Protessors: Alley. Baneriee, Bhagat, Brill, 
Davidson. Day. Desina, Dorfman. Dragt. 
Enckson. Ferrell. Glasser. Glover, III, 
Greenberg. Griem, Griffin, Holmgren, 
Hornyak, Kerr. Kundu. Liu. MacDonald, 
Marion, Misner. Myers, Oneda, Park. Pati, 
Prange. Pugh, Reiser, Snow, Sucher, 
Tnvelpiece, Wall, Weber, Wentzel, 
Westerhout. Woo, Yodh, G.T. Zorn. 
Protessors (Part-time): Brandt, Fowler. 
Friedman, Hayward, McDonald, Oplk. Rado, 
Slawsky 

Associate Protessors: A'Hearn, Anderson. 
Bardasis, Beall, Bell. C.Y. Chang, Currie, 
Earl, Fivel. Gllck, Gloeckler, Goldenbaum, 
Harrington, Kacser, H. Kim, Y.S. Kim, 
Korenman, Matthews, Minkiewicz, Redish, 
Richad. Roos, Rose, Roush. Smith,, P. 
Steinberg, Zipoy, B.S. Zorn, Zuckerman. 
Associate Professors (Part-time): Bennett, 
Dixon, Hammer, Pechacek, Trimble. 
Assistant Protessors: Bagchi. Barnett, Boyd, 
Brayshaw, C.C. Chang, R.F. Chang, Chant, 
Chen, Connors. Drew, Ellsworth. Glosser, 
Goldberg, Gowdy, Guillory, Hill, Layman, 
Martin, McClellan, O'Gallagher, Simonson, 
R. Steinberg, Wallace. 
Assistant Professors (Part-time): Goldberg, 
Khoury, Larson 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Bahl, Cacak, 
Clavelli, Dworzecka, Einstein, Ng. 

The Physics program includes a broad range 
of undergraduate courses designed to satisfy 
the needs of almost every student, from the 
advanced physics major to the person taking 
a single introductory physics course. In 
addition, there are various opportunities for 
personally directed studies between student 
and professor, and many undergraduate 
"research" opportunities also are available. 
For further information consult "Department 
Requirements for a B.S. degree in Physics," 
available from the Department. 

Courses For Non-Majors. The department 
offers several courses which are intended for 
students other than physics majors. PHYS 
101, 102, 106, 111 and 112 without a 
laboratory and PHYS 114, 117 and 120 with 
laboratory are designed to satisfy the 
General University distribution requirements. 
PHYS 121, 122, or 141, 142 satisfy the 
requirements for professional schools such 
as medical and dental, and PHYS 161, 262, 
263 satisfy the introductory physics 
requirement for most engineering programs. 
PHYS 299A provides background for PHYS 
121. PHYS 318 is a one semester course 
stressing contemporary topics for those who 
have completed a year of one of the above 
sequences. In addition, PHYS 420 is a one 
semester modern physics course for 
advanced students in science or 
engineering. Either the course sequence 
161, 262, 263, or the full sequence 191, 192, 
293. 294 is suitable for mathematics students 
and those who major in other physical 
sciences. 

The Physics Major. The way most physics 
majors will begin their work is with a 
two-year basic sequence of physics courses, 



PHYS 191A or B. 192. 283. 293. 284 or 294. 
accompanied by the laboratory courses 
PHYS 1 95, 1 96 and 285. 286 or 295, 296 in the 
second year. Transfer students who come 
with a different set of introductory courses 
either will be put into an appropriate course 
in this sequence or will take bridging 
courses, such as PHYS 404, 405. and then go 
on to advanced courses, usually they will not 
repeat work previously done by taking the 
entire basic sequence. 

The minimum requirement for a physics 
major is 38 semester hours of work in 
physics, including four laboratory courses 
and PHYS 410, 411,421 and 422, plus MATH 
140. 141.240.241 (or 150. 151. 250) and one 
additional 3 or 4 credit mathematics course. 
Students must have an overall average of at 
least 2 (C) in the required physics and 
required supporting mathematics courses. 
After taking the basic sequence, the student 
will have some flexioihty in his program, and 
he or she will be able to take specialty 
courses, such as those in nuclear physics or 
solid-state physics, which are of particular 
interest to him or ner. In addition, a student 
interested in doing research may choose to 
do a bachelor's thesis under the direction of 
a member of the faculty. 

Honors in Physics. The Honors Program 
offers to students of good ability and strong 
interest in physics a greater flexibility in their 
academic programs, and a stimulating 
atmosphere through contacts with other 
good students and with individual faculty 
members. There are opportunities for 
part-time research participation which may 
develop into full-time summer projects. An 
honors seminar is offered for advanced 
students; credit may be given for 
independent work or study, and certain 
graduate courses are open for credit toward 
the bachelor's degree. 

Students are accepted by the department's 
Honors Committee on the basis of 
recommendations from their advisors and 
other faculty members, usually in the second 
semester of their junior year. A final written 
or oral comprehensive examination in the 
senior year is optional, but those who pass 
the examination will graduate "with honors 
in physics." 

Course Code Prefix— PHYS 

Other Programs 

Air Force Aerospace Studies 
Program 

The Air Force ROTC program provides 
preprofessional education for future Air 
Force commissioned officers. Courses are 
offered as electives, and enable college men 
and women to earn a commission in the 
United States Air Force while completing 
their University degree requirements. 

Two Programs Offered 

Four-Year Program. The Four- Year Program 
is subdivided into two separate programs. 
The General Military Course (GMC) is 
normally for freshmen and sophomores. 
Those who successfully complete the GMC 
may apply for the Professional Officer 
Course (POO which is the final two years of 
AFROTC. Progression into the POC is not 
automatic but is limited to selected students 
only. Students in the four-year program must 



attend four weeks of field training at a 
designated Air Force base during the 
summer after completing the sophomore 
year of college To enter the AFROTC 
program, one should inform his advisor and 
register for classes in the same manner as for 
other courses. 

Two-Year Program. The Professional Officer 
Course (POC) is normally offered in the 
junior and senior years, but may be taken by 
graduate students otherwise qualified. This 
program is especially attractive for those 
unable to take the four-year program, 
particularly transfer students. Evaluation of 
candidates is normally begun during the first 
semester of the sophomore year, since each 
student must meet physical and mental 
standards set by the Air Force. Interested 
students should contact the Chairman, Air 
Force Aerospace Studies Program as early in 
the sophomore year as possible. Students in 
the two-year program must attend six weeks 
of field training at a designated Air Force 
base during the summer preceding entry into 
the two-year academic program. The 
academic program for the last two years 
(POC) is identical with the final two years of 
the four-year program. Each student in the 
POC receives $100 per month. 

The Curriculum: 

General Military Course — freshman year, 
ARSC 100 and ARSC 101; sophomore year, 
ARSC 200 and ARSC 201 . The courses for the 
freshman and sophomore years are "U.S. 
Military Forces in the Contemporary World" 
and "Growth and Development of Aerospace 
Power" respectively. In the first two years, 
cadets attend academic classes once each 
week. In addition, they receive one hour of 
Leadership and Management Laboratory 
each week. 

Professional Officer Course — junior year, 
ARSC 300 and ARSC 301 ; senior year. ARSC 
302 and ARSC 303. The courses for the junior 
and senior years are "National Security 
Forces in Contemporary American Society" 
and "Air Force Leadership and 
Management" respectively. They require 
three class hours, plus one hour of 
Leadership and Management Laboratory per 
week. 

The AFROTC College Scholarship 
Program provides scholarships for selected 
cadets each year in the AFROTC program. 
Those selected receive money for tuition, 
laboratory expenses, incidental fees, and 
books for up to eight semesters. In addition, 
they receive non-taxable monthly allowance 
of $100. 

Students in the Two- Year and Four-Year 
program enrolled in the Professional Officer 
Course receive non-taxable monthly pay of 
$100 for the two-year period regardless of 
their scholarship status. Students also 
receive monetary compensation (plus 
quarters and subsistence) while attending 
either the four-week or the six-week Field 
Training Session. 

To be accepted into the Professional 
Officer Course the student must: complete 
the General Military Course and a four-week 
Field Training Session, or the six-week Field 
Training Session; pass the Air Force Officer 
Qualification Test; be physically qualified; 
enlist in the Air Force Reserve; be in good 
academic standing; meet age requirements; 



Divisions, Departments / 99 



and possess the necessary qualities of 
leadership and citizenship. Successful 
completion of the Professional Officer 
Course and a bachelor's degree are the 
prerequisites for a commission as a Second 
Lieutenant in the United States Air Force. 

Students who have prior military service or 
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine 
Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will be 
evaluated and allowed appropriate credit 
toward meeting the requirements for the 
General Military Course. Professional Officer 
Course (Advanced) credits are transferable. 

Attendance at Aerospace Studies classes 
is mandatory. Unexcused absences will 
reduce the term grade. Excessive absences 
and/or misconduct will be cause for 
dismissal. 

Seniors who qualify to become Air Force 
pilots receive a free 25-hour flight instruction 
program. Cadets are instructed by 
competent civilian instructors. 

Bachelor of General Studies 
Degree Program 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree 
program differs from other degree programs 
in that it is a degree program without a 
concentration in a specific discipline or 
department. It does not, however, depart 
from the high quality standards required of 
other degree programs. 

The BGS program permits the student to 
obtain an education in as broad a set of 
disciplines or thought patterns as are offered 
at the College Park Campus without 
requiring adherence to a previously defined 
curriculum with a departmental or divisional 
orientation. 

In the BGS program, the burden for 
motivation and direction is on the student. 
Good advice will guide, but institutional 
commands will not compel students in this 
program. 

Since the very concept of the BGS is 
predicated on a broad ranging educational 
objective and not on the more specific 
requirements of graduate school and 
professional employment, students who 
elect this program should specifically be 
aware that it is not designed to satisfy 
graduate school admission requirements or 
professional employment requirements. 

Additional information may be obtained 
from the Office of the Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies, Room 1115 
Undergraduate Library. 

Requirements 

To receive a Bachelor of General Studies 
degree, a student must satisfy the following 
requirements: 

1. A minimum of 120 credits must be 
accumulated with a grade point 
average of at least 2.0 in all courses. 

2. No more than 30 credits in any one 
department may be applied toward the 
required 120 credits. 

3. The courses taken must be distributed 
over at least three divisions with a 
maximum of 60 credits in any one 
division counted toward the required 
120 credits. 

4. At least 45 credits must be taken at the 
upper level (courses numbered 300 or 
higher); a 2.0 average must be 
obtained in all upper level courses. 



5 The student must be registered as only 
a Bachelor of General Studies major 
tor at least the last 30 credits 
immediately preceding the awarding of 
the degree. 

6. The student pursuing the BGS 

program shall be advised by a faculty 
member either appointed by or 
acceptable to the Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies. 

General Honors Program 

Director: Portz. 

The General Honors Program consists of 
about 650 students. Members of the Program 
are permitted to enroll in small, honors 
sections of basic courses in many 
departments and are given the opportunity of 
participating in special, upper-level General 
Honors seminars and independent study. 
Successful General Honors students are 
graduated with a citation in General Honors, 
and notation of this accomplishment is made 
upon their diplomas and transcripts. General 
Honors also involves an elaborate 
extra-curricular program. Student 
participation in decision-making in all 
aspects of General Honors is encouraged. 

Students from any Division or College on 
the College Park Campus are eligible to 
apply for admission to the Program. 
Admission to the General Honors Program is 
ordinarily made at the same time as 
admission to the University, although a 
special and separate application form is 
required for General Honors. 

Admission requirements are not fixed, but 
relative to the background, 
accomplishments, and motivation of the 
applicant. Very generally it may be said that 
students are selected on the basis of grades, 
rank in class, national test scores, and 
recommendations from high school teachers 
and counselors. In addition, however, 
subjective factors are taken into very serious 
consideration. 

Students customarily apply during their 
senior year in high school, but in-University 
students are also admitted during their 
careers at the University, and students 
transferring from other institutions are 
accepted into General Honors upon 
presentation of a distinguished record, 
especially if they come to Maryland from 
another Honors program. 

The College Park Campus also operates 25 
Departmental Honors Programs designed 
primarily for the majoring student. Most of 
these Programs begin in the junior year, 
although there are a few exceptions (Botany. 
English, History. Mathematics, and 
Psychology), and are administered by 
Committees at the Departmental level. For 
information, see the descriptions under the 
various departmental entries in this catalog, 
or contact the Honors Office, as below. 

The General Honors Program is 
administered by the Director and by the 
General Honors Committee which also acts 
as an advisory and regulatory body. For 
application forms, brochure, and 
information, write to Dr. John Portz. Director, 
Honors Office. University of Maryland. 
College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Course Code Prefix— HONR 



Pre-Professional Programs 

There are a number of programs developed 
to prepare the pre-professional student. 
These curricula, some rather general and 
others quite specific, are designed to give 
the student the best background to succeed 
in his advanced training, to fill 
undergraduate requirements of professional 
schools, and to fit in with the requirements 
established by the organizations associated 
with the respective professions. 

Pre-professional programs require that the 
student maintain a grade point average 
higher than the minimum for graduation The 
student may fulfill requirements by majoring 
in almost any discipline in some programs, 
provided the specific requirements of the 
pre-professional program are met. The 
successful completion of the 
pre-professional school does not guarantee 
admission to professional school. Each 
school has its own admissions requirements 
and criteria, generally based upon the grade 
point average in the undergraduate courses, 
the scores in aptitude tests (Medical College 
Admission Test. Law Admission Test, Dental 
Aptitude Test, etc.). a personal interview, and 
letters sent by the Evaluation Committee of 
the college. For the specific admissions 
requirements, the student is urged to study 
the catalog of the professional school of his 
choice. 

Although completion of the bachelor's 
degree is a normal prerequisite for 
admission for dental, law, and medical 
schools, three professional schools of the 
University of Maryland in 
Baltimore — Dentistry, Law, and 
Medicine — have arrangements whereby a 
student who meets requirements detailed 
below may be accepted for professional 
school after three years (90 academic hours). 
For the students to be eligible for the 

combined degree," the final thirty hours 
prior to entry into the Schools of Dentistry, 
Law, and Medicine must be taken in 
residence. After the successful completion of 
thirty hours of work in professional school. 
the student may be eligible for a bachelor's 
degree. 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 

The primary responsibility of the dental 
hygiene profession is to promote optimal 
oral health through the provision of 
preventive and educational services 
complementary to those within the purview 
of the dental profession 

In clinical office practice the dental 
hygienist's services are provided under the 
supervision of a dentist and are defined and 
governed by State dental practice acts. 
Although minor differences exist between 
state laws, in general, those services which 
constitute permissible dental hygiene 
practice include: obtaining the patient s 
medical and dental history, conducting a 
preliminary clinical oral examination of the 
teeth and surrounding tissues for diagnosis 
by the dentist; performing diagnostic 
procedures (x-rays, impressions for study 
casts, saliva tests, oral cytologic smears, 
etc.) for use by the dentist: providing a 
complete oral prophylaxis (removal of all 
hard and soft deposits and stains and 
polishing of natural and restored surfaces of 



100 / Divisions, Departments 



the teeth); applying topical medicaments and 
preventive agents; and assisting with office 
duties as assigned by the dentist The dental 
hygienist also assumes a major role in 
patient education and counseling and 
supervision of oral hygiene practices. 

Although the majority of dental hygienists 
are employed in dental offices, there are 
numerous opportunities and a growing need 
for those with baccalaureate and graduate 
degrees in dental hygiene education, 
community or public health, private and 
public institutions, commissioned service in 
the Armed Forces, research, and other 
special areas of practice. The dental 
hygienists activities in these areas are 
dependent in varying degrees upon dental 
knowledge and skills in providing clinical 
services. However, additional study beyond 
the basic dental hygiene curriculum is 
essential preparation for advanced 
professional career opportunities. 

Program Description. Dental hygiene offers 
only a four-year baccalaureate degree 
program. The curriculum includes two years 
of preprofessional courses, a third year of 
intensive dental and dental hygiene study 
with clinical application and a fourth year of 
advanced clinical practice and upper 
division electives in a recommended area of 
study, which will constitute a minor related 
to a specialized area of dental hygiene 
practice. The first two years of the 
preprofessional curriculum include 
humanities and social science requirements 
of the University of Maryland, dental hygiene 
education accreditation requirements and 
elective lower division courses. Completion 
of the preprofessional curriculum at the 
University of Maryland or another college or 
university will be required for eligibility to 
apply for enrollment in dental hygiene as a 
junior. 

Admissions and Applications Procedures 

High School Students. High school students 
who wish to enroll in the Pre-Dental Hygiene 
curriculum should request applications 
directly from the Admissions Office of the 
University of Maryland. College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Young women or men who wish to prepare 
for a baccalaureate degree program in dental 
hygiene should pursue an academic 
program in high school including the 
following recommended subjects: biology, 
chemistry, math, and physics. 

Pre-Dental Hygiene Students. Pre-Dental 
Hygiene students who have completed three 
semesters of the professional curriculum 
should request an application at the end of 
the third semester from the Department of 
Dental Hygiene. University of Maryland 
School of Dentistry. Baltimore. Md. 21201. 
Applications for the Baltimore campus 
should be received no later than March 1 
prior to the fall semester for which the 
student wishes to enroll. 

Only those students who have successfully 
completed the two year professional 
curriculum at the University of Maryland or 
another college or university will be eligible 
for admission to the department. Because 
enrollment must be extremely limited, 
registration in the preprofessional 
curriculum does not assure the student of 
acceptance in the dental hygiene program. 



All applicants will be required to submit 
Dental Hygiene Aptitude Test scores (DHAT 
information is available from the Department 
of Dental Hygiene), to appear for a personal 
interview at the discretion of the Dental 
Hygiene Committee on Admissions and have 
a physical examination A minimum of C 
average in the preprofessional curriculum 
will be required, and preference will be given 
to those students who have maintained high 
scholastic records 

Registered Dental Hygienists Registered 
dental hygienists who have completed a two 
year accredited dental hygiene program at 
another college or university, should apply to 
enroll in the pre-professional curriculum at 
one of the three University of Maryland 
campuses. Upon completion of general 
education, basic and social science, 
advanced dental hygiene courses and 
elective requirements at the University of 
Maryland, dental hygiene credits will be 
evaluated for transferability by the 
Department of Dental Hygiene and the 
Baltimore Campus Director of Admissions. 
Registered dental hygienists should write 
directly to the Department of Dental Hygiene 
for additional information. 

Further Information. Information about the 
professional curriculum or the transfer 
program for registered dental hygienists may 
be obtained from Room 203. Turner 
Laboratory, on the College Park Campus. 

Pre-Dental Hygiene Curriculum 

The first two years of the pre-professional 
curriculum are as follows: 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

English Composition 101 3 

Zoology (General) 1 00 4 

Chemistry 103 and 104 4 4 

Psychology 100 — General 3 

Sociology 100 — Introduction 3 

Humanities 9 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Total 14 16 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

Zoology 201 and 202 

Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

Microbiology 200 4 

Nutrition 200 3 

Social Science'" 3 3 

Humanities' 3 3 

Electives (lower division) 3 3 

Total 17 16 

'Humanities courses must be selected from at least three of 
the following areas: literature, history, philosophy, fine arts, 
speech, math or language. 

"Social Sciences must include General Psychology and 
Sociology with the remaining six credits selected from 
courses in: psychology, sociology, government and politics, 
economics, anthropology, or geography 

Although courses may be interchanged 
during the first two years, it is required that 
chemistry precede microbiology and 
nutrition to enable its application to these 
two subjects. It should be noted that Zoology 
101 is a prerequisite for Zoology 201. 202 
(Human Anatomy in Physiology) at the 
University of Maryland. 

Pre-Dentistry 

The pre-dental program is based upon the 
requirements and recommendations of the 
various dental schools, and the requirements 
for a baccalaureate degree from the College 



Park Campus, following either the four-year 
program or the combined Arts-Dentistry 
Program. The curriculum is designed to 
prepare the student for the Dental Aptitude 
Test, which is normally taken in the spring of 
the junior year 

The following program will satisfy the 
science requirements of most dental schools 
for either the three-year program (90 
academic hours) or the four-year program 
(120 academic hours). 

The suggested program is as follows: 

Hours 
General University Requirements 30 

Recommended for dental school 

Chemistry (general, inorganic and 

organic) 18 

CHEM 103.104,201.202,203,204 or 

CHEM 105. 106. 211. 212. 213. 214 

Zoology 16 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

ZOOL 246— Genetics 

ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate 

Morphology 

ZOOL 430— Vertebrate Embryology 
Mathematics 6-12 

Mathematics through calculus 

(MATH 141 or 221 is 

strongly recommended 

Physics 121. 122, or 141. 142 8 

Division Requirements variable 

Major and supporting 

course requirements variable 

Electives, to complete the 90 to 120 hours required 

Four-Year Program. No specific major is 
required for favorable consideration by a 
dental school admissions committee. By 
intelligent planning starting in his freshman 
or sophomore year, the student can meet the 
requirements for the B.S. or B.A. degree in 
most major programs and can include in his 
course work any courses specifically 
prescribed by dental schools of his choice. 
The student is urged to work closely with his 
pre-dental major advisors in this planning. 

Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. 
Students whose performance during the first 
two years is exceptional may seek admission 
to the University of Maryland Dental School 
at the end of their third year (90 academic 
hours). No undergraduate major is required 
for this program; the work of the first year in 
the School of Dentistry is considered as the 
major. Students in this program will select 
supporting courses from any one of the 
following combinations: 

Zoology — six hours on the 300-400 level. 

Microbiology — eight hours on the 300-400 
level. 

CHEM 321— plus three hours on the 
300-400 level in any natural science. 

CHEM 461. 462. 463. and 464. 

Nine hours on the 300-400 level in any one 
department of the arts, humanities or social 
sciences. 

Students accepted in the combined 
Art-Dentistry program may receive the B.S. 
degree (Arts-Dentistry) after satisfactory 
completion of the first year at the University 
of Maryland Dental School upon 
recommendation by the Dean of the Dental 
School and approval by the College Park 
Campus, the degree to be awarded in August 
following the first year of Dental School. 

Schedule: The pre-dental student usually 
includes in the first year schedule chemistry, 
mathematics and zoology, and English if 
needed. The second year should include the 
second year of chemistry and recommends 



Divisions, Departments / 101 



comparative vertebrate morphology (ZOOL 
290) and genetics (ZOOL 246) plus additional 
mathematics if needed. The third year should 
include physics (121, 122 or 141, 142). 
Recommended courses are embryology 
(ZOOL 430) or analytical chemistry At all 
times general university, divisional and 
department major requirements should be 
kept in mind. It is advisable for pre-dental 
students to design an individual program 
that shows strength in science-math and 
breadth in the social sciences and 
humanities. 

Pre-Forestry 

Pre-forestry students are advised in the 
Department of Horticulture. The State of 
Maryland has an agreement with the 
Southern Regional Education Board and 
North Carolina State University providing for 
five Maryland residents who have completed 
two year's study in pre-forestry and have 
been accepted by the School of Forest 
Resources at North Carolina State University. 
The State of Maryland will make payment 
toward the non-resident tuition for a period 
not to exceed two years (four semesters) in 
accordance with the funds appropriated in 
the State budget for this purpose. 

The Pre-Forestry Curriculum includes: 

Semester 
Hours 

ENGL 101, 291. or 292 or 293 6 

Enlish or Speech Elective 3 

BOTN 101.212 7 

CHEM 103. 104 8 

Economics 3 

HORT 171 3 

MATH 220.221 6 

PHYS 121, 122 8 

Social Sciences & Humanities 12 

ZOOL 101 4 

Other suggested courses include: 
AGRO 202, BOTN 211, ENTM 200. 

P re-Law 

Although some law schools will consider 
only applicants with a B.A. or B.S. degree, 
others will accept applicants who have 
successfully completed a three-year program 
of academic work Most law schools do not 
prescribe specific courses which a student 
must present for admission, but do require 
that the student follow one of the standard 
programs offered by the undergraduate 
college. Many law schools require that the 
applicant take the Law School Admissions 
Test, preferably in July or October of the 
academic year preceding his entry into 
professional school 

Four-Year Program. The student who plans 
to complete the requirements for the B.A. or 
B.S. degree before entering law school 
should select a major field of concentration 
The pre-law student often follows a Bachelor 
of Arts program with a major in American 
studies. English, history, economics, 
political science (government and politics), 
psychology, sociology, or speech: a few 
pre-law students follow a bachelor of science 
program. 

Three-Year Arts-Law Program. The student 
who plans to enter law school at the end of 
his third year should complete the General 
University Requirements. During his junior 
year he will complete the requirements for a 
"minor" (18 semester hours in one 
department. 6 hours being at the 300-400 



level). His program during the first three 
years should include all of the basic courses 
required for a degree (including the 18-hour 
"minor" course program) and all divisional 
and University requirements. The academic 
courses must total 90 hours, and must be 
passed with a minimum average of 2.0. To be 
acceptable to law schools, however students 
in virtually all cases must have a 
considerably higher average. 

Students with exceptional records who are 
accepted to the School of Law of the 
University of Maryland under the Arts-Law 
program may receive a B.A. degree 
(Arts-Law) after satisfactory completion of 
the first year of law school, upon 
recommendation by the Dean of the 
University of Maryland Law School and 
approval by the College Park Campus. The 
degree is awarded in August following the 
first year of law school (or after 30 credit 
hours are completed). 

Pre-Medical Technology 

The University of Maryland offers a 
baccalaureate degree program in Medical 
Technology to be completed in four 
academic years. Students who have been 
accepted into the Medical Technology 
Program study during the Senior year at the 
School of Medicine and the University of 
Maryland Hospital in Baltimore. The program 
fulfills requirements set forth by the National 
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS) and the Council on 
Medical Education of the American Medical 
Association (AMA). Upon successful 
completion of the program, graduates are 
eligible to take the Medical Technology 
national certification examination given by 
the Board of Registry of the American 
Society for Clinical Pathology (ASCP). 
Students will not receive a BS degree in 
Medical Technology from the University of 
Maryland unless they attend the senior year 
at the Baltimore campus. 

Pre-professional Curriculum 

Students must complete at least 90 semester 
hours of academic preparation, exclusive of 
Health and Physical Education, before 
beginning the Professional segment of the 
Medical Technology Program. A curriculum 
guide is included which will assist the 
student in planning the first three years of 
study which fulfills University of Maryland 
and National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Science requirements. 

Professional Curriculum 

Students are accepted into the Medical 
Technology Program on a competitive basis 
Successful completion of 90 semester hours 
does not guarantee admission to the 
professional segment of the program. 

The professional segment, of 12 months 
duration, is administered by the University of 
Maryland School of Medicine at the 
Baltimore Campus. Two classes are admitted 
each year (January and July). Full-time 
attendance is required during the senior 
year. The first six months of this year consist 
of lectures, didactic laboratories and 
simulated clinical laboratory instruction. The 
second half of the year involves rotation in 
each discipline of the clinical laboratories at 
the University of Maryland Hospital 



Application and Admission 

Applicants must meet all admission 
requirements of the University of Maryland. 
At least three years of college preparatory 
mathematics and science, including 
chemistry and physics, is strongly 
recommended. 

Applications to the Professional School 
will not be considered until the first semester 
of the Junior year. At that time, the applicant 
submits an undergraduate Professional 
Application for Admission All applications 
for admissions will be sent by the Director of 
Admissions, Howard Hall, Room 132. 660 W. 
Redwood Street. Baltimore. Maryland 21201 
Advancement to the Professional segment is 
determined by criteria set by the "Committee 
on Admissions". 

Applicants are required to take the ALLIED 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS ADMISSION TEST. 
For further information, see your counselor 
or write to P.O. Box 3540. Grand Central 
Station, New York, New York 10017. 

Medical Technology Program 
Requirements 

Credits 
CHEMISTRY (16-crediI minimum) 
CHEM 103. 104— College 

Chemistry I. II 4.4 

Additional 8 credits from the following courses 
CHEM 203. 204— College 

Chemistry IV 3 

and College 

Chemistry 

Laboratory IV 2 

CHEM 321— Quantitative 

Analysis 4 

or 
CHEM 461,463— 

Biochemistry I 3 

and Biochemistry 

Laboratory I 2 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE (16-credit minimum) 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

MICR 200 — General 

Microbiology 
Additional 8 credits from the following courses 
ZOOL 201.202— ANAT 

& PHYS 
ZOOL 246— Genetics 
ZOOL 290— Comparative 

Vertebrate 

Morphology 
ZOOL 411— Cellular 

Biology 
MICB 440— Pathogenic 

Microbiology 
MATHEMATICS (6 credits) 

MATH 110 or 115 3 

MATH 111 3 

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 
CHEM 261. 302. and 462: ZOOL 475 and 495. MICB 
450 and 460: PHYS 121 and 122. 
PSYC 200 

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 
AREA A— not required for medical technology 

students 
AREA B — 6-credits required 

Any 6 credits Irom courses listed under either of 
the two divisions Human and Community 
Resources: Behavioral and Social Sciences 
AREA C— 12-credits required 
SPCH 100 3 

An additional 9 credits Irom any of the courses 
listed in the Division of Arts and Humanities 
(Students will be required either to show 
proficiency in English composition — the Illinois 
Rhetoric Test — or to take ENGL 101. 
Introduction to Writing) 



102 / Divisions, Departments 



Pre-Medicine 

The pre-medical program is based upon the 
requirements and recommendations of 
American Medical schools, and the 
requirements lor a baccalaureate degree 
from the College Park Campus, following 
either the four year program or the combined 
Arts-Medicine program. The curriculum is 
designed to prepare the student for the 
Medical College Admission Test, which is 
normally taken in the spring of the junior 
year. 

The following program will satisfy the 
science requirements of most medical 
schools for either the three year program (90 
academic hours) or the four-year program 
(120 academic hours): 

Hours 
General University Requirements 30 

Medical School Requirements 
Chemistry (general, inorganic, and 
organic) 18 

CHEM 103. 104.201.202, 203. 204. or 
CHEM 105. 106. 211, 212. 213. 214 
Zoology 16 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 
ZOOL 246— Genetics 
ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate 

Morphology 
ZOOL 430— Vertebrate Embryology 

Mathematics 6-12 

Mathematics through calculus 
(MATH 141 or 221) is strongly 
recommended 

Physics 121. 122 or 141. 142 8 

Division requirements variable 

Major and supporting course 

requirements variable 

Electives. to complete the 90 to 120 hours required 

Four-Year Program, No specific major is 
required for favorable consideration by a 
medical school admissions committee. By 
intelligent planning starting in the freshman 
or sophomore year, the student can meet the 
above requirements as well as the 
requirements of most majors for the B.A. or 
B.S. degree. The student is urged to work 
closely with his pre-medical and major 
advisors in this planning. A student who 
enters the pre-medical program late in his 
college career may find an additional year of 
study necessary (either as a special student 
or as a regular undergraduate). 

Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. A 
student whose performance during the first 
two years is exceptional may seek admission 
to the University of Maryland Medical School 
at the end of the third year (90 academic 
hours). During his third year he will need to 
complete all the requirements listed above, 
with the exception of the major and regular 
supporting course program. Four additional 
hours on the 300-400 level in appropriate 
science courses will satisfy the supporting 
course requirements of the Arts-Medicine 
Program. 

Students accepted in the combined 
Arts-Medicine program may receive the B.S. 
degree (Arts-Medicine) after satisfactory 
completion of the first year at the University 
of Maryland School of Medicine (30 
academic hours), upon recommendation by 
the Dean of the School of Medicine and 
approval by the College Park Campus. The 
degree is awarded in August following the 
first year of medical school. 

Schedule. The pre-medical student usually 
includes in his first year schedule chemistry. 



mathematics and zoology, ana English if 
needed. The second year should include the 
second year of chemistry, and we 
recommend comparative vertebrate (ZOOL 
290), genetics (ZOOL 246) completion of 
mathematics through calculus and courses 
in the social sciences or humanities. The 
third year should include physics (121, 122 or 
141, 142) and recommends vertebrate 
embryology (ZOOL 430) and courses in the 
social sciences or humanities such as 
history, political science, psychology, and 
fine arts. Courses necessary to complete the 
divisional, major department and general 
university requirements should be 
considered at all times It is advisable for 
pre-medical students to design an individual 
program that shows strength in 
science-math and breadth in the social 
sciences and humanities 

Pre-Nursing 

The School of Nursing. The program in 
professional nursing leading to the 
baccalaureate degree in nursing, is available 
to qualified applicants without 
discrimination in regard to age, creed, ethnic 
origin, marital status, race, or sex. The 
School of Nursing is approved by the 
Maryland State Board of Examiners of 
Nurses and accredited by the National 
League for Nursing. 

Admission and Progression 

Students should enroll in the college 
preparatory program in high school. In 
addition to other academic subjects required 
for graduation, the following subjects are 
strongly recommended: Mathematics 
(College preparatory) (3 credits); Biology (1 
unit); and Chemistry (1 unit). Study in the 
subjects listed above provides a foundation 
for college pre-professional course 
requirements. 

Admission to the upper division program 
in the School of Nursing on the Baltimore 
campus is limited to the number of students 
that can be accomodated, and selection 
must be made from applicants who are 
judged to have the most potential for 
completing the professional program. 
Academic performance in preprofessional 
courses is an important factor. It is important 
that students who enroll in the freshman and 
sophomore years in preparing for nursing 
recognize that although every effort is made 
to continue to expand the enrollment of the 
professional program on the Baltimore 
campus, there is no way in which the student 
can be guaranteed admission to the 
professional program. 

Further information. Information about the 
lower division program may be obtained 
from Room 209, Turner Laboratory, on the 
College Park Campus. Upper division 
program information may be obtained from 
the preceding location or from the School of 
Nursing, 655 West Lombard Street, 
Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 

Pre-Nursing Requirements 

It is required that all students, including 
registered nurses, enrolled in or transferring 
to the program in nursing use the following 
guidelines for the freshman and sophomore 
years: 



Semester 
Hours 
English Composition 3 

Chemistry (including content in 

organic chemistry) 6-8 

Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 6-8 

Microbiology 3-4 

Social Sciences 12 

Humanities" 15 

Nutrition (recommendedl 3 

Electives 11-7 

Minimum requirements for Junior 
status 59-60 

Social Sciences include Sociology. Psychology, 

Political Science. Economics. Geography. 

Anthropology 

Humanities include Literature, History, Philosophy. 

Foreign Languages. Mathematics. Fine Arts 

'Courses must include at least one in sociology and one in 

psychology. 

"Course must be selected from at least three departments 

The specific courses taken by basic students 
on the College Park Campus are: 

Semester 
Hours 

Chemistry 103. 104 4. 4 

English 101 3 

Zoology 101 4 

Humanities (Literature, history, 

philosophy, fine arts. math. 

language)' 15 

Psychology 100 3 

Sociology 100 3 

Other social sciences (sociology, 

psychology, anthropology. 

government and politics 

economics, geography) 6 

Zoology 201 , 202 4.4 

Microbiology 200 4 

Nutrition 200 (recommended) 3 

Elective 2-3 

59-60 
'Courses must be selected trom at least three of the areas 
listed. 

Pre-Optometry 

Requirements for admission to schools and 
colleges of optometry vary, but in all schools 
emphasis is placed on mathematics, physics, 
chemistry, and biology. Most schools also 
require additional courses in such areas as 
English, psychology, social sciences, 
philosophy, foreign languages, and 
literature, A minimum of two years of 
pre-optometry studies is required for 
admission to accredited schools, but at 
present better than 50% of successful 
applicants hold a bachelor's or higher 
degree. Students who contemplate 
admission to optometry schools may major 
in any program that the University offers, but 
would be well-advised to write to the 
optometry schools of their choice for 
specific course requirements for admission. 
Students who seek further information 
should consult the pre-professional advisor 
in the Office of Undergraduate Studies. 

Pre-Pharmacy 

The purposes of the School of Pharmacy are 
to train students for the efficient, ethical 
practice of all branches of pharmacy: to 
instruct students in general scientific and 
cultural subjects so they can read critically, 
express themselves clearly and think 
logically as members of a profession and 
citizens of a democracy; and to guide 
students into productive scholarship and 



Divisions, Departments / 103 



research for the increase of knowledge and 
techniques in the healing arts of pharmacy. 

The Schoool of Pharmacy is accredited by 
the American Council on Pharmaceutical 
Education. The School holds membership in 
the American Association of Colleges of 
Pharmacy. 

Correspondence. All correspondence prior 
to entrance in the Preprofessional Program 
College Park should be addressed to the 
Director of Admissions, Univesity of 
Maryland. College Park. Md. 20742. 

All correspondence relative to entrance in 
the Professional Program should be 
addressed to the School of Pharmacy, 
University of Maryland, 636 W Lombard 
Street. Baltimore, Md. 21201. 

On the College Park Campus the 
Pharmacy student advisor's office is in the 
Turner Laboratory. Room 202 telephone 
number, 454-2540. 

Five-Year Program. A minimum of the five 
academic years of satisfactory college work 
is required for the completion of the present 
pharmacy curriculum of the University of 
Maryland. This five-year curriculum meets 
the minimum requirements established by 
the American Association of Colleges of 
Pharmacy and the American Council on 
Pharmaceutical Education. 

At the University of Maryland the five-year 
program consists of two years of 
preprofessional and a three-year pharmacy 
program. The preprofessional program is not 
available in Baltimore, but may be obtained 
at the College Park, Baltimore County 
(UMBC), or Eastern Shore (UMES) campuses 
of the University of Maryland or at any other 
accredited university or junior or senior 
college where appropriate courses are 
offered. 

Six-Year Program In 1975. a Doctor of 
Pharmacy degree program will also be 
offered. Applicants would be considered 
after the two year pre-pharmacy program 
and two years of the professional program in 
Baltimore. 

Interested secondary school students are 
invited to write to the Dean of the School of 
Pharmacy in Baltimore for a catalog 
concerning the School and for literature 
about the opportunities in the pharmacy 
profession. 

Recommended High School Preparation. 
The completion of an academic program 
containing the following courses is required 
for enrollment in the School of Pharmacy: 

Recommended Required 
Subjects Units Units 

English 4 4 

College Prepatory 

Mathematics — including algebra 

(1). plane geometry (1) 

and additional units 

in advanced algebra, 

solid geometry, 

trigonometry, or 

advanced mathematics 4 2 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry 

and Physics) 2 1 

History and Social Sciences 2 1 

Biological Sciences 1 

Foreign Lanuage — 

German or French 2 

Unspecified academic subjects 1 8 

Total 16 16 



Admission to the Professional Program at 
Baltimore. Only the three-year professional 
program is offered in Baltimore. 

Students of all races, colors and creeds are 
equally admissible. It is the objective of the 
University of Maryland Baltimore City 
campus to enroll students with diversified 
backgrounds in order to make the 
educational experience more meaningful for 
each student. 

From College Park Campus 
Students who have completed the 
prescribed preprofessional program at 
College Park with a scholastic average of not 
less than 2.25. and who are in good standing 
will be considered for advancement to the 
pharmacy program in Baltimore, subject to 
the decision of the Admissions Committee of 
the School of Pharmacy. Applicants should 
be aware that the 2.25 is a minimum average 
for consideration and that the average for all 
successful applicants has been 3 0. 

In the semester preceding enrollment in 
the Baltimore division of the School of 
Pharmacy, each student will be required to 
file an application with the Baltimore Office 
of Admissions and Registrations. 

Pre-Pharmacy Curriculum 

The preprofessional curriculum is designed 
to provide the student with those courses 
that satisfy the needs for a more liberal 
education as well as the scientific 
prerequisite courses for entrance into the 
professional program. 

First Year Credits 

Chemistry 103, 104 8 

Mathematics 115, 140 (Introductory 

and Elementary Analysis) 6-7 

Zoology 101 (or Biology) 4 

English 101 (Composition) 3 

Elective (Social Sciences) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

28 

Second Year 

Chemistry 201, 202, 203, 204 M0 

Physics 121, 122 (Fundamentals) 8 

Elective (Humanities) 6 

English 201 (Literature) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

Elective (Social Science) 3 

33 

'Minimum requirement tor organic chemistry is 8 credits. 

Pre-Physical Therapy 

The Department of Physical Therapy offers a 
four-year program divided into a 
preprofessional division and professional 
division. The preprofessional requirements 
may be completed on any of the University of 
Maryland campuses, or any regionally 
accredited University or College. The 
professional division courses are offered 
only on the Baltimore City campus. The 
physical therapy curriculum is approved by 
the Council of Medical Education of the 
American Medical Association in 
collaboration with the American Physical 
Therapy Assciation. 

The professional services of the physical 
therapist are offered to people who are 
disabled by illness or accident or were born 
with a handicap. Clinical practitioners are 
responsible for the evaluation of each 
patient's ability, disability and potential for 
recovery. The most common areas of 



disorder include neuromuscular, 
musculoskeletal, sensory motor, and related 
cardio-vascular and respiratory functions. 

On the basis of test findings a treatment 
program is planned and implemented within 
the referral of the licensed physician or 
dentist with whom the contact is maintained 
regarding patient care and progress. 
Treatment techniques include the 
therapeutic use of heat, cold, water, 
electricity, light, ultra-sound, massage, 
exercise and functional training Instruction 
is given to the patient, the family and others 
who might help during the treatment and 
convalescent period 

Most physical therapists are employed in 
hospital clinics, rehabilitation centers, 
private practice, schools for handicapped 
children and nursing homes. 

Advanced degree programs are available 
in a few universities and colleges across the 
country. A Master s and PhD degree enable 
physical therapists to hold positions in 
education, research, administration and as 
consultants. 

Admission Information 

High school students who are interested in 
physical therapy should enroll in the college 
preparatory program. The subjects 
specifically recommended for adequate 
background are biology, chemistry, physics 
and three units of mathematics. Completion 
of a year of high school public speaking will 
provide exemption from the college speech 
requirement. 

For an application for admission to the 
University of Maryland's College Park 
Campus, write to: Admissions Office, 
University of Maryland. College Park. 
Maryland 20742. 

Pre-Professional. Admission to the lower 
division is open to all students meeting the 
University requirements. Advisement is 
available in preparation for transfer to 
another campus or university. Admission to 
the Pre-Professional division at College Park 
does not guarantee admission to the 
Professional division at Baltimore. 

Professional. Admission to the upper 
division is limited to approximately 50 
students. Selection of applicants is based on 
academic achievement, and examination, 
and a personal interview 

Students are accepted into the junior class 
only in the fall semester 

Beginning October 1st of the year 
preceding enrollment in the Baltimore 
division, each student is required to file an 
application with the Baltimore Office of 
Admissions. 

Further Information. Information may be 
obtained on the College Park Campus in the 
Turner Laboratory. Room 203 

Information concerning the upper division 
may be obtained by contacting the 
Department of Physical Therapy. Allied 
Health Professions Building, 32 S Green 
Street, Baltimore, Md 21201 

Pre-Physical Therapy Requirements 
The minimum requirements for entry into the 
junior year of the professional program total 
60 credits 

•MATH 110. 111 6 

or MATH 220 or 
MATH 140 (3 credits 
plus 3 electives) 



104 / Divisions, Departments 



CHEM 103, 104 8 

PHYS 121. 122 8 

ZOOL 101 4 

One of the following 

courses ZOOL (102. 201. 

202. 209. 246. 290) 4 

SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 

(Atro-American Studies. 

Anthropology, Economics. 

Government and Politics. 

Urban Studies, Sociology. 

Geography) 

PSYCH 100 3 

PSYCH (one course above 

the intro. level) 3 

ENGL 101 3 

(Students with advanced credit 

or exemption may 

substitute a 3 credit 

elective) 
SPCH 100 3 

(Students with one year 

of high school speech 

may substitute a 3 

credit elective 
ARTS AND HUMANITIES 6 

(Courses chosen from: 

History. Literature. Foreign 

Language. Philosophy, 

Appreciation of. Art, 

Music. Drama, Dance) 

Electives 9 

"Selections may be made in any area with no more than 2 
credits of skills or activities courses accepted Introductory 
or review courses below the level required in Biology. 
Chemistry. Physics and Mathematics, MAY NOT be used as 
electives. 

Pre-Physical Therapy Curriculum 

The following are suggested electives with 
no order of preference: BTPT 001 — Physical 
Therapy Orientation (1 credit not towards a 
degree). Health Education, Recreation. 
Business Administration, Child Study and 
Development. Psychology. Computer 
Science. Biology or Zoology, Chemistry, 
Physical Education, and Special Education. 

Students who have completed the 
pre-professional course requirements (60 
credits) may use the following courses as 
additional credits towards a degree: PSYC 
200— Statistics, PHED 400 — Kinesiology, 
PHED 460 — Physiology of Exercise, and 
Biomedical Instrumentation offered by 
Electrical Engineering. 

Pre-Physical Curriculum 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall 

MATH 3 

CHEM 103 4 

ENGL 101 3 

PSYC 100 or SPCH 100 3 

Elective 1-3 

Total Semester Credit Load 14-16 

Spring 

MATH 3 

CHEM 104 4 

PSYC 100 or SPCH 100 3 

ZOOL 101 4 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 15-18 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall 

PHYS 121 4 

ARTS & HUMANITIES 3 

PSYC 3 

ZOOL 4 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 15-18 



Spring 

PHYS 122 4 

ARTS & HUMANITIES 3 

SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 14-17 

Pre-Radiologic Technology 

The University of Maryland Radiologic 
Technology Program is four years in 
duration, leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree and the prerequisites to take the 
Examination of the American Registry of 
Radiologic Technologists to become a 
Registered Technologist (ARRT). The initial 
two years are devoted to fulfilling the 
pre-professional requirements at the College 
Park Campus. (See pre-radiological 
requirements listed elsewhere in this 
catalog.) The junior year is completed at the 
University of Maryland Baltimore City 
campus. The senior year is conducted at the 
Baltimore City campus and either the 
College Park Campus or the University of 
Maryland campus at Baltimore (UMBC). 
Clinical practice (practicum at the University 
of Maryland Hospital) is obtained in both the 
junior and senior years and the summer 
between the junior and senior years. 

Admission of students to the Baltimore 
City campus is extremely selective. Students 
must closely adhere to the pre-professional 
requirements listed elsewhere in this 
catalog, and they must maintain a minimum 
cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or 
better to be considered for acceptance to the 
Baltimore campus. 

For additional information on the 
Radiologic Technology Program, write the 
Division of Radiologic Technology, Allied 
Health Professions Building, 32 S. Greene 
Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 

Pre-Radiologic Technology Requirements 

Students must contact an advisor, 
immediately, upon entering the 
pre-radiologic technology program. 
Information regarding advisors is available in 
Room 203 of Turner Laboratory on the 
College Park Campus. 

Students must complete 60 semester 
hours in academic subjects prior to being 
officially admitted to the junior year at the 
Baltimore City campus. Students should 
apply for admission to the junior year after 
completion of 45 semester hours. The 
following courses must be closely adhered to 
by the student in planning curriculum that 
will be recognized by the University of 
Maryland for graduation, and by the 
American Registry of Radiologic 
Technologists for national certification. 

A student who is already registered with 
the American Registry of Radiologic 
Technologists must also comply with the 
following admission requirements. 



English 101 

English Rquirement 

Speech Requirement 

Physics 121-122 

Chemistry 103-104 

Biology or Zoology 

Math 115 or 110 (115 preferred) 

Psychology Requirement 

Sociology Requirement 

Fine Arts or 



Philosophy Requirement 3 

Electives Required 12 

Total 60 

Pre-Theology 

The College of Agriculture cooperates with 
the officers of any theological seminary who 
desire to urge prospective students to 
pursue courses in agriculture as a 
preparation for the rural ministry. Such 
pre-theological students may enroll for a 
semester or more or for the usual four-year 
program of the College. In either case they 
should enroll as members of the general 
curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 
Students desiring to pursue a 
pre-theological program in the College of 
Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
should consult with the president or 
admissions officer of the theological 
seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre-Veterinary Medicine 

The pre-veterinary medicine program is 
based upon the requirements established by 
the Colleges of Veterinary Medicine where 
students who are residents of Maryland may 
be offered admission. 

There is no College of Veterinary Medicine 
in Maryland. However, the State of Maryland 
participates under an agreement with the 
Southern Regional Education Board for the 
education of Maryland residents in veterinary 
medicine. Up to twelve spaces a year in the 
College of Veterinary Medicine at the 
University of Georgia, and up to six places in 
the four years at Tuskegee Institute are 
reserved for qualified Maryland residents 
who may be offered admission by the 
respective institutions. 

The University of Maryland also has an 
agreement with The Ohio State University 
under which a maximum of six Maryland 
residents may be offered admission each 
year by the College of Veterinary Medicine at 
Ohio State University. 

The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine at the 
University of Georgia, The Ohio State 
University and Tuskegee Institute have the 
final and exclusive authority on all matters 
related to admission. 

It is not possible for Colleges of Veterinary 
Medicine to admit all eligible applicants. 
Therefore, pre-professional students are 
urged to consider alternate objectives in a 
program leading to the B.S. degree. 

Undergraduate students who have 
completed three years in the pre-veterinary 
program in the Univesity of Maryland College 
of Agriculture and have not been admitted to 
a college of veterinary medicine may transfer 
to one of the curriculums at the University of 
Maryland in order to complete the B.S. 
degree. 

No specific major is required for favorable 
consideration by a veterinary school 
admissions committee. 

The course requirements listed represent 
the minimum requirements for admission to 
the Colleges of Veterinary Medicine, 
University of Georgia, Tuskegee Institute and 
Ohio State. 

Chemistry 16 

Physics 8 

Mathematics 3 

Biology (including genetics) 10 



Divisions, Departments / 105 



English 6-8 

Humanities and Social Studies 14 

Electives* 10 

'Students are encouraged to elect courses in Animal 
Science, Biochemistry, Comparative Anatomy, 
Microbiology and Physiology- 
Combined Degree Curriculum — College of 
Agriculture and Veterinary Medicine. 
Students enrolled in the College of 
Agriculture who have completed at least 90 
hours, including all University, Division and 
College requirements, plus additional credits 
in Animal Science, may qualify for the B.S. 
degree from the University of Maryland, 
College of Agriculture, upon successful 
completion in a College of Veterinary 
Medicine of at least 30 semester hours. 

Combined Degree Requirements 

General University Requirements 30 

ANSC 221— Fundamentals of 

Animal Reproduction 3 

ANSC 211— Anatomy of 

Domestic Animals 4 

ANSC 212— Applied Animal 

Physiology 4 

BOTN 101 — General Botany' 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

Mathematics (must include at least 3 credits 

of Calculus)* 6 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry 

Laboratory III 2 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry 

Laboratory IV 2 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of 

Physics I 4 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of 

Physics II 4 

Electives 9 

'Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

Additional information about this program 
may be obtained from the Department of 
Veterinary Science. 



106 / Divisions, Departments 



Course Offerings (Alphabetical, by Course Code Prefix) 



Afro-American Studies 

AASP 100 Introduction to Afro-American 
Studies. (3) A survey of significant aspects of 
black literature, music and art. This 
interdisciplinary course examines the 
African cultural and historical backgrounds 
and traces the development of black culture 
in Africa, the United States and the Caribbean 
from the fifteenth century to contemporary 
times. Emphasis is placed upon the social, 
political and economic changes in black life 
that have influenced the ideas of black artists 
and spokesmen. 

AASP 101 Elementary Swahili. (3) An 
introductory course in the Swahili language. 
Study of linguistic structure and 
development of audiolingual ability. Three 
recitations and one laboratory hour per 
week. 

AASP 102 Intermediate Swahili. (3) Three 
recitations and one laboratory per week. 
Further study of linguistic structure and 
development of audiolingual and writing 
ability, and introduction to the reading of 
literary texts. 

AASP 112 Advanced Swahili. (3) For 
students who wish to develop fluency and 
confidence in the speaking, reading and 
writing of Swahili language. Discussions in 
Swahili. 

AASP 200 African Civilization. (3) A survey of 
African civilizations from 4500 B.C. to 
present. Analysis of traditional social 
systems. Discussion of the impact of 
Eu ropean colonization on these civilizations. 
Analysis of the influence of traditional 
African social systems on modern African 
institutions as well as discussion of 
contemporary processes of Africanization. 
AASP 202 Black Culture in the United 
States. (3) The course examines important 
aspects of American Negro life and thought 
which are reflected in Afro-American 
literature, drama, music and art. Beginning 
with the cultural heritage of slavery, the 
course surveys the changing modes of black 
creative expression from the 
nineteenth-century to the present. 
AASP 298 Special Topics in Afro-American 
Studies. (3) An introductory 
multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary 
educational experience to explore issues 
relevant to black life, cultural experiences, 
and political, economic and artistic 
development. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits if subject matter is 
different. 

AASP 300 The Black Community and Public 
Policy. (3) A study of the role and impact of 
the black community in public policy 
formulation; scope and methods in public 
policy focusing on specific problems in the 
black community; analysis and review of 
relationships between the policy makers and 
the community. With permission of the 
program, students may elect to devote time 
to specific community projects as part of the 
requirements of the course. The student will 
not serve in an agency in which he is already 
employed. 

AASP 311 The African Slave Trade. (3) The 
relationship of the slave trade of Africans to 
the development of British capitalism and its 
industrial revolution; and to the economic 
and social development of the Americas. 



AASP 312 Social and Cultural Effects of 
Colonization and Racism. (3) A comparative 
approach to the study of the social and 
cultural effects of colonization and racism on 
black people in Africa, Latin America and in 
the United States-community and family life, 
religion, economic institutions, education 
and artistic expression. 
AASP 397 Senior Reading and Research 
Seminar in Afro-American Studies. (3) An 
interdisciplinary reading and research senior 
seminar for majors in Afro-American studies 
or majors in other departments or programs 
who have completed at least eighteen hours 
of Afro-American studies courses Emphasis 
on research and writing methods in 
Afro-American studies. A senior thesis will be 
completed during the course. 
AASP 400 Directed Readings in 
Afro-American Studies. (3)The readings will 
be directed by the director of Afro-American 
studies. Topics to be covered : the topics will 
be chosen by the director to meet the needs 
and interests of individual students. 
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American 
Studies. (3) The theory and concepts of the 
social and behavioral sciences as they relate 
to Afro-American studies. Required for the 
certificate in Afro-American studies. 
Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of 
Afro-American studies or related courses or 
permission of the director. 
AASP The Development of a Black 
Aesthetic. (3) An analysis of selected areas 
of black creative expression in the arts for 
the purpose of understanding the informing 
principles of style, techniques, and cultural 
expression which make up a black aesthetic. 
Prerequisite. Completion of Engl 443 or 
AASP 302 or consent of instructor. 
AASP 410 Contemporary African 
Ideologies. (3) Analysis of contemporary 
African ideologies. Emphasis on 
philosophies of Nyerere, Nkrumah, Senghor, 
Sekou Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, et al. 
Discussion of the role of African ideologies 
on modernization and social change. 
AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements. (3) 
A comparative study of the black resistance 
movements in Africa and America; analysis 
of their interrelationships as well as their 
impact on contemporary Pan-Africanism. 

AASP 428 Special Topics in Black 
Development. (3) A multi-disciplinary and 
inter-disciplinary educational experience 
concerned with questions relevant to the 
development of black people everywhere. 
Development implies political, economic, 
social, and cultural change among other 
things. Consequently, a number of topics 
may be examined and studied. 

AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Culture. 

(3) An interdisciplinary approach to the role 
of black artists around the world. Emphasis 
is placed upon contributions of the black 
man in Africa, the Caribbean and the United 
States to the literary arts, the musical arts, 
the performing arts, and the visual arts. 
Course content will be established in terms 
of those ideas and concepts which reflect the 
cultural climate of the era in which they were 
produced. Attention to individual 
compositions and works of art through 
lectures, concepts, field trips, and 
audio-visual devices. 



Agricultural Engineering 

AGEN 100 Basic Agricultural Engineering 
Technology. (3) An introduction to the 
application of engineering concepts. Topics 
include quantitation and measurement; 
mechanical, thermal, fluid and electrical 
principles and their relationship to biological 
systems and materials of agricultural and 
aquacultural products (for non-engineering 
majors). 
AGEN 200 Introduction to Farm Mechanics. 

(2) One lecture and one laboratory period a 
week, A study of the hand tools and power 
equipment and their safe use as it applies to 
mechanized farms. Principles and practice in 
arc and gas welding, cold metal and sheet 
metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, 
woodworking, plumbing, blue print reading 
and use of concrete. 

AGEN 232 Water, A Renewable Resource. 

(3) Occurrence and distribution of water. 
Review of both natural and man-made water 
resource systems. Basics of water quality 
and waste water treatment. 

AGEN 300 Energy and Food. (1) An 
exposition of the energy inputs into the 
production, processing, marketing and 
consumption of our food supply. 
AGEN 305 Farm Mechanics. (2) Two 
laboratory periods a week, available only to 
seniors in agricultural education. This 
course consists of laboratory exercises in 
practical farm shop and farm equipment 
maintenance, repair, and construction 
projects, and a study of the principles of 
shop organization and administration. 
AGEN 313 Mechanics of Food Processing. 

(4) Three lectures and one laboratory. 
Prerequisite Phys 111 or 121. Applications in 
the processing and preservation of foods of 
power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, 
thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments 
and controls, materials handling and time 
and motion analysis. 

AGEN 324 Engineering Dynamics of 
Biological Materials. (3) Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, ENME 340. Investigates 
the physical parameters (impact, 
temperature, humidity, light, etc.) Governing 
the response of biological materials. Analysis 
of unit operations and their effect on the 
physical and quality characteristics of 
agricultural products. 

AGEN 343 Functional Design of Machinery 
and Equipment. (3) Two lectures and one 
two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
ENES 221. Theory and methods of 
agricultural machine design. Application of 
machine design principles and physical 
properties of soils and agricultural products 
in design of machines to perform specific 
tasks. 

AGEN 401 Agricultural Production 
Equipment. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, AGEN 100 
Principles of operation and functions of 
power and machinery units as related to 
tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating 
units; and control mechanisms. Principles of 
internal combustion engines and power unit 
components. 

AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handling 
and Environmental Control. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite. 



Courses / 107 



AGEN 100. Characteristics of construction 
materials and details of agricultural 
structures. Fundamentals of electricity, 
electrical circuits, and electrical controls. 
Materials handling and environmental 
requirements of farm products and animals. 

AGEN 421 Power Systems. (3) Two lectures 
and one two hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites. ENME 216. ENEE 300 and 
ENME 340. Analysis of energy conversion 
devices including internal combustion 
engines, electrical and hydraulic motors. 
Fundamentals of power transmission and 
coordination of power sources with methods 
of power transmission. 

AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineering. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. ENME 
340. Applications of engineering and soil 
sciences in erosion control, drainage, 
irrigation and watershed management. 
Principles of agricultural hydrology and 
design of water control and conveyance 
systems. 

AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental 
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two 

lectures and one hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, AGEN 324. An analytical 
approach to the design and planning of 
functional and environmental requirements 
of plants and animals in semi-or completely 
enclosed structures. 

AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of 
basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the 
properties, distribution and circulation of 
water as related to public interest in water 
resources. 

AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, MATH 246, 
ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, 
distribution and circulation of water from the 
sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing 
movement overland, in channels and 
through the soil profile. Qualitative and 
quantitative factors are considered. 

AGEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of department. A study 
of the engineering aspects of development, 
utilization and conservation of aquatic 
systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and 
processing aquatic animals or plants as 
related to other facets of water resources 
management. 

AGEN 488 Topics in Agricultural 
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite, 
permission of the instructor. Selected topics 
in agricultural engineering technology of 
current need and interest. May be repeated to 
a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. Not acceptable for credit towards 
major in agricultural engineering. 

AGEN 489 Special Problems in Agricultural 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, approval of 
department. Student will select an 
engineering problem and prepare a technical 
report. The problem may include design, 
experimentation, and/or data analysis. 

AGEN 499 Special Problems in Agricultural 
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite, 
approval of department. Not acceptable for 
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems 
assigned in proportion to credit 



Agriculture 

AGRI 101 Introduction to Agriculture. (1) 

Required of all beginning freshmen and 
sophomores in agriculture. Other students 
must get the consent of the instructor. A 
series of lectures introducing the student to 
the broad field of agriculture. 
AGRI 301 Introduction to Agricultural 
Biometrics. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, 
University Math requirement. Descriptive 
statistics, sampling, confidence interval 
estimation, introduction to hypothesis 
testing, simple, regression and correlation. 
Course emphasis shall be on application of 
simple statistical techniques and on 
interpretation of the statistical results. 
AGRI 401 Agricultural Biometrics. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, MATH 115 or equivalent. 
Probability, measures of central tendency 
and dispersion, frequency distributions, tests 
of statistical hypotheses, regression 
analyses, multiway analysis with emphasis 
on the use of statistical methods in 
agricultural research. 

AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture. (1-3) 
Credit according to time scheduled and 
organization of the course. A lecture series 
organized to study in depth a selected phase 
of agriculture not normally associated with 
one of the existing programs. 

Agronomy 

AGRO 100 Crops Laboratory. (2) Two 

laboratory periods a week. Demonstration 
and application of practices in the 
identification, distribution and management 
of field crops. 

AGRO 102 Crop Production (2) Prerequisite, 
AGRO 100 or concurrent enrollment therein. 
Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, 
distribution, and history of field crops. 
AGRO 103 World Crops and Food Supply. (3) 
An introduction to the relationship of crops 
with civilization. The past, present, and 
future interactions of the biology of crop 
plants with world affairs and population will 
be studied. The future impact of crops and 
world affairs will be emphasized. 
AGRO 105 Soil and the Environment. (3) A 
study of soils as an irreplaceable natural 
resource, importance of soils in the 
ecosystem, and analysis of land resource 
areas in the U.S. Discussion of soils as a 
pollutant and the pollution of soils by various 
agents and the role of soil as a medium for 
storage, decontamination or inactivation of 
pollutants. 

AGRO 202 General Soils. (4) Three lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 
Prequisite, CHEM 103 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the fundamentals of 
soils including their origin, development, 
relation to natural sciences, effect on 
civilization, physical properties, and 
chemical properties. 

AGRO 398 Senior Seminar. (1) Reports by 
seniors on current scientific and practical 
publications pertaining to agronomy. 
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding. (3) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246 Principles and 
methods of breeding annual self and 
cross-pollinated plant and perennial forage 
species. 



AGRO 404 Tobacco Production. (3) 

Prerequisite. BOTN 100. A study of the 
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and 
improvement of various types of tobacco, 
with special emphasis on problems in 
Maryland tobacco production. Physical and 
chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco will be stressed. 
AGRO 405 Turf Management. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of principles 
and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf 
courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, 
airfields and highways for commercial sod 
production. 

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100. AGRO 100 or 
concurrent enrollment therein. Study of the 
production and management of grasses and 
legumes for quality hay, silage, and pasture. 
AGRO 407 Cereal Crop Production. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or 
concurrent enrollment therein. Study of the 
principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, 
barley, rye, and soybean production. 
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles. (3) 
Prerequisite. AGRO 202. A study of the 
chemical, physical, and biological 
characteristics of soils that are important in 
growing crops. Soil deficiences of physical, 
chemical, or biological nature and their 
correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and 
rotations are discussed and illustrated. 
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers. (3) 
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the manufacturing of 
commercial fertilizers and their use in soils 
for efficient crop production. 
AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission 
of instructor. A study of the importance and 
causes of soil erosion, methods of soil 
erosion control, and the effect of 
conservation practices on soil-moisture 
supply Special emphasis is placed on farm 
planning for soil and water conservation. The 
laboratory period will be largely devoted to 
field trips. 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and 
Geography. (4) Three lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the genesis, morphology, 
classification and geographic distribution of 
soils. The broad principles governing soil 
formation are explained. Attention is given to 
the influence of geographic factors on the 
development and use of the soils in the 
United States and other parts of the world. 
The laboratory periods will be largely 
devoted to the field trips and to a study of soil 
maps of various countries. 
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. An introduction to soil survey 
interpretation as a tool in land use both in 
agricultural and urban situations The 
implications of soil problems as delineated 
by soil surveys on land use will be 
considered. 

AGRO 417 Soil Physics. (3) Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite. 
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or 
permission of instructor. A study of physical 



108 / Courses 



properties of soils with special emphasis on 
relationship to soil productivity. 
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry. (3) One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week 
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of 
instructor A study of the chemical 
composition of soils; cation and anion 
exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil 
conditions; and soil fixation of plant 
nutrients Chemical methods of soil analysis 
will be studied with emphasis on their 
relation to fertilizer requirements. 
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite. AGRO 202. CHEM 104 or 
consent of instructor A study of biochemical 
processes involved in the formation and 
decomposition of organic soil constituents. 
Significance of soil-biochemical processes 
involved in plant nutrition will be considered. 
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution. (3) 
Prerequisite, background in biology and 
CHEM 104. Reaction and fate of pesticides, 
agricultural fertilizers, industrial and animal 
wastes in soil and water will be discussed. 
Their relation to the environment will be 
emphasized. 

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems. (2) 
Prerequisite. AGRO 102 or equivalent. The 
coordination of information from various 
courses in the development of balanced 
cropping systems, appropriate to different 
objectives in various areas of the state and 
nation. 

AGRO 452 Seed Production and 
Distribution. (2) One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of seed 
production, processing, and distribution; 
federal and state seed control programs; 
seed laboratory analysis; release of new 
varieties; and maintenance of foundation 
seed stocks. 

AGRO 453 Weed Control. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. A 
study of the use of cultural practices and 
chemical herbicides in the control of weeds. 
AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy. 
(1-3) Prerequisites. AGRO 202, 406, 407 or 
permission of instructor. A detailed study, 
including a written report of an important 
problem in agronomy. 

Agriculture and Life Science 

ALSC 101 Organization and 
Interrelationships In the Biological World. 

(3) An introductory lecture course for the 
non-science major emphasizing the 
fundamental organization, processes and 
interdependence of living organisms and the 
biological effects associated with human 
influences on the ecosystem 
ALSC 124 Cosmic Evolution. (3) 
Prerequisites, high school chemistry and 
biology. Three lectures per week. Especially 
appropriate for non-science students. The 
current scientific thinking on the sequence 
of events from the origin of the universe to 
the appearance of man. Emphasis on 
chemical and biological evolution. 

American Studies 

AMST 201 Introduction to American Studies 

I. (3) Introduction to American cultural 
studies, examining the relationship between 



the self and society as revealed in 
autobiographical writing, new |ournalism' 
and personal accounts of American culture. 
AMST 202 Introduction to American Studies 
II. (3) An investigation of the concepts of 
culture as defined by both the humanities 
and the social sciences and as illuminated by 
specific artifacts and documents from 
American civilization. The strategies 
employed by individuals and academic 
disciplines to observe and explain the mores, 
myths, and rituals of American society. 
AMST 298 Selected Topics In American 
Studies. (3) Cultural study of a specific 
theme or issue involving diversified artifacts 
and documents from both past and 
contemporary American experience. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of six hours if 
the subject is different. 
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America. 
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of 
American institutions, The intellectual ana 
esthetic climate from the Colonial period to 
the present. 

AMST 427 Culture and the Arts In America. 
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of 
American institutions, The intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the Colonial period to 
the present. 

AMST 436 Readings In American Studies. 
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. An 
historical survey of American values as 
presented in various key writings. 
AMST 437 Readings in American Studies. 
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing. An 
historical survey of American values as 
presented in various key writings. 
AMST 446 Popular Culture In America. (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing and permission 
of instructor. A survey of the historical 
development of the popular arts and modes 
of popular entertainment in America. 
AMST 447 Popular Culture in America. (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing and AMST 446. 
Intensive research in the sources and themes 
of contemporary American popular culture. 

Animal Science 

ANSC 101 Principles of Animal Science. (3) 

Two lectures and one, two-hour laboratory 
period per week. A comprehensive course, 
including the development of animal 
science, its contributions to the economy, 
characteristics of animal products, factors of 
efficient and economical production and 
distribution. 

ANSC 201 Basic Principles of Animal 
Genetics. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week. The basic 
principles and laws of Mendelian genetics as 
applied to economically important domestic 
animals. Included will be gene action and 
interaction, linkage and crossing over, 
recombination, cytological maps, 
chromosomal aberrations, mutations, 
structure of the genetic material and 
regulation of genetic information. 
ANSC 203 Feeds and Feeding. (3) Credit not 
allowed for ANSC major. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 103, 104. Elements of 
nutrition, source, characteristics and 
adaptability of the various feedstuffs to the 
several classes of livestock. A study of the 
composition of feeds, the nutrient 



requirements of farm animals and the 
formulation of economic diets and rations 
for livestock, 

ANSC 211 Anatomy of Domestic Animals. 
(4) Three lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 101. A systematic 
gross and microscopic comparative study of 
the anatomy of the major domestic animals. 
Special emphasis is placed on those systems 
important in animal production. 

ANSC 212 Applied Animal Physiology. (4) 

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 211 or 
equivalent The physiology of domesticated 
animals with emphasis on functions related 
to production, and the physiological 
adaption to environmental influences. 

ANSC 221 Fundamentals of Animal 
Production. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week. This course 
deals with the adaptation of beef cattle, 
sheep, swine and horses to significant and 
specific uses. Breeding, feeding, 
management practices and criteria for 
evaluating usefulness are emphasized. 

ANSC 222 Livestock Evaluation. (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, ANSC 221 or permission of 
instructor. A study of type and breed 
characteristics of beef cattle, sheep and 
swine and the market classes of livestock 
which best meet present day demands. One 
field trip of about two days duration is made 
during which students participate in the 
Annual Eastern Intercollegiate Livestock 
Clinic. 

ANSC 223 Career and Curriculum Planning 
Seminar. (1) One meeting per week. 
Presentation of information relating to all 
specialized areas of the animal sciences with 
orientation toward career development and 
curriculum planning. Discussions and 
reports will be included. 

ANSC 226 Man, Culture, Animals. (2) A 

general study of the importance of animals in 
the cultural development of man. Historical 
and contemporary uses of particular animal 
species will be explored. Environmental 
limitations to human development which 
have been overcome by man-animal 
relationships will be emphasized. 

ANSC 230 Introduction to Horse 
Management. (3) Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period per week. A 
general course in horse management for 
students who intend to work in activities 
closely related to the horse industry. The 
basis for the usefulness of horses to 
individuals and society will be developed by 
application of the principles of nutrition. 
physiology, anatomy, genetics, behavior, and 
environmental control. 

ANSC 242 Dairy Production. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, ANSC 101. A comprehensive 
course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy 
cattle, dairy cattle nutrients, feeding and 
management. 

ANSC 244 Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal. (1) 

Freshmen, by permission of instructor. Two 
laboratory periods. Analysis of dairy cattle 
type with emphasis on the comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. 



Courses / 109 



ANSC 252 Introduction to the Diseases of 
Wildlife. (2) Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, ZOOL 101 The principal 
diseases of North American wildlife will be 
briefly considered For each disease, specific 
attention will be given to the following: signs 
evidenced by the affected animal or bird, 
causative agent, means of transmission and 
effects of the disease on the population of 
the species involved. Also included where 
appropriate is a consideration of the threat 
that each disease may pose to man or his 
domestic animals. 

ANSC 261 Advanced Poultry Judging. (1) 
Prerequisite, ANSC 101. One lecture or 
laboratory period per week. The theory and 
practice of judging and culling by physical 
means is emphasized, including correlation 
studies of characteristics associated with 
productivity. Contestants for regional 
collegiate judging competitions will be 
selected from this class. 
ANSC 262 Commercial Poultry 
Management. (3) Prerequisite, ANSC 101. A 
symposium of finance, investment. Plant 
layout. Specialization, purchase of supplies 
and management problems in baby chick, 
egg. broiler and turkey production; 
foremanship, advertising, selling. 
By-products, production and financial 
records. Field trips required. 
ANSC 265 Fundamentals of Pet Nutrition. 
(2) Two lecture hours per week. A basic 
course on the nutrition of those animals 
commonly kept as household pets. Designed 
to acquaint students with minimal science 
background with the basic principles and 
techniques of animal nutrition. 
ANSC 301 Advanced Livestock Evaluation. 
(2) Two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites, ANSC 222 and permission of 
instructor. An advanced course in meat 
animal evaluation designed to study the 
relationship and limitations that exist in 
evaluating breeding and market animals and 
the relationship between the live market 
animal and its carcass. Evaluating meat 
carcasses, wholesale meat cuts and meat 
grading will be emphasized. The most adept 
students enrolled in this course are chosen 
to represent the University of Maryland in 
Intercollegiate Judging Contests. 

ANSC 305 Companion Animal Care. (3) 

Prerequisites, a semester of zoology or 
general biology. General information, care, 
and management of the companion small 
animals. Species covered include the cat, 
dog, rodents, lagomorphs. reptiles, 
amphibians, birds and others as class 
interest and schedule dictate. Basic 
description, evolutionary development, 
breeding, nutritional and environmental 
requirements, and public health aspects will 
be presented for each species. 

ANSC 332 Horse Management. (2) 

Prerequisite. ANSC 230 Major topics include 
nutrition, reproduction, breeding, 
performance evaluation, basic training and 
management techniques. 
ANSC 337 The Science of Horse Training. 
(2) Summer only. Prerequisites, ANSC 230, 
332. and permission of instructor. Major 
topics include evaluation of behavioral 
repertory, use of positive and negative 
reinforcement, successive approximation, as 



techniques for the basic training of the 
horse. The basic training to include teaching 
an untrained horse to lunge, accept tack, 
drive, be mounted and perform certain 
movements while being ridden. 
ANSC 398 Seminar. (1) Prerequisite, 
approval of the staff Presentation and 
discussion of current literature and research 
work in animal science, or in fish and wildlife 
management. Repeatable to a maximum of 
two hours. 

ANSC 399 Special Problems in Animal 
Science. (1-2) Prerequisite, approval of staff. 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of 
credit. A course designed for advanced 
undergraduates in which specific problems 
relating to animal science will be assigned. 
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
104; ANSC 212 recommended. A study of the 
fundamental role of all nutrients in the body 
including their digestion, absorption and 
metabolism. Dietary requirements and 
nutritional deficiency syndromes of 
laboratory and farm animals and man will be 
considered. 

ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 110, ANSC 401 or 
permission of instructor. A critical study of 
those factors which influence the nutritional 
requirements of ruminants, swine and 
poultry. Practical feeding methods and 
procedures used in formulation of 
economically efficient rations will be 
presented. 

ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 110, ANSC 402 or 
permission of instructor. A critical study of 
those factors which influence the nutritional 
requirements of ruminants, swine and 
poultry. Practical feeding methods and 
procedures used in formulation of 
economically efficient rations will be 
presented. 

ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology. (3) 
Prerequisites, anatomy and physiology. The 
specific anatomical and physiological 
modifications employed by animals adapted 
to certain stressful environments will be 
considered. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the problems of temperature 
regulation and water balance. Specific areas 
for consideration will include: animals in 
cold (including hibernation), animals in dry 
heat, diving animals and animals in high 
altitudes. 

ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production. (1) 
An advanced course primarily designed for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and 
county agents. It includes a study of the 
newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, 
breeding and management. 
ANSC 411 Biology and Management of 
Shellfish. (4) Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods each week. 
Field trips. Identification, biology, 
management, and culture of 
commercially-important molluscs and 
Crustacea. Prerequisite, one year of biology 
or zoology This course will examine the 
shellfisheries of the world, but will 
emphasize those of the northwestern 
Atlantic Ocean and Chesapeake Bay. 



ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of 
Animals. (3) Prerequisite, MICB 200 and 
ZOOL 101. Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. This course gives basic 
instruction in the nature of disease: 
including causation, immunity, methods of 
diagnosis, economic importance, public 
health aspects and prevention and control of 
the common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, 
horses and poultry. 
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management. 

(3) A comprehensive course in care and 
management of laboratory animals. 
Emphasis will be placed on physiology, 
anatomy and special uses for the different 
species. Disease prevention and regulations 
for maintaining animal colonies will be 
covered. Field trips will be required. 
ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish. 

(4) Prerequisite, one year of biology or 
zoology. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratories a week. Fundamentals of 
individual and population dynamics; theory 
and practice of sampling fish populations; 
management schemes. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory. An introduction 
to the interrelationships of game birds and 
mammals with their environment, population 
dynamics and the principles of wildlife 
management. 

ANSC 422 Meats. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite. 
ANSC 221. A course designed to give the 
basic facts about meat as a food and the 
factors influencing acceptability, marketing, 
and quality of fresh meats It includes 
comparisons of characteristics of live 
animals with their carcasses, grading and 
evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale 
cuts, and the distribution and merchandising 
of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory 
periods are conducted in packing houses, 
meat distribution centers, retail outlets and 
University meats laboratory. 
ANSC 423 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite. ANSC 401 Application of 
various phases of animal science to the 
management and production of beef cattle, 
sheep and swine. 

ANSC 424 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, ANSC 423 Applications of 
various phases of animal science to the 
management and production of beef cattle, 
sheep and swine 

ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week 
Prerequisites, ANSC 201 or equivalent. ANSC 
222. ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate credit (1-3 
hours) allowed with permission of instructor 
The practical aspects of animal breeding, 
heredity, variation, selection, development, 
systems of breeding and pedigree study are 
considered. 

ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management. (3) 

Prerequisite. ANSC 332 and AREC 410 One 
90-minute lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period per week A course to 
develop the technical and managenal skills 
necessary for the operation of a horse 
breeding farm Herd health programs, 
breeding programs and procedures, foaling 
activities, foot care, weaning programs, and 



110 / Courses 



the maintenance of records incidental to 
each ot these activities 
ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites. ANSC 242, and ANSC 201 A 
specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. 
Emphasis is placed on methods of evaluation 
and selection, systems of breeding and 
breeding programs. 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production 
Systems. (3) Prerequisites. AGEC 406 and 
ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor. 
The business aspects of dairy farming 
including an evaluation of the costs and 
returns associated with each segment. The 
economic impact of pertinent management 
decisions is studied Recent developments in 
animal nutrition and genetics, agricultural 
economics, agricultural engineering, and 
agronomic practices are discussed as they 
apply to management of a dairy herd 
ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian 
Reproduction (3) Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite. Zool 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy 
and physiology of reproductive processes in 
wild and domesticated mammals. 
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology. (2) (Alternate 
even years) One tnree-hour laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites. A basic course in 
animal physiology. The basic physiology of 
the bird is discussed, excluding the 
reproductive system. Special emphasis is 
given to physiological differences between 
birds and other vertebrates. 
ANSC 454 Ornithology for Teachers. (3) 
Three hours of lecture with occasional 
laboratory and field exercises. Prerequisite, 
three college-level zoology courses. Avian 
morphology, anatomy, adaptations, 
behavior, development, life histories, 
classification, ecology, management, and 
evolution. Individual and classroom special 
projects. 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability. (1) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 421 or 422. The 
physiology of embryonic development as 
related to principles of hatchability and 
problems of incubation encountered in the 
hatchery industry are discussed. 
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite. ANSC/NUSC 401 or concurrent 
registration. Six hours of laboratory per 
week. Digestibility studies with ruminant and 
monogastric animals, proximate analysis of 
various food products, and feeding trials 
demonstrating classical nutritional 
deficiencies in laboratory animals. 
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites. MICB 200 and ANSC 101. 
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, 
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and 
eradication. 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, ZOOL 102. Gross and 
microscopic structure, dissection and 
demonstration. 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding. (1 ) 
This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and 
extension service workers. The first half will 
be devoted to problems concerning breeding 



and the development of breeding stock. The 
second half will be devoted to nutrition. 
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing. 
(1) This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and 
county agents. It deals with the factors 
affecting the quality of poultry products and 
with hatchery management problems, egg 
and poultry grading, preservation problems 
and market outlets for Maryland poultry 
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and 
Wildlife Management. (3) Three lectures 
Analysis of various state and federal 
programs related to fish and wildlife 
management. This would include: fish 
stocking programs, Maryland deer 
management program, warm water fish 
management, acid drainage problems, water 
quality, water fowl management, wild turkey 
management and regulations relative to the 
administration of these programs. 
ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal 
Science. (1) Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor. This course is designed primarily 
for teachers of vocational agriculture and 
extension service personnel. One primary 
topic to be selected mutually by the 
instructor and students will be presented 
each session. 

Anthropology 

ANTH 101 Introduction to 

Anthropology — Archaeology and Physical 

Anthropology. (3) May be taken for credit in 

the general education program. General 

general patterns of the development of 

human culture; the biological and 

morphological aspects of man viewed in his 

cultural setting. 

ANTH 102 Introduction to 

Anthropology — Cultural Anthropology and 

Linguistics. (3) Social and cultural principles 

as exemplified in ethnographic descriptions. 

The study of language within the context of 

anthropology. 

ANTH 221 Man and Environment. (3) A 

geographical introduction to ethnology, 

emphasizing the relations between cultural 

forms and natural environment. 

ANTH 241 Introduction to Archaeology. (3) A 

survey of the basic aims and methods of 

archeological field work and interpretation, 

with emphasis on the reconstruction of 

prehistoric ways of life. 

ANTH 261 Introduction to Physical 

Anthropology. (3) The biological evolution of 

man, including the process of race 

formation, as revealed by the study of the 

fossil record and observation of modern 

forms. 

ANTH 271 Language and Culture. (3) A 

non-technical introduction to linguistics, 

with special consideration of the relations 

between language and other aspects of 

culture. (Listed also as LING 101). 

ANTH 371 Introduction to Linguistics. (3) 

Introduction to the basic concepts of modern 

descriptive linguistics, phonology, 

morphology, syntax. Examinations of the 

methods of comparative linguistics, internal 

reconstruction, dialect geography. 

ANTH 389 Research Problems. (1-6) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Introductory training in anthropological 
research methods. The student will prepare a 



paper embodying the results of an 
appropriate combination of research 
techniques applied to a selected problem in 
any field of anthropology. 
ANTH 397 Anthropological Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor A 
survey of the historical development and 
current emphasis in the theoretical 
approaches of all fields of anthropology, 
providing an integrated frame of reference 
for the discipline as a whole. 
ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology - 
Principles and Processes. (3)-Prerequisite. 
ANTH 101, 102. or 221. An examination of the 
nature of human culture and its processes, 
both historical and functional The approach 
will be topical and theoretical rather than 
descriptive. 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology - World 
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101. 
102, or 221. A descriptive survey of the 
culture areas of the world through an 
examination of the ways of selected 
representative societies. 
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania. 
(3) A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, 
Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. 
Theoretical and cultural-historical problems 
will be emphasized 
ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa. (3) 
Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. The native 
peoples and cultures of Africa and their 
historical relationships, with emphasis on 
that portion of the continent south of the 
Sahara. 

ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far 
East. (3) A survey of the major sociopolitical 
systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major 
anthropological questions will be dealt with 
in presenting this material. 
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Culture 
history, economic and social institutions, 
religion, and mythology of the Indians of the 
Southwest United States. 

ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America. (3) 

Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native 
people and cultures of North America north 
of Mexico and their historical relationships, 
including the effects of contact with 
European-derived populations. 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America. (3) 

Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural 
background and modern social, economic 
and religious life of Indian and Mestizo 
groups in Mexico and Central America; 
processes of acculturation and currents in 
cultural development. 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive 
Peoples. (3) Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 
102. A comparative survey of the structures 
of non-literature and folk societies, covering 
both general principles and special regional 
developments. 

ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples. (3) 

Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of 
the religious systems of primitive and folk 
societies, with emphasis on the relation of 
religion to other aspects of culture. 

ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and 
Economy. (3) A survey of technology, food 
economy and general economic processes 
in non-industrial societies. 



Courses / 111 



ANTH 437 Politics and Government In 
Primitive Society. (3) A combined survey of 
politics in human societies and of important 
anthropological theories concerning this 
aspect of society 

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241 A survey of 
the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia 
and Africa, with emphasis on chronological 
and regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World. 
(3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of 
the archaeological materials of North and 
South America with emphasis on 
chronological and regional 
interrelationships. 
ANTH 461 Advanced Physical 
Anthropology. (3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 
261. A technical introduction to the 
hereditary, morphological, physiological, 
and behavioral characteristics of man and 
his primate ancestors and relatives, with 
emphasis on evolutionary processes. 
ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology. (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording 
of ethnological data. 

ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology. 
(1-6) Field training in the techniques of 
archaeological survey and excavation. 

Applied Design 

APDS 101 Fundamentals of Design. (3) 

Knowledge of basic art elements and 
principles gained through design problems 
which employ a variety of media. 

APDS 102 Design II. (3) Prerequisite, APDS 
101. Continued exploration of design as a 
means of visual expression with added 
emphasis on color and lighting. 

APDS 103 Design III — Three-Dimensional 
Design. (3) Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites. APDS 101, 102. Creative 
efforts directed to discriminating use of 
form, volume, depth, and movement. 

APDS 104 Survey of Art History. (3) A rapid 
survey of western culture expressed through 
and influenced by the visual arts: 
monumental and residential architecture; 
furniture, textiles and costume; painting and 
sculpture. 

APDS 210 Presentation Techniques. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites. APDS 
101, 102 or equivalent. Comparative 
approach to basic presentation techniques 
used in the several areas of commercial 
design. 

APDS 211 Action Drawing— Fashion 
Sketching. (3) Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites. APDS 101 and consent of 
instructor. Study of the balance and 
proportion of the human figure. Sketch 
techniques applied to action poses and 
fashion drawing in soft and lithograph 
pencils, pastels, water color, ink. Drawing 
from model. 

APDS 212 Design Workshop for Transfers. 

(5) Prerequisite. APDS 101 or equivalent. 
Provides opportunity for transfer students to 
remove deficiencies in lower-level design 
courses. Study of color, lighting and 
presentation techniques. May be taken no 
later than one semester after transfer into 
department 



APDS 220 Introduction to Fashion Design. 

(3) Three studio periods. Prerequisite, APDS 
101 or equivalent, basic fashion figure 
drawing. Original designs rendered in 
transparent and opaque water color, soft 
pencil, pastels, and ink. Primarily for 
nonmajors. 

APDS 230 Silk Screen Printing. (3) Three 
laboratory periods. Prerequisites. APDS 101. 
102. or equivalent. Use of silk screen 
processes in execution of original designs 
for commercial production. 
APDS 237 Photography. (2) One lecture, 
three hours laboratory. Prerequisites. APDS 
101, 102, or equivalent. Study of fundamental 
camera techniques. Exploration of the 
expressive possibilities in relation to the field 
of design and visual communication. 
APDS 320 Fashion Illustration. (3) First 
semester. Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites, APDS 101, 102, 103, 210, 211. 
Fabric and clothing structure as they relate 
to illustration. Opportunity to explore 
rendering styles and techniques appropriate 
to reproduction methods currently used in 
advertising. Guidance in development of 
individuality in presentations. 
APDS 321 Fashion Design and Illustration. 
(3) Three studio periods. Prerequisite, APDS 
320. Design and illustration of fashions 
appropriate to the custom market and to 
mass production. 

APDS 322 Advanced Costume. (4) 
Prerequisite, APDS 320 or 321. Advanced 
problems in fashion illustration or design. 
Problems chosen with consent of instructor. 

APDS 330 Typography and Lettering. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites. APDS 
101, 102. Experience in hand lettering 
techniques as a means of understanding 
lettering styles in design composition. 
Recognition of type faces used in 
advertisement, book and magazine layout. 
Effect of printing processes on design 
choices. 

APDS 331 Advertising Layout. (3) Three 
studio periods. Prerequisites, APDS 330, 
EDIN 101 A. Design of advertising layouts 
from initial idea to finished layout. 
Typography and illustration as they relate to 
reproduction processes used in direct 
advertising. 

APDS 332 Display Design. (3) Three studio 
periods. Prerequisites, EDIN 101 A, APDS 330 
or equivalent. Application of design 
principles to creative display appropriate to 
exhibits, design shows, merchandising. 
Display construction. 

APDS 337 Advanced Photography. (2) Two 

studio periods. Prerequisite. APDS 237. 
Composition, techniques and lighting 
applicable to illustration, documentation, 
advertising design, and display. 

APDS 380 Professional Seminar. (2) Two 

lecture-discussion periods Prerequisite. 
junior standing and consent of instructor. 
Exploration of professional and career 
opportunities, ethics, practices. Professional 
organizations Portfolio evaluation. 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in 
Advertising Design. (3) Two studio periods. 
Prerequisite. APDS 331. Advanced problems 
in design and layout planned for developing 



competency in one or more areas of 
advertising design. 

APDS 431 Advanced Problems In 
Advertising Design. (3) Two studio periods 
Prerequisite, APDS 430 Advanced problems 
in design and layout planned for developing 
competency in one or more areas of 
advertising design. 

APDS Advanced Photography. (3) Three 
studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 
APDS 499 Individual Problems In Applied 
Design. (3-4) A — Advertising Costume 
B — Open only to advanced students who. 
with guidance can work independently 
Written consent of instructor. 

Architecture 

ARCH 170 Introduction to the Built 
Environment. (3) Introduction of (1) 
conceptual, perceptual, behavioral and 
technical aspects of the environment; and, 
(2) methods of analysis, problem solving and 
implementation. For students not maioring 
in architecture, prerequisites, none. Lecture, 
Seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 200 Basic Environmental Design. (4) 
Introduction to the processes of visual and 
architectural design, including the study of 
visual design fundamentals. Field problems 
involving the student in the study of actual 
developmental problems. Lecture. Studio. 9 
hours per week. 

ARCH 201 Basic Environmental Design. (4) 
Prerequisite — ARCH 200 with a grade of C 
or better. Introduction to the processes of 
visual and architectural design, including the 
study of visual design fundamentals. Field 
problems involving the student in the study 
of actual developmental problems. Lecture 
and studio. 9 hours per week. 
ARCH 214 Materials and Methods of 
Construction I. (2) Two lectures per week 
Architecture students only or permission of 
instructor. An introduction to the materials of 
construction, their properties, attributes and 
deficiences. 

ARCH 215 Materials and Methods of 
Construction II. (2) Two lectures per week 
arch tectu'P s'uder.K onl\ or permission of 
instructor. Describes the methods by which 
the architect ccmbmp<- materials to produce 
structural systems 

ARCH 220 History of Architecture. (3) 
Prerequisite — ARCH 220 Continuation of 
survey of architectural history. Lecture three 
hours per week. 

ARCH 221 History of Architecture II. (3) 
Prerequ site — ARCH 220 Continuation of 
survey of architectural history Lecture three 
hours per week 

ARCH 240 Basic Photography. (2) Provides a 
student with the basic concepts of clarity and 
organization on a two-dimensional surface 
and stresses photography as a tool for visual 
communication Lecture one hour per week, 
three hours ol .aDoratory per week 
ARCH 242 Drawing I. (2) Introduces the 
student to basic techniques of sketching and 
use of various media. 
ARCH 300 Architecture Studio I. (4) 
Prerequisites — ARCH 201 with a grade of C 
or better Corequisite — ARCH 310 Develops 
a basic understanding of the elements of 



112 / Courses 



environmental control, basic structural 
systems, building processes materials, and 
the ability to manipulate them. Lecture and 
studio. 9 hours per week. 
ARCH 301 Architecture Studio II. (4) 
Prerequisite — ARCH 300 with a grade of C 
or better. Corequisite — ARCH 31 1 . Develops 
a basic understanding of the forms 
generated by different structural systems, 
environmental controls and methods of 
construction. Lecture and studio, 9 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 310 Architectural Science and 
Technology I. (4) Prerequisite — ARCH 201 
with a grade of C or better. ARCH 21 5, MATH 
221, and PHYS 121. Corequisite — ARCH 
300. Introduction to architectural science 
and technology treating principles of 
structures, environmental mechanical 
controls, and construction. Lecture and 
studio. 6 hours per week. 
ARCH 311 Architectural Science and 
Technology II. (4) Prerequisite — ARCH 300 
and ARCH 310 with a grade of C or better. 
Corequisite — ARCH 301 . Develops working 
knowledge of the design principles and 
parameters of three areas of architectural 
science and technology structures, 
environmental-mechanical controls, and 
construction. Lecture and studio, 6 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 314 Computer Applications in 
Architecture. (3) Prerequisite. ARCH 201 or 
permission of instructor. Introduction to 
computer programming and utilization, with 
emphasis on architectural applications. 
Lecture, laboratory. 

ARCH 322 Studies in Medieval Architecture. 
(3) Limited to architecture students or by 
permission of the instructor. Architectural 
innovations from the Carolingian through 
the Gothic periods. Lecture, 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 324 Studies in Renaissance 
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture 
students or by permission of the instructor. 
Study of Renaissance architectural 
principles and their development in the 
Baroque period. Lecture 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 326 Studies in Modern Architecture. 
(3) Limited to architecture students or by 
permission of the instructor. Study of 
architectural problems from 1750 to the 
present. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 340 Advanced Photography. (2) 
Prerequisite, ARCH 240. Allows the student 
to investigate independently areas of 
photographic communication not covered in 
the basic course. Lecture, 1 hour per week; 3 
hours lab. 

ARCH 342 Studies in Visual Design. (3) 
Studio work at an intermediate level in visual 
design divorced from architectural problem 
solving. Prerequisite, ARCH 201. Lecture, 
studio work, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 350 Theory of Urban Form. (3) Urban 
spatial forms of the past and present; 
theories of design of complexes of buildings, 
urban space and communities. Lecture 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 352 The Architect In the Community. 
(3) The architect's role in the social and 
political dynamics of urban environmental 
design decision-making processes, 
including study of determination and 



expression of user needs, community 
aspirations, formal and informal program 
and design review processes. Seminar. 1 
hour per week, field observation, 
approximately 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 360 Basic Site Analysis. (3) Study of 
criteria and principles essential to the 
support of natural systems in physical site 
development. For architecture students or by 
permission of instructor. Lecture-lab. 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 370 Theories and Literature of 
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture 
students or by permission of the instructor. 
Provides an understanding of some 
historical and present theories of 
architectural design readings and seminar 
discussions. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 372 Signs, Symbols and Messages in 
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture 
stydents or by permission of the instructor. 
Class limited to 15-20 students. Signs and 
symbols in buildings and cities, messages 
conveyed and purposes for conveying these 
messages. Readings, photographic reports 
and minor problem-solving assignments. 
Lecture, three hours per week. 

ARCH 374 Computer Aided Environmental 
Design. (3) Applications of computer-aided 
design in architecture, using existing 
problem-solving routines and computer 
graphic techniques. Prerequisite, ARCH 201, 
CMSC 103. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 376 The Architectural Program as 
Functional Form Generator. (3) A study of 
architectural programming as derived from 
functional needs of man in his environment. 
Analysis, synthesis and evaluation of 
categories of needs with concentration of 
human response to forms generated by 
programs with emphasis on non-quantifiable 
human needs. Architecture majors or by 
permission of the instructor. Lectures, 
seminars, field trips, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio III. (4) 

Prerequisites — ARCH 301 with a grade of C 
or better, and ARCH 311. Corequisite — 
ARCH 41 0, except by permission of the dean. 
Continuation of design studio, with 
emphasis on comprehensive building design 
and introduction to urban design factors. 
Lecture and studio 9 hours per week. 

ARCH 401 Architecture Studio IV. (4) 

Prerequisites — ARCH 400 with a grade of C 
or better and ARCH 410. Corequisite — 
ARCH 41 1 , except by permission of the dean. 
Continuation of design studio with emphasis 
on urban design factors. Lecture and studio 
9 hours per week. 

ARCH 410 Architectural Science and 
Technology III. (4) Prerequisites — ARCH 
301 and ARCH 311 with a grade of C or 
better. Corequisite — ARCH 400, except by 
permission of the dean. Application of 
principles in architectural structures, 
environmental controls and construction. 
Lecture and studio, 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 411 Architectural Science and 
Technology IV. (4) Prerequisites — ARCH 
400 and ARCH 410 with a grade of C or 
better. Corequisite — ARCH 401 except by 
permission of the dean. Application of 
principles and further analysis of systems 
and hardware in architectural structures, 



environmental controls and construction. 
Lecture and studio, 6 hours per week. 
ARCH 413 Structural Systems In 
Architecture. (3) Theory and application of 
selected complex structural systems as they 
relate to architectural decisions. 
Prerequisite, ARCH 410 or by permission of 
the instructor. Seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications for 
Buildings. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 311. or 
ENME 321. or permission of instructor. 
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity 
for buildings and related techniques for 
reducing energy consumption. Crosslisted 
as ENME 414. 

ARCH 418 Independent Studies in 
Architectural Science. (1-6) Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. Independent 
research in architectural science and 
technology. 

ARCH 420 History of American Architecture. 
(3) Survey history of American architecture 
from the 17th century to the present. Lecture, 
3 hours per week. 
ARCH 421 Seminar in American 
Architecture. (3) Advanced investigation of 
historical problems in American 
architecture. Readings, discussions, and 
papers, prerequisite, ARCH 420 or 
permission of instructor. 
ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-1800. 
(3) French architectural theory and practice 
of the second half of the 18th century. A 
reading knowledge of French will be 
required. Colloquium and independent 
research. By permission of the instructor. 
ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture. 
(3) Survey history of Russian architecture 
from the 10th century to the present. Lecture, 
3 hours per week. 

ARCH 426 Readings in Contemporary 
Architecture. (3) Prerequisite — ARCH 326. 
Readings and analysis of recent architectural 
criticism. Seminar, three hours per week. 
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural 
History. (3) Special topics in the history of 
architecture, repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits provided the subject matter is 
different. 

ARCH 429 Directed Studies in Architectural 
History. (1-3) Enrollment limited to advanced 
undergraduate and graduate students. 
Project proposals must receive a 
recommendation from the curriculum 
committee of the school of architecture and 
approval of the dean of the school prior to 
registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

ARCH 430 Problems and Methods of 
Architectural Preservation. (3) Prerequisite, 
ARCH 420 or by permission of instructor. 
Examination of social, cultural, and 
economic values affecting the theory and 
practice of architectural preservation in 
America, with emphasis upon the rationale 
and methods for the documentation, 
evaluation, and utilization of existing 
architectural resources. Field trips. 

ARCH 438 Selected Topics in Architectural 
Preservation. (3) By permission of the 
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of nine 
credits provided the subject matter is 
different. 



Courses / 113 



ARCH 439 Directed Studies in Architectural 
Preservation. (1-3) Enrollment limited to 
advanced undergraduates. Projects must 
receive a recommendation from the 
curriculum committee of the school of 
architecture and approval of the dean of the 
school prior to registration. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in 
Photography. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 340 or 
APDS 337 or JOUR 351 : and consent of 
instructor. Advanced study of photographic 
criticism through empirical methods, for 
students proficient in photographic skills. 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, 
seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning. 
(3) Introduction to city planning theory, 
methodology and techniques, dealing with 
normative, urban, structural, economic, 
social aspects of the city: urban planning as 
a process. Architectural majors or by 
permission of the instructor. Lecture, 
seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARCH 350 or permission of the 
instructor. Advanced investigation into 
problems of analysis and evaluation of the 
design of urban areas, spaces and 
complexes with emphasis on physical and 
social considerations, effects of public 
policies, through case studies. Field 
observations. 

ARCH 472 Economic Determinants of 
Architecture. (3) Introduction of economic 
aspects of present day architecture: 
government policy, land evaluation, and 
project financing; construction materials 
and labor costs; cost analysis and control 
systems. Architecture majors, except by 
permission of instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 478 Directed Studies in Architecture. 
(1-4) Directed study under individual faculty 
guidance with enrollment limited to 
advanced undergraduate students. Project 
proposals must receive a recommendation 
from the school curriculum committee and 
approval of the dean of the school prior to 
registration. Public oral presentation to the 
faculty of a final report of project will be 
required at final submission for credit. 

ARCH 500 Advanced Topical Problems in 
Architecture I. (6) Prerequisite — ARCH 401 
with a grade of C or better. Offers several 
studio options in advanced topical problems 
from among which the student selects one. 
Studies are structured under generic titles 
and includes lectures, field trips, and 
assigned readings as well as directed 
independent work. Offered fall term only. 
Lecture and studio 12 hours per week. 
Architecture majors only. 

ARCH 501 Advanced Topical Problems in 
Architecture II. (6) Prerequisite — ARCH 500 
with a grade of C or better. Offers several 
studio options in advanced topical problems 
from among which the student selects one. 
Studios are structured under generic titles 
and include lectures, field trips, assigned 
readings as well as directed independent 
work. Offered spring term only. Lecture and 
studio '2 hours per week. 
ARCH 532 Thesis Proseminar. (3) Directed 
research and preparation of program for 



required undergraduate thesis to be 
undertaken in final semester of program. 
Prerequisite, ARCH 401 with grade of C or 
better. Seminar, three hours per week. 
ARCH 512 Advanced Structural Analysis in 
Architecture. (3) Qualitative and quantitative 
analysis and design of selected complex 
structural systems and methods. 
Prerequisite. ARCH 411. Labs, field trips. 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 514 Environmental Systems in 
Architecture. (3) Qualitative analysis of 
selected environmental systems as designed 
determinants. Prerequisite, ARCH 411. 
Lecture, lab, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 570 Introduction to Professional 
Management. (2) Introduction to 
architectural professional practice 
management, including social, 
organizational project management, legal 
and cost-control aspects of the performance 
of complex, comprehensive environmental 
design services. Prerequisite, ARCH 401. 
Lecture, 2 hours per week. 

Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

AREC 240 Environment and Human 

Ecology. (3) Pollution and human crowding 

in the modern environment. Causes and 

ecological costs of these problems. Public 

policy approaches to the solution of 

problems in environment and human 

ecology. 

AREC 250 Elements of Agricultural and 

Resource Economics. (3) An introduction to 

economic principles of production, 

marketing, agricultural prices and incomes, 

farm labor, credit, agricultural policies, and 

government programs. 

AREC 251 Marketing of Agricultural 
Products. (3) The development of marketing, 
its scope, channels, and agencies of 
distribution, functions, costs, methods used 
and services rendered. 

AREC 398 Seminar. (1) Students will obtain 
experience in the selection. Preparation and 
presentation of economic topics and 
problems which will be subjected to critical 
analysis. 

AREC 399 Special Problems. (1-2) 

Concentrated reading and study in some 
phase of problem in agricultural economics. 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products. 

(3) An introduction to agricultural price 
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of 
price information in the decision-making 
process, the relation of supply and demand 
in determining agricultural prices, and the 
relation of prices to grade, time, location, 
and stages of processing in the marketing 
system. The course includes elementary 
methods of price analysis, the concept of 
parity and the role of price support programs 
in agricultural decisions. 

AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The 

organization and operation of the farm 
business to obtain an income consistent with 
family resources and objectives. Principles 
of production economics and other related 
fields are applied to the individual farm 
business. Laboratory period will be largely 
devoted to field trips and other practical 
exercises. 



AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm 
Business. (3) Application of economic 
principles to develop criteria for a sound 
farm business, including credit source and 
use. preparing and filing income tax returns, 
methods of appraising (arm properties, the 
summary and analysis of farm records, 
leading to effective control and profitable 
operation of the farm business. 
AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANSC 230 and 232. An 
introduction to the economic forces 
affecting the horse industry and to the 
economic tools required by horse farm 
managers, trainers, and others in the 
industry. 

AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural 
Business Management. (3) The different 
forms of business are investigated. 
Management functions, business indicators, 
measures of performance, and operational 
analysis are examined. Case studies are used 
to show applications of management 
techniques. 

AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing 
Systems for Agricultural Commodities. (3) 
Basic economic theory as applied to the 
marketing of agricultural products, including 
price, cost, and financial analysis. Current 
developments affecting market structure 
including effects of contractual 
arrangement, vertical integration, 
governmental policies and regulation. 
AREC 432 Introduction to Natural 
Resources Policy. (3) Development of 
natural resource policy and analysis of the 
evolution of public intervention in the use of 
natural resources. Examination of present 
policies and of conflicts between private 
individuals, public interest groups, and 
government agencies. 

AREC 445 World Agricultural Development 
and the Quality of Life. (3) An examination of 
the key aspects of the agricultural 
development of less developed countries 
related to resources, technology, cultural 
and social setting, population, infrastructure, 
incentives, education, and government. 
Environmental impact of agricultural 
development, basic economic and social 
characteristics of peasant agriculture, 
theories and models of agricultural 
development, selected aspects of 
agricultural development planning. 
AREC 452 Economics of Resource 
Development. (3) Economic, political, and 
institutional factors which influence the use 
of land resources Application of elementary 
economic principles in understanding social 
conduct concerning the development and 
use of natural and man-made resources. 
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural 
Resources. (3) Rational use and reuse of 
natural resources Theory and methodology 
of the allocation of natural resources among 
alternative uses Optimum state of 
conservation, market failure, safe minimum 
standard, ana cost-benefit analysis 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometric* In 
Agriculture. (3) An introduction to the 
application of economic techniques to 
agricultural problems with emphasis on the 
assumptions and ccou:': onal techniques 
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test 
hypotheses, and make predictions with the 



114 / Courses 



use of single equation models. Includes 
linear and non-linear regression models, 
internal least squares, discriminant analysis 
and factor analysis. 

AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Agriculture, Business, and 
Economic Analysis. '31 This course is 
designed to train ctudents in the application 
of mathematical programming (especially 
linear programming) to solve a wide variety 
of problems in agriculture, business and 
economics. The primary emphasis is on 
setting up problems and interpreting results. 
The computational facilities of the computer 
science center are used extensively. 
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and 
Resources Economics. (3) Repeatable to a 
maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics I. (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic 
theory from 1700 to 1850. This course 
develops a basic understanding of the 
development of economic and political 
thought as a foundation for understanding 
our present society and its cultural heritage. 
Prerequisite, acceptance in the honors 
program of the department of Agricultural 
and Resource Economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics II. (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic 
theory from 1850 to the present. This course 
continues the development of a basic 
understanding of economic and political 
thought begun in AREC 495 by the 
examination of modern problems in 
agricultural and resource economics in the 
light of the material read and discussed in 
AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: 
successful completion of AREC 495 and 
registration in the honors program of the 
department of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics. 

Air Science 

ARSC 100 General Military Course 
(Freshmen). (1) General military 
course-freshman year. ARSC 100 and 101. In 
the first two years, cadets meet academic 
classes once per week. In addition, they 
receive one hour of corps training each 
week. 

ARSC 101 General Military Course 
(Freshmen). (1) General military 
course-freshman year. ARSC 100 and 101. In 
the first two years, cadets meet academic 
classes once per week. In addition, they 
receive one hour of corps training each 
week. 

ARSC 200 General Military Course 
(Sophomores). (1) General military 
course-sophomore year, ARSC 200 and 201. 
In the first two years, cadets meet academic 
classes once per week. In addition, they 
receive one hour of corps training each 
week. 

ARSC 201 Genera! Military Course 
(Sophomores). (1) General military 
course-sophomore year. ARSC 200 and 201. 
In the first two years, cadets meet academic 
classes once per week. In addition, they 
receive one hour of corps training each 
week. 



ARSC 300 Professional Officer Course 

(Juniors). (3) The growth and development of 

aerospace power. Requires three class 

hours, plus one hour of corps training per 

week. 

ARSC 301 Professional Officer Course 

(Juniors). (3) The growth and development of 

aerospace power. Requires three class 

hours, plus one hour of corps training per 

week 

ARSC 302 Professional Officer Course 

(Seniors). (3) The professional officer. 

Requires three class hours, plus one hour of 

corps training per week. 

ARSC 303 Professional Officer Course 

(Seniors). (3) The professional officer. 

Requires three class hours, plus one hour of 

corps training per week. 

Art Education 

ARTE 100 Fundamentals of Art Education. 

(3)Two hours of laboratory and two hours of 
lecture per week. Fundamental principles of 
the visual arts for teaching on the elementary 
level. Elements and principles of design and 
theory of color. Studio practice in different 
media. 

Art History 

ARTH 100 Introduction to Art. (3) Basic tools 
of understanding visual art. This course 
stresses major approaches such as 
techniques, subject matter, form, and 
evaluation. Architecture, sculpture, painting, 
and graphic arts will be discussed. Required 
of all art majors in the first year. 
ARTH 260 History of Art. (3) A survey of 
western art as expressed through 
architecture, sculpture and painting. 
Prehistoric times to Renaissance. 
ARTH 261 History of Art. (3) A survey of 
western art as expressed through 
architecture, sculpture and painting from 
Renaissance to the present. 
ARTH 284 Introduction to African Art. (3) 
General concepts preparing the student for a 
better understanding of African cultures 
through an appreciation of their art. 
ARTH 320 Masterpieces of Painting. (3) A 
study of the contributions of a few major 
painters, ranging from Giotto to Titian. 
ARTH 321 Masterpieces of Painting. (3) A 
study of the contributions of a few major 
painters, ranging from El Greco to Picasso. 
ARTH 330 Masterpieces of Sculpture. (3) A 
study of the contributions of a few major 
sculptors, ranging from Polykleitos to 
Ghiberti. 

ARTH 331 Masterpieces of Sculpture. (3) A 
study of the contributions of a few major 
sculptors, ranging from Ghiberti to Moore. 
ARTH 338 Special Topics In Art and Music. 
(3) Open to non-majors and majors in art or 
music; listed also as MUSC 338. Repeatable 
to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARTH 340 Masterpieces of Architecture. (3) 
A study of great architecture from 
Stonehenge to the Cathedral at Pisa. 
ARTH 341 Masterpieces of Architecture. (3) 
A study of great architecture from 
Abbaye-Aux-Hommes to Dulles Airport. 
ARTH 402 Classical Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the classical 
cultures. First semester will stress Greece. 



ARTH 403 Classical Art. (3) Architecture, 

sculpture and painting in the classical 

cultures. Second semester will stress Rome. 

ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art. (3) Art of the Near 

East, Egypt and Aegean. 

ARTH 406 Art of the East. (3)Architecture 

sculpture and painting. First semester will 

stress India. 

ARTH 407 Art of the East. (3) Architecture, 

sculpture and painting. Second semester will 

stress China and Japan. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian — Early Byzantine 

Art. (3) Sculpture, painting, architecture, and 

the minor arts from about 312 to 726 AD 

ARTH 411 Byzantine Art: 726 — 1453. (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture and the 

minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D. 

ARTH 412 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 

sculpture and painting in the middle ages. 

First semester will stress Romanesque. 

ARTH 413 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 

sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. 

Second semester will stress the Gothic 

Period. 

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in 

the 15th Century. (3) Painting in the 

Netherlands. France and Germany. 

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in 

the 16th Century. (3) Painting in the 

Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from 

about 1400 to 1430. 

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from 

about 1430 to 1475. 

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from 

about 1475 to 1500. 

ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from 

about 1500 to 1525. 

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the 

major southern European centers in the 17th 

century. 

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the 

major northern European centers in the 17th 

century. 

ARTH 434 French Painting. (3) French 

painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to 

Poussin. 

ARTH 435 French Painting. (3) French 

painting from 1600 to 1800. From LeBrun to 

David. 

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 

Europe from Neo-Classicism to 

Romanticism. 

ARTH 441 19th Century European Art. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in 

Europe. From Realism, to Impressionism and 

Symbolism. 

ARTH 445 Impressionism and 

Neo-lmpressionism. (3) Prerequisite, ARTH 

260, 261 or consent of instructor. History of 

Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: 

artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources 

and influence on 20th century. 

ARTH 450 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 

sculpture and architecture from the late 19th 

century to 1920. 



Courses / 115 



ARTH 451 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 
sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the 
present 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Century Sculpture. (3) Trends in sculpture 
from Neo-Classicism to the present. 
Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of 
sculpture during the 20th century. 
ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 
261, or consent of instructor. Graphic 
techniques and styles in Europe from 1400 to 
1800; contributions of major artists. 
ARTH 462 African Art. (3) First semester, the 
cultures west of the Niger River (Nigeria 
through Mali) from 400 B.C. to the present. 
The art is studied through its iconography 
and function in the culture and the 
intercultural influences upon the artists, 
including a study of the societies, cults and 
ceremonies during which the art was used. 
ARTH 463 African Art. (3) Second semester, 
the cultures east and south of Nigeria, The 
art is studied through its iconography and 
function in the culture and the intercultural 
influences upon the artists, including a study 
of the societies, cults and ceremonies during 
which the art was used. 
ARTH 464 African Art Research. (3) Seminar 
with concentration on particular aspects of 
African art. The course is given at the 
Museum of African Art in Washington, D. C. 
ARTH 470 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the 
pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods. 
ARTH 471 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the 
19th and 20th centuries. 
ARTH 476 History of American Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the 
United States from the Colonial period to 
about 1875. 

ARTH 477 History of American Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the 
United States from about 1875 to the present. 
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department head or 
instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of 
six credits. 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I. 
(2-3) For advanced students, by permission 
of department chairman. Course may be 
repeated for credit if content differs. 
ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art Histcry II. 
(2-3). 

Art Studio 

ARTS 100 Design. (3) Principles and 
elements of design through manipulation 
and organization of materials in two and 
three dimensions. 

ARTS 110 Drawing I. (3) Six hours per week. 
An introductory course with a variety of 
media and related techniques. Problems 
based on still life, figure and nature. 

ARTS 200 Intermediate Design. (3) Six hours 
per week. Prerequisites ARTS 100, 110. A 
continuation of Design I with more 
individually structured problems in terms of 
form, composition and meaning. 

ARTS 210 Drawing II. (3) Six hours per week. 
Prerequisites, ARTS 100. 110. Original 
compositions from the figure and nature, 
supplemented by problems of personal and 
expressive drawing. 



ARTS 21 5 Anatomical Drawing. (3) Six hours 
per week. Prerequisites ARTS 210 or 
permission of instructor. A drawing course 
based on the study of anatomical structure 
emphasizing the human body. 
ARTS 220 Painting I. (3) Six hours per week. 
Prerequisites ARTS 100, 110. Basic tools and 
language of painting. Oil and watercolor. 
ARTS 277 Architectu ral Presentation. (3) Six 
hours per week. Prerequisites, ARTS 100, 
110. Techniques of wash and watercolor in 
architectural, interior and landscape 
architectural rendering. 
ARTS 310 Drawing III. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. Emphasis on 
understanding organic form, as it is related 
to study from the human figure and to 
pictorial composition. 

ARTS 320 Painting II. (3) Six hours per week. 
Prerequisites, ARTS 210, 220. Original 
compositions based upon nature, figure and 
still life, supplemented by expressive 
painting. Choice of media. 
ARTS 324 Painting III. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 320. Creative 
painting for advanced students. Problems 
require a knowledge of pictorial structure. 
Development of personal direction. Choice 
of media. 

ARTS 330 Sculpture I. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. (For students 
majoring in art history, by permission of 
department.) Volumes, masses and planes, 
based on the use of plastic earths. Simple 
armature construction and methods of 
casting. 

ARTS 334 Sculpture II. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 330. Nature as a 
point of developing ideas into organic and 
architectural forms. 

ARTS 335 Sculpture III. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 334. Problems 
involving plastic earths and other material 
capable of being modeled of cast. Choice of 
individual style encouraged. 
ARTS 340 Printmaking I. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 210. (For students 
majoring in art history, by permission of 
department.) Basic printmaking techniques 
in relief, intaglio, and planographic media. 
ARTS 344 Printmaking II. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. One print 
media including extensive study of color 
processes. Individually structured problems. 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes. 

(3) Six hours per week. Prerequisites, either 
ARTS 220, 330 or 340. Investigation and 
execution of process oriented art. Group and 
individual experimental projects. 

ARTS 410 Drawing IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 310. Advanced 
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, its 
structure and organic likeness to forms in 
nature. Compositional problems deriving 
from this relationship are also stressed 

ARTS 420 Painting IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 324. Creative 
painting. Emphasis on personal direction 
and self-criticism. Group seminars. 

ARTS 430 Sculpture IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 335. Problems and 
techniques of newer concepts, utilizing 
various materials, such as plastics and 



metals. Technical aspects of welding 
stressed. 

ARTS 440 Printmaking III. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 344. 
Contemporary experimental techniques of 
one print medium with group discussions. 
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite, ARTS 440. Continuation 
of ARTS 440. 

ARTS 489 Special Problems In Studio Art. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 
ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art. 
(2-3) For advanced students, by permission 
of department chairman. Course may be 
repeated for credit if content differs. 
Astronomy 

ASTR 100 Introduction to Astronomy. (3) 

Every semester. An elementary course in 
descriptive astronomy, especially 
appropriate for non-science students. Sun, 
moon, planets, stars and nebulae, galaxies, 
evolution. The course is illustrated with 
slides and demonstrations of instruments. 
ASTR 105 Introduction to Modern 
Astronomy. (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, ASTR 100. An elementary 
course in modern astronomy elaborating on 
some of the topics which could only be 
mentioned briefly in ASTR 100. Appropriate 
for non-science students. 
ASTR 110 Astronomy Laboratory. (1) Two 
hours of laboratory work per week. 
Prerequisite, previous or concurrent 
enrollment in ASTR 100. Exercises include 
use of photographs of moon, stars, nebulae 
and galaxies and spectra; experiments 
demonstrating scientific concepts used in 
astronomy. Daytime and nighttime 
observations if weather permits. Appropriate 
for non-science majors. 
ASTR 181 Introductory Astronomy and 
Astrophysics I. (3)Corequisite — MATH 140. 
Three lectures per week. For science and 
mathematics majors. Survey of several 
branches of astronomy such as the solar 
system, properties of stars and stellar 
systems, and the galaxy. ASTR 181 should 
not normally be taken by students who have 
already taken ASTR 100 and 105. 
ASTR 182 Introductory Astronomy and 
Astrophysics II. (3) Prerequisites — ASTR 
181 or consent of the instructor. Three 
lectures per week. For science and 
mathematics majors. Aspects of astronomy 
not included in ASTR 181 and in general 
more oriented toward astrophysics. The sun, 
stellar evolution, extragalactic objects and 
cosmology. Credit will be given only one 
course ASTR 182 or 350. 
ASTR 210 Practical Astronomy. (2-3) 
Prerequisites. ASTR 181 or 350 and MATH 
140. ASTE 100 and 105 may be substituted 
for ASTR 181 if approved by instructor. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory per 
week. 2-3 credits, according to work done. 
Designed primarily for astronomy majors to 
give the student familiarity with techniques 
used by astronomers and an understanding 
of how astronomical data are obtained. 
Students registered for 2 credits will not be 
required to do all the exercises Coordinate 
systems, optics, photometry, binary stars, 
distance determination. Hertzsprung-Russel 



116 / Courses 



diagram, solar observations, moon, galactic 
structure, and galaxies. 
ASTR 288 Special Protects in Astronomy. 
(1-3) Prerequisite. Permission ot the 
instructor Independent study, short 
research projects, tutorial reading, and 
assisting with faculty research and teachings 
under special supervision. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits 
ASTR 350 Astronomy and Astrophysics. (3) 
Prerequisites — PHYS 192. 262. or 142H or 
the consent of the instructor 
(Recommended corequisite — PHYS 293 or 
263). Three lectures per week Lecture survey 
course in astronomy and astrophysics, with 
strong emphasis on physical concepts. The 
student will use physics in astronomical and 
astrophysical contexts but is not expected to 
have had any previous introduction to 
astronomy. Credit will be given for only one 
course ASTR 182 or 350. 
ASTR 398 Special Topics in Astronomy. (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing or consent of 
instructor. This course is designed primarily 
for students not majoring in astronomy and 
is suitable for non-science students. It will 
concentrate study in some limited field in 
astronomy which will vary from semester to 
semester. Possible subjects for study are the 
solar system, extragalactic astronomy and 
cosmology, the inconstant universe. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits 
ASTR 399 Honors Seminar. (1-16) Credit 
according to work done. Enrollment is 
limited to students admitted to the honors 
program in astronomy. 
ASTR 400 Introduction to Astrophysics I. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Pre- or corequisite, 
PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. 
Spectroscopy, structure of the atmospheres 
of the sun and other stars. Observational 
data and curves of growth. Chemical 
composition. 

ASTR 401 Introduction to Astrophysics II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ASTR 
400. A brief survey of stellar structure and 
evolution, and of the physics of low-density 
gases, such as the interstellar medium and 
the solar atmosphere. Emphasis is placed on 
a good understanding of a few theoretical 
concepts that have wide astrophysical 
applications. 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Prerequisites, working knowledge of 
calculus, physics through PHYS 284, or 263, 
and 3 credits of astronomy. An introduction 
to current methods of obtaining 
astronomical information including radio, 
infrared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray 
astronomy. The laboratory work will involve 
photographic and photoelectric 
observations with the department's optical 
telescope and 21-cm line spectroscopy, flux 
measurements and interferometry with the 
department's radiotelescopes. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Prerequisites, ASTR 410, working knowledge 
of calculus, physics through PHYS 284. or 
263, and 3 credits of astronomy. An 
introduction to current methods of obtaining 
astronomical information including radio, 
infrared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray 
astronomy. The laboratory work will involve 
photographic and photoelectric 
observations with the department's optical 



telescope and 21-cm line spectroscopy, flux 
measurements and interferometry with the 
department's radiotelescopes. Observatory 
work on individual projects Every semester. 
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic 
Research. (3) Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite. MATH 141 and at least 12 
credits of introductory physics and 
astronomy courses. Stellar motions, 
methods of galactic research, study of our 
own and nearby galaxies, clusters of stars. 
ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics. (3) Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or 
consent of instructor Celestial mechanics, 
orbit theory, equations of motion. 
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy. 
(1-6) Prerequisite, major in physics or 
astronomy and/or consent of advisor. 
Research or special study. Credit according 
to work done. 

Botany 

BOTN 100 General Botany for Non-Science 
Students. (4) Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. A basic course in 
plant biology specifically designed to meet 
the educational needs of the general or 
non-science student. Emphasis is placed on 
an ecological approach to studying 
fundamental concepts and processes of 
plants, and stressing the importance of plant 
life to human welfare. Credit not allowed for 
BOTN 100 and 101. 

BOTN 101 General Botany. (4) Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. A basic 
course in plant biology specifically designed 
to meet the educational needs of students 
majoring in the physical or biological 
sciences. This course prepares students for 
advanced courses in plant science. Emphasis 
is placed on fundamental biological 
principles and mechanisms governing 
higher plant life in the ecosystem. (Credit not 
allowed for both BOTN 100 and 101). 
BOTN 202 Plant Kingdom. (4) Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A brief 
evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, 
mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the 
seed plants, emphasizing their structure, 
reproduction, habitats, and economic 
importance. 

BOTN 211 Principles of Conservation. (3) 
Three lectures per week. A study of the 
principles of economical use of our natural 
resources including water, soil, plants, 
minerals, wildlife and man. 
BOTN 212 Plant Taxonomy (3) One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. An 
introductory study of plant classification, 
based on the collection and identification of 
local plants. 

BOTN 221 Diseases of Plants. (4) Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. An 
introductory study of the symptoms and 
causal agents of plant diseases and 
measures for their control. 

BOTN 389 Tutorial Readings in Botany 
(Honors Course) (2-3). Prerequisite, 
admission to the department of botany 
honors program. A review of the literature 
dealing with a specific research problem in 



preparation for original research to be 
accomplished in BOTN 399. Papers will be 
assigned and discussed in frequent sessions 
with the instructor 

BOTN 398 Seminar. (1) Repeatable to a 
maximum of two semester hours credit 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
Discussion and readings on special topics, 
current literature, or problems and progress 
in all phases of botany. Minor experimental 
work may be pursued if facilities and the 
qualifications of the student s permit. For 
seniors only, majors and minors in botany or 
biological science. 

BOTN 399 Research Problems in Botany. 
(1-3) Prerequisites, twenty hours of botany 
courses and permission of the instructor. 
Research and/or integrated reading in 
botany under the direction and close 
supervision of a member of the faculty. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 
BOTN 401 History and Philosophy of 
Botany. (1) Prerequisites. 20 semester credit 
hours in biological sciences including BOTN 
100 or equivalent. Discussion of the 
development of ideas and knowledge about 
plants, leading to a survey of contemporary 
work in botanical science. 
BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique. (3) 
BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants. 
(2) Prerequisite, BOTN 100or101 and CHEM 
1 04 Two lectures per week. A study of plants 
important to man that have medicinal or 
poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant 
source, plant description, the active agent 
and its beneficial or detrimental 
physiological action and effects. 
BOTN 405 Systematic Botany. (3) Two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 212 or equivalent. An 
advanced study of the principles of 
systematic botany. Laboratory practice with 
difficult plant families including grasses, 
sedges, legumes, and composites. Field trips 
arranged. 

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany. (2) 
Four two-hour laboratory demonstration 
periods per week, for eight weeks. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A 
study of the biological principles of common 
plants, and demonstrations, projects, and 
visual aids suitable for teaching in primary 
and secondary schools. 
BOTN 411 Plant Anatomy. (3) Summer or 
University College. Lectures and labs to be 
arranged. The origin and development of the 
organs and the tissue systems in the vascular 
plants. 

BOTN 413 Plant Geography. (2) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study of plant 
distribution throughout the world and the 
factors generally associated with such 
distribution. 

BOTN 414 Plant Genetics. (3) Prerequisite. 
BOTN 1 00 or equivalent. The basic principles 
of plant genetics are presented; the 
mechanics of transmission of the hereditary 
factors in relation to the life cycle of seed 
plants, the genetics or specialized organs 
and tissues, spontaneous and induced 
mutations of basic and economic 
significance, gene action, genetic maps, the 
fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in 
relation to methods of plant breeding are the 
topics considered. 



Courses / 117 



BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind. (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A 
survey of the plants which are utilized by 
man, the diversity of such utilization, and 
their historic and economic significance. 
BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy. (4) 
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory 
periods per week. The origin and 
development of cells, tissues, and tissue 
systems of vascular plants with special 
emphasis on seed-bearing plants Particular 
stress is given to the comparative, 
systematic, and evolutionary study of the 
structural components of the plants. 
Prerequisite, general botany 
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or general biology. 
Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for 
eight weeks. The identification of trees, 
shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the native 
plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other 
techniques will be used. Numerous short 
field trips will be taken. Each student will 
make an individual collection. 
BOTN 419 Natural History of Tropical 
Plants. (2) Prerequisite, one course in plant 
taxonomy or permission of instructor. An 
introduction to tropical vascular plants with 
emphasis on their morphological, 
anatomical, and habital peculiarities and 
major taxonomic features, geographic 
distribution and economic utilization of 
selected families. Two one-hour lectures per 
week. 

BOTN 422 Research Methods in Plant 
Pathology. (2) Two laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite. BOTN 221 or equivalent. 
Advanced training in the basic research 
techniques and methods of plant pathology. 
BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of Plant 
Diseases. (3) Prerequisite, BOTN 221. Three 
lectures per week. A study of various plant 
diseases grouped according to the manner 
in which the host plants are affected. 
Emphasis will be placed on recognition of 
symptoms of the various types of diseases 
and on methods of transmission and control 
of the pathogens involved. 

BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and 
Turf. (2) Prerequisite— BOTN 221. Two 
lectures per week. Designed for those 
students who need practical experience in 
recognition and control of ornamentals and 
turf diseases. The symptoms and current 
control measures for diseases in these crop 
areas will be discussed. 

BOTN 426 Mycology. (4) Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
An introductory study morphology, 
classification, life histories, and economics 
of the fungi. 

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology. (1) 

Summer session: Lecture and laboratory to 
be arranged. Prerequisite BOTN 221 or 
equivalent. The techniques of pesticide 
evaluation and the identification and control 
of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed 
Offered in alternate years or more frequently 
with demand. 

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology. (4) Two lectures 
and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 100 and general 
chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly 
recommended. A survey of the general 
physiological activities of plants. 



BOTN 462 Plant Ecology. (2) Prerequisite. 
BOTN 100 Two lectures per week. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by 
environmental factors with special emphasis 
on the structure and composition of natural 
plant communities, both terrestial and 
aquatic 

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune 
Vegetation. (2) Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 100. An examination of 
the biology of higher plants in dune and 
marsh ecosystems 

BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite — BOTN 462 or its equivalent or 
concurrent enrollment therein. One 
three-hour laboratory period a week. Two or 
three field trips per semester. The application 
of field and experimental methods to the 
qualitative and quantitative study of 
vegetation and ecosystems. 
BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany. (3) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent. An 
ecological discussion of plant life in the 
marine environment of sea coasts, salt 
marshes, estuaries and open seas. 
BOTN 475 Algal Systematics. (4) One lecture 
and two three hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, BOTN 100, 202, or 
permission of instructor. An intensive study of 
algal structures, morphology, classification 
and nomenclature including preparation, 
preservation and identification procedures. 
BOTN 477 Marine Plant Biology. (4) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or general biology 
plus organic chemistry or the consent of the 
instructor. Five one-hour lectures and three, 
3-hour laboratories each week for six weeks. 
An introduction to the taxonomic, 
physiological and biochemical 
characteristics of marine plants which are 
basic to thei r role in the ecology of the oceans 
and estuaries 

BOTN 497 Special Problems in Marine 
Research. (1-3) Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or 
general biology plus organic chemistry or 
consent of instructor. Recommended 
concurrent or previous enrollment in BOTN 
477, marine plant biology. An experimental 
approach to problems in marine research 
dealing primarily with phytoplankton, the 
larger algae, and marine spermatophytes. 
Emphasis will be placed on their 
physiological and biochemical activities. 

Business Administration 

BSAD 001 Workshop. (3) This course does 

not carry credit towards any degree at the 

University. 

BSAD 110 Business Enterprise. (3) A survey 

course covering the internal and functional 

organization of a business enterprise, its 

organization and control. 

BSAD 220 Principles of Accounting. (3) 

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. The 

principles of accounting for business 

enterprise and the use of accounting data in 

making business decisions. 

A — Limited to non-accounting majors see 
description above for BSAD 220. 
BSAD 221 Principles of Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisites: BSAD 220 or 220A. The 
principles of accounting for business 
enterprise and the use of accounting data in 
making business decisions 

A — Limited to non-accounting majors. See 
description above for BSAD 221. 



BSAD 230 Business Statistics I. (3) 
Prerequisite. MATH 220 or consent of 
instructor. An introductory course in 
statistical concepts including probability 
from a naive set theory approach, random 
variables and their properties, and the 
probability distributions of selected discrete 
and continuous random variables The 
concepts of sampling, sampling 
distributions, and the application of these 
concepts to esti mation hypothesis testing are 
included as are brief surveys of the regression 
and anova models This course may not be 
taken for credit by management science, 
statistics and IFSM majors. 
BSAD 231 Business Statistics I. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 141 or consent of 
instructor. For management science. 
statistics and IFSM majors An introductory 
course in statistical concepts including 
probability from a naive set theory approach, 
random variables and their properties, and 
the probability distributions of selected 
discrete and continuous random variables. 
The concepts of sampling, sampling 
distributions, and the application of these 
concepts to estimation hypothesis testing 
are included as are brief surveys of the 
regression and anova models. 
BSAD 301 Electronic Data Processing. (3) 
Students enrolled in the Department of 
Business Administration curricula will 
register for IFSM 401. For detailed 
information on prerequisites and description 
of the cou rse. refer to IFSM 401 . The credits 
earned in IFSM 401 may be included in the 
total credits earned in the area of 
concentration in business administration. 
BSAD 302 Electronic Data Processing 
Applications. (3) Students enrolled in the 
Department of Business Administration 
curricula will register for IFSM 402. For 
detailed information on prerequisites and 
description of the course, refer to IFSM 402 
The credits earned in IFSM 402 may be 
included in the total credits earned in the 
area of concentration in business 
administration 

BSAD 310 Intermediate Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 221 or 221A A 
comprehensive study of the theory and 
problems of valuation of assets, application 
of funds, corporation accounts and 
statements, and the interpretation of 
accounting statements. 
BSAD 311 Intermediate Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 221 or 221A. A 
comprehensive study of the theory and 
problems of valuation of assets, application 
of funds, corporation accounts and 
statements, and the interpretation of 
accounting statements. 
BSAD 320 Accounting Systems. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 220 A study of the 
factors involved in the design and 
installation of accounting systems: the 
organization, volume and types of 
transactions, charts of accounts, accounting 
manuals, the reporting system 
BSAD 321 Cost Accounting. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 221 or 221 A. A study of the basic 
concepts of product costing and cost 
analysis for management planning and 
control. Emphasis is placed on the role of the 
accountant in organizational management, 
analysis of cost behavior, standard cost. 



118 / Courses 



budgeting, responsibility accounting and 
relevant costs for decision making. 
BSAD 323 Income Tax Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 221 or 221A A study of 
the important provisions of the federal tax 
laws, using illustrative examples, selected 
questions and problems, and the preparation 
of returns. 

BSAD 332 Operations Research for 
Management Decisions. (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 220. BSAD 230 Surveys the 
philosophy, techniques, and applications of 
operations research to managerial decision 
making. The course is designed primarily for 
students not majoring in management 
science, statistics, or IFSM Techniques 
covered include, linear programming, 
transportation and assignment models, 
Markov processes, inventory and queuing 
models. Emphasis is placed on formulating 
and solving decision problems in the 
functional areas of management. 
BSAD 340 Business Finance. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 221 This course deals 
with principles and practices involved in the 
organization, financing, and rehabilitation of 
business enterprises; the various types of 
securities and their use in raising funds, 
apportioning income, risk, and control; 
intercorporate relations; and new 
developments. Emphasis is on solution of 
problems of financial policy faced by 
management. 

BSAD 343 Investments. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 340. An introduction to financial 
investments. Topics include securities and 
securities markets; investment risks, returns, 
and constraints; portfolio policies; and 
institutional investment policies. 
BSAD 350 Marketing Principles and 
Organization. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 
205. This is an introductory course in the 
field of marketing. Its purpose is to give a 
general understanding and appreciation of 
the forces operating, institutions employed, 
and methods followed in marketing 
agricultural products, natural products, 
services and manufactured goods. 
BSAD 351 Marketing Management. (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 230 or 350. A study of 
the work of the marketing division in a going 
organization. The work of developing 
organizations and procedures for the control 
of marketing activities is surveyed. The 
emphasis throughout the course is placed on 
the determination of policies, methods, and 
practices for the effective marketing of 
various forms of manufactured products. 
BSAD 352 Advertising. (3) Prerequisite, 
BSAD 350. A study of the role of advertising 
in the American economy; the impact of 
advertising on our economic and social life, 
the methods and techniques currently 
applied by advertising practitioners; the role 
of the newspaper, magazine, and other 
media in the development of an advertising 
campaign, modern research methods to 
improve the effectiveness of advertising and 
the organization of the advertising business. 

BSAD 353 Retail Management (3). 

Prerequisites, BSAD 220 and 350. Retail 
store organization, location, layout and store 
policy; pricing policies, price lines, brands, 
credit policies, records as a guide to buying; 
purchasing methods; supervision of selling; 



training and supervision of retail sales force; 
and administrative problems. 
BSAD 360 Personnel Management. (3) The 
basic course in personnel management 
includes manpower planning, recruitment, 
selection, development, compensation, and 
appraisal of employees. Explores the impact 
of scientific management and unionism on 
these functions. 

BSAD 362 Labor Relations. (3) A study of the 
development and methods of organized 
groups in industry with reference to the 
settlement of labor disputes. An economic 
and legal analysis of labor union and 
employer association activities, arbitration, 
mediation, and conciliation; collective 
bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, 
boycotts, lockouts, company unions, 
employee representation, and injunctions. 
BSAD 364 Management and Organization 
Theory. (3) The development of management 
and organization theory, nature of the 
management process and function and its 
future development. The role of the manager 
as an organizer and director, the 
communication process goals and 
responsibilities. 

BSAD 370 Principles of Transportation. (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A general 
course covering the five fields of 
transportation, their development, service, 
and regulation. 

BSAD 371 Traffic and Physical Distribution 
Management. (3) Prerequisite, junior 
standing. Examines the management 
aspects of the business firm in moving their 
raw materials and finished goods, through 
traffic, warehousing, industrial packaging, 
materials handling, and inventory. A 
systematic examination of the trade-off 
possibilities and management alternatives to 
minimize cost of product flow and 
maximizing customer service is provided. 
BSAD 380 Business Law. (3) Legal aspects 
of business relationships, contracts, 
negotiable instruments, agency, 
partnerships, corporations, real and 
personal property, and sales. 
BSAD 381 Business Law. (3) Legal aspects 
of business relationships, contracts, 
negotiable instruments, agency, 
partnerships, corporations, real and 
personal property, and sales. 
BSAD 385 Production Management. (3) 
Studies the operation of a manufacturing 
enterprise, concentrating on the economies 
of production. Introduces a grounding in 
analytical method early so that the broad 
problem areas of system design, operation 
and control can be based upon the analytical 
method. 

BSAD 390 Risk Management. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 111. Designed to 
acquaint the student with the nature and 
significance of risk in business enterprise. 
The problems relating to both pure and 
speculative risk in business are considered; 
and methods of solution involving risk 
assumption, transfer, reduction, and the use 
of insurance are analyzed as aids in 
management decision making. 
BSAD 391 Principles of Risk and Insurance. 
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 11.1. Emphasizes the 
use of insurance in resolving problems 
involving personal and business risks. Life. 



accident and health, fire and casualty, 
automobile, and marine insurance are 
examined as means of dealing with these 
risks The theory and legal aspects of 
insurance are considered, as well as the 
quantitive measurement of risks. 
BSAD 392 Introduction to International 
Business Management. (3) Prerequisite. 
ECON 203 or 205. A study of the domestic 
and foreign environmental factors affecting 
the international operations of U.S. business 
firms. The course also covers the 
administrative aspects of international 
marketing, finance and management. 
BSAD 393 Real Estate Principles. (3) 
Prerequisite ECON 203 or 205. This course 
covers the nature and uses of real estate, real 
estate as a business, basic principles, 
construction problems and home ownership, 
city planning, and public control and 
ownership of real estate. 
BSAD 401 Introduction to Systems Analysis. 
(3) Students enrolled in the department of 
business administration curricula will 
register for IFSM 436. For detailed 
information on prerequisites and 
descriptions of the course, refer to IFSM 436. 
The credits earned in IFSM 436 may be 
included in the total credits earned in the 
area of concentration in business 
administration. 

BSAD 420 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing as 
an accounting major or consent of 
instructor. Enrollment limited to upper 
one-third of senior class Seminar coverage 
of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in 
accounting. 

BSAD 421 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing as 
an accounting major or consent of 
instructor. Enrollment limited to upper 
one-third of senior class Seminar coverage 
of outstanding current non-text literature, 
current problems and case studies in 
accounting. 

BSAD 422 Auditing Theory and Practice. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 311 A study of the 
principles and problems of auditing and 
application of accounting principles to the 
preparation of audit working papers and 
reports. 

BSAD 423 Apprenticeship in Accounting. (0) 
Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester 
hours in accounting and the consent of the 
accounting staff. A period of apprenticeship 
is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about 
January 15 to February 15. 
BSAD 424 Advanced Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 311. Advanced 
accounting theory to specialized problems in 
partnerships, ventures, consignments, 
installment sales, insurance, statement of 
affairs, receiver's accounts, realization and 
liquidation reports, and consolidation of 
parent and subsidiary accounts. 
BSAD 425 CPA Problems. (3) Prerequisite, 
BSAD 311. or consent of instructor, a study 
of the nature, form and content of CPA. 
examinations by means of the preparation of 
solutions to. and an analysis of. a large 
sample of CPA. problems covering the 
various accounting fields. 



Courses / 119 



BSAD 426 Advanced Cost Accounting. (2) 

Prerequisite. BSAD 321. A continuation of 
basic cost accounting with special emphasis 
on process costs, standard costs, joint costs, 
and by-product cost. 

BSAD 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and 
Practice. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 422 
Advanced auditing theory and practice and 
report writing 

BSAD 430 Linear Statistical Models in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 230 or 
consent of instructor Model building 
involving an intensive study of the general 
linear stochastic model and the applications 
of this model to business problems. The 
model is derived in matrix form and this form 
is used to analyze both the regression and 
anova formulations of the general linear 
model. 

BSAD 431 Design of Statistical Experiments 
in Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 230 or 
231 Surveys anova models, basic and 
advanced experimental design concepts. 
Non-parametric tests and correlation are 
emphasized. Applications of these 
techniques to business problems in primarily 
the marketing and behavioral sciences are 
stressed 

BSAD 432 Sample Survey Design for 
Business and Economics. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 230 or 231. Design of probability 
samples. Simple random sampling, stratified 
random sampling, systematic sampling, and 
cluster sampling designs are developed and 
compared for efficiency under varying 
assumptions about the population sampled. 
Advanced designs such as multistage cluster 
sampling and replicated sampling are 
surveyed. Implementing these techniques in 
estimating parameters of business models is 
stressed. 

BSAD 433 Statistical Decision Theory in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 231 or 
consent of instructor. Bayesian approach to 
the use of sample information in 
decision-making Concepts of loss. risk, 
decision criteria, expected returns, and 
expected utility are examined. Application of 
these concepts to decision-making in the 
firm in various contexts are considered. 
BSAD 434 Operations Research I. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 230. MATH 240 or 
permission of instructor Designed primarily 
for students majoring in management 
science, statistics, and information systems 
management. It is the first semester of a two 
semester introduction to the philosophy, 
techniques and applications of operations 
research. Topics covered include linear 
programming, postoptimality analysis, 
network algorithms, dynamic programming, 
inventory and equipment replacement 
models 

BSAD 435 Operations Research II. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 434. or permission of 
instructor. The second semester of a 
two-part introduction to operations research 
The primary emphasis is on stochastic 
models in management science Topics 
include stochastic linear programming, 
probabilistic dynamic programming, markov 
processes, probabilistic inventory models, 
queueing theory and simulation 

BSAD 436 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Management Science. (3) 



Prerequisite. BSAD 434 or permission of 
instructor Theory and applications of linear, 
integer, and nonlinear programming models 
to management decisions Topics covered 
include the basic theorems of linear 
programming; the matrix formulation of the 
simplex, and dual simplex algorithms; 
decomposition, cutting plane, branch and 
bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; 
gradient based algorithms; and quadratic 
programming. Special emphasis is placed 
upon model formulation and solution using 
prepared computer algorithms 

BSAD 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis for 
Business Management. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 430 and MATH 240 or permission of 
the instructor. Selected topics in statistical 
analysis which are relevant to management 
for students with knowledge of basic 
statistical methods Topics include 
evolutionary operation and response surface 
analysis, forecasting techniques, 
pathologies of the linear model and their 
remedies, multivariate statistical models, and 
non-parametric models. 
BSAD 440 Financial Management. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 340. Analysis and 
discussion of cases and readings relating to 
financial decisions of the firm. The 
application of finance concepts to the 
solution of financial problems is 
emphasized. 

BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valuation. 
(3) Prerequisite. BSAD 343 Study and 
application of the concepts, methods, 
models, and empirical findings to the 
analysis, valuation, and selection of 
securities, especially common stock. 

BSAD 445 Commercial Bank Management. 

(3) Prerequisites, BSAD 340 and ECON 430. 
Analysis and discussion of cases and 
readings in commercial bank management. 
The loan function is emphasized; also the 
management of liquidity reserves, 
investments for income, and source of funds. 
Bank objectives, functions, policies, 
organization, structure, services, and 
regulation are considered. 

BSAD 450 Marketing Research Methods. (3) 

Prerequisites. BSAD 230 and 350. 
Recommended that BSAD 430 be taken prior 
to this course. This course is intended to 
develop skill in the use of scientific methods 
in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation 
of marketing data. It covers the specialized 
fields of marketing research; the planning of 
survey projects, sample design, tabulation 
procedure and report preparation 

BSAD 451 Consumer Analysis. (3) 
Prerequisites; BSAD 350 and 351. 
Recommended that PSYC 100 and 221 be 
taken prior to this course. Considers the 
growing importance of the American 
consumer in the marketing system and the 
need to understand him Topics include the 
foundation considerations underlying 
consumer behavior such as economic, 
social, psychological and cultural factors. 
Analysis of the consumer in marketing 
situations — as a buyer and user of products 
and services — and in relation to the various 
individual social and marketing factors 
affecting his behavior The influence of 
marketing communications is also 
considered. 



BSAD 452 Promotion Management. (3) 

Prerequisites. BSAD 350 and 352 This 
course is concerned with the way in which 
business firms use advertising, personal 
selling, sales promotion, and other methods 
as part of their marketing program The case 
study method is used to present problems 
taken from actual business practice. Cases 
studied illustrate problems in the use and 
coordination of demand stimulation 
methods as well as analysis and planning. 
Research, testing and statistical control of 
promotional activities are also considered. 

BSAD 453 Industrial Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites. BSAD 350 plus one other 
marketing course The industrial and 
business sector of the marketing system is 
considered rather than the household or 
ultimate consumer sector Industrial 
products range from raw materials and 
supplies to the major equipment in a plant, 
business office, or institution. Topics include 
product planning and introduction, market 
analysis and forecasting, channels, pricing, 
field sales force management, advertising, 
marketing cost analysis, and government 
relations. Particular attention is given to 
industrial, business and institutional buying 
policies and practice and to the analysis of 
buyer behavior. 

BSAD 454 International Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus any other 
marketing course. A study of the marketing 
functions from the viewpoint of the 
international executive In addition to the 
coverage of international marketing policies 
relating to product adaptation, data 
collection and analysis, channels of 
distribution, pricing, communications, and 
cost analysis, consideration is given to the 
cultural, legal, financial, and organizational 
aspects of international marketing. 

BSAD 455 Sales Management. (3) The role 
of the sales manager, both at headquarters 
and in the field, in the management of 
people, resources and marketing functions 
An analysis of the problems involved in sales 
organization, forecasting, planning, 
communicating, evaluating and controlling. 
Attention is given to the application of 
quantitative techniques and pertinent 
behavioral science concepts in the 
management of the sales effort and sales 
force. 

BSAD 460 Personnel Management — 
Analysis and Problems. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 360. Recommended. BSAD 230. 
Research findings, special readings, case 
analysis, simulation, and field investigations 
are used to develop a better understanding 
of personnel problems, alternative solutions 
and their practical ramifications. 

BSAD 462 Labor Legislation. (3) Case 
method analysis of the modern law of 
industrial relations Cases include the 
decisions of administrative agencies, courts 
and arbitration tribunals. 

BSAD 463 Public Sector Labor Relations. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 362 or permission of 
instructor. Development and structure of 
labor relations in public sector employment, 
federal, state, and local government 
reponses to unionization and collective 
bargaining 



120 Courses 



BSAD 464 Organizational Behavior. (3) 

Prerequisite. BSAD 364 An examination of 
research and theory concerning the lorces 
which contribute to the behavior of 
organizational members. Topics covered 
include: work group behavior, supervisory 
behavior, intergroup relations, employee 
goals and attitudes, communication 
problems, organizational change, and 
organizational goals and design. 
BSAD 467 Undergraduate Seminar In 
Personnel Management. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. This course is open 
only to the top one-third of undergraduate 
majors in personnel and labor relations and 
is offered during the fall semester of each 
year. Highlights major developments. Guest 
lecturers make periodic presentations. 
BSAD 470 Motor Transportation. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 370. The development 
and scope of the motor carrier industry; 
different types of carriers, economics of 
motor transportation, service available, 
federal regulation, highway financing, 
allocation of cost to highway users, highway 
barners 

BSAD 471 Water Transportation. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 370. Water carriers of all 
types, development and types of services, 
trade routes, inland waterways, company 
organization, the American Merchant Marine 
as a factor in national activity. 
BSAD 472 Commercial Air Transportation. 
(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 370. The air 
transportation system of the United States; 
airways, airports, airlines. Federal regulation 
of air transportation ; economics, equipment, 
operations, financing, selling of passenger 
and cargo services. Air mail development 
and services 

BSAD 473 Advanced Transportation 
Problems. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 370. A 
critical examination of current government 
transportation policy and proposed 
solutions. Urban and intercity managerial 
transport problems are also considered. 
BSAD 474 Urban Transport and Urban 
Development. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 
205. An analysis of the role of urban 
transportation in present and future urban 
development. The interaction of transport 
pricing and service, urban planning, 
institutional restraints, and public land uses 
is studied. 

BSAD 480 Legal Environment of Business. 
(3) The course examines the principal ideas 
in law stressing those which are relevant for 
the modern business executive. Legal 
reasoning as it has evolved in this country 
will be one of the central topics of study. 
Several leading antitrust cases will be 
studied to illustrate vividly the reasoning 
process as well as the interplay of business, 
philosophy, and the various conceptions of 
the nature of law which give direction to the 
process. Examination of contemporary legal 
problems and proposed solutions, especially 
those most likely to affect the business 
community, are also covered. 
BSAD 481 Public Utilities. (3) Prerequisite, 
ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated 
industries as specific examples, attention is 
focused on broad and general problems in 
such diverse fields as constitutional law, 
administrative law, public administration. 



government control of business, advanced 
economic theory, accounting, valuation and 
depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, 
and management 

BSAD 482 Business and Government. (3) 

Prerequisite. ECON 203 or 205 A study of the 
role of government in modern economic life. 
Social control of business as a remedy for 
the abuses of business enterprise arising 
from the decline of competition. Criteria of 
limitations on government regulation of 
private enterprise. 

BSAD 485 Advanced Production 
Management. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 385. A 
study of typical problems encountered by the 
factory manager. The objective is to develop 
the ability to analyze and solve problems in 
management control of production and in 
the formulation of production policies. 
Among the topics covered are plant location, 
production planning and control, methods 
analysis, and time study. 

BSAD 490 Urban Land Management. (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making 
aspects of urban land and property. Included 
are such subjects as land use and valuation 
matters. 

BSAD 493 Honors Study. (3) First semester 
of the senior year. Prerequisite, candidacy 
for honors in business administration. The 
course is designed for honors students who 
have elected to conduct intensive study 
(independent or group). The student will 
work under the direct guidance of a faculty 
advisor and the chairman of the honors 
committee. They shall determine that the 
area of study is of a scope and intensity 
deserving of a candidate's attention. Formal 
written and/or oral reports on the study may 
be required by the faculty advisor and/or 
chairman of the honors program. Group 
meetings of the candidates may be called at 
the discretion of the faculty advisors and/or 
chairman of the honors committee, 
research initiated in BSAD 493. Additional 
reports may be required at the discretion of 
the faculty advisor and honors program 
chairman. Group meetings may be held. 

BSAD 494 Honors Study (3) Second 
semester of the senior year. Prerequisite, 
BSAD 493, and continued candidacy for 
honors additional reports may be required at 
the discretion of the faculty advisor and 
honors program chairman. Group meetings 
may be held. 

BSAD 495 Business Policies. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 340, 350, 364, and 
senior standing. A case study course in 
which the aim is to have the students apply 
what they have learned of general 
management principles and their specialized 
functional applications to the overall 
management function in the enterprise. 

Behavioral and Social Sciences 

BSOS 101 Introduction to the 
Behavioral — Social Sciences. (3) An 

introduction to modern behavioral and social 
sciences: brief history, underlying principles, 
methods and trends of the major behavioral 
and social science disciplines. Selected 
contemporary problems and their handling 



by several appropriate disciplines of the 

behavioral-social sciences. 

BSOS 308 Contemporary 

Issues — Interdisciplinary Approaches. (3) 

An interdisciplinary analysis of current 
public policy issues of international, national 
and community import. Senior standing 
recommended. This course may be repeated 
once for credit, provided a different topic is 
offered. 

Physical Therapy 

BTPT 001 Orientation to Physical Therapy. 

(1) One hour lecture per week". Credit not 
applicable towards any degree. A lecture 
series describing the academic and clinical 
aspects of physical therapy. Representatives 
of other allied health areas will be invited to 
speak. S/F grading only. 

BTPT 111 Physical Therapy Orientation. (1) 
Continuation of BTPT 110 

Chemistry 

CHEM 101 Introductory College Chemistry. 

(2) Two lectures and one recitation per week. 
An introduction to the study of matter. This 
course is intended to be followed by CHEM 
103. This course may not be taken for credit 
by students with credit in CHEM 001, 003, 
005, 102, 103, or 105 or their equivalents. 
This course may not be taken to satisfy the 
general education science requirement. 
CHEM 102 Chemistry of Man's Environment. 
(4) Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Non-mathematical 
presentation of basic chemical principles 
and applications in cosmochemistry, 
geochemistry, biochemistry, and nuclear 
chemistry. Particular emphasis is placed on 
the development of man's environment and 
his effect upon it. This course is for the 
general student and does not satisfy the 
requirements of the professional schools. 
CHEM 103 College Chemistry I. (4) Three 
lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 101 
or satisfactory performance on qualifying 
test. The first semester of a general 
chemistry sequence intended for students 
whose curricula require a year or more of 
chemistry to provide a working knowledge of 
the science, nature and composition of 
matter; chemical calculations; atomic 
structure; solutions. 

CHEM 104 College Chemistry II. (4) Three 
lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 103 
or 105. A continuation of CHEM 103. The 
chemistry of carbon, aliphatic compounds; 
acids and bases, aromatic compounds; 
stereochemistry; halides; amines and 
amides; acids, esters; carbohydrates; natural 
products. 

CHEM 105 Principles of College Chemistry I. 
(4) Three lectures, one recitation, and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. A more 
rigorous treatment of the material of CHEM 
103. Admission by invitation of the chemistry 
department based on performance on a 
qualifying test. 

CHEM 106 Principles of College Chemistry 
II. (4) Three lectures, one recitation, and one 
three-hou r laboratory per week. Prerequisite. 
CHEM 103 or 105 and consent of the 
chemistry department. A more rigorous 
treatment of the material of CHEM 104. 



Courses / 121 



CHEM 107 Chemistry and Man. (3) Lecture 
course intended for non-chemistry majors. 
The impact of chemistry on man. The 
chemistry of the universe around us. of life. 
of the body, of the mind, of food and drugs, 
of consumer goods, and of everyday living. 
Basic knowledge of chemistry helpful to the 
intelligent citizen of today. 
CHEM 201 College Chemistry III. (3) Three 
lectures and one recitation per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106. A 
continuation of CHEM 104. Organic 
chemistry, with emphasis on molecular 
structure; stereochemistry, conformational 
analysis; substitution reactions; carbonium 
ions; spectroscopy; aromaticity; synthetic 
processes. This course must be 
accompanied by CHEM 202 unless credit for 
CHEM 202 has previously been established. 
CHEM 202 College Chemistry Laboratory III. 
(2) One lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104 
or 106. A laboratory course to accompany 
CHEM 201. This course must be 
accompanied by CHEM 201. 
CHEM 203 College Chemistry IV. (3) Three 
lectures and one recitation per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106. Introductory 
analytical and theoretical chemistry. 
Bonding theory, electrochemistry; molecular 
energetics and structure; chemical 
dynamics; equilibrium; determination of 
composition of matter. This course must be 
accompanied by CHEM 204 unless credit for 
CHEM 204 has previously been established. 
CHEM 204 College Chemistry Laboratory IV. 
(2) One lecture and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104 
or 106. A laboratory course to accompany 
CHEM 203. This course must be 
accompanied by CHEM 203. 
CHEM 211 Principles of College Chemistry 

III. (3) Three lectures and one recitation per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106 and 
consent of the chemistry department. A more 
rigorous treatment of the material of CHEM 
201. This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 212 unless credit for CHEM 212 has 
previously been established. 

CHEM 212 Principles of College Chemistry 
Laboratory III. (2) One lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the 
chemistry department. A more rigorous 
treatment of the material of CHEM 202. This 
course must be accompanied by CHEM 211. 
CHEM 213 Principles of College Chemistry 

IV. (3) Three lectures and one recitation per 
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 104 or 106 and 
consent of chemistry department. A more 
rigorous treatment of the material of CHEM 
203 This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 214 unless credit for CHEM 214 has 
previously been established. 

CHEM 214 Principles of College Chemistry 
Laboratory IV. (2) One lecture and one 
three-hou r laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the 
chemistry department. A more rigorous 
treatment of the material of CHEM 204. This 
course must be accompanied by CHEM 213. 
CHEM 261 Elements of Biochemistry. (3) 
For undergraduate students who desire a 
one-semester biochemistry course rather 
than a two-semester sequence. Course 



covers basic chemistry and metabolism of 
most molecules of biological importance. 
Not open to student with credit in CHEM 461. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 
104. 

CHEM 302 Radiochemical Safety 
Procedures. (1) One lecture per week. A 
lecture and demonstration course. Radiation 
hazards, principles and practices of radiator 
safety, federal (AEC, ICC) codes and state 
public health. 

CHEM 321 Quantitative Analysis. (4) Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 
203-204 or 213-214. Volumetric, gravimetric, 
electrometric, and colorimetric methods. 
Intended for students in agricultural 
chemistry, general physical science, science 
education, etc. 

CHEM 398 Special Projects. (2) Honors 
projects for undergraduate students. 
CHEM 399 Introduction to Chemical 
Research. (1-2) Prerequisite, junior 
standing. Registration only upon consent of 
the course coordinator. The course will allow 
students to conduct basic research under 
the supervision of a member of the 
department. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of four credits. 
CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481. 
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, one year of 
college chemistry and one year of college 
physics. Radioactive decay; introduction to 
oroperties of atomic nuclei; nuclear 
processes in cosmology; chemical, 
biomedical and environmental applications 
of radioactivity; nuclear processes as 
chemical tools; interaction of radiation with 
matter. 

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis. 
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites. 
CHEM 430 and 482 or concurrent 
registration. An examination of some 
advanced topics in quantitative analysis 
including nonaqueous titrations, 
precipitation phenomena, complex 
equilibria; and the analytical chemistry of the 
less familiar elements. 
CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis. 
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 
213-214, and consent of the instructor. The 
semi-micro determination of carbon, 
hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain 
functional groups. 

CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements 
Laboratory I. (3) One lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Corequisite, CHEM 481. An introduction to 
the principles and applications of 
quantitative techniques useful in chemistry, 
with emphasis on modern instrumentation. 
Computer programming, electronic circuits, 
spectroscopy, chemical separations 
CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements 
Laboratory II. (3) One lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite. CHEM 481; corequisite, CHEM 
482. An introduction to the principles and 
applications of quantitative techniques 
useful in chemistry, with emphasis on 
modern instrumentation. Communications 
techniques, vacuum systems, 



thermochemistry, phase equilibria, chemical 
kinetics, electrochemistry. 
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis. (3) One 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
201-202 or 21 1-212. and 203-204 or 213-214 
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3) 
Prerequisite, CHEM 481 An advanced study 
of the compounds of carbon, with special 
emphasis on molecular orbital theory and 
organic reaction mechanisms. 
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis. (3) 
One lecture and two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week Prerequisite: CHEM 
201-202 or 211-212, and 203-204 or 213-214 
The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. 

CHEM 447 Geochemistry of Fuels. (3) 
Prerequisite. CHEM 104 or consent of 
instructor. Discussion of the progenitors and 
the biochemical, chemical and physical 
agencies that convert them into crude oils, 
coals of various ranks, natural gas. and other 
organic fuels. The origin, composition, 
mineralogy, and organic constituents 
(kerogen) of oil shales Mineralogy, 
geochemical cycles, and accumulation of 
uranium and thorium. 

CHEM 461 Biochemistry I. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 
213-214, or permission of instructor. A 
comprehensive introduction to general 
biochemistry wherein the chemistry and 
metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic 
acids, and proteins are discussed. 
CHEM 462 Biochemistry II. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461. A 
continuation of CHEM 461. 
CHEM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 461. or concurrent 
registration in CHEM 461. 
CHEM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or concurrent 
registration in CHEM 462. and CHEM 430 or 
CHEM 463. 

CHEM 471 Geochemical Methods of 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. CHEM 103. 104. 
The course will consider the principles and 
application of geochemical analysis as 
applied to a variety of geological problems 
The topics covered will include X-ray and 
optical spectroscopy. X-ray diffraction, 
atomic absorption, electron microprobe and 
electron microscopy. 

CHEM 472 Principles of Geochemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 
104 or equivalent, and senior standing. A 
survey of historical and modern theories of 
the origin of the universe and the solar 
system. The origin of elements and their 
distributions in space, on extra-terrestnal 
bodies and on earth Discussion of the origin 
of igneous rocks, of the physical and 
chemical factors governing development 
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the 
oceans, and of the atmosphere Organic 
sediments, the internal structures of earth 
and the planets, the role of isotopes in 
geothermometry and in the solution of other 
problems. 

CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 482 or 
GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry 



122 / Courses 



applied to structures, properties and 
reactions of minerals and non-metallic 
solids Emphasis is placed on the relation of 
structural stability to bonding, ionic size, 
charge, order-disorder, polymorphism, and 
isomorphism. 

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 
481, or equivalent. The sources of various 
elements and chemical reactions between 
them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are 
treated. Causes and biological effects of air 
and water pollution by certain elements are 
discussed. 

CHEM 475 General Oceanography. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 103 or 
equivalent, and one additional semester of 
physical science. An introduction to 
physical, chemical and geological processes 
that occur in the marine environment 
including physical and chemical properties 
of sea water, geology of the sea floor, 
general circulation of the ocean, currents, 
waves, and tides. 

CHEM 476 Geochemistry of the Biosphere 
(3) Prerequisite, two years of chemistry 
including one year of either organic or 
physical chemistry. Three lectures per week. 
An interdisciplinary approach involving 
inorganic, organic, physical, and 
biochemistry to integrate the available 
information necessary to interpret and 
explain the major aspects of the 
geochemistry of the biosphere. 
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
203-204 or 213-214, MATH 141, PHYS 142 or 
PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken 
concurrently with CHEM 481) or consent of 
instructor. A course primarily for chemists 
and chemical engineers. 
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, 
or consent of instructor. A course primarily 
for chemists and chemical engineers. 
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry. 
(2) Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum 
chemistry and other selected topics. 
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry 
Laboratory. (2) Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 482 
and consent of instructor. 
CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry. (3) 
Three lectures or two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite 
varies with the nature of the topic being 
considered. Course may be repeated for 
credit if the subject matter is substantially 
different, but not more than three credits 
may be accepted in satisfaction of major 
supporting area requirements for chemistry 
majors. 

Chinese 

CHIN 101 Intensive Elementary Chinese. (6) 

Introduction to reading, writing, and 
speaking Chinese with an emphasis on 
mastering the essentials of pronunciation, 
basic characters and structural patterns. 
Eight hours per week. 

CHIN 102 Intensive Elementary Chinese. (6) 
Introduction to reading, writing, and 
speaking Chinese with an emphasis on 
mastering the essentials of pronunciation, 
basic characters and structural patterns. 
Eight hours per week. 



CHIN 103 Review of Elementary Chinese. 

(3) Designed for students with prior 
experience with the Chinese language, either 
written or spoken, who have need of further 
preparation before entering Chinese 201. 
CHIN 103 may be taken simultaneously with 
Chinese 201. 104 with 202. on 
recommendation of the director of the 
Chinese program. 

CHIN 104 Review of Elementary Chinese. 
(3) Designed for students with prior 
experience with the Chinese language, either 
written or spoken, who have need of further 
preparation before entering Chinese 201. 
CHIN 103 may be taken simultaneously with 
Chinese 201, 104 with 202. on 
recommendation of the director of the 
Chinese program. 

CHIN 201 Intermediate Chinese. (3) Three 
recitations per week; additional electronic 
laboratory in CHIN 201. Prerequisite, CHIN 
102 or equivalent. Reading of texts designed 
to give some knowledge of Chinese life, 
thought and culture. 

CHIN 202 Intermediate Chinese. (3) Three 
recitations per week. Prerequisite, CHIN 201 
or equivalent. Reading of texts designed to 
give some knowledge of Chinese life, 
thought and culture. 

CHIN 301 Advanced Chinese. (3) Advanced 
level study of language patterns and syntax 
as well as development of vocabulary and 
skills necessary to prepare the student for 
eventual use of original sources. 
Prerequisite. Chinese 201 . 202, or permission 
of the director of the Chinese program. 
CHIN 302 Advanced Chinese. (3) Advanced 
level study of language patterns and syntax 
as well as development of vocabulary and 
skills necessary to prepare the student for 
eventual use of original sources. 
Prerequisite. Chinese 201 . 202, or permission 
of the director of the Chinese program. 
CHIN 401 Readings in Chinese History and 
Literature I. (3) Prerequisite— CHIN 302 or 
equivalent. A language training course using 
original sources in history and literature. 
CHIN 402 Readings in Chinese History and 
Literature II. (3) Prerequisite — CHIN 401 or 
equivalent. A language cou rse training using 
original sources in history and literature. 
CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I. (3) 
Prerequisite, CHIN 302. Introductory 
classical Chinese using literary and historical 
sources in the original language. 
CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II. (3) 
Prerequisite, CHIN 302. Further classical 
studies by various writers from famous 
ancient philosophers to prominent scholars 
before the new culture movement. 
CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition I. (3) Prerequisite— CHIN 202 or 
equivalent. Review of contemporary 
grammar with emphasis on contemporary 
materials and free composition. 
CHIN 406 Advanced Conversation and 
Composition II. (3) Prerequisite — CHIN 405 
or equivalent. Analysis of the role of 
language in literature; study of principles 
and techniques of advanced composition. 
Speech composition, letter and report 
writing. 

CHIN 411 Chinese Civilization. (3) This 
course supplements GEOG 422; cultural 
geography of China and Japan. It deals with 



Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, 

government, and great men. The course is 

given in English 

CHIN 412 Chinese Civilization. (3) 

Developments in China since 1911. The 

course is given in English. 

CHIN 413 Survey of Chinese Literature In 

Translation I. (3) The background and 

development of Chinese literature from the 

earliest philosphical writings through the 

poetry of the Sung Dynasty (13th century 

A.D.). 

CHIN 414 Survey of Chinese Literature in 

Translation II. (3) Yuan Dynasty drama 

through Ming and Ching novels and essays 

to the modern and revolutionary short 

stories, essays and poetry of twentieth 

century China 

CHIN 421 Chinese Linguistics. (3) 

Prerequisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent. 

CHIN 422 Chinese Linguistics. (3) 

Prerequisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent. 

CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I. 

(3) Prerequisites. CHIN 302 or equivalent. 

Introduction to the history and theories of 

translation/interpretation; contrastive 

studies of the structures of English and 

Chinese; development of the four language 

skills. 

CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II. 

(3) Prerequisite. CHIN 431 or equivalent. 

Comparative Literature 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of 
Comparative Literature. (3) Survey of the 
background of European literature through 
study of Greek and Latin literature in English 
translations, discussing the debt of modern 
literature to the ancients. 
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of 
Comparative Literature. (3) Study of the 
medieval and modern continental literature. 

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama. (3) The chief 
works of Aeschylus. Sophocles, Euripides, 
and Aristophanes in English translations. 
Emphasis on the historic background, on 
dramatic structure, and on the effect of the 
attic drama upon the mind of the civilized 
world. 

CMLT 415 The Old Testament as Literature. 
(3) A study of sources, development and 
literary types. 

CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature. (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, 
with attention to the relevant historical 
background and to the transmission of the 
text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not 
essential. 

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and its 
Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers. 
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin 
required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and its 
Influence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers. 
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin 
required. 

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the 
middle ages studied in translation. 
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance 
Tradition. (3) A reading of The Divine 



Courses / 123 



Comedy to enlighten the discovery ot reality 

in western literature. 

CMLT 461 Romanticism — Early Stages. (3) 

Emphasis on England. France and Germany 

Reading knowledge of French or German 

required. 

CMLT 462 Romanticism — Flowering and 

Influence. (3) Emphasis on England. France 

and Germany. Reading knowledge of French 

or German required 

CMLT 469 The Continental Novel. (3) The 

novel in translation from Stendhal through 

the Existentialists, selected from literatures 

of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 

CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama. 

(3) Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, 

with some attention given to selected 

predecessors, contemporaries and 

successors. 

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors. (3). 

CMLT 488 Genres. (3) A study of a 
recognized literary form, such as tragedy, 
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, 
tragicomedy, etc. The course may be 
repeated for cumulative credit up to six 
hours when different material is presented. 
CMLT 489 Major Writers. (3) Each semester 
two major writers from different cultures and 
languages will be studied. Authors will be 
chosen on the basis of significant 
relationships of cultural and aesthetic 
contexts, analogies between their respective 
works, and the importance of each writer to 
his literary tradition. 

CMLT 496 Conference Course in 
Comparative Literature. (3) Second 
semester. A tutorial type discussion course, 
correlating the courses in various literatures 
which the student has previously taken with 
the primary themes and masterpieces of 
world literature. This course is required of 
undergraduate majors in comparative 
literature, but must not be taken until the 
final year of the student's program. 
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative 
Literature. (3) 

Computer Science 

CMSC 100 Introduction to Use of the Digital 
Computer. (1) An introduction to the use of 
Fortran for solution of simple computational 
tasks. The use of a conversational mode to 
simplify the computational process will be 
emphasized. Where possible students will be 
assigned to sections of comparable 
background. Examples and problems for the 
sections will be chosen appropriate to the 
background of the students. 
CMSC 103 Introduction to Computing for 
Non-Majors. (3) Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period each week. Basic 
concepts of Fortran Elements of computer 
organization. Algorithms in the 
computational solution of problems. Survey 
of non-numeric and numeric applications. 
Programming projects. 

CMSC 110 Introductory Computer 
Programming. (3) Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period each week 
Construction of algorithms for the efficient 
solution of computational problems. 
Elements of Fortran. Programming 
techniques and implementation, including 
debugging and documentation. 



CMSC 120 Intermediate Computer 
Programming. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 1 10 or 
equivalent. Two lectures and one two-hour 
laboratory period each week. Elements of 
structured programming Program design, 
testing, and documentation. Development of 
large programs. 

CMSC 210 Assembly Language 
Programming. (3) Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, CMSC 120 or equivalent, 
logical basis of computer structure, machine 
representation of numbers and characters, 
flow of control, instruction codes, arithmetic 
and logical operations, indexing and indirect 
addressing, input-output, push-down stacks, 
symbolic representation of programs and 
assembly systems, subroutine linkage, 
macros, interpretive systems, and recent 
advances in computer organization. Several 
computer projects to illustrate basic 
concepts. 

CMSC 220 Introduction to File Processing. 
(3) Prerequisite, CMSC 120 or equivalent. 
Characteristics and use of peripheral 
memory devices for sequential and direct 
access file processing. Techniques such as 
sorting and searching, hash coding, and 
table look-up. 

CMSC 250 Introduction to Discrete 
Structures. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 110 and 
MATH 111 or equivalent. Fundamental 
mathematical concepts and algebraic 
structures, such as sets, relations, functions, 
semigroups, monoids, and Boolean algebras. 
Introduction to the theory of graphs and 
trees and their realization as computer 
programs. Emphasis on examples and 
applications rather than mathematical rigor. 
CMSC 268 Numerical Calculus Laboratory. 
(1-2) Two hours laboratory per week for each 
credit hour. Prerequisite, MATH 240, or 
concurrent registration therein and CMSC 
110, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the 
development of algorithmic solutions or 
problems taken from numerical calculus with 
emphasis on efficiency of computation, and 
the control of errors. Basic one-credit 
laboratory includes completion of several 
machine projects on material related to 
MATH 240. Second credit involves more 
comprehensive projects based on similar or 
related material. 

CMSC 270 Introduction to Numerical 
Computation. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 140, 
141; elementary Fortran programming. An 
introduction to the basic ideas and problems 
involved in numerical computations. Topics 
will include floating point numbers, 
computer arithmetic, rounding errors, error 
estimates, iterative processes, and various 
types of approximations. These concepts will 
be illustrated with applications to numerical 
differentiation and integration, solutions or 
equations, interpolation, and approximation. 
CMSC 280 Discrete Probability and 
Computing. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 110. 
first-year calculus. Basic concepts of 
discrete probability measures; random 
variables: mean; variance; generating 
functions; weak law of large numbers; 
conditional probability; distributions and 
densities; convergence; Markov chains. 
CMSC 388 Special Computational 
Laboratory. (1-2) Two hours laboratory per 
week for each credit hour. Prerequisite. 



CMSC 103 or equivalent. Arranged for 
special groups of students to give 
experience in developing algorithmic 
solutions of problems or using particular 
computational systems May be taken for 
cumulative credit up to a maximum of six 
hours where different material is covered. 
CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer 
Languages and Systems. (3) Prerequisite. 
MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course 
suitable for non-CMSC majors with no 
programming background Organization and 
characteristics of computers. Procedure 
oriented and assembly languages. 
Representation of data, characters and 
instructions. Introduction to logic design and 
systems organization Macro definition and 
generation. Program segmentation and 
linkage. Extensive use of the computer to 
complete projects illustrating programming 
techniques and machine structure. (CMSC 
400 may not be counted for credit in the 
graduate program in computer science.) 
CMSC 410 Computer Organization. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is 
the same course as ENEE 440. Introduction. 
Computer elements. Parallel adders and 
subtracters. Micro-operations. Sequences. 
Computer simulation. Organization of a 
commercially available stored program 
computer. Microprogrammed computers. A 
large-scale batch-processing system 
CMSC 415 Systems Programming. (3) 
Prerequisites CMSC 260. 410 Basic 
algorithms of operating system software. 
Memory management using linkage editors 
and loaders, dynamic relocation with base 
registers, paging. File systems and 
input/output control. Processor allocation 
for multiprogramming, time-sharing. The 
emphasis of the course is on practical 
systems programming, including projects 
such as a simple linkage editor, a 
stand-alone executive, a file system, etc. 
CMSC 420 Data Structures. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 220 or equivalent. 
Description, properties, and storage 
allocation of data structures including lists 
and trees. Algorithms for manipulating 
structures. Applications from areas such as 
data processing, information retrieval, 
symbol manipulation, and operating 
systems. 

CMSC 440 Structure of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 210 or 
equivalent Formal definition of languages 
including specification of syntax and 
semantics. Syntactic structure and 
semantics of simple statements including 
precedence, infix, prefix, and postfix 
notation. Global structure and semantics of 
algorithmic languages including 
declarations and storage allocation, 
grouping of statements and binding time of 
constituents, subroutines, coroutines, tasks 
and parameters. List processing and data 
description languages. 
CMSC 445 Compiler Writing. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 220. 440 A detailed 
examination of a compiler for an algebraic 
language designed around the writing of a 
compiler as the major part of the course. 
Topics covered in the course include a 
review of scanning and parsing, the 
examination of code generation, 
optimization and error recovery, and 



124 / Courses 



compiler-writing techniques such as 
bootstrapping and translator writing 
systems. 

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and 
Algorithms. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 or 
consent ot instructor This is the same 
course as MATH 444. An elementary 
development of propositional logic, 
predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean 
algebra, with a discussion of Markov 
algorithms, turing machines and recursive 
functions. Topics include post productions, 
word problems, and'formal languages. 
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of 
Computation. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 120, 
250. This course is intended to serve two 
purposes: (1) an introduction to the theory of 
computation, and (2) a tie between many 
abstract results and their concrete 
counterparts. This course establishes a 
theoretical foundation for the proper 
understanding of the inherent limitations 
and actual power of digital computers. Also, 
it provides a relatively uniform way of stating 
and investigating problems that arise in 
connection with the computation of 
particular functions and certain classes of 
functions. Topics covered include an 
introductory treatment of classes of 
computable functions, computability by 
register machines, computability by turing 
machines, unsolvable decision problems, 
concrete computational complexity, and 
complexity of loop programs 
CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language 
Theory. (3) Prerequisites CMSC 120, 250. 
This course is intended to serve as an 
introduction to the theory of formal 
languages. This theory is encountered in the 
study of both programming languages and 
natural languages, and consequently will be 
useful in numerous other courses in 
computer science at the undergraduate and 
graduate levels. Topics covered include the 
highlights of Chomsky's hierarchy of 
grammars and Chomsky s hierarchy of 
languages, a summary treatment of 
acceptors related to these languages, and a 
brief introduction to the theory of 
transformational grammars. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods. (3) 

Prerequisite— MATH 241 and CMSC 110, or 
equivalent. Study of the basic computational 
methods for interpolation, least squares, 
approximation, numerical quadrature, 
numerical solution of polynominal and 
transcendental equations, systems of linear 
equations and initial value problems for 
ordinary differential equations. The 
emphasis is placed on a discussion of the 
methods and their computational properties 
rather than on their analytic aspects. 
Intended primarily for students in the 
physical and engineering sciences. (Credit 
will be given for only one course. 
MATH/CMSC 470 or MATH/CMSC 460.) 

CMSC 470 Introduction to Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241, and 
CMSC 110 or elementary knowledge of 
computer programming or equivalent. 
Introduction to the analysis of numerical 
methods for solving linear systems of 
equations, nonlinear equations in one 
variable, interpolation and approximation 
problems and the solution of initial value 
problems for ordinary differential equations. 



Emphasis on the theoretical foundations. 
Intended primarily for students in 
mathematics, applied mathematics, and 
computer science Not open to students who 
have passed MATH/CMSC 460 (Listed also 
as MATH 470) 

CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or 
equivalent General enumeration methods, 
difference equations, generating functions. 
Elements of graph theory to transport 
networks, matching theory and graphical 
algorithms. (Listed also as MATH 475.) 
CMSC 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite. 
CMSC 110. and MATH 405 or MATH 474. 
Linear programming including the simplex 
algorithm and dual linear programs, convex 
sets and elements of convex programming, 
combinational optimization, integer 
programming. (Listed also as MATH 477 and 
STAT 477.) 

CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 280 or 
equivalent. Introduction to digital simulation; 
simulation by mimic programming: 
simulation by Fortran programming; 
simulation by DSL/90 (or CSMP) 
programming; logic and construction of a 
simulation processor; similarity between 
digital simulations of continuous and 
discrete systems. 

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer 
Science. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor. An individualized course 
designed to allow a student or students to 
pursue a specialized topic or project under 
the supervision of the senior staff. Credit 
according to work done. 

Consumer Economics 

CNEC 100 Introduction to Consumer 
Economics. (3) The role of the consumer in 
modern society. Topics include the 
consumer in the market, the impact of 
market failures on the quality of life and the 
impact of government and business, 
decisions on consumer welfare. 
CNEC 385 Junior Honors Seminar. (1) 
Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the 
departmental honors program. Readings, 
reports and discussion of selected topics. 
CNEC 396 Field Work and Analysis in 
Consumer Economics. (3-6) Supervised, 
professional field work experience in 
business, industry, government or 
education. A seminar and a written critique 
of the field work experience will be required 
to relate formal academic study to student 
work experiences. Students must apply a 
semester in advance and enrollment is by 
permission of the department and is limited 
to majors. 

CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law. (3) 
Three lectures a week. A study of legislation 
affecting consumer goods and services. 
Topics covered include product safety and 
liability, packaging and labeling, deceptive 
advertising, and consumer credit. The 
implications of such legislation for consumer 
welfare with particular emphasis on the 
disadvantaged groups in our society will be 
examined. 

CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption. (3) 
Spring semester. Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203 or ECON 
205 for non-majors. The application of 



economic theory to a study of consumer 
decision-making and its role in a market 
economy at both the individual and 
aggregate levels. Topics covered include 
empirical studies of consumer spending and 
saving, the consumer in the market and 
collective consumption. 
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisites: PSYC 100 
and SOCY 100. An application of the 
behavioral sciences to a study of consumer 
behavior. Current theories, models and 
empirical research findings are explored 
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis. (1-4) 
Limited to undergraduate students in the 
departmental honors program. An 
independent literary, laboratory or field 
study, conducted throughout the student's 
senior year. Student should register in both 
fall and spring. 

CNEC 498 Special Studies. (2-4) 
Independent study by an individual student 
or by a group of students in advanced work 
not otherwise provided in the department 
Students must prepare a description of the 
study they wish to undertake. The plan must 
be approved by the faculty directing the 
study and the department chairman. 

Cooperative Education Program 
COOP 208 Coop Work Experience I. (0) 

Prerequisites, satisfactory completion of 36 
credits; and consent of the director of the 
cooperative education program. Practical, 
full-time work experience in either private or 
government agencies which supplements 
and enhances the theories, principles and 
practices in the normal education program. 
The student must register for COOP 208 for 
each summer work experience and for both 
COOP 208 and 209 for each semester work 
experience. 

COOP 209 Coop Work Experience II. (0) 
Prerequisites, satisfactory completion of 36 
credits; and consent of the director of the 
cooperative education program. Practical, 
full-time work experience in either private or 
government agencies which supplements 
and enhances the theories, principles and 
practices in the normal education program. 
The student must register for COOP 208 for 
each summer work experience and for both 
COOP 208 and 209 for each semester work 
experience. 

Crafts 

CRAF 101 Craft Fundamentals and 
Materials. (3) Three laboratory periods, 
prerequisite: APDS 101 or equivalent. 
Introduction to materials and techniques. 
Recognition of design limitations imposed 
by inherent quality of materials. 
CRAF 102 Recreational Crafts. (2) Two 
laboratory periods. Problems to encourage 
creative expression in variety of materials. 
Emphasis on achievement of aesthetic 
quality in use of easily available materials, 
simple tools. Suitable for non-majors. 
CRAF 202 Creative Crafts (3) Three studio 
periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 101 or 102. 
Problems to stimulate creative 
experimentation as approach to design. 
Work with paper, fabric, clay, wood, metal. 
CRAF 220 Ceramics I — Materials and 
Processes. (3) Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites, APDS 101 and consent of the 



Courses / 125 



instructor. Fundamental preparation and use 
of clay. Execution of original designs while 
developing elementary skills in the 
production of clay sculpture and pottery. 
CRAF 230 Metalry I. (3) Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites, APDS 101 plus one additional 
design course, or equivalent. Opportunity to 
develop basic skills in the execution of 
creatively conceived design problems in 
copper, pewter and silver Standards of 
craftsmanship as they relate to design 
quality. 

CRAF 240 Weaving. (3) Three studio periods. 
Prerequisites. APDS 101, 102 or equivalent, 
TEXT 105. Basic weaves, patterns drafts. 
Creative weaving as a study of texture, 
pattern and color appropriate to purpose. 
CRAF 241 Decorative Textiles. (3) Three 
studio periods. Prerequisites, APDS 101, 102 
or equivalent. Execution of original designs 
appropriate to textile decoration, fibers and 
fabrics and to the process involved (i.e. batik, 
block printing, silk screen, stitchery, and 
applique) 

CRAF 320 Advanced Ceramics I. (3) Three 
studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 220 
Experience in experimental development of 
body and textures, glazes and colors, and 
their utilization in clay products of original 
design. Calculation of body and glaze 
composition. 

CRAF 330 Advanced Metalry I. (3) Three 
studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 230. 
Advanced application of skills to design and 
fabrication of metals: jewelry, stone setting, 
metal casting, and forming. 

CRAF 340 Advanced Weaving/Textile 
Design. (3) Two studio periods. Prerequisite, 
CRAF 240, Execution of original textile 
designs which reflect the demands both of 
the custom market and of mass production. 
Problems chosen with the consent of 
instructor. 

CRAF 341 Advanced Weaving/Textile 
Design. (3) Two studio periods. Prerequisite, 
CRAF 241. Execution of original textile 
designs which reflect the demands both of 
the custom market and of mass production. 
Problems chosen with the consent of 
instructor. 

CRAF 420 Advanced Ceramics II. (3) Three 
studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 330. 
Experience in experimental development of 
body and textures, glazes and colors and 
their utilization in clay products of original 
design. Calculation of body and glaze 
composition. 

CRAF 428 Individual Problems In Ceramics. 
(3) Prerequisites: CRAF 220, 320, 420. Open 
to students with demonstrated ability and 
with the potential for a high level of 
achievement in studio production or in 
research. Total undergraduate credit 
permitted in all individual problems courses 
in crafts is a maximum of nine hours. 
Consent of crafts faculty. No less than B 
average on prerequisites and presentation of 
work for evaluation. 

CRAF 430 Advanced Metalry II. (3) Two 

studio periods. Prerequisite. CRAF 330. 
Advanced application of skills to the design 
and fabrication of metals; jewelry, stone 
setting, metal casting, cloisonne. 
Hand-raised hollow. 



CRAF 438 Individual Problems in Metalry. 

(3) Prerequisites: CRAF 230, 330. 430 with at 
least a grade of B' in all three courses Open 
to students with demonstrated ability and 
with the potential for a high level of 
achievement in studio production or in 
research. Total undergraduate credit 
permitted in all individual problems courses 
in crafts is a maximum of nine hours 
Consent of crafts faculty. No less than B 
average on prerequisites and presentation of 
work for evaluation. 

CRAF 448 Individual Problems In Textile 
Design. (3) Prerequisites: CRAF 240, 241, 
340, or 341 with at least a grade of B in all 
three courses. Open to students with 
demonstrated ability and with the potential 
for a high level of achievement on studio 
production or in research. Total 
undergraduate credit permitted in all 
individual problems courses in crafts is a 
maxumum of nine hours. Consent of crafts 
faculty. No less than B average on 
prerequisites and presentation of work 
evaluation. 

Criminology 

CRIM 220 Criminology. (3) Prerequisites, 
SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. 
Criminal behavior and the methods of its 
study; causation; typologies of criminal acts 
and offenders; punishment, correction and 
incapacitation; prevention of crime. 
CRIM 359 Field Training in Criminology and 
Corrections. (1-3) Prerequisites, SOCY 100; 
for crime control field training, CRIM 220 and 
CRIM 450. Enrollment restricted to available 
placements. Supervised field training in 
public and private social agencies. The 
student will select his particular area of 
interest and be responsible to an agency for 
a definite program of in-service training. 
Group meetings, individual conferences and 
written program reports will be a required 
part of the course. 

CRIM 388 Independent Reading Course in 
Criminology. (3) H — Honors 
Prerequisite. SOCY 100. For honors students 
only. This course is designed for the needs of 
honors students in criminology. 
CRIM 389 Independent Research In 
Criminology. (3) H — Honors 
Prerequisite, SOCY 1 00. For honors students 
only. This course is designed for the needs of 
the honors students in criminology. 
CRIM 399 Independent Study in 
Criminology. (1-6) Prerequisites, written 
consent of faculty under whose direction the 
study is to be performed, and at least 12 
hours of criminology credit. Integrated 
reading or research under direction and 
supervision of faculty member. 
CRIM 432 Law of Corrections. (3) 
Prerequisite, LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM 220. 
A review of the law of criminal corrections 
from sentencing to final release or release on 
parole. Probation, punishments, special 
treatments for special offenders, parole and 
pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are 
also examined. 

CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) 
Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Juvenile 
delinquency in relation to the general 
problem of crime; analysis of factors 
underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment 
and prevention. 



CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency 
Prevention. (3) Prerequisites. CRIM 230 or 
CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Methods 
and programs in prevention of cnme and 
delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and 
Delinquents in the Community. (3) 
Prerequisite, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or 
consent of instructor Analysis of the 
processes and methods in the modification 
of criminal patterns of behavior in a 
community setting. 
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of 
Criminals and Delinquents. (3) Prerequisite. 
CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of 
instructor History, organization and 
functions of penal and correctional 
institutions for adults and juveniles 
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 220, CRIM 
450. and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. 
Brief historical overview of criminological 
theory up to the 50s. Deviance. Labeling. 
Typologies Most recent research in 
criminalistic subcultures and middle class 
delinquency. Recent proposals for 
'Decriminalization'. 

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology. 
(3) Topics of special interest to advanced 
undergraduates in criminology. Such 
courses will be offered in response to 
student request and faculty interest No more 
than six credits may be taken by a student in 
selected topics. 

Dance 

DANC 100 Dance Techniques. (2) A study of 
dance movement in terms of placement. 
rhythm, dynamics, space, improvisation, and 
dance phrases. 

DANC 102 Rhythmic Invention for Dance. (2) 
Prerequisite: DANC 104 or equivalent. A 
cou rse designed to show how rhythm affects 
the total dance movement picture and 
develops the dancer's rhythmic awareness 
and response. Understanding of rhythmic 
principles, movement isolation, design, 
phrasing, syncopation. 
DANC 104 Dance Techniques. (2) Further 
development of the materials in DANC 1009 
prerequisite, DANC 100 or equivalent 
DANC 110 Introductory Exploration in 
Dance. (3) Technique, improvization, and 
theory of dance for beginning non major 
students, films, lectures. 

Hours in fine arts for the general education 
requirement. 

DANC 199 Workshop. (1-2) Admission by 
consent of instructor. Planning, 
choreography and presentation of 
demonstrations and concerts. May be 
repeated for credit until eight credits have 
been earned. 

DANC 200 Introduction to Dance. (3) Three 
lectures a week A study of dance as a form 
of communication and as an art form The 
course includes a survey of the theories and 
styles of dance, and of their relationships to 
other art forms. Lectures will be 
supplemented by observations, films, and 
guest speakers. 

DANC 208 Elementary Dance Composition. 
(3) Prerequisite. DANC 104 or equivalent The 
study of basic principles of dance 
composition in terms of space, time. 



126 / Courses 



dynamics, and movement invention The 
development of critical awareness and 
judgment with regard to composing 
DANC 248 Dance Techniques. (2) 
A— Modern B— Ballet Prerequisite, DANC 
104 or equivalent. A study of dance 
techniques and styles. 

DANC 265 Elementary Dance Notation. (3) 

Prerequisite. DANC 104 or equivalent. 
Movement analysis for purposes of 
recording dance; notation fundamentals; 
elementary writing of technique; reading of 
simple folk, modern and ballet studies. 

DANC 284 Movement for the Theatre. (3) 

Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite, one 
semester of dance technique. Movement for 
actors, dancers, directors, singers in the 
theatre. Dynamics, qualities, styles, and 
space as related to movement on the stage. 

DANC 290 Improvisation. (2) Improvisation 
as an introduction and extension of materials 
in movement necessary to the choreographic 
process. Development of the ability to 
improvise. 

DANC 305 Development of Dance 
Progression. (3) Prerequisite. DANC 208 or 
equivalent. The application and building of 
dance progression both in terms of dance 
techniques and in choreographic studies. 
Students have the opportunity to observe 
and assist the instructor in conducting lower 
level dance classes. 
DANC 348 Dance Techniques. (2) 
A — Modern B — Ballet C — Jazz. Further 
development of materials in DANC 248. 
Prerequisite. DANC 248 and 208 or 
equivalent. 

DANC 365 Intermediate Notation. (3) 

Prerequisite. DANC 265 or equivalent. 
Further development of materials in DANC 
265, reading of scores, writing scores, 
performing from scores. 

DANC 389 Dance Techniques. (1-2) 

Prerequisite, DANC 348 or equivalent. 
Continuation of DANC 348 in further 
advanced form. May be repeated for credit. 

DANC 400 Advanced Choreographic Forms. 

(3) Prerequisite, DANC 208 or equivalent and 
adequate dance technique. Lectures and 
studio work in modern sources as they apply 
to dance. Solo and group choreography. 

DANC 458 Group Forms. (3) Prerequisite, 
DANC 400 or equivalent. Choreography for 
small groups; duets, trios, quartets, etc. 

DANC 465 Advanced Notation. (3) 

Prerequisite. DANC 365 or equivalent. 
Continuation of materials in DANC 365 in 
more intensive work. The translation, writing, 
and performing of advanced scores in the 
various forms of dance. 
DANC 468 Repertory. (3) The learning of 
dances to be chosen from notated scores, 
works of visting artists, or selected faculty 
choreography to be performed on at least 
one concert. Audition required. The course 
may be repeated for credit, as different works 
will be chosen each semester. 
DANC 470 Creative Dance for Children. (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 208 and 305 or 
equivalent. Directing the essential elements 
of dance to the level of the child's experience 
and facilitating the creative response. The 



development of movement into simple forms 
to serve as a symbol of individual expression 

DANC 478 Dance Production. (3) 

Prerequisite. DANC 388 or equivalent and an 
adequate understanding of dance 
techniques. Advanced choreography. 
Independent work with periodic cnticism. 

DANC 482 History of Dance. (3) The 

development of dance from primitive to the 

middle ages and the relationship of dance 

forms to patterns of culture. 

DANC 483 History of Dance. (3) The 

development of dance from the Renaissance 

period to the present times and the 

relationship of dance forms to patterns of 

culture. 

DANC 484 Theory and Philosophy of Dance. 

(3) The study of the theories, philosophies 

and aesthetics of dance. Investigation of 

form, content and structure. 

Interrelationships of the arts, and their role in 

man's world. 

DANC 488 Practicum in Dance. (1-6) 

Advanced workshop in dance p